History of 
Medicine in New York 
Three Centuries of Medical Progress 
BY 
JAMES J. WALSH, M.D., Ph.D., Sc.D. 
Member of the French, German and Italian Societies for the History of 
Medicine; author of History of Medical Society of the State 
of New York; Makers of Modern Medicine; Old-Time 
^Takers of Medicine; Medieval Medicine; Psycho- 
therapy; The Popes and Science; The Cen- 
tury of Columbus; The Thirteenth 
Greatest of Centuries, etc. 
Volume III 
NATIONAL AMERICANA SOCIETY, Inc. 
NEW YORK 
1919 Copyright, 1919, 
National Americana Society, Inc. 
Press of 
J. J. Little & Ives Co. 
New York MEDICAL INSTITUTIONS Copyright, 1919, 
National Americana Society, Inc. 
Press of 
J. J. Little & Ives Co. 
New York MEDICAL INSTITUTIONS CHAPTER I 
MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
AS has been narrated in a preceding chapter, the organiza- 
tion of the present Medical Society of the State of New 
York primarily grew out of a movement of the physicians 
of Saratoga county in 1796 and following years. However, a brief 
recapitulation is necessary to the continuity of the present narra- 
tive. 
Toward the end of the eighteenth century, a number of members 
of the medical profession assembled in Saratoga county, intent 
upon the legal regulation of the practice of medicine through the 
establishment of a corporate body, empowered to grant or refuse 
license to practise. After repeated meetings without definite 
result, in November, 1805, at Saratoga, was held a meeting when 
definite action was taken by the adoption of a resolution inviting 
the co-operation of the physicians of the adjoining counties of 
Washington and Montgomery, and urging "the necessity of adopt- 
ing some vigorous measures for the suppression of empiricism, 
and the encouragement of regular practitioners;" also reciting 
that "the evil calls loudly for the united efforts of all who sincerely 
wish to remove from that valuable science (of medicine) the im- 
putation of quackery, under which, from the ignorance of some of 
its professors, it not unjustly labors." Drs. William Patrick, John 
Sterns and Grant Powell were constituted a committee of corre- 
spondence to forward the purposes expressed in the resolution. 
At an adjourned meeting on January 16, 1806, a memorial to the 
legislature was adopted, and a committee appointed to take it in 
charge. Dr. Asa Fitch, of Washington county; Dr. John Sterns, 
of Saratoga county, and Dr. Alexander Sheldon, of Montgomery 
county. The committee appeared before the legislature at its next 
session, and under most favorable conditions, one of its own mem- 
bers, Dr. Alexander Sheldon, being speaker of the House. In the 
second place, the committee rose above the trammels which obli- 
gated it, viz.: to procure legislation confined to the three counties 
653 654 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
which it directly represented; for it assumed the responsibility 
of making its cause general, and extending throughout the State 
the operations of the desired legislation. 
The committee presented its memorial, accompanying it with 
an explanation of its reasons for desiring enlargement of the 
legislation originally contemplated. Reference was made to a com- 
mittee consisting of William Livingston and Isaac Sargeant, of 
Washington county; Gurdon Huntington, of Otsego county; John 
Ely, of Greene county, and Joel Frost, of Westchester county-a 
majority being physicians. When the incorporating bill was 
reported to the House, it was vigorously supported by the speaker, 
the committee, and several other members. 
However, a powerful opposition developed, which threatened its 
defeat by a large majority, "notwithstanding all the exertions and 
political influence of its friends the danger to which the tranquil- 
lity of the State would be exposed by the incorporation of forty 
distinct associations of physicians, was so great, that but feeble 
hopes were entertained of its success." At this critical moment, 
the bill found its most potent advocate in Hon. William W. Van 
Ness. "Perhaps the pre-eminent powers of his eloquence were 
never exerted with better effect. He refuted the arguments of the 
opposition, portrayed the benefits to the profession and the public 
in such glowing colors and with such energy and zeal, that the 
opposition became feeble, the friends to the bill increased, and 
from that moment a successful issue was rendered certain." The 
"Act to Incorporate Medical Societies for the Purpose of Regu- 
lating the Practice of Physic and Surgery in this State," passed 
April 4, 1806. 
Considering that at the outset only the creation of county or dis- 
trict societies was sought for, it is not surprising that county 
societies should have been given powers coordinate with those of 
the State Society in the matter of licensing practitioners. On the 
other hand, the State Society was clothed with commanding im- 
portance and wrell-defined supremacy, inasmuch as it could over- 
ride the action of a county society, and license a candidate whom the 
latter had rejected. It was evidently intended, however, that, 
while the State and county societies were created by the same in- 
strument, each should in itself be independent; and that the action 
of the former should not be dependent upon that of the latter. 
This seems worth noting, for some three-quarters of a century MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
655 
later, question arose as to the relationship between the State and 
the county societies, and the independence of the State organization 
was somewhat impugned. At the outset, the movement contem- 
plated regulation of practice only within the northeastern coun- 
ties of the State; but under discussion it broadened in scope, and 
eventually its provisions were made to embrace the entire State, 
under the Act of the Legislature of April 4, 1806. This was the 
first legislative recognition of a medical society in the United 
States. 
Legislation is as much a matter of growth and development as 
is for instance, invention. In the Act of 1806 a brave attempt 
was made to remedy a great ill; but when its provisions came to be 
applied, its deficiencies became manifest. Accordingly, an amen- 
datory Act was applied for, and was passed April 3rd, 1807. The 
new law contained a number of provisions whose novelty is par- 
ticularly interesting. Article I. provided for a new classification 
of members from the various districts, and for such succession and 
rotation of representatives from the county societies to the State 
Society as to bar a monopoly of influence. This was an important 
measure, and introduced a feature that was to remain prominent 
for many years. The penal clause in Article V. remedied a fault 
in the original bill, but imposing upon an unlicensed practitioner 
a penalty of five dollars for every month he thus practised, one- 
half the sum to go to the informer. 
Toward the end of Article V. appear some provisions which 
bear semblance to the modern "rider," and which were not accu- 
rately construed by the State Society members having the legis- 
lation in hand; probably they were the handiwork of an un- 
recognized sinister purpose. One of these obnoxious provisions 
freed from penalty any apothecary or person administering medi- 
cine who does not follow the practice of medicine as a profession. 
This left an apothecary free to prescribe almost at liberty; and 
many unlicensed practitioners opened drug stores (many not de- 
serving of the designation), and prescribed over their counters. 
Under the same protection of the new law, traveling quacks 
evaded penalties under the pretence that they did .not practise 
medicine as a profession, because at intervals they were otherwise 
employed, and only served out medicines when they found them- 
selves in a new neighborhood where the people did not know even 
the ordinary popular remedies. The most seriously defective 656 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
clause in the Act practically nullified the effectiveness of the law 
as a penal measure. This, the last clause, provided that nothing in 
the Act was to be construed to debar any person from using or 
applying, for the benefit of any sick person, any roots or herbs, the 
growth or product of the United States. This not only gave the 
herbalists ("yarb doctors" they were usually styled), all neces- 
sary authority for their calling; but afforded them what in modern 
phrase would be "endorsement" by the State. The abuses grow- 
ing out of this pernicious legislation were manifold; and the vic- 
tims of the charlatan were numerous, and not alone the most illit- 
erate among the people. 
The original by-laws of the Medical Society of the State of New 
York give a clear idea of the intention of its founders. Certain 
features deserve special attention because of their emphasizing a 
policy different from that of other State medical societies of that 
day; and because of the stress they laid upon the ethical relation- 
ships which should exist between physicians, and the high stand- 
ards which it was hoped they would maintain. It is unnecessary 
to give at length the particular provisions of the by-laws, but it 
is well to epitomize the rules reflecting the moral and professional 
spirit of the body. These provided: 
That the president, at the annual meeting, and at the end of each year 
after his election, shall deliver a dissertation on some appropriate subject; 
and in default shall forfeit to the Society the sum of twenty-five dollars. 
That a majority of the Censors may perform the duties of the full 
number and they may examine students separately if they deem it expe- 
dient. 
That a student, when found qualified to practice physic or surgery, 
or both, before receiving his diploma shall sign a declaration in the fol- 
lowing words: "I, A. B., do solemnly declare, That I will honestly, virtu- 
ously and chastely conduct myself in the practice of physic and surgery, 
with the privilege of exercising such profession I am now to be invested; 
and that I will with fidelity and honor do everything in my power for the 
benefit of the sick committed to my charge." 
Prescribing the form of the diploma in Latin; and also a form in Eng- 
lish, if a candidate should so request. 
That each member of the Society present to the Society all proper in- 
formation respecting the geography and topography of his county, to- 
gether with an historical account of the diseases which prevail at any 
season of the year; and communicate all such information in his power 
which may contribute to the public good, or advance the knowledge of the 
healing art. 
Providing for a correspondence committee of not less than five nor MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
657 
more than seven member's, to correspond, in their joint or individual 
capacity, with the literary societies and men eminent for knowledge, and 
present to the Society such communications as they may deem proper. 
Recites that it is inconsistent with the dignity of the medical profession 
for physicians and surgeons in their corporate capacities to arrange and 
fix professional charges; and provides that any member violating the rule 
be expelled from the society, after conviction, and forever after be debarred 
from membership. 
That any member convicted of any serious offense against the laws of 
the State or of the United States, or who may be guilty of gross immoral- 
ity, or who shall have improper pretensions to any specific or nostrum, 
or who shall be repeatedly guilty of improper conduct in the duties of 
his profession or his behavior in the Society, may be expelled at any anni- 
versary meeting, upon a two-thirds vote of members present, after a fair 
and impartial trial. 
The concluding article of the by-laws, relating to the obligations 
of the various county societies is well worth reproducing in full, 
as it led to various difficulties between them and the State Society, 
as narrated in another chapter of this work. The text of the article 
is as follows: 
And be it further ordained by the authority aforesaid, that any county 
medical society who (sic) shall neglect to perform all such acts as may 
be required to be done by them, by the law incorporating medical societies, 
or any other law in the State relative to the science of medicine, or who 
shall do any acts which shall be considered derogatory to the honor of the 
medical profession, or who shall oppose or neglect to comply with the by- 
laws of the said Society, every such county medical society shall be ad- 
monished touching any such proceeding; and if it be deemed necessary 
for the public good, that from the improper conduct of any such county 
medical society, their corporate rights should for a time be suspended, then 
and in such case it should be lawful and just for this said Society to make 
application to the honorable Legislature for such purpose. 
Among the difficulties growing out of the too general provisions 
of previous laws, was doubt as to whether County Medical So- 
cieties had such corporate powers as to enforce the prosecution of 
unlicensed practitioners, and the same doubt existed to some degree 
as to the powers of the State Medical Society in such cases. Ac- 
cordingly, a bill to determine the legal status of both State and 
County Medical Societies, became a law on April 10, 1813. This 
Act recognized existing medical societies, and provided for or- 
ganization of others in counties where such did not exist. It gave 
to the County Medical Societies full corporate powers, and simi- 658 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
larly to the State Medical Society. It provided for proper or- 
ganization, and for the meetings of the various societies, and pre- 
scribed the duties of officers. It was enacted that "the members 
now composing the Medical Society of the State of New York from 
each of the four great districts, shall remain divided into four 
classes from each of said districts, and shall go out of office an- 
nually. ' ' These great districts were as follows: Southern District 
-Counties of New York and Westchester; Middle District-Coun- 
ties of Greene, Columbia, Dutchess, Ulster, Delaware, Orange; 
Western District-Counties of Oneida, Madison, Herkimer, Oswego, 
Cayuga, Jefferson, Chenango, Ontario, Lewis, Otsego; Eastern 
District-Counties of Essex, Schoharie, Saratoga, Clinton, Albany, 
Montgomery, Washington. 
The Act also contained the following provision, which was to 
have a far-reaching effect upon the organization of the State 
Medical Society in subsequent years: 
That the Medical Society of this State may elect by ballot at their 
annual meeting, eminent and respectable physicians and surgeons residing 
in any part of the State, which persons so elected shall be permanent mem- 
bers of the society, and entitled to all the privileges of the same; Pro- 
vided, that not more than two such members shall be elected in any one 
year, and that they shall receive no compensation for their attendance from 
the funds of the Society. 
That it shall and may be lawful for the several medical societies so es- 
tablished as aforesaid, at their annual meetings, to appoint not less than 
three nor more than five censors, to continue in office one year and until 
others are chosen, whose duty it shall be carefully and impartially to ex- 
amine all students who may present themselves for that purpose, and re- 
port their opinion in writing to the president of the said society. 
That if any student who shall have presented himself for examination 
before any of the medical societies of the several counties of this State 
shall think himself aggrieved by the decision of such society, it shall be 
lawful for such student to present himself for examination to the Medical 
Society of the State of New York; and if in the opinion of such society 
the student so applying is qualified for the practice of physic or surgery, 
or both, as the case may be, the president of such society shall, under his 
hand and the seal of such society, give to the said applicant a diploma, 
agreeable to such decision. 
The foresight of the founders of the New York State Medical 
Society was not mistaken. The three most important movements 
for the uplift of professional life in America had their origin in 
them. These are so important in the History of Medicine in Amer- MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
659 
iea as well as here in New York, that a special chapter has been de- 
voted to them, and "New York as a Pioneer in Professional Move- 
ments." They were the establishment of the National Pharmaco- 
poeia, the movement for which was begun in 1818, the formulation 
of a code of medical ethics, and the organization of the American 
Medical Association. 
The State Medical Society performed no more monumental work 
than in formulating its system of medical ethics. That its early 
members held to a high standard of professional and personal be- 
havior, is evident from facts narrated in its Transactions, and 
expressions contained in the early presidential addresses and spe- 
cial papers read before the body. It was evidently felt, however, 
that a code of ethics was desirable, to serve as a guide in cases of 
doubt, and as a manual of instructions to young practitioners. 
Accordingly, a committee was appointed consisting of Dr. James 
R. Manley and Dr. John H. Steele, both of whom became presidents 
of the society, and Dr. Pascalis. This report was made to the 
society in February, 1823, and unanimously adopted. The most 
notable feature of this admirably written instrument is its noble 
spirit of professional honor in the relation of physicians to each 
other, to their patients, and to humanity at large-a monument 
to the lofty aims of its authors and those whom they represented. 
It omits no danger that besets professional life, nor suggestion as 
to their avoidance. It is also interesting to note that a reading 
of this code of 1823 and that of the American Medical Association 
of 1847, makes it clear that the latter was in large measure 
founded upon the former-a fact not surprising when it is recalled 
that the American Medical Association owed its beginning to the 
State Society of New York. In its essentials, the New York Code 
remains the basis, as it was the origin, of that which to this day 
has governed the profession throughout the entire United States. 
However, after the lapse of thirty years, differences arose in the 
State Society, and which led to the formulation and adoption of 
a new code. Nor was this the end; for out of it came a rupture 
between the Society and the American Medical Association, which 
was destined to continue for nearly a quarter of a century. 
At an early day, the Society came to the realization that many 
of its members who had entered into the practice of medicine 
under the old regime, when study under a physician and exam- 
ination before a committee of a medical society were sufficient for 660 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
a license, would wish for the degree of Doctor of Medicine. Many 
such, during long years of practice, had kept themselves con- 
stantly abreast of what was latest and best in medical progress, 
and were eminently fitted to bear the degree. For sake of these, 
who under the conditions of their student days were unable to 
procure it, the Society, at its annual meeting in 1826, sought the 
privilege of presenting each year to the Board of Regents of the 
University of New York, the names of certain such physicians, with 
the request that they be granted the Honorary Degree of Doctor 
of Medicine. The memorial was framed by Dr. T. Romeyn Beck, 
chairman of a committee appointed for the purpose. The text of 
the Regents' response is not in evidence, but its purport is dis- 
cernible through subsequent notes in the Transactions of the 
Society. It is evident that the Regents considered it either im- 
proper or inadvisable to confer the degree on all nominated by 
the Society, but they intimated that if the Society would each 
year present the names of such as they would wish to receive it, 
their action would probably be favorable. On February 8, 1827, 
a committee of the Society, to whom was referred a communication 
from the Regents, reported it as deemed necessary to consider age 
as a requisite, as well as professional standing, and fixed the age 
as forty-five years, which would imply a good many years of prac- 
tice. 
At the annual meeting in 1828, the president of the Society 
related that, on its request, the Regents had conferred the 
honorary degree of Doctor of Medicine upon the following named, 
duly nominated by the Society at its last meeting: John Onder- 
donk, New York; Jonathan Eights, Albany; Laurens Hill, Oneida; 
James Stevenson, Washington; Thomas Fuller, Otsego, and Gain 
Robinson, Wayne. These six men, the first to receive the honorary 
degree, were distinguished members of the Society; two of them 
later became its president, and all were widely known for their 
medical skill and liberal education. It is to be noted that they were 
selected from different parts of the State, presumably to avoid 
an implication that personal influence had governed their selection. 
The subject of improved medical education continued under 
discussion in various medical societies throughout the country, and 
in 1844 the Medical Society of the State of New York returned to 
the subject with greater persistence. Two resolutions were pre- 
sented, one by Dr. Alexander Thompson, of Cayuga county, the MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
661 
other by Dr. N. S. Davis, of Broome county, with reference to 
the necessity for a higher standard of qualifications on the part of 
candidates for licenses to practise. At the close of the debate, 
which developed conflicting ideas to such an extent that the entire 
subject was about to be postponed to the next annual meeting, 
Dr. Alden March, of Albany, suggested privately to Dr. Davis 
that possibly concert of action could be commanded in a National 
Medical Convention. Dr. Davis, a new member of the Society, 
unaware that any previous attempt had been made to assemble such 
a body, at once arose and submitted the following preamble and 
resolution: 
Whereas, It is believed that a National Convention would be conducive 
to the elevation of the standard of medical education in the United States; 
and whereas, there is no mode of accomplishing so desirable an object 
without concert of action on the part of the medical colleges, societies and 
institutions of all the States; therefore 
Resolved, That the New York State Medical Society earnestly recom- 
mend a National Convention of delegates from medical societies and col- 
leges in the whole Union, to convene in the City of New York, on the 
first Tuesday in May, in the year 1846, for the purpose of adopting some 
concerted action on the subject set forth in the foregoing preamble. 
The following named were constituted a committee to carry the 
purpose into effect: Dr. N. S. Davis, Dr. James McNaughton, of 
Albany, and Dr. Peter Van Buren, secretary of the State Society. 
A circular issued by the committee, and correspondence growing 
therefrom, shows favorable responses from societies, colleges and 
individuals throughout the country, with these exceptions: The 
Medical College in Boston, and the two oldest colleges in Phila- 
delphia, declined to take part in the proposed convention; the 
then recently organized Pennsylvania College of Philadelphia 
promised to send delegates; and delegates were pledged from medi- 
cal societies and colleges in Maine, New Hampshire, Connecticut, 
New Jersey, Delaware, District of Columbia, South Carolina, 
Georgia, Mississippi, Louisiana, Tennessee, Kentucky, Ohio, In- 
diana and New York. 
On May 5, 1846, in accordance with invitation by the Medical 
Society of the State of New York, delegates and members of the 
profession assembled in the Hall of the Medical Department of 
New York University, to the number of nearly one hundred, rep- 
resenting societies and colleges in sixteen States-New Hampshire, 662 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, 
New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Georgia, 
Mississippi, Indiana, Illinois and Tennessee. The following officers 
were elected: Dr. Jonathan Knight, of Connecticut, president; 
Drs. John Bell, of Philadelphia, and Edward Delafield, of New 
York City, vice-presidents; Drs. Richard D. Arnold, of Georgia, 
and Alfred Stille, of Philadelphia, secretaries. 
An abortive attempt was made to adjourn the convention sine 
die, on the ground that the meeting had "failed in a representa- 
tion from one-half of the United States, and from a majority of 
the medical colleges." Resolutions were adopted, declaring it ex- 
pedient to organize a National Medical Association; that a uniform 
and elevated standard of requirements for the degree of M.D. 
should be adopted by all medical schools; that young men before 
being received as students of medicine should have acquired a 
suitable preliminary education; and that the profession should be 
governed by the same code of medical ethics. 
On May 5, 1847, delegates assembled in Philadelphia, to the 
number of nearly two hundred and fifty, representing more than 
forty medical societies and twenty-eight colleges in twenty-two 
States and the District of Columbia. By this body were laid the 
real foundations of the American Medical Association, in suitable 
provisions for the perpetuation of the organization, and for the 
instructional purposes contemplated. All measures were adopted 
with practically no opposition, except that "recommending to all 
colleges to extend the period employed in lecturing from four to 
six months," and this eventually was accepted. 
The year 1857 marked the semi-centennial of the Society, and 
in view of its many large accomplishments during the half century 
of its existence, it occasions some surprise that so little attention 
was given to the event. The only formal celebration seems to have 
been the semi-centennial address delivered by the president, Dr. 
Alden March, on February 4th, in the capitol at Albany. His 
effort was of real merit. He reviewed the progress of science and 
industry during the preceding half century, and very properly 
made much of the fact that medicine had kept pace with the other 
arts and science in the way of progress. 
After the celebration of its semi-centennial, the New York State 
Medical Society continued to be the most important factor in the 
American Medical Association for many years. When the meet- MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
663 
ings of the National Association were held in New York, there was 
always a record attendance, and members of the profession from 
New York continued to be prominent in the councils of the national 
body. Unfortunately these friendly relations were destined to be 
rudely disturbed. 
For several years in the later seventies, some dissatisfaction had 
been expressed at the meetings of the Medical Society of the State 
of New York with the code of ethics which was then supposed to 
rule the conduct of members of the regular medical profession. 
The discussions culminated at the annual meeting in 1881 in the 
appointment of a committee who drew up a new code of ethics to 
be substituted for the one then in force. Their recommendation 
was adopted by the State Society in February, 1882, but met with 
considerable opposition from many of the county societies. 
In June, 1882, the American Medical Association at its annual 
meeting held in St. Paul, refused to receive the credentials of 
the delegates from the Medical Society of the State of New York 
or to admit them to its proceedings because of the adoption of the 
revised code of medical ethics by the State Society. The old code 
had been accepted for over thirty years and had come to be con- 
sidered as one of the fundamental laws of the American Medical 
Association. This was the beginning of a rupture in the formal 
relations between the American Medical Association and the New 
York State Society which was destined to last for nearly a quarter 
of a century. 
The adoption of this "no-code" resolution and the failure of all 
attempts to secure the readoption of the old code, or at least some 
formal legislation that would forbid consultation on the part of 
members of the society with irregular medical practitioners, or 
with those practising on a sectarian basis, finally led to so much 
dissatisfaction that the formation of a new organization was sug- 
gested by those who wished to maintain their affiliation with the 
American Medical Association. It was realized, however, that 
with the constitution of the State Medical Society as it then was 
and with the membership as determined by it, it would be prac- 
tically impossible to obtain any legislation of such a nature as 
would bring about a reunion with the national body. 
Great care was taken to learn the sentiments of the members of 
the medical profession in New York State, with regard to the ques- 
tion of the national code, the new code and the abrogation of all 664 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
codes. A personal canvass was made of all physicians of the 
State, which resulted as follows: For the National Code, 2,547; for 
the New Code, 1,040; for No Code, 239; Unclassified, 34; total, 
3,860. It was apparent from these figures that there was a ma- 
jority of the New York State Profession for the National Code 
over the whole number of committed and uncommitted, moreover, 
there was a majority of more than two-thirds for the National 
Code over the New Code and a nearly two-thirds majority for the 
National Code over the "New Code," "No Code," and "Unclassi- 
fied" combined. As the result of this canvass, it was resolved to 
form a new organization. The New York State Medical Associa- 
tion was accordingly organized in February, 1884, and held its 
first annual meeting the next autumn. 
The rival State medical organizations continued to exist side by 
side in New York for about twenty years. During the later years 
of the nineteenth century sentiment throughout the medical pro- 
fession of New York State was, that the maintenance of two State 
medical organizations was without any proper reason. A new 
generation of physicians had come into practice since the events 
which had brought about the disunion, and among them especially 
opinions in favor of the reunion of the two State organizations 
began to be expressed freely and frequently. A rather anomalous 
condition developed in New York City, which was a sign of the 
feeling on the part of many members of the profession that the 
reasons for disunion were not so important as had seemed, and 
that many of the older reasons for separation from the national 
body had lost their weight. Many New York City physicians be- 
longed to both their County Medical Society and their County 
Medical Association. 
This state of affairs could scarcely continue for long. If the 
members of the medical profession could belong to both organiza- 
tions, then the differences between them were surely not essential, 
and the reasons for separation had evidently lost their weight. It 
was in the New York county organizations, therefore, that the 
movement for reunion took form and gradually gained the strength 
necessary to bring about the fusion of the two State organizations. 
Owing to legal difficulties, mainly dependent upon the indefinite 
character of certain of the early by-laws of the medical organiza- 
tions, the actual accomplishment of reunion was delayed longer 
than had been expected. It was completed, however, in time for MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
665 
the celebration in a compact body by the medical profession of 
New York State, of the Centenary of the foundation of the New 
York State Medical Society in 1906. 
The friendly relations of the New York State Society to the 
National Association were soon re-established. Such distinguished 
men as Dr. Joseph Bryant and Dr. A. Jacobi were elected presidents 
of the American Medical Association, and within ten years New 
York came to occupy the old place of prominence in the councils 
of the national body. When after forty years of interval the 
American Medical Association held its annual meeting in New 
York, in June, 1917, though we were in the midst of many diverting 
interests because of the war so recently declared, it was clear 
that the old wounds had been healed and that a new era of pro- 
fessional cooperation was thoroughly under way. 
THE HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL SOCIETY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 
Previous to 1834 the only society which the little band of homoe- 
opathists attended was the New York Medical Society, which num- 
bered amongst its members all the physicians in regular practice in 
the city. The friends of homoeopathy determined that it was time 
to form some union, exclusive for believers of their school of medi- 
cine. Therefore the New York Homoeopathic Society was organ- 
ized September 23, 1834. The object of the society was the ad- 
vancement of the public welfare by the diffusion of knowledge, 
and for the purpose of protecting, enriching and disseminating 
such of the propositions and testimonies of homoeopathy as 
upon mature trial they shall find to be sound and available. The 
society was composed of physicians and laymen. William Cullen 
Bryant, the poet-editor, was a member. The first officers were: 
President, John F. Gray; vice-presidents, Edward A. Strong, George 
Baxter; corresponding secretary, Federal Vanderburgh; recording 
secretary, Daniel Seymour; treasurer, F. A. Lohse. The year 1835 
was memorable as being the period of the establishment of the 
first homoeopathic magazine in the United States, "The American 
Journal of Homoeopathy." 
The outgrowth of this society was the Homoeopathic Medical 
Society of the State of New York, organized in 1850. The organ- 
ization from the commencement was a strong one, and its member- 
ship continually increased. It was incorporated in 1862, and since 666 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
has continued to guard the principal professional interests of the 
homoeopathic practitioners of the State, most of the important 
legislation of the last half century concerning the homoeopathic 
school of medicine having had its inception in the proceedings of 
the State Society. 
Of late years its annual meeting has been held in April, with 
semi-annual meetings in October of each year. The Society at 
present consists of about 600 homoeopathic physicians. The execu- 
tive officers for 1916-17 were: R. F. Rabe, of New York City, presi- 
dent; F. M. Dearborn, of New York, first vice-president; A. R. 
Grant, of Utica, second vice-president; S. Carleton, of New York, 
third vice-president; R. Turner, of New York City, secretary, and 
S. S. Piper, of Elmira, treasurer. 
The following counties have homoeopathic county societies: Al- 
bany, Broome, Chenango, Kings, Madison, Monroe, New York, 
Onondaga, and Westchester. 
The Reformed Medical College was founded in New York City, 
but was soon relinquished. Another college was established at 
Washington, Ohio, but after an existence of ten or twelve years it 
suspended operations. There was, however, started in 1845, at 
Cincinnati, Ohio, the Eclectic Medical Institute. This institution 
matriculated a large number of students, and was regarded as the 
parent school of eclecticism. 
This new school of medicine was bitterly opposed by the prac- 
titioners of the allopathic and homoeopathic schools of medicine, but 
it gradually obtained headway, and has many adherents. State 
societies were formed, and prominent amongst these was the Eclec- 
tic Medical Society of the State of New York. This society holds 
an annual meeting; its officers in 1917 were: H. J. Terpening, of 
Fulton, president; E. G. Padgyam, of Geneva, first vice-president; 
M. W. Dawley, of Richfield Springs, third vice-president; T. D. 
Aiderman, of Brooklyn, secretary; H. Stoesser, treasurer. 
ECLECTIC MEDICxlL SOCIETY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 
women's MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW YORK STATE 
The Women's Medical Society of New York State was organized 
March 11, 1907. Officers in 1917 were: E. D. Barringer, New York, 
president; M. L. Chard, New York, first vice-president; M. T. MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
667 
Greene, Castile, second vice-president; F. I. Staunton, Utica, third 
vice-president; E. D. Brown, New York, secretary; P. N. Van 
Voast, New York, treasurer. 
COUNTY MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
Westchester was the second county in the State to develop a 
County Medical Society. The Medical Society of the County of 
Westchester was organized May 8, 1797. Under the State require- 
ment there was organized, in 1806, medical societies in the follow- 
ing counties, not hereafter mentioned: Broome County Medical So- 
ciety, which was reorganized July 4, 1906; Columbia County Medi- 
cal Society, April 4; the Medical Society of Delaware County, 
July 1; the Dutchess-Putnam Medical Society, which was reor- 
ganized July 12, 1916; the Medical Society of the County of 
Greene, which was incorporated June 14, 1896; the Medical So- 
ciety of Herkimer County; the Medical Society of Jefferson 
County; the Medical Society of Livingston County; the Madison 
County Medical Society, organized July 29; the Medical Society 
of the County of Montgomery, organized in July; the Ontario 
County Medical Society; the Otsego Medical Society; the Medical 
Society of County of Orange, July 1; the Queens-Nassau Medical 
Society; Medical Society of the County of Rensselaer; the Rich- 
mond County Medical Society; the Schoharie County Medical So- 
ciety, which was organized in 1869; Suffolk County Medical So- 
ciety; the Medical Society of the County of Ulster, July 1, re- 
organized in January, 1906, and the Medical Society of the County 
of Washington, July 1. 
On October 6, 1807, wras organized the Chenango County Medical 
Society and the Medical Society of the County of Clinton. In 
July, that year, the Medical Society of the County of Saratoga was 
organized, and was reorganized in January, 1906. In the same 
year the Medical Society of St. Lawrence County was organized, 
but was suspended in 1856, and reorganized January 19, 1864. On 
August 10, 1807, the Cortland County Medical Society was or- 
ganized. The organization of the Medical Society of Sullivan 
County dates back to October 3, 1809; it, however, was reorgan- 
ized in April, 1906. The year 1810 saw the organization of the 
Medical Society of the County of Schenectady; it was, however, 668 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
reorganized in 1869. The Medical Society of the County of Gene- 
see was organized about 1811. 
The Medical Society of Franklin County was organized in 1814, 
and reorganized in 1848. The Tompkins County Medical Society 
was organized in 1815 and reorganized in October, 1862. In the 
year 1821 the Medical Society of the County of Oswego was or- 
ganized, and two years later the Medical Society of Niagara 
County and Wayne County Medical Society were incorporated. The 
Medical Society of the County of Chautauqua was organized in 
1824, and reorganized in 1853. 
The Fulton County Medical Society was organized in April, 1838. 
The first record of a formation of a medical society in Rockland 
county was in 1829. The society did not flourish, and in 1850 it 
was resuscitated. The Medical Society of the County of Alle- 
ghany was organized June 15, 1854, and the Schuyler County 
Medical Society on December 29, 1857. The Lewis County Medi- 
cal Society was incorporated January 8, 1861, and the Medical 
Society of the County of Cattaraugus June 4, 1867. The organiza- 
tion of the Medical Society of the County of Orleans occurred Jan- 
uary 8, 1873. The next year the Medical Society of the County 
of Wyoming was organized, and its reorganization took place April 
10, 1906. In the latter year, January 29, the Medical Society of 
the County of Tioga, and on April 19, the Medical Society of 
Seneca, were incorporated. The same year, in January, saw the 
reorganization of the Medical Society of the County of Warren. 
The Medical Society of the County of Essex was organized Sep- 
tember 8, 1913. The annual meeting of the Cayuga County Medi- 
cal Society is the second Thursday in November. The Medical 
Society of the County of Yates holds its annual meeting on the 
first Tuesday in January. 
The New York County Medical Society is stated to be "the oldest 
medical organization in the State of New York," although it was 
not incorporated until July 1, 1806. The New York County So- 
ciety originated from the New York Medical Society, which was 
established in 1828. As incorporated, the society was composed of 
resident, non-resident, and honorary members, all to be regular 
physicians in good standing. The purpose and objects of the 
society were: "To aid in regulating the practice of physic and 
surgery, and to contribute to the diffusion of true science, and 
particularly the knowledge of the healing art." Its corporate MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
669 
powers gave it authority to examine students "who may present 
satisfactory testimonials that they have studied Physic and Sur- 
gery for the time, and in the manner prescribed by the laws of 
this State," and to grant a license to practise to such as were 
found qualified. In the sixties the Society was represented in the 
State Medical Society by seventeen delegates, and in the American 
Medical Association by twenty-four. Stated meetings were held 
twice monthly, at the College of Physicians and Surgeons. The 
Society does not appear to have, in the early decades of its ex- 
istence, entered extensively into scientific discussions at its meet- 
ings, and no trace can be found of an official record of its pro- 
ceedings anterior to 1827. But the Society has always been a 
strong medical body, and when necessary it could exert powerful 
influence. Its membership in 1917 totalled more than 2,500. The 
Society has rooms in the building of the New York Academy of 
Medicine, No. 17 West Forty-third street; there all the stated 
meetings, which are monthly from October to May, inclusive, are 
held on the fourth Monday in each month. The anniversary meet- 
ing is in November. 
Agreeable to an act entitled "An act to incorporate Medical 
Societies for the purpose of regulating the practice of physic and 
surgery in this State," a number of physicians of the city of 
Albany met at the City Hall, on July 29, 1806, for the purpose of 
organizing The Medical Society of the County of Albany. Dr. 
Sylvester D. Willard published a volume of the Society's Trans- 
actions down to the year 1851, in which he wrote: "The Medical 
Society of the County of Albany has existed for more than half a 
century. Its beginning was small, and its growth has been neces- 
sarily slow. Its meetings have been held with a great degree of 
regularity, and brief records of them have been preserved." 
The prevalence of untrained physicians throughout New York 
State in the early part of the nineteenth century became such a 
menace to the people that in 1806 a law was passed by the legis- 
lature for the regulation of the practice of medicine by the for- 
mation of county medical societies. In pursuance of this law 
twenty-nine physicians of Oneida county met in Rome, July 1, 
1806. The meeting was presided over by Dr. Matthew Brown, Jr., 
and the Medical Society of the County of Oneida came into being. 
After holding seven meetings and adopting by-laws and a fee bill, 
the society was temporarily suspended in 1810, and was not re- 670 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
sumed until 1813, when a new lease of life was given, which has 
never died. The membership of the society in 1917 was 182. 
The Onondaga Medical Society was organized under law passed 
by the legislature in 1806. It passed through the many vicissitudes 
attendant on a pioneer county. The membership steadily increased 
and numbered 225 in 1917. Regular meetings are held on the sec- 
ond Tuesday of February and May and the fourth Tuesday in 
September. The annual meeting is held on the second Tuesday in 
December. 
The Medical Society of the County of Erie was organized in 
1821. Annual meetings are held the third Monday in December, 
and regular meetings the third Monday in February, April, June 
and October. Membership, 668. 
A preliminary and somewhat informal meeting of physicians 
was held May 9, 1821, in an inn kept by John G. Christopher, in 
the then styled village of Rochesterville, for the purpose of form- 
ing the Medical Society of the County of Monroe. In the by-laws 
adopted this old pioneer organization was vested with powers that 
at the present day appear extraordinary. The society exercised 
a rigid discipline over its members, and used every endeavor to 
elevate the professional standard of its members. In the matter of 
admission and expulsion of members, or granting license to prac- 
tice, the power of the society was supreme, and it also exercised 
authority over all practitioners of medicine in the county. No 
student was to be examined unless he produced satisfactory proof 
that he was of good moral character. The society membership 
steadily increased, and in 1917 numbered over 350 active members. 
At a preliminary meeting of physicians and surgeons of the 
county of Kings, held at Flatbush, on February 25, 1822, it was 
resolved to form a County Medical Society. Present were Drs. 
Charles Ball, Matthew Wendell, John Carpenter, W. D. Creed, 
Francis H. Dubois, and Adrian Vanderveer. An adjourned meet- 
ing was held March 21, 1822, at the inn of William Stephenson, 
Brooklyn, and the project furthered by the definite formation of 
the Medical Society of the County of Kings, and the election of 
officers: Cornelius Low, president; Matthew Wendell, vice-presi- 
dent; Adrian Vanderveer, secretary, and John Carpenter, treas- 
urer. At this second meeting (in addition to those present at the 
original gathering) were: Drs. G. T. Hunt and T. W. Henry. A 
further meeting was held on April 8, 1822, when constitution and MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
671 
by-laws were adopted. In July, 1822, the society adopted a seal, 
bearing the figure of a serpent, spirally wound around a staff, with 
the inscription " S orient ia Salusque Deo," and around the margin 
the words "Societa Medica Comitatus Regis Instituta, A. D., 1822." 
About 900 physicians of Kings county are members of the Society, 
which also has ten honorary members and about twenty correspond- 
ing members. 
When the county of Chemung was established in 1836, it became 
necessary to organize a County Medical Society. Therefore, on 
May 3, that year, a small body of physicians of that county as- 
sembled at Elmira for the purpose of organizing the Medical So- 
ciety of the County of Chemung. The first officers were: L. Hud- 
son, president; N. Winton, vice-president; A. R. Howell, secretary; 
F. Demorest, M.D., treasurer; E. L. Hart, T. Brooks, H. M. Graves, 
H. Seaman, and W. E. Booth, censors. Meetings were held at regu- 
lar intervals at Elmira, and regular meetings are now held on 
third Tuesdays of March, June and September. Annual meeting 
is in December. About 100 physicians constitute its present 
membership. 
LOCAL MEDICAL SOCIETIES AND ASSOCIATIONS 
The Canandaigua Medical Society was organized in 1864 and 
incorporated in 1892. Requirements for membership were resi- 
dence in that city for six months, also membership in the Medical 
Society of the County of Ontario. Meetings are held monthly and 
annual meeting in January. 
The Corning Medical Association was organized in the city of 
Corning, December 1, 1899, and received corporate powers on 
February 1, 1900. Its purpose was "To establish a minimum uni- 
form schedule of fees; to assist its members in collecting accounts; 
to protect the medical profession and public from unlicensed, fraud- 
ulent and illegal practice of medicine; to establish a cooperative 
supply system for the purchase of supplies." Meetings are held 
on the first Friday of each month, and the anniversary meeting is 
held on the second Monday in January. 
The Dunkirk and Fredonia Medical Society is located in the city 
of Dunkirk. The annual meeting is held the third Wednesday in 
December, the semi-annual meeting the third Wednesday in June, 
monthly meetings on the third Wednesday from September to 
June. 672 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The Glens Falls Medical and Surgical Society, city of Glens 
Falls. Meetings are held at the call of the president. 
The Hornell Medical and Surgical Association of the city of 
Hornell meets the first Monday of each month; the annual meet- 
ing is held in April. 
In the city of Jamestown is located the Jamestown Medical So- 
ciety. Its meetings are held on every alternate Thursday evening. 
Its annual meeting is held in June. 
The regular meetings of the Mount Vernon Medical Society of 
the city of Mount Vernon are held on the third Friday of the 
month, excepting the summer months. The annual meeting is held 
in May. 
In the city of Newburgh is located the Newburgh Bay Medical 
Society. Its membership consists of regular practitioners of medi- 
cine and surgery residing in that city or vicinity. Meetings are 
held on the second Tuesday in January, March, May, July and 
September; the annual meeting in January. 
The New Rochelle Medical Society, of New Rochelle. The mem- 
bership is restricted to regular practitioners residing in the city and 
vicinity. Meetings are held monthly on the second Monday eve- 
ning, excepting in July, August and September; the annual meet- 
ing is held in October. 
In the boroughs of Manhattan, Bronx and Kings are a number 
of medical societies; the requirements of membership, however, 
vary. We mention a few of the prominent ones. The Audubon 
Medical Society meets the fourth Friday of each month from 
September to May, inclusive, the annual meeting is held in Jan- 
uary. The Benjamin Rush Medical Society meets the first Satur- 
day of each month from September to May inclusive. The Bronx 
Medical Association meets the first Wednesday in each month, with 
the exception of July and August. Annual meetings are held the 
first Wednesday in December. Candidates for admission to the 
New York Celtic Medical Society must be of Irish birth or de- 
scent. Meetings are held at members' residences on the third 
Thursday of each month. The Eastern Medical Society of the City 
of New York meets the second Friday in each month, with the 
exception of July, August and September. Its annual meeting is 
held in December. The New York German Medical Society was 
organized in December, 1860, and reorganized in September, 1867. 
Only those physicians who can show scientific competence and have MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
673 
been in active practice in New York are eligible to membership. 
Meetings are held on the first Monday of each month, except July, 
August and September. The annual meeting is in December. 
The Greater New York Medical Association was incorporated 
April 5, 1899, for the purpose of having a society of the highest 
class in the character of its membership and of its scientific work, 
which should represent the best elements in the medical profes- 
sion in all the boroughs of the city. The society's membership is 
about 600. Meetings are held on the third Monday of each month, 
except during June to September, inclusive, at the New York 
Academy of Medicine. The annual meeting is in January. The 
Harlem Medical Association membership is limited to regular 
graduates of medicine who comply with the Principles of Medical 
Ethics of the American Medical Association. Meetings are held 
fortnightly at the residences of members in rotation. The Lenox 
Medical and Surgical Society was organized in 1885, for the ad- 
vancement of medical and surgical knowledge, and in promotion 
of good fellowship among its members. Monthly meetings are held 
at the residences of members. The Manhattan Medical Society was 
organized as the Manhattan Medical and Surgical Society, October 
4, 1881, and reorganized October 8, 1883. It consists of physicians 
resident between Fourteenth street and Harlem, on the east side 
of the city. The object of its organization was for the advancement 
of medicine, particularly in its clinical features. Meetings are held 
Fridays in October, December, February and April. 
One of the oldest medical societies in the city of New York is 
the New York Medical and Surgical Society founded in January, 
1834, for the discussion of professional topics. It was organized 
at the City Dispensary by the physicians and surgeons connected 
with that institution. Monthly meetings were held for a year or 
two, but owing to the removal of many of the original members, in- 
terest began to flag. However, in October, 1836, the society was 
reorganized, and meetings were resumed at the New York Hospital, 
and were continued with much regularity. The membership was 
limited to thirty-four, and later, sessions were held at the residences 
of members. At present the meetings are held monthly on the 
fourth Saturday of each month, excepting from June to Septem- 
ber, inclusive. The New York Medical Union was organized in 
October, 1853, for the discussion of professional topics and the 
interchange of professional information. The Association met 674 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
monthly at the residences of members, and held an anniversary 
meeting in December. In the eighties the East River Medical Asso- 
ciation merged with the New York Medical Union, the two societies, 
after reorganization, taking the name of the latter. The East 
River Medical Association was organized November 21, 1865, and 
the stated objects of its formation were the cultivation of friendly 
intercourse among its members, the elevation of the professional 
character, and improvement in medical and surgical knowledge. 
The Medical Society of the Borough of Bronx meets the second 
Wednesday of each month, and holds its annual meeting the sec- 
ond Wednesday of January. The Metropolitan Medical Society 
of New York City requires of its members three years' practice in 
active service. Its meetings are held on the fourth Tuesday of 
each month, with the exception of the summer season. The annual 
meeting is held in December. The Northern Medical Society of the 
city of New York holds monthly meetings except during the sum- 
mer season. Its annual meeting is held in April. There was or- 
ganized, in October, 1869, the Northwestern Medical and Surgical 
Society of New York for the interchange of professional informa- 
tion and the cultivation of social intercourse. The membership 
was limited to thirty. Regular practitioners of medicine residing 
in New York are eligible for membership. Meetings are held 
monthly except during June and September, inclusive. The New 
York Surgical Society was organized October 30, 1879. It is com- 
posed of consulting, visiting and assisting surgeons of New York 
hospitals. The membership is limited to sixty. Meetings are held 
on the second and fourth Wednesdays of each month, from October 
to May, inclusive. In December and May the fourth Wednesday 
meeting is omitted. The annual meeting is the second Wednesday 
in April. The Washington Heights Medical Society meets monthly 
on the fourth Tuesday. Its annual meeting is held in November. 
The membership of the West End Medical Society is limited to 
practitioners residing west of Eighth avenue between Fifty-ninth 
and One Hundred and Tenth streets. Members must be graduates 
of a medical college for five years, and have a three years' residence 
and practice within the limited district. Monthly meetings are 
held on the fourth Saturday, the summer months being excepted. 
The annual meeting is in December. The Women's Medical Asso- 
ciation of New York City was formerly the Alumnae Association 
of the Women's Medical College of New York City. The members MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
675 
are required to be graduates of a regular medical college. Meetings 
are held on the third Wednesday of each month, except December 
and from June to September, inclusive. The Yorkville Medical 
Association was organized in 1870. Meetings are held on the third 
Monday of each month, except from June to October. The annual 
meeting is the second Monday in November. 
The Brooklyn Medical Association holds its annual meeting the 
second Wednesday in January. The Brooklyn Medical Society 
meets monthly on the third Friday, excepting June, July, August 
and September. The annual meeting is in January. The Brook- 
lyn Surgical Society is composed of attending, assistant attending, 
and consulting surgeons of one or more hospitals. Meetings are 
held monthly, except from July to September, inclusive. Executive 
meetings are held in January and June. The Flatbush Medical 
Society's regular meetings are held on the second Friday of each 
month, excepting in June, July and August. The annual meeting 
is in May. The Williamsburg Medical Society has an active mem- 
bership of 225 physicians of the district. Its meetings are held on 
the second Monday of each month. 
The Ogdensburg Medical Association is composed of legally 
qualified practitioners of medicine in that vicinity. Its meetings 
are held fortnightly except during the months of July and August, 
and are held at the residences of members. The annual meeting is 
in September. There is located in the city of Rochester the Black- 
well Medical Society. Monthly meetings are held on the second 
Thursday, excepting July and August. The annual meeting is 
held in June. The Rochester Hospital Medical Society meets on 
alternate Thursdays. Its annual meetings are in May. The Sara- 
toga Springs Medical Society meetings are held on the third Fri- 
day of each month, except in June, July, August and September. 
The Jenkins Medical Association is the outgrowth of the Yonkers 
Medical Association founded December 21, 1866. The object of its 
organization was the medical improvement, and the promotion of 
kindly and social relations among its members. The association 
was composed of regular practitioners residing in the lower por- 
tion of Westchester and the upper portion of New York counties. 
The Association received corporate powers in 1869, and under its 
present title meets monthly in the city of Yonkers, on the second 
Thursday, except during the summer season. 
The Central New York Medical Association is of strength and 676 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
influence in its section of the State, and its membership is made 
up of physicians who have attended its meetings twice consecutively 
as a delegate from a "regular" county or city medical society, or 
from a hospital, asylum, or medical college within the district. 
The Tri-County Medical Society composes the counties of Allegany 
and Cattaraugus, New York, and McKean, Pennsylvania. Officers 
of the meetings are the officers of the county medical societies in 
town. The Lake Keuka Medical and Surgical Association meets 
the Thursday and Friday in July nearest the full moon. 
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE 
This had its inception in 1846 in the pressing need for an or- 
ganization by means of which the character and honor of the pro- 
fession of medicine might be advanced. The chaotic state of the 
profession, the rampant and defiant air of quackery and its con- 
taminating and demoralizing influence by association upon pro- 
fessional morals was keenly felt. There was no public medical 
society in New York City the proceedings of which were reported, 
nor was there anything added to the common stock of scientific 
literature of the profession. The New York County Medical So- 
ciety had a mere organic existence; nothing was done in scien- 
tific work, and the society had little influence on the ethical con- 
dition of the profession. 
The earliest society in New York City for the promotion of 
medical improvement was organized in 1815, known as the Physico- 
Medical Society. It required its members to contribute medical 
and surgical essays, observations on peculiar maladies, and dis- 
courage abuses in the science and practice of medicine, or the 
sophistication of remedies employed in the cure of diseases. This 
society existed only three years, and there was instituted, August 
16, 1823, the New York Lambda Society of Hippocrates, of strictly 
social character, and of which the president, Dr. A. C. Post, said, 
in 1848, that "there had been but two or three of its members 
who have disgraced themselves by practicing the base arts of 
quackery and imposture, and sacrificing their professional honor 
at the shrine of Mammon." For over a decade the Kappa Lambda 
Society stood alone for medical improvement in New York, but in 
1835 the New York Medical and Surgical Society was organized, 
but it was of short duration, as it existed only a year. In the MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
677 
summer of 1844 the New York Pathological Society was instituted. 
A meeting of physicians and surgeons was held December 12, 
1846, at the Lyceum of National History, 561 Broadway. Dr. John 
Stearns was called to the chair, and Dr. F. Campbell Stewart 
selected as secretary. The meeting was addressed by Dr. Valen- 
tine Mott, who in an energetic speech stated emphatically that ' ' any 
swerving from the path of professional rectitude must be excluded 
from the organization." A heated discussion followed, and, Dr. 
Mott being called upon to define the term "regular practitioner," 
replied that ' ' the least savor or tincture of homoeopathy will not be 
recognized by the old school." 
At an adjourned meeting, January 6, 1847, the constitution and 
by-laws were adopted. The membership was of two classes- 
resident fellows, three years resident in New York City, and corre- 
sponding fellows, limited to one hundred, to be vouched for by 
qualified physicians, and were to secure the vote of three-fourths 
of the fellows present at a regular meeting. Meetings were to be 
held monthly, at which scientific papers were to be read and dis- 
cussed. Dr. John Stearns was elected president; Drs. F. V. Johnson, 
Thomas Cock, J. B. Bech and John W. Francis, vice-presidents. 
The secretaries elected were F. C. Stewart, recording, W. C. Roberts 
and B. Drake, corresponding. Dr. R. Watts, Jr., became treas- 
urer, and Dr. Thomas W. Markoe librarian. On January 20, 1847, 
a resolution offered by Dr. Manley defining the term "regular" as 
excluding homoeopaths, hydropaths, chrono-thermalists, botanic 
physicians, also all mesmeric and clairvoyant pretenders to the 
healing art, and all others who claim peculiar merit for mixed 
practices not founded on the best systems of physiology and patho- 
logy, as taught in the best schools of Europe and America, was 
unanimously adopted. Meetings were held in the hall of the Lyceum 
until March 3, 1847, when the members assembled for the first time 
at Convention Hall, No. 175 Wooster street. Here meetings con- 
tinued to be held until June 5, 1850. 
About this time the Medical Society of the State of New York 
passed a resolution highly approving the organization of the 
Academy of Medicine, recognizing it as the harbinger of brighter 
days. The resolution was submitted to the several county societies, 
inviting their cooperation and that of every high-minded physician, 
to bring about that for which the Academy stood-the elevation of 
the medical character. The first anniversary meeting was held No- 678 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
vember 10, 1847, in the Broadway Tabernacle. A revised constitu- 
tion and by-laws were adopted January 19, 1848. 
During the year 1850, action was taken towards procuring a 
charter, also a movement was furthered to establish a library; also, 
the governing body of the Academy was changed to a board of trus- 
tees in place of an executive committee. In 1851 the institution 
secured legislative enactment constituting it a body corporate. 
The incorporators were: J. Kearney Rodgers, James Anderson, 
Galen Carter, Willard Parker, John H. Griscom, Edward L. Beadle, 
Isaac Wood, James 0. Pond and John G. Adams. The membership 
at this time consisted of 250 fellows. Mainly through the activity 
of the fellows of the Academy in connection with the members of 
the New York Academy of Medicine, who contributed generously 
towards the expenses, the annual conference meeting of the Ameri- 
can Medical Association was held in New York City. An excess 
fund amounting to almost $2,000 was realized over the expenses 
incurred. The National Association actually delivered to the treas- 
urer of the Academy $1,736.22, this being the amount of the sur- 
plus, and it was presented to the Academy as the foundation of a 
fund for erecting a medical hall in the city of New York. 
During the continuance of the Civil War, the Academy appar- 
ently accomplished nothing in their projected search for a site or 
building suited to their purposes. With the close of the 
war, members became interested in procuring a building. Dr. 
Samuel S. Purple communicated to the president of the Academy 
that if a suitable place was furnished he would donate his medical 
library to the Academy, and also pledged a donation of $2,000 
towards the construction of a library building. But many years 
passed before the Academy could fulfill the conditions under which 
Dr. Purple's offer was made. In April, 1866, the Academy council 
leased the lower lecture room of the College of Physicians and 
Surgeons on Twenty-third street. Subscriptions for a site and 
building were agitated for a number of years, and on January 7, 
1875, an accumulated fund of $24,000 had been raised, and a house 
and lot, No. 12 West Thirty-first street, was purchased for $42,500. 
The first gathering of the fellows of the Academy in their new 
home was May 20, 1875. The establishment of the Academy in 
its new quarters revived interest in the institution, and portraits 
and books were tendered as gifts. The library at this time had 
assumed such importance that it was voted to open it to all mem- MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
679 
bers of the profession, and in September, 1878, this courtesy was 
extended to the general public. 
The by-laws were amended in 1878, establishing a class of as- 
sociates to be known as Benefactors of the Academy, in which any 
fellow or respectable graduate in medicine or any respectable lay- 
man, on payment of $1000 or more into the treasury, should be 
eligible if approved by the Academy. 
At the time of the inauguration of Dr. Fordyce Barker as presi- 
dent, the library had increased to 9,000 volumes, mainly through 
the efforts of his predecessor, Dr. Purple. The generous gift of 
$5,000 by Dr. Abram Du Bois for the erection of a large fireproof 
lecture room in the rear of the Academy's building, and $2,000 be- 
ing raised by the fellows of the institution, a new library hall was 
commenced on April 15, 1879. This hall was dedicated October 2, 
1879, the first floor fitted up as a lecture room, the second as a 
library. A circular issued by the Academy, December 15, 1880, 
states that the library then comprised over 17,000 volumes. 
Dr. Barker was succeeded as president by Dr. Abraham Jacobi. 
The Academy, in October, 1885, liquidated the balance of the 
original mortgage on their building, and also received two notable 
bequests, one of $25,000 from Mrs. Charles F. Woerishoff, another 
of $70,000 from Mrs. Celine B. Hosack. The building fund of the 
Academy on December 1, 1887, amounted to $96,768.33, and in 
the following January the trustees reported that the amount of 
$106,218.35, with the value of the building on Thirty-first street, 
was then available for building and other purposes of the Academy. 
At an annual meeting held January 3, 1889, the treasurer reported 
that the building fund amounted to $121,614.26. On March 7, 
1889, the present site of the Academy was purchased for $90,000, 
and the corner-stone of the new building was laid October 2, 1889. 
In March, 1890, the trustees concluded the sale of the old Academy 
building on West Thirty-first street, securing $60,000 for the 
property. 
The first meeting of the Academy wTas held October 2, 1890, in 
its new home, and the building was formally opened November 
20, 1890. At this time the library capacity was 200,000 volumes, 
and contained 50,000 well-selected volumes. The membership was 
nearly seven hundred. A nurses' bureau, designated the "Nurses' 
Bureau of the New York Academy of Medicine," was organized 
in January, 1894. The fiftieth anniversary of the Academy was 680 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
celebrated with imposing ceremony at Carnegie Hall, January 29, 
1897. The trustees reported in 1898 that the Academy was free 
of debt. 
The library had now become the chief responsibility of the 
Academy, and it continued to grow rapidly. In regard to the 
library department, John S. Brownne, secretary, wrote some years 
ago: 
The accommodations here (Thirty-first Street) proved insufficient, as 
medical and other scientific societies not affiliated with the Academy rented 
its rooms for their gatherings, the library grew steadily . . . and the 
number of readers increased each year. Finally, the building not being 
fireproof, the treasures in it were exposed constantly to danger, and thus 
the necessity of erecting a large fireproof building became urgent. With 
the aid of both professional and lay friends, the funds required for the 
contemplated new building were gathered, and on November 20, 1890, the 
Academy met for the first time in its present building, situated at 17, 19 
and 21 West Forty-third Street. The building is five stories high, fire- 
proof, contains an audience room-Hosack Hall-a banquet room, a stack 
room, an imposing reference library room, Woerishoffer Hall, with ad- 
joining journal and reading rooms, rooms for study, five large rooms for 
the meeting of Sections and scientific gatherings in general, a conversa- 
tion room, a reception room, and many other necessary accommodations. 
It became evident, however, in 1908, that what had previously appeared 
to be ample accommodation had already become insufficient owing to the 
large increase in the membership of the Academy, in the number of vol- 
umes in the Library and in the number of those who consult its books 
and periodicals. In 1909, the Library Committee made a careful investi- 
gation of the library needs, reported that the total empty space on the 
shelves was barely sufficient for two years' normal growth, and described 
the then existing crowded condition of books and pamphlets and the re- 
sulting difficulty in their use. A large special Committee of the Academy 
was therefore appointed, and after considering various plans for increas- 
ing the size of the building on the present site-moving to a new site- 
and buying additional adjacent property-this Committee recommended 
the third plan, and arranged for the purchase of the adjacent lot at 
15 West Forty-Third Street and the lot in the rear at 10 West Forty- 
fourth Street. On July 18, 1910, the Academy voted its approval and 
the named lots were immediately purchased at the cost of $225,000. 
Financially, the Academy, for its present purposes, apart from 
the heavy outlay necessary in the accomplishment of the projected 
building additions, is in a satisfactory condition. A handsome 
bequest was made some years ago, for the purposes directly of the 
library, by the widow of Dr. Landon Carter Gray, the Academy re- 
ceiving $50,000 "to be devoted to the purchase of books"; and the MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
681 
Annual Report for 1916 records the receipt of $50,000 in 1915, 
under the will of Dr. Everett Herrick, "for many years a member 
and warm friend of the Academy"; also that the will of Dr. Ru- 
dolph A. Witthaus, who died in 1915, constituted the Academy the 
residuary legatee of almost his entire property, and that, if the 
will now being contested proves to be true, "the Academy should 
benefit to the extent of an income of between $9,000 and $12,000 
a year. ' ' 
According to the treasurer's annual report for 1916, the assets 
of the Academy then were $939,171.41, including real estate, $511,- 
926.59, and mortgages, $213,060, and library $80,000. The liabili- 
ties, excluding trust funds, were $105,116.90. The Academy has 
trust funds for the purposes of the library amounting to $145,- 
564.90, and for its general purposes, $594,858.01. 
The extent to which the New York Academy of Medicine has, by 
its activities extending over the seven decades of its existence, con- 
tributed to the advancement of medical science and the general 
physical well-being of the nation may be gathered from the read- 
ing of the brief review written by Mr. John S. Brownne. He stated: 
The method and line of work by which this American institution has ex- 
hibited its power, enlarged its sphere of influence, and rivaled the coun- 
tries of Europe, are described in the following paragraphs: 
The very first paper printed in 1847 for the Academy was a historical 
sketch, by Pliny Earle, of the institutions for the insane in the United 
States of America. Much later, in 1861, Parigot read his paper on moral 
insanity in relation to criminal acts. The interest in that all-important 
subject, so replete with dangers both to the actual or alleged criminal and 
to human society, has never died out in the Academy, until it could sustain 
the movement to transfer our insane to State care, with which the name 
of Louisa Lee Schuyler will forever be indelibly connected. The report 
of a committee upon the comparative value of milk formed from the slops 
of distilleries and other food, in 1848, was followed by one on solidified 
milk, in 1854, and another one on city milk, in 1859. William H. Van 
Buren's and Gurdon Buck's papers on tracheotomy in croup, and Van 
Buren's on hip-joint amputation, were read in 1850. Valentine Mott's 
(the first to operate for aneurism of the innominata) remarks on the im- 
portance of anaesthesia from chloroform date from 1848; his case of 
aneurism and ligature of the left subclavian artery from 1851. Not long 
after, C. E. Isaacs communicated his original work on the structure and 
physiology of the kidney, 1856; and John C. Dalton his remarkable re- 
searches on the anatomy of the placenta in 1858. 
Some time previously, the accessibility of the larynx and bronchial tubes 
was first proven in the Academy by Horace Green. The cholera epidemics 682 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
of previous times were the subjects of papers, thoroughly enjoyable to- 
day, by John W. Francis. The diphtheria discussion of January, 1860, 
was an incentive to observation and study all over the States and beyond. 
Gurdon Buck invented the present method of treating femoral fractures in 
1861. J. Marion Sims, whose statue adorns Bryant Park, benefited man- 
kind by his silver sutures, by improved and by new operations, and by 
many papers and discussions. John Watson wrote for the Academy his 
learned history of medical men in ancient times in 1856. On the floor 
of the Academy, J. T. Learning, after P. Camman had facilitated diagnosis 
by the double stethoscope, still in use, taught his brilliant theories of the 
functions of the pleura and of the respiratory murmurs. 
Not long after (1863), Louis Elsberg instructed the profession in the 
topical medication of the larynx and neighboring organs under sight. John 
C. Dalton spoke on "Vivisection, What It Is, and What It Has Accom- 
plished," in 1866; and the Academy published Robert T. Ede's prize essay, 
1869, on the physiology and pathology of the sympathetic or ganglionic 
nervous system; also a report of William C. Roberts on the causes of death 
and disease in the metropolis, 1868. There were also notable discussions 
on cholera, on chronic metritis, on ventilation, and on sanitary police in 
1866, and the paper in 1867, by A. C. Post, on the curative effects of 
blood-letting. There were contributions by Willard Parker, Alonzo Clark, 
Austin Flint, and a host of others. One of the latest results of academic 
work was the memorable discussion on intubation of the larynx in croup, 
on June 2, 1887. It followed the discoverer's long-continued labors, and 
his paper on "Intubation versus Tracheotomy," and carried the renown 
and influence of American ingenuity all over the globe. The debates of 
1896, on the diphtheria antitoxin, which contributed much to the study 
and dissemination of the employment of the beneficent antidote, may also 
be mentioned here. 
. . . For many years the Academy fought in Albany for a preliminary 
education of matriculants, also for State examinations as a condition upon 
which alone the license to practice should be awarded. The Academy, in 
conjunction with the rest of the profession, has worked to increase the 
duration and the number of college courses. The profession, particularly 
as it is represented in the Medical Society of the County of New York, 
has undertaken to extinguish it in this city. This committee sacrifices 
its time, and the society its own money, to combat frauds, quacks, and 
diploma mills. 
Great questions of the day have always inspired the medical profession. 
The Committee of Seventy of 1872 had among its most active members 
one of the most prominent men the New York Academy of Medicine ever 
counted among its own, Ernst Krackowizer. In public concerns, the Acad- 
emy was always interested. It took the initiative in many movements, the 
realization of which had long to wait. Medical school inspection, in- 
augurated about 1896, was urged by the profession in open meetings 
twenty-five years previous to its adoption, and again by members of the 
Academy half a dozen years previous. The Willard Parker Hospital 
was planned and its organization pushed by a member of the Academy. MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
683 
Again, it was a fellow of the Academy who renewed, if not instigated, 
the agitation for the new factory laws in behalf of women and children 
in 1882. Clean streets, or rather muddy and unhealthy streets, also the 
tenement-house question, also schoolhouses, and the reception hospital, 
were the subjects of many debates. It was a committee appointed at 
the request of the Board of Health, which originally started in the Acad- 
emy, and which, under the leadership of C. R. Agnew, whose mind and 
heart have immortalized him in the memory of those who were so fortu- 
nate as to live and work with him, reformed the quarantine of the Port 
of New York, and elaborated the plans and estimates according to which 
the Legislature finally restored Hoffman and Swinburne Islands to their 
present condition. Another committee of the Academy looked after the 
Croton water and the water-shed. 
It was through a committee of the Academy that medical inspection of 
the eyes of all the inmates was introduced in public institutions. If that 
practice were continued conscientiously, and attention to the eyes of the 
newly bom suffering from the same contagious ophthalmia were made com- 
pulsory, there would be many vacancies in our future blind asylums. 
The Academy's efforts, joining those of other medical bodies of the 
land in favor of the establishment of a National Board of Health, were, 
however, not successful. ... It was the Academy, again, which was called 
upon to protect the port and the city against the invasion of cholera. 
The committee men, though among the busiest of the city, were always at 
their post; their efforts were successful and at that time appreciated; they 
aided in keeping cholera out, and at the same time protected the com- 
mercial interests of the country. The agitation for the establishment of 
free public baths was begun by one of its fellows in 1890, and has resulted 
in the erection of several such institutions. 
Through the efforts of a committee of the Academy, the Association of 
Out-Patient Clinics was organized for the purpose of studying and solving 
some of the pressing dispensary problems. Among other activities in 
recent years were the efforts to abolish the office of coroner and to create 
the office of chief medical examiner, who shall have adequate pathological 
experience and qualifications; to promote suitable legislation in order to 
render it much less difficult to obtain the right to perform autopsies in 
hospitals than has previously been the case; to establish a standard for 
tonsil and adenoid operations; to establish standards for physical examina- 
tion of children between the ages of fourteen and sixteen years, working 
in factories; to introduce public health instruction in medical schools; to 
revise the city sanitary code; to secure subway sanitation; to secure physi 
cal and mental examination of immigrants, and many other important 
problems. The transfer of the control of the quarantine at the Port of 
New York from State to Federal control has been strongly urgeo. 
. . . The Academy is recognized as their head centre by other medical 
societies which cluster round it. . . . 
Nor do the academicians confine their labor to their own institution, or 
to the city. There is no national association (medical) in which they 
are not interested and co-operating. It was a fellow of the Academy 684 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
who established a section for diseases of children in the American Medical 
Association. Its members are largely represented in the Association of 
American Physicians, and in the American, Surgical, Paediatric, Clima- 
tological, Gynaecological, and other societies. In the transatlantic con- 
gresses, the British Medical Association, and the International Medical 
congresses, their names are frequently met with. 
Of the individual efforts of its fellows in behalf of the Academy, 
if one considers the results accruing from such efforts, those of Dr. 
Abraham Jacobi certainly deserve especial mention. He resigned 
his office of trustee of the Academy in 1912, "so that his duties 
might be transferred to the shoulders of a younger and abler mem- 
ber," as he put it; he had been an executive officer of the Academy 
for twenty-eight years, serving ' ' with great fidelity and ability, and 
with invaluable benefit to the Academy." If to Dr. S. S. Purple 
belongs the honor of having founded the library, to Dr. Jacobi then 
belongs the distinction of having improved the foundation by giving 
it permanence, as it was mainly through his interest and zealous 
effort that an Academy Library Endowment Fund of more than 
$100,000 became an actuality. 
OTHER ACADEMIES OF MEDICINE 
The Auburn Academy of Medicine holds its regular meeting on 
the third Thursday of each month. Its annual meeting is in June. 
The Binghamton Academy of Medicine was organized in 1854, 
and its membership consists of regular practitioners in Bingham- 
ton and vicinity. It meets monthly, except July and August, on 
the third Tuesday evening, at the Public Library, Binghamton. 
The annual meeting is in September. 
The Buffalo Academy of Medicine was founded on May 17, 1892, 
by the amalgamation of the Buffalo Medical and Surgical Asso- 
ciation, the Obstetrical Society, the Pathological Society, and the 
Clinical Society for the Promotion of the Science and Art of 
Medicine. The Academy maintains a medical library and a 
museum. Members must be residents of Buffalo, and graduates 
of medicine in active practice within the city for two years. Sur- 
geons and medical officers of the United States Army, Navy and 
Marine Hospital Service, and physicians residing outside of the 
city of Buffalo may be admitted as non-resident fellows. Meet- MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
685 
ings are held monthly, except during the summer months, annual 
meeting is in June. 
The Elmira Academy of Medicine was organized in 1852, and 
is a strong society. Its meetings are held monthly and the annual 
meeting is in December. 
The Fulton Academy of Medicine is located in the city of Fulton. 
Its regular meetings are held on the first and third Wednesdays of 
each month. The annual meeting is in December. 
The Lockport Academy of Medicine meets the first Tuesday of 
each month, and the annual meeting is held in June. 
The Niagara Falls Academy of Medicine was established ''for the 
promotion of the science and art of medicine and the promotion of 
public health. ' ' Its privileges are open to two classes of members, 
resident and non-resident fellows "who are regular practitioners 
of medicine, or regular graduates of medicine." Meetings are held 
monthly, on first Mondays, and the annual meeting is in May. 
The Oswego Academy of Medicine holds its regular meetings on 
the first and third Tuesday of each month, July and August being 
excepted. The annual meeting is in January. 
The Poughkeepsie Academy of Medicine is an active medical 
organization, and its membership register contains the names of 
practically all the physicians of that city and vicinity. Meetings 
are held monthly, on the last Monday, and the annual meeting in 
October. 
The Rochester Academy of Medicine is an influential professional 
organization, active in all phases of medical affairs. Its anniver- 
sary meeting is held in January, and regular meetings take place 
during the period October to June. Section meetings are held 
monthly, the sections being: General Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, 
and Public Health. 
The Schenectady Academy of Medicine meets every Wednesday 
evening from October to May. 
The Syracuse Academy of Medicine is composed of physicians in 
good standing who have been in active practice for at least two 
years, and have presented approved recommendation to the Council. 
Meetings are held fortnightly, except during July and August. 
The annual meeting is in December. 686 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
CLINICAL AND OTHER MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
The New York Clinical Society was organized on May 25, 1877, 
for the consideration of medical and surgical topics in their clin- 
ical and therapeutic aspects, and the cultivation of social inter- 
course among its members. The membership is limited to twenty, 
and meetings are held monthly on the fourth Friday, except 
June, July, August and September. There is also in New York 
City the Clinical Society of the Lenox Hospital and Dis- 
pensary, which meets the second Friday of each month from 
October to May inclusive. To the Clinical Society of Harlem Hos- 
pital the alumni of the hospital and physicians to the out-patient 
department are eligible for membership. Meetings are held the 
first Tuesday of each month, with the exception of the summer 
season. The annual meeting is held in April. The Clinical So- 
ciety of the New York Polyclinic Medical School and Hospital 
meets in the hospital's amphitheatre on the first Monday of each 
month from October to May. The physicians and surgeons officially 
connected with the New York Post-Graduate Medical Society and 
Hospital compose the membership of the Clinical Society of the 
New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital. Meetings 
are held in the hospital's building on the third Friday of each 
month, with the exception of the months of June, July, August and 
September. The annual meeting is the third Friday in December. 
The West Side Clinical Society has for its object medical research. 
The society's meetings are held on the second Thursday of each 
month, with the exception of July, August and September. The 
annual election for officers is held on the second Tuesday of De- 
cember. The Elmira Clinical Society meets Monday evening of 
each month at the offices of the members. The annual meeting is in 
December. 
The New York Pathological Society was organized at the office 
of Dr. Lewis A. Sayre, New York City, June 13, 1844. The object 
of the organization was for the improvement of its members in 
pathology, and in diagnosis and treatment as founded upon pa- 
thology. Candidates for membership were required to present 
through some member a specimen of morbid anatomy, accom- 
panied by a written history. For a time the meetings were held 
in Dr. Sayre's office, but subsequently the society met by request 
at the homes of its members. The rapid increase in members neces- MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
687 
sitated in 1844 a change in the plan of meeting, and the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons on Crosby street was chosen. Here and 
at the later location of the college, Twenty-third street, stated meet- 
ings were held. A certificate of incorporation was secured in April, 
1886, which was amended in 1912, at which time the society con- 
sisted of about forty life members and one hundred and fifty ordi- 
nary members. Meetings are held monthly on the second Wednes- 
day from October to May inclusive. Candidates for membership 
must be either licensed physicians in good standing or active work- 
ers in pathology, bacteriology, physiology, or related sciences, and 
must present the recommendation of three members of the society. 
The anniversary meeting is in January. 
The Academy of Pathological Science of New York City was 
organized by homoeopathic physicians October 15, 1893, for the 
study of all pathological conditions, not only post-mortem speci- 
mens, but living subjects as well, special attention being given to 
these conditions, as revealed by the microscope. Meetings are held 
monthly on fourth Fridays from October to May inclusive. The 
annual meeting is in December. 
In 1870 certain members of the County Medical Society formed 
the Brooklyn pathological section of that society. The section 
conformed closely to the constitution and by-laws of the New York 
Pathological Society, excepting that a presiding officer was selected 
at each meeting. The permanent officers were a secretary, treas- 
urer and editor of transactions. Meetings were held fortnightly, 
alternately, at the Brooklyn Eye and Ear Hospital, Long Island 
Hospital, and the Brooklyn City Hospital. The association a few 
years later became known as the Brooklyn Pathological Society. 
Monthly meetings are held on the second Tuesday from October 
to May inclusive. The annual meeting is held in May. 
The Rochester Pathological Society consists of graduates in 
medicine who have been in actual practice for at least six months, 
and who are members of their county medical society. Meetings 
are held monthly from October to June inclusive, the annual meet- 
ing being in the latter month. 
The organization of the New York Dermatological Society, May 
18, 1869, was to afford to all those interested in this most im- 
portant department of medicine an opportunity for a free ex- 
change of opinions and methods of practice, and to contribute 
American experience and investigation to the fast accumulating 688 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
knowledge of the diseases of the skin. The society in its initial 
year of organization consisted of twenty-two members, which has 
largely increased. Membership is conditional upon the acceptance 
of a recognized standing as a dermatologist. Meetings are held 
monthly, on the fourth Tuesday, except during the summer season. 
The annual meeting is in May. The Manhattan Dermatological 
Society holds monthly meeting on the second Tuesday, except July, 
August and September. 
The New York Obstetrical Society was permanently organized in 
January, 1864. Subsequent to this a meeting was held at the 
residence of Dr. T. Gaillard Thomas, who suggested the feasi- 
bility of establishing such a society in the city of New York. The 
membership was limited to twenty-five, who were termed ordinary 
fellows and were required to be residents of New York, or in its 
immediate vicinity. The society met every two weeks, and a desig- 
nated member was required to read an essay on obstetrics and 
diseases peculiar to females and children. The penalty for non- 
compliance to this rule was a fine of twenty-five dollars. After 
the reading of the essay a discussion took place; cases were related 
and pathological specimens exhibited. The candidate for member- 
ship must be a regular physician, residing in Greater New York, 
who has been in practice five years, and makes obstetrics and gyne- 
cology a prominent part of his practice. Monthly meetings are held 
on the second Monday except from June to September inclusive. 
The annual meeting is held in May. 
The Gynecological Society of Brooklyn was established for the 
promotion of knowledge in all that pertains to gynecology and 
obstetrics. The membership is limited to fifty, and candidates 
must be regular practitioners of medicine, who have been in prac- 
tice in Brooklyn for five years, and have made gynecology and ob- 
stetrics a prominent part of their study and practice. Meetings 
are held on first Friday of each month from November to May 
inclusive. 
The New York Ophthalmological Society was organized in March, 
1864, for the improvement of its members in ophthalmic and aural 
studies. The original membership was thirty, and meetings were 
held bi-monthly at the residence of some member. Its member- 
ship is now confined almost exclusively to ophthalmologists. Meet- 
ings are held on second Monday of each month, except during the MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
689 
months of June to September inclusive. The annual meeting is in 
January. 
The New York Otological Society requires that its members be 
graduates of medicine and have an interest in aural science and 
art. Its meetings are held on the fourth Tuesday of January, 
March, May and November. The annual meeting is in November. 
The Pyschiatrical Society of New York was organized to promote 
interest in psychiatry and stimulate its study. Meetings are held 
quarterly. 
The psychiatric Society of Ward's Island is maintained by the 
physicians of the Manhattan State Hospital and the Psychiatric 
Institute. Monthly meetings are held on the third Monday from 
September to April inclusive. 
The New York Psychoanalytic Society was established for the 
study and advancement of psychoanalysis, in application to nervous 
and mental disease, and to psychology, and members meet on the 
fourth Tuesday of each month. 
The Society for Serology and Hematology of New York City 
holds its meeting the first Friday in October, December, February 
and April. Its annual meeting is in February. The object of the 
Society is for the cultivation of serological and hematological and 
bacteriological methods, as applied to clinical medicine. 
The New York Social Hygiene Society, formerly the Society of 
Sanitary and Moral Prophylaxis, was organized in 1905, and two 
years later received certificate of incorporation. The society is 
for the purpose of giving proper education to develop the single 
standard of morality and eradicate the social diseases. The society 
maintains ten lectures and publishes educational pamphlets and 
stated meetings are held quarterly. 
The New York Urological Society meets the first Wednesday in 
October, December and February. The annual meeting is the first 
Wednesday in April. 
The New York Neurological Society was organized in March, 
1872, and reorganized April 6, 1874, for the advancement of the 
science of medicine in relation to the nervous system. Applicants 
for membership must submit to the council a satisfactory paper 
upon some neurological subject, or a specimen illustrating neuro- 
pathology with description of same in writing. Meetings are held 
monthly on the first Tuesday except July, August and September. 690 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The Brooklyn Society for Neurology meets on the first Wednesday 
of each month, except from June to September inclusive. 
The New York Laryngological Society was founded in October, 
1873, for the promotion of the study of affections of the larynx, 
pharynx, and adjacent parts. The monthly meetings were held 
at members' residences. The American Laryngological Associa- 
tion was formed in 1878, and its headquarters are established at 
the New York Academy of Medicine building. There is a depart- 
ment on laryngology, rhinology and otology of the Medical Society 
of the County of Kings. 
The Geriatric Society of New York City was organized June 2, 
1915, for the scientific study of senile conditions, the causes of 
aging, the diseases of advanced life, and the home and institu- 
tional care of the aged. Meetings are held bi-monthly on the third 
Wednesday. The New York Gastro-Enterological Society meets at 
members' residences three times a year. 
The Society of New York German Physicians was organized in 
January, 1857, by members of the visiting staff of the New York 
German Hospital and Dispensary. The society was first known as 
the Scientific Meeting of German Physicians, and the members met 
monthly for the demonstration of pathological specimens and the 
report and discussion of interesting cases. There were no yearly 
dues, and the president was elected at each meeting. This method 
of conducting the meetings is still in force. The annual meeting 
is in May, and stated meetings are held monthly from September 
to May inclusive. 
The object of the New York Physicians' Association is the ad- 
vancement in medical science and the maintenance of an ethical 
standard of professional conduct. The requirements of member- 
ship are that the candidate is a regular graduate in medicine of 
good social and professional standing, qualified to practice in the 
State of New York. Meetings are held monthly, except in July, 
August and September. The annual meeting is in December. 
The Practitioners' Society of New York was organized in April, 
1882, for the purpose of the interchange of experience and the 
promotion of knowledge in any department of medicine. Member- 
ship was limited to twenty, and meetings are held monthly at the 
residence of some member. The Riverside Practitioners' Society of 
New York City holds its meetings on the fourth Tuesday from 
October to May inclusive. The annual meeting is the fourth Tues- MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
691 
day in January. The Associated Physicians of Long Island has 
for its object the natural condition and prevalent diseases of Long 
Island. It meets annually in the month of January at Brooklyn. 
Meetings are also held in June and October, at other places on the 
island. The membership of the Harvard Medical Society is confined 
to graduates of Harvard Medical School residing in New York City. 
Meetings are held on the fourth Saturday in November, January 
and April. The Harvard Society was formed for the diffusion of 
knowledge of medical sciences. The New York Society of Anes- 
thetists hold their meetings in February, May and November. The 
New York Society of Internal Medicine was founded for the study 
of subjects relating to internal medicine. The annual meeting 
is held in May; monthly meetings on fourth Wednesdays, except 
June to September inclusive. The Brooklyn Society of Internal 
Medicine membership is limited to one hundred. Meetings are held 
on fourth Friday of each month from October to May inclusive. 
The annual meeting is in December. The Valentine Mott Society 
of New York City holds its meetings on the fourth Tuesday of each 
month. The annual meeting is in June. The Society for Experi- 
mental Biology and Medicine holds an annual meeting on the third 
Wednesday in February. The Brooklyn Pediatric Society holds 
monthly meetings on the fourth Wednesday from September to 
May inclusive. The annual meeting is held in December. The 
New York Gastro-Enterology Club meets monthly, with the excep- 
tion of June to September inclusive. 
The Federation of Medical Economic Leagues of New York is a 
central organization, constituted of delegates from affiliated district 
leagues for medico-economic research and protection and promo- 
tion of the economic welfare of the medical professions. The af- 
filiated societies are the Medical Alliance and Down Town Phy- 
sicians' Protective League, Physicians' Economic Society of New 
York, West Side Physicians, Economic League, Brooklyn Physi- 
cians' Economic League. Monthly meetings are held on the third 
Tuesday. The annual meeting is in January. The Society of Med- 
ical Jurisprudence of the City of New York was incorporated 
March 5, 1883, as the Society of Medical Jurisprudence and State 
Medicine. In the incorporation papers the objects of the society 
were stated to be the investigation, study and advancement of the 
science of medical jurisprudence and state medicine, and the attain- 
ment of a higher standard of medical expert testimony. The mem- 692 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
bership was of two classes-active and honorary; lawyers, physi- 
cians and chemists of good standing in their respective profession 
were eligible to active membership. Eminent members of these pro- 
fessions to the number of twenty were eligible to honorary mem- 
berships. Annual meetings are held December; monthly meetings, 
with the exception of July, August and September, on the second 
Monday. The New York Medico-Legal Society was organized in 
June, 1866, and incorporated June 20 of that year. The member- 
ship was to consist of regular practitioners of the medical and legal 
professions. There were three classes of membership-resident, 
corresponding and honorary. The object of the society was the 
study of medical jurisprudence, chemistry, toxicology, the medical 
jurisprudence of insanity, inebriety and all branches of psychologi- 
cal science. Meetings were first held at the residences of the mem- 
bers, but as the society gained in number they were held at the 
coroner's office, Old City Hall, twice a month. Meetings are now 
held monthly on third Wednesday of each month, except July and 
August. The annual meeting is in December. The membership 
of the Medico-Surgical Society of New York requires that phy- 
sicians shall be at least three years' graduates. Meetings are held 
in October, December, March and May. 
The Brooklyn Hospital Club is composed of three sections, and 
meetings are held monthly, with the exception of the summer sea- 
son. The Buffalo Medical Club was established for the purpose of 
reading and discussion of professional papers by practitioners of 
the city. Meetings are held monthly at the residences of members, 
a chairman being elected to preside at each meeting. The Buffalo 
Medical and Surgical League meets the second Thursday evening 
of each month. The Buffalo Ophthalmological Club meets the sec- 
ond Tuesday evening of each month, except during the summer sea- 
son. The Esculapian Club of Buffalo membership is limited to 
twenty-five. The object of the club is for the careful consideration 
of subjects pertaining to the science of medicine. Monthly meet- 
ings are held except during the summer. The Medical Union of 
Buffalo was organized in 1883. Members meet on the fourth Thurs- 
day of each month, except July and August. The annual meeting 
is in January. The Practitioners' Club of Buffalo holds monthly 
meetings on the first Thursday evening of each month from Sep- 
tember to June inclusive. The annual meeting is the first Thursday 
in June. The Roswell Park Medical Club of Buffalo meets the second MEDICAL SOCIETIES 
693 
Monday of each month. The annual meeting is in October. The 
Physicians' Club of Middletown, with the exception of July and 
August, holds monthly meetings on the second Thursday. The 
membership of the Utica Medical Club consists of regular prac- 
titioners of medicine registered with the county clerk, and mem- 
bers of the county medical society. Meetings are held the Thurs- 
day evening nearest the fifteenth of the month, except in the 
months of July, August and September. The annual meeting is 
in March. The Yonkers Practitioners' Club meets the third Wed- 
nesday in each month, except July and August. CHAPTER II 
HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, AND MUNICIPAL 
IN all civilized countries every considerable city now has one 
or more hospitals, sustained by charity, endowment or gov- 
ernment grants. Frequently they are connected with medical 
schools for mutual advantage. Many have elaborate and costly 
buildings, but in the present century a unit of buildings is judged 
to be more beneficial, as there is less danger that the germs of 
disease will be harbored. 
On following pages are necessarily condensed narratives relating 
to the principal hospitals of the State of New York: 
UNITED STATES HOSPITALS 
U. 8. Naval Hospital, Brooklyn-This hospital is situated on 
Flushing avenue, foot of Ryerson street, within a few blocks of 
the Navy Yard, near the shores of Wallabout Bay. The site is the 
hill portion of the property which in the early part of the last 
century was known as the Schenck farm. Thirty-three acres of 
this property, with the mansion and farm buildings, were pur- 
chased for the government May 1, 1824, by the Commissioners of 
Navy Hospitals. The parties of the first part were Sarah and Jane 
Schenck, widows, and Jacob and Ida Harris, and Isaac and Mary 
Ann Harris. On April 19, 1833, the State of New York ceded to 
the United States its jurisdiction over the entire property, but in 
1893 the Federal government sold to the city of Brooklyn 17.75 
acres, leaving 15.25 acres as the hospital reservation. Since then 
none of the land has been parted with-a fortunate circumstance, 
as occasional extension of the hospital's facilities is required to 
keep pace with the growth of the Navy and Marine Corps that has 
been in progress during recent years. 
From the time of the purchase of the estate until 1838, the 
mansion and farm buildings were utilized for the reception and 
treatment of patients. In that year money became available to 
694 MARINE HOSPITAL, BROOKLYN HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
695 
carry out the long standing intention of the government to erect 
suitable naval hospitals at various naval stations, and the main 
building of the New York institution was begun. In 1840 the main 
building and the annex east of its north wing were completed. The 
walls of these structures are composed of massive blocks of Sing 
Sing marble. The style of architecture is simple, dignified, and 
impressive; and, according to architects of to-day, reflects credit 
upon the taste of the officials responsible for the selection of the 
plans. About the same time there was erected in the neighborhood 
of the north wing of the main building a chapel of the same material 
and architectural character. Other buildings were subsequently 
added, as additional wards, buildings for kitchen, mess room, dis- 
pensary and operating suite, dwellings for medical officers, quarters 
for nurses, stables, garage, power plant, laundry, mortuary, and 
disinfecting plant. Owing to the impracticability of obtaining 
Sing Sing marble with which to preserve structural harmony, the 
walls of the newer buildings, excepting two frame dwellings for 
medical officers, were made of brick. Thorough renovation of the 
older buildings, with the addition of heating, ventilating, plumbing, 
and other equipment to suit the progress of the times, has kept the 
hospital in a satisfactory state of administrative efficiency. 
The last general rehabilitation was begun in 1896 and finished 
in 1897. At that time were added some of the modern buildings 
mentioned above. The largest of these was a ward building of 
two stories and a commodious basement. This building affords two 
wards of forty beds each, and five wards of from two to six beds 
each. It is south of and parallel with the south wing of the main 
building, and is connected with the latter and with other adjacent 
buildings by a broad corridor so liberally fitted with glass windows 
as to fulfill the purpose of a solarium. Further and more extensive 
rehabilitation of many of the buildings is contemplated and will 
be carried out when the necessary funds become available. 
There are now in use three new buildings for infectious diseases. 
These, in the northwest corner of the reservation, are: One-story 
brick buildings, each having one ward susceptible of division into 
three compartments; a diet kitchen, ward toilet with tub and 
showers, quiet room, office, nurse's room, toilet and shower for 
nurse, two halls, three entrances to the administrative portion of 
the building, and an entrance for each isolation compartment. 
Each building is equipped with suitable culinary apparatus, elec- 696 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
trie light, telephone, steam heat, and sewer connections. Until 
the erection of these it was necessary to provide for infectious 
diseases in tents and in old buildings whose usefulness for other 
purposes had become impaired. With the completion of these con- 
tagious units, the capacity of the hospital has developed to an 
establishment of 283 beds distributed as follows: For officer 
patients: Private rooms, each with bath, 14; for enlisted men: 
surgical division, 60; medical division (wards), 52; infectious 
diseases, 42; venereal diseases, 43; camp for miscellaneous affec- 
tions, 16; detention ward, 5; overflow or convalescent ward, 51. 
In case of urgent need the total number of beds in the permanent 
building could be expanded to 393 without undue crowding. 
Notwithstanding the sale of over one-half of the reservation to 
the city of Brooklyn in 1893 and the erection of numerous struc- 
tures on the remaining portion of the property, space has been 
available for maintaining a camp, a cemetery, roads, paths, ample 
lawns, and an abundance of flowers, shrubs, and ornamental and 
shade trees, thus developing a park that is a veritable oasis in the sur- 
rounding commercial and industrial district of the city, and which 
contributes much to the welfare of the institution's patients. 
As the patients come from the many parts of the world with 
which the Navy and Marine Corps have relations, the services is 
a varied one, and diseases not often seen in civil hospitals of this 
climate are noted in the hospital's records. Yet of late years the 
number of admissions of diseases classed as tropical has been di- 
minishing, because of the modern sanitary protective measures 
efficiently carried out by the Navy and Marine Corps while 
operating in insalubrious places. 
This sketch of the hospital's history would be incomplete with- 
out reference to the late E. R. Squibb, M.D., the noted pharma- 
ceutical chemist, who in the early part of his career was an as- 
sistant surgeon in the navy. In January, 1852, he became at- 
tached to the hospital as an assistant to Dr. Benjamin Franklin 
Bache, a distinguished medical officer of the Navy, then senior 
medical officer of the Naval Station. While serving in this capa- 
city, Dr. Squibb soon saw the importance of and found time for 
developing in one of the buildings a pharmaceutical laboratory for 
the manufacture of the Navy's more important medical supplies. 
The value and success of this experiment was soon recognized by 
the Navy Department, and in November of the same year (1852) HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
697 
the laboratory was officially established in a suitable building on 
the hospital reservation. In October, 1853, the Navy Department, 
further recognizing the value of Dr. Squibb's services in this con- 
nection, detached him from the hospital and assigned him to duty 
at the laboratory exclusively. It was during his service at this 
laboratory that Dr. Squibb earned the beginning of his reputation 
as a pharmaceutical chemist. Perhaps his most notable contribu' 
tion at this time was his method of preparing ether by steam heat. 
His diary is evidence of his assiduity in developing this method, 
and of the difficulties under which he labored. A description of 
the method was published by Dr. Squibb in the American Jour- 
nal of Pharmacy, of September, 1856. Dr. Squibb's growing 
reputation inevitably led to bidding for his services in other fields, 
and on December 4, 1857, he was induced to tender his resignation. 
He then joined Dr. J. Lawrence Smith to "build, equip, and start 
a similar enterprise" in Louisville, Ky. Thus began Dr. Squibb's 
notable career as a manufacturing pharmaceutical chemist. 
(Contributed by Philip Leach, Medical Director, U. S. Navy.) 
United States Marine Hospital, New York.-This property, at 
Stapleton, Staten Island, now owned by the government and occu 
pied as a United States Marine Hospital, was formerly a State 
institution known as the Seamen's Retreat. It was first established 
under an act of the Legislature "Authorizing Moneys Collected 
from Seamen (State Head-Tax) to be paid to trustees to be de- 
nominated Trustees of Seaman's Fund and Retreat of the City 
of New York." 
The property (ground) was purchased by the trustees, and the 
building was constructed and the hospital opened for the recep- 
tion of patients in 1831, but by the same act of the legislature "the 
title of the property was vested in and belonged to the people of 
the State of New York." 
In 1881 the collection of the State head-tax from seamen was 
declared unconstitutional. In 1883, under authority of another 
act of the legislature, the property was sold to the Marine Society 
of the City of New York, who in turn leased it to the Federal 
government in 1883, to the United States Marine Hospital Serv- 
ice, now the United States Public Health Service. Previously, 
before the construction of the Statue of Liberty, the buildings on 698 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Bedloe's Island were used for United States Marine Hospital pur- 
poses. 
In 1903 the property was purchased by the Federal government, 
and since then it has been thoroughly overhauled, reconstructed 
in modern fashion, and now is in good condition. 
Besides the hospital at Stapleton, the Service also maintains 
a dispensary (out-patient office) at South Ferry, Battery Park. 
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1915, 1631 seamen were fur- 
nished hospital relief, and 2707 were given office treatment. At 
the out-patient office all applicants for enlistment in the United 
States Coast Guard, and all applicants for license as able seamen 
on merchant vessels, are examined as to their physical condition 
by a medical officer of the Service, also all pilots as to their vision 
and color sense. 
The Service also maintains an office in the United States Cus- 
tom House building, for the purpose of issuing Port Sanitary 
Statements (Bills of Health) to outgoing vessels. 
The hospital station is in charge of a medical officer of the 
United States Public Health Service. The staff is composed of 
the junior medical officers and the pharmacists. The nurses and 
all other employees are appointed under the general designation 
of attendant. The medical officers and pharmacists are subject to 
change of station, from time to time. The maximum period at one 
station, unless reassigned, is four years. 
On account of the European war, the United States government 
opened in New York City a number of hospitals, among which we 
mention the United States Army Hospital at Gun Hill road and 
Bainbridge avenue, and one of over four thousand beds in the 
former Siegel-Cooper & Company department store on Sixth ave- 
nue, between Eighteenth and Nineteenth streets. 
NEW YORK STATE HOSPITALS FOR THE INSANE 
By the adoption of the new State Constitution in 1894, the 
State Commission in Lunacy became a constitutional body, vested 
with exclusive jurisdiction over all institutions for the care and 
treatment of the insane, epileptics and idiots expressly excepted. 
The Commission was to consist of three members, a physician of 
a legally chartered medical college, a lawyer, and a layman, ap- 
pointed for six years, with the exception of the medical commis- HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
699 
sioner, who served during good behavior. In 1912, by Act of the 
Legislature, the name of the commission was changed to the State 
Hospital Commission. No private institution for the insane can 
lawfully exist without a license from the Commission. 
The fourteen State hospitals are districted as follows: Utica State 
Hospital-Counties of Fulton, Hamilton, Herkimer, Montgomery, 
Oneida, Saratoga, Schenectady and Warren. Hudson River State 
Hospital-Counties of Albany, Columbia, Dutchess, Greene, Put- 
nam, Rensselaer, Richmond, Washington and Westchester. Mid- 
dletown State Hospital-Counties of Orange, Rockland, Sullivan 
and Ulster. Buffalo State Hospital-Counties of Erie and Niagara. 
Willard State Hospital-Counties of Allegany, Cayuga, Ontario, 
Schuyler, Seneca, Steuben, Tompkins, Wayne and Yates. Bing- 
hamton State Hospital-Counties of Broome, Chemung, Chenango, 
Cortland, Delaware, Madison, Otsego, Schoharie and Tioga. St. 
Lawrence State Hospital-Counties of Clinton, Essex, Franklin, 
Jefferson, Lewis, Onondaga, Oswego and St. Lawrence. Rochester 
State Hospital-Counties of Genesee, Monroe, Livingston, Orleans, 
Wyoming. Long Island State Hospital-County of Kings. Man- 
hattan State Hospital-Counties of New York, Bronx, Richmond. 
Kings Park State Hospital-Counties of Nassau and Suffolk. 
Central Islip State Hospital-Counties of Queens and Suffolk. 
Gowanda State Homoeopathic Hospital-Counties of Cattaraugus 
and Chautauqua. Mohansic State Hospital-Counties of New 
York and Westchester. 
Utica State Hospital.-The establishment of the Utica State 
Hospital for the Insane was indirectly the outcome of a "Memorial 
from the members of the State Medical Society," presented to the 
State Legislature on February 4, 1836. The memorial declared 
"that the whole number of insane persons, including idiots, in our 
state is about 3,000, and that not more than one-third . . . have 
sufficient means for their support, leaving two thousand to be 
supported at the public expense." The memorial further pointed 
out that "We have in this state only one incorporated Lunatic 
Asylum, and that capable of accommodating only 150 patients; and 
one private asylum, with accommodations for about sixty patients. 
Both of these institutions are merely for patients who pay, and 
. . . they cannot accommodate one-half of the number who are 
supposed to be able to pay for their support. For the 2,000 pauper 700 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
lunatics . . . there is no provision; they are permitted to roam 
at large, a nuisance to the community. ' ' Among the memorialists 
were Drs. John McCall, T. Romeyn Beck, A. G. Benedict, J. H. 
Steel, R. Pennell, D. Ayres, S. Snead, and H. Maxwell. 
On March 30, 1836, "An Act to Authorize the Establishment of 
the New York State Lunatic Asylum" was passed, and $10,000 
was appropriated for the purpose of purchasing a site, and $50,- 
000 for the erection of suitable buildings. The Utica site was 
purchased in 1837 for $16,300, the State paying $10,000, and the 
citizens of Utica the balance, $6,300. It was planned to erect four 
buildings, each 550 feet long, facing outwards, and it was estimated 
that if built of brick the buildings would cost $431,636. Various 
appropriations were made, as erection steadily proceeded. Event- 
ually, on January 16, 1843, the Utica State Hospital was opened 
as a State institution, since which time it has been filled almost 
continually to fullest capacity. The hospital statistics for 1915 
were: Average daily population of patients, 705 males, 775 females 
-1480; total acreage owned, 1402, of which 955 acres were under 
cultivation; value of real estate, including buildings and personal 
property, $1,990,300. Articles made by patients during the year 
realized $14,000, and farm products, $55,000. Capacity of hos- 
pital, 1382 beds; number of resident physicians, nine; medical 
superintendent, Harold M. Palmer, M.D.; number of employees, 
155 men, 162 women-317; number of nurses and attendants, 89 
men, 96 women-185 total. The house expenses for the year 1915 
amounted to $319,553.56. The consulting surgeons to the institu- 
tion in 1915 were James H. Glass, M.D., F. J. Douglas, M.D., and 
James E. Gage, M.D. 
Willard State Hospital.-The Willard State Hospital for the 
Insane was opened as a State institution in 1869, but it was the 
outcome of efforts instituted by members of the State Medical 
Society, and by the Society officially, many years anterior to that. 
In 1855 the movement had its inception at a convention then held 
of superintendents of the poor, which convention resolved to me- 
morialize the State Legislature to erect additional asylums, as 
State institutions. Thus was broached a subject which led to much 
discussion by legislators, and professional men and societies, and 
to the appointment of more than one commission during the next 
ten or twelve years. In 1863, the State Medical Society appointed HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
701 
Drs. C. A. Lee, S. D. Willard and George Cook, a committee, for 
the purpose of conferring with the Medical Committee of the 
Senate and Assembly, on the subject of the "appointment of a 
Commissioner of Lunacy. ' ' In pursuance of this action, the Legis- 
lature, by an act passed April 30, 1864, authorized the secretary 
of the State Medical Society to carry through certain duties and 
investigations. He, Dr. Sylvester D. Willard, in due course, com- 
municated the result of his researches to the State Legislature, his 
report finding that "a deplorable condition" existed. He made 
known that in fifty-five counties of the State of New York, not in- 
cluding the counties of New York and Kings, 1345 lunatics, nearly 
all of them incurable, were confined in the general poorhouses. 
Regarding the report, Governor Fenton, in message to the State 
Legislature, declared that "many have become, and others are 
fast becoming, incurable from inefficient care and treatment, ' ' add- 
ing "The time has arrived when legislative provision should be 
made. The propriety of establishing an institution for incurables 
-an institution that shall relieve county authorities from the 
care of the insane-should be deliberately considered." A bill 
was reported, creating a State Lunatic Asylum for the Insane, to 
be known as the Beck Asylum for the Insane, but soon thereafter 
an event occurred which occasioned a change in the designation. 
Dr. Willard, who conducted the investigation, died in April, 1865; 
"his death made a marked impression upon the public mind," 
stated a biographer of Dr. Willard, "and . . . suggested a 
further mark of honor." The bill, then in the senate, was altered 
and eventually became law, with the name changed to "The Wil- 
lard Asylum for the Insane." Drs. John P. Gray, Julian T. Wil- 
liams, and John B. Chapin were appointed commissioners by Gov- 
ernor Fenton to locate and erect the asylum. The Commission, in 
December of 1865, obtained a title to the State Agricultural Col- 
lege, in the town of Ovid, and prepared to proceed with plans to 
adapt the property to the needs of an asylum. In January, 1866, 
Dr. Gray resigned from the Commission, but his place was imme- 
diately taken by Dr. J. Lyman Congdon, and the work proceeded. 
In May, 1869, a board of trustees took over the work of the Com- 
mission, and in September of that year a circular was issued to the 
superintendents of the poor throughout the State announcing that 
the asylum would be ready for the reception of two hundred and 
fifty patients on the twelfth of October following. In response, 702 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
applications for admittance of more than five hundred patients 
were received. On October 13, 1869, the asylum was formally 
opened, and on that day the first patients entered, three of them 
in chains. Dr. John B. Chapin was the first medical superinten- 
dent; he held direction of the institution until September 1, 1884, 
being then succeeded by Dr. P. M. Wise, who was formerly the 
senior medical officer. He served until 1890, when Dr. Charles 
W. Pilgrim was appointed. He was succeeded in 1893 by Dr. 
Theo. H. Kellogg. Two years later Dr. William Mabon took 
charge, holding the appointment for ten years, until 1905, since 
which year Dr. Robert M. Elliott has been medical superintendent. 
The annual statistics: Average daily population of patients, 
1,159 males, 1,265 females-2,424 total, although the certified 
capacity of the institution is only 2,015, affording accommodation 
to 985 male patients and 1,030 female. The total acreage owned 
by the hospital is 1,217 acres, of which 848 are under cultivation. 
The total value of real estate, including buildings and personal 
property, is $2,404,103. There are twelve resident physicians, and 
the institution finds employment, as nurses, attendants, etc., for 
485 people, of which number 248 are male servants and 237 female. 
Hudson River Hospital, Poughkeepsie.-The erection of a State 
hospital for the insane somewhere along the Hudson river was 
authorized by the Legislature in 1866. The location was left to a 
commission with power to obtain advantageous terms from the 
rival counties. The contest finally narrowed down to Poughkeep- 
sie and Newburgh. A site consisting of two hundred acres north 
of the city of Poughkeepsie, for which James Roosevelt, the owner, 
wanted $80,000, was selected, and Dutchess county offered to 
pay $30,000 towards its purchase. Orange county, however, 
raised this offer, and Dutchess county increased their offer to $34,- 
000, thereby securing the hospital. Work was begun on the hos- 
pital site the following summer, and in 1871 sixty patients were 
admitted. The State Hospital has constantly increased in size, 
until now it has a population of 3,300. The institution has a resi- 
dent staff of seventeen physicians, and employment is given to 344 
males and 278 females; of these 200 are male, and 210 female 
nurses. The Hospital's lands comprise 894 acres, of which 485 
acres are under cultivation. HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
703 
Middletown State Homoeopathic Hospital.-It was in 1869 that 
several citizens of the village of Middletown decided that a hos- 
pital for the insane was needed in their vicinity. A farm was 
purchased on the western border of the village. Dr. George 
F. Foote endeavored to raise money by subscription for a private 
asylum. He was successful in obtaining $75,000, which was ex- 
pended for the site and to provide a building. This was after- 
wards made a free will offering to the State by the generous sub- 
scribers. 
The first State appropriation was made in 1870, and a board 
of trustees numbering twenty-one was appointed by the Governor. 
The first superintendent, Dr. Foote, resigned, and Dr. Henry A. 
Stiles was appointed in his stead. The Hospital was incorporated 
in April, 1870, opened for the reception of patients April 20, 1874, 
and the first patient admitted May 7, 1874. 
The development of the institution was substantial. The aver- 
age daily population is 2055 patients, its certified capacity 1935. 
The farm and grounds comprise 543 acres, of which 239 acres are 
under cultivation. The value of real estate, including buildings 
and personal property, amounts to $2,035,895. The staff includes 
ten physicians; 203 males and 234 females are employed, of which 
107 are men, and 191 women are nurses and attendants. The 
Hospital has been conducted upon homoeopathic principles, fol- 
lowing strictly the practice and principles of homoeopathy in the 
selection of medicines and treatment of patients. This is a com- 
pliance with the law under which the Hospital was first incor- 
porated, and the results would seem to warrant the continuance of 
that form of treatment and management. Though the Hospital 
district comprises Orange, Sullivan, Ulster and Rockland counties, 
those desiring homoeopathic treatment are received from any part 
of the State. In compliance with the law, a training school for 
nurses and attendants was established, and has been maintained 
for almost forty years, with the most satisfactory results. 
Buffalo State Hospital.-This was opened as a State institution 
in 1880, and during the next thirty years developed into being one 
of the principal State asylums, the average daily population of 
patients being 952 males, 1,199 females; 2,151 total. It is certified 
to accommodate 682 males, and 1,022 females; total 1,704 patients; 
but has an actual available supply of beds for 863 males and 1086 704 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
females in addition to which there were 108 cots. The institution 
has a resident medical staff of eleven physicians, chief among them 
being A. W. Hurd, M.D., medical superintendent, and George 
W. Gorrill, M.D., first assistant physician. There are 99 male and 
148 female nurses and attendants, and 129 other employees at the 
hospital, the cost of maintenance averaging annually $428,733.57. 
Items of revenue were: Articles made or manufactured by patients 
annually have an average value of $9,674.01; farm products 
amounting to $9,020.27 are produced. The plant is valued at $3,- 
177,100, this estimate including land, 183 acres, 65 of which are 
under cultivation; buildings and personal property. 
Binghamton State Hospital.-The act organizing this insti- 
tution was passed May 13, 1879, and by it the trustees of the 
Binghamton Asylum for the Insane took over the New York 
State Inebriate Asylum, farm and buildings. It was found after 
inspection that additional construction was necessary before the 
building then standing could be used conveniently for the pur- 
poses designed, and the additional building work was immediately 
commenced, but had not sufficiently advanced to enable the trus- 
tees to open the Asylum until 1881. 
During the year 1881-82, the average daily population of 
patients was 156. The institution was however constantly called 
upon to increase its accommodation; by the year 1913-14, the Hos- 
pital had been developed to such an extent that its average daily 
population of patients was 2404, 1434 males and 870 females. The 
certified capacity of hospital, 1324 men and 786 women, but the 
actual number of beds available at the institution was 2460. The 
patients were under the treatment of ten physicians, chief of whom 
was Charles G. Wagner, M.D., medical superintendent, whose first 
assistant was Dr. T. I. Townsend. Four hundred and seventy- 
eight persons were employed at the hospital, including 304 nurses 
and attendants. Sixty-three male and ninety-seven female patients 
were paroled during the year. Maintenance for the year totalled 
$506,097.04, which meant a reasonably low per capita cost. The 
Hospital plant was then estimated to be worth $3,070,000, this 
value being placed on the real estate, 1,363 acres, 850 under culti- 
vation, on the buildings, and on personal property. Patients are 
kept occupied, and they manufacture many articles. The articles HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
705 
manufactured in the institution average annually about $20,000, 
and the farm products raised amount to $51,514.76. 
St. Lawrence State Hospital.-The St. Lawrence State Hos- 
pital for the Insane was opened as a State institution on Decem- 
ber 9, 1890, and has since developed into one of considerable im- 
portance, having an average daily population of 998 male and 1108 
female patients. Its certified capacity is 782 beds for males and 994 
for females, but actually, the number of beds available in the insti- 
tution is 2,033 beds, the excess population being accommodated on 
cots. The patients are under the professional care of a resident 
medical staff of twelve physicians. The house expenses for the 
year average $431,359.62, and revenue to the extent of $108,434.93 
is derived by the sale of articles manufactured during the year by 
inmates, and farm products gained from the cultivated 930 of the 
1,219 acres owned by the hospital. The whole Hospital plant, in- 
cluding land, buildings and equipment is valued at $3,176,500. 
Rochester State Hospital.-The Rochester State Hospital for 
the Insane was established in accordance with chapter 335, Laws of 
1891. A board of managers was appointed June 1, 1891, and thirty 
days thereafter they received the institution from the former 
board of trustees, and the Rochester institution passed into State 
ownership. On that date there were 170 male and 185 female 
patients in the hospital, making the hospital population, at its 
opening under State direction, 355 patients. 
The Hospital formerly was owned by the county of Monroe, and 
was known as the Monroe County Insane Asylum. The consider- 
ation paid to the county authorities for the transfer of the hospital 
plant to the State was $50,000. It was soon found, however, that 
the buildings were inadequate to accommodate 355 patients; it was 
discovered that the wards were so crowded that in many instances 
three patients occupied a room designed for only one patient and 
others slept on cots in the halls. Therefore, the State instituted 
plans to provide additional accommodation, the estimated cost of 
which totalled almost $200,000. In course of time, the alterations 
were effected, and since then the development of the Rochester in- 
stitution has been proportionate to that of most of the older State 
Asylums for the Insane. 
Brooklyn State Hospital, formerly Long Island State Hospital. 
-The Long Island State Hospital for the Insane was transferred 706 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
to the State of New York by the Commissioners of Charities and 
Corrections of Kings County, on October 1, 1895, on which date 
there were in the institution 1,068 male and 1,339 female patients. 
In 1915, the Long Island State Hospital for the Insane was 
granted an appropriation of $400,000, to provide for the erection 
of two new hospital buildings to the east of the main hospital 
buildings. The new buildings will increase the accommodation 
by 440 beds. 
Kings Park State Hospital.-The Kings Park State Hospital 
for the Insane was opened as a State institution on October 1, 1896, 
on which date it was transferred to the State by the Commission- 
ers of Charities and Correction of Kings County, under whose 
superintendence it had formerly been conducted. As a State insti- 
tution it came under the general supervision of Dr. Wm. E. Syl- 
vester, who also was responsible for the medical service at the 
Long Island State Hospital. The resident medical superintendent 
at Kings Park Hospital was Dr. Oliver M. Dewing. The Kings 
Park institution is one of the largest State lunatic asylums; 
acreage owned, 834.61; real estate, including buildings and per- 
sonal property, $5,131,727.02; average daily population of patients, 
1,692 males, 2,577 females; certified capacity of hospital, 3,397; 
actual number of beds for patients, 4,344. The institution has a 
medical staff of twenty-three physicians, the medical superinten- 
dent being Wm. Austin Macy, M.D.; and 184 male and 271 female 
nurses and attendants were employed. Altogether, the institu- 
tion employs 757 persons. 
Manhattan State Hospital.-The Manhattan State Hospital for 
the Insane is a consolidation of Manhattan State Hospital, East, 
and Manhattan State Hospital, West, and as such was opened in 
1905. Prior to that, the Manhattan State Hospital comprised the 
plants on Ward's Island, Blackwell's Island, Hart's Island, and 
Central Islip. In 1898, these institutions had care of: Ward's 
Island, 3,499 patients; Blackwell's Island, 839; Hart's Island, 
1,143; Central Islip, 1,063; total, 6,544. 
It had for four years, since 1894, when the insane asylums of 
New York City were transferred to the State, been under the man- 
agement of the Manhattan State Hospital, the board of managers 
of which institution, in 1898, consisted of: H. E. Howland, George 
E. Dodge, Eleonora Kinnecutt, John McAnerney, Isaac N. Selig- HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
707 
man, Louisa Pierpont Morgan and Henry H. Hollister. The non- 
resident medical officers then comprising the board of consulting 
physicians and surgeons of the Hospital were: Austin Flint, W. 
V. White, W. R. Gillette, E. G. Janeway, W. H. Ross, C. I. Par- 
dee, E. D. Fisher, A.McL. Hamilton, J. D. Bryant, Wm. H. Thom- 
son, and F. Peterson. The resident medical officers were: A. E. 
Macdonald, general superintendent; E. C. Dent, G. A. Smith, and 
P. Bryant, medical superintendents; J. T. W. Rowe, first assistant 
physician; and thirty-six other physicians. The disbursements, in 
the hospital year 1898-99, were $1,059,174.95. 
In accordance with the terms of transfer of the New York City 
institutions to the State, the Hart's Island branch was abandoned 
in 1899, the City of New York, when transferring the asylums in 
1894 having stipulated that the Hart's Island and Blackwell's 
Island hospitals must be vacated within five years, and that on 
Ward's Island within fifteen years, which would end on February 
1, 1911. Other buildings, however, could not be prepared by the 
year 1899 for the reception of the inmates of the Blackwell's 
Island Asylum, and it was not until November, 1901, when the 
new colony at Central Islip was ready, that the Blackwell's Island 
Asylum was abandoned, and the buildings, surrendered to the City 
of New York, in accordance with the terms of the original lease to 
the State. The State institution, in 1901, had a percentage of 
overcrowding of 31.13, but the percentage was within a year re- 
duced to 10.93. 
Since the consolidation of the Manhattan State Hospitals, 
East and West, in 1905, when the Central Islip plant was made 
a separate institution, the development has been steady; in 1905 
the capacity of the Manhattan State Hospital was 3,244, and the 
average daily population of patients, 4,366; in 1906, the capacity 
was increased by 240 beds, and the average daily population in 
that year was 4,466. In later years, the average daily population 
was 1,967 men, and 2,984 women patients. The certified capacity 
of the hospitals was 3,699, the accommodation for the sexes being 
about equally divided; but the institution had in actual beds avail- 
able for patients: 1,930 for males, and 3,117 for females. The in- 
stitution found employment for 407 men and 418 women, of which 
number 525 were nurses and attendants. The general superin- 
tendent was William Mabon, M.D., deceased in 1917. The real 
estate, including 245 acres of land, 64 acres of which was under 708 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
cultivation, and the buildings of the Manhattan State Hospitals, 
are valued at $4,520,000, and an additional $350,000 was estimated 
to be the value of the personal property owned by the institution. 
The patients were kept interestedly occupied, and the product 
of their industry netted in articles made and manufactured more 
than $60,000, and in farm products, $22,000. 
Central Islip State Hospital.-The Central Islip State Hos- 
pital for the Insane was opened as a State institution on February 
27, 1896, its establishment as such arising from the transfer from 
the City of New York to the State of the care of all the insane for 
the maintenance and control of which the city had hitherto been 
liable. This arrangement was due principally to the efforts of the 
New York Academy of Medicine and of its fellows, and the Cen- 
tral Islip plant prior to 1905 was one of four constituting the 
Manhattan State Hospital for the Insane, the others then being 
the asylums on Ward's, Blackwell's and Hart's islands. In 1898, 
there were 763 male and 300 female patients at the Central Islip 
Hospital, and in 1905 a rearrangement of control of the Manhat- 
tan State hospitals made the Central Islip plant a separate insti- 
tution. As such it has continued, and with the influx of the 
patients who formerly were housed at the Blackwell's Island Hos- 
pital, the Central Islip Hospital became a very large one. 
The Central Islip State Hospital is estimated to be worth $3,133,- 
028.45; this includes 995 acres of land, of which 255 acres were 
under cultivation, and the hospital buildings. Personal property 
increased the amount by $260,969.99. The labor of inmates yielded 
annually to the institution $69,442.95. 
Gowanda State Homoeopathic Hospital.-This institution had 
its inception in a resolution of the board of supervisors of Erie 
county, passed in 1888, in pursuance of an Act of the Legislature 
authorizing the erection and maintenance of a county homoeo- 
pathic insane asylum. The necessary steps were taken, and the 
institution was created. After a few years the question of State 
ownership and support was agitated, and mainly through the de- 
termined action of the homoeopathic profession and particularly 
of its State and Western New York medical societies, it became 
a State institution, and was then known as the Collins State Hom- 
oeopathic Hospital. 
The first trustees, now designated as managers, comprised Dr. HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
709 
William Tod Helmuth, president; Fred J. Blackman, secretary, 
and Dr. Asa S. Couch. The board was increased in 1897 to seven 
members. In 1899 the name was changed to Gowanda State 
Homoeopathic Hospital. The institution was opened for patients 
in August, 1898. Statistics show that the average daily population 
is 652 male and 532 female patients, its certified capacity, how- 
ever, being only 978. The actual number of beds available for 
patients are 1,240. Forty-four per cent, of the patients are en- 
gaged in useful work within the institution, which industry pro- 
duced, in farm products, $17,390, and in articles made or manu- 
factured, $12,150. Two hundred and eighteen persons were em- 
ployed by the hospital, including 134 nurses and attendants. The 
following homoeopathic physicians and surgeons are consultants 
to the institution: F. D. Lewis, F. P. Lewis, R. M. Schley, G. T. 
Moseley, G. R. Critchlow, all of Buffalo; J. M. Lee and H. G. Shep- 
ard, of Rochester; W. B. Gifford, of Attica; and W. H. Vosburg, 
of Dunkirk. The Hospital plant, including substantial buildings, 
on 655 acres of land, 396 acres of which were under cultivation, 
are estimated to be worth, with personal property, $1,099,612.22. 
Mohansic State Hospital for the Insane.-This institution, 
located at Yorktown Heights, New York, was opened as a State in- 
stitution on June 16, 1910. Its establishment became a necessity 
because of the "enormous overcrowding of the Manhattan State 
Hospital, and the somewhat less overcrowding of the Central Islip 
State Hospital, both resulting from the great influx of patients 
from New York City." 
In 1906-07 a search for a new site near the metropolis resulted 
in the securing of an attractive tract near Yorktown, a tract of 
564 acres, which was purchased at a cost of $133,000. Title to the 
Mohansic tract was secured in March, 1910. In May of that year 
Governor Charles E. Hughes appointed a board of managers, Miss 
Helen M. Gould, Miss Mary Flexner, V. E. Macey. The last- 
named declined, and his place was taken by J. H. Wainwright, the 
other members being J. C. Clark, A. J. Shipman, F. Tucker, and 
W. D. Granger, M.D. 
Because of the healthful location, overlooking Lake Mohansic, 
the Commission in Lunacy recommended that the institution "be 
principally for the benefit of the most curable class of patients." 
The Commission "deemed it an opportunity for the construction 710 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
of homelike homes for them, and for the breaking away from the 
ponderous architectural development of huge buildings, often in- 
corporated in hospitals for the insane." There were at the time 
of purchase four farmhouses on the property, but they were in a 
poor state of repair. 
Not much progress was made in the second year, "owing to the 
fact that the Legislature made no appropriations for the con- 
tinuance of the work on the hospital during the year 1911 until 
quite late in the year." Forty-eight patients were admitted dur- 
ing 1911. The farmhouses were occupied, and it was planned to 
build certain permanent large structures, such as the administra- 
tion building, Psychopathic (reception) Hospital, and buildings 
for the chronic group of patients, but generally "for the 2,000 to 
3,000 patients the Mohansic institution would probably have to 
care for, the Commission aimed to "provide for the separation of 
the patients into small groups." Dr. Harris's report stated: "Cot- 
tages with small wards should be the keynote, for there is nothing 
in the treatment of the insane so important as individuality." 
In 1912, $500,000 was appropriated for construction work; this 
sum was expected to provide for the erection of a group of four 
cottages, for six hundred patients, a group of two cottages for 
six hundred patients, and a kitchen and dining room building. It 
was eventually found necessary to use the appropriation for other 
construction work. During the third year, the average number of 
insane patients was 49. In 1913, the average daily population was 
59.3. The 1913 report stated: "If a hospital is to be developed 
for six hundred patients within the next two years, ' ' an appropri- 
ation of $781,000 would be necessary. 
The establishment of the complete plant as planned is a great 
undertaking, and the institution is still (in 1918) in course of 
development. Notwithstanding that Chapter 529, Laws of 1910, 
section 1, authorized the State Commission in Lunacy to contract 
"for the erection and completion of the Mohansic State Hospital 
for the Insane . . . at a total cost of not exceeding two million 
dollars," difficulties continued to arise to prevent the consumma- 
tion of the plans. In 1915, the average number of patients was 
sixty-four, and these were all of the quiet class, and all engaged in 
improvement work on the estate; sixty-three of them were males. 
Dr. Harris was then medical superintendent, and there were four 
male attendants. HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
711 
The State Hospital Commission in 1915 apportioned $300,000 to 
the Mohansic State Hospital for needed developments during the 
following year. 
Matteawan State Hospital.-The Matteawan State Hospital for 
Insane Criminals was established in 1892, for the relief of the 
overcrowded asylum at Auburn, and April 25, 1892, the transfer 
to the new Hospital was commenced of the entire population of 
the Auburn Asylum-in all 261 patients-and the Auburn build- 
ings were soon entirely abandoned. 
The State Asylum for Insane Criminals at Auburn was the 
oldest asylum for insane criminals in the State, and "was the 
first of its especial character to be established in the United States 
or elsewhere. Among institutions of its kind, it stands as the 
pioneer." It was founded in 1857, "in order to provide a place 
for insane convicts, and in obedience to the demands of physicians 
and others for a place to send the criminal insane, so that the in- 
mates of the ordinary asylums should not be obliged to associate 
with them. The State prison inspectors caused the erection of a 
building sufficiently large to accommodate sixty-four patients, all 
men. In 1874 an addition was made, increasing the capacity to 
140. In 1887 there was much agitation for additional accommo- 
dation, the condition at the Auburn Asylum not being satisfactory, 
or conducive to health or mental improvement of the patients, 
who were so many in excess of the number for which accommoda- 
tion had been designed that two patients were in nearly every room, 
while many were forced to sleep on cots in the corridors. It was 
to relieve this deplorable condition that the Matteawan Hospital 
was designed. 
The Auburn Asylum, from its opening in 1859 to its close in 
1892, received into its custody 1,208 insane male felons, and 5.5 
women of that class; the daily average population in 1859 was 
27.33 patients; in 1862 it was 78.66; in 1872 it was 84.00; in 1882, 
137.57; and at its close in 1892, 277.26. 
During the more than twenty-five years of the operation of the 
Matteawan institution, the name has, chiefly because of its char- 
acter, come frequently into public notice. It has developed con- 
siderably, the average daily population during the year 1914 being 
718 males and 134 females. And further addition to the accom- 
modation is needed, as the rated capacity of the hospital is only 712 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
617. Six physicians constituted the medical staff, and 118 nurses 
and attendants are among the 191 employees of the hospital. 
The hospital plant is valued at $1,160,505, the property includ- 
ing: 482 acres, of which 356 acres were under cultivation, hos- 
pital buildings and personal property. To the end of the hospital 
year of 1915, 3,862 patients had been admitted to the Hospital 
since its opening; 1,609 of these insane felons were foreign born. 
Dannemora State Hospital.-The Dannemora State Hospital 
for the Insane was opened as a State institution on November 15, 
1900, and designed to receive only insane male felons. It now has 
an average daily population of about 550 patients, although the 
rated capacity of the institution is not much more than 350. One 
hundred and eight persons are employed, including about sixty 
male nurses and attendants. There is a medical staff of five phy- 
sicians, the present superintendent being Charles H. North, M.D. 
The maintenance cost is about $135,000 yearly, and the plant, which 
embraces substantial buildings in 134 acres, is estimated to be 
worth about $700,000. 
New York City Asylum for the Insane.-The New York City 
Asylum for the Insane was located on Blackwell's Island in 1848. 
For the greater part of its existence it has been under the manage- 
ment of the Committee of Public Charities and Correction. The 
buildings occupy extensive grounds at the northern end of the 
island, in 1890 accommodating 1300 patients. The main building 
then was of granite, four stories in height, and contained office, 
quarters for house staff, and eight wards for patients. Women 
only were admitted. In each ward was a large sitting room for 
inmates, and all wards opened into a spacious central rotunda. 
In 1881 a stone building accommodating 500 patients was erected 
at the southern end of the grounds, for acute cases, and in 1892 
a brick building was opened for chronic cases. Ten wooden pavil- 
ions, one brick pavilion, a laundry, bathhouse, superintendent's 
residence, and a chapel, were part of the plant in 1892. There was 
an amusement building, containing hall with stage and piano, 
where dances and entertainments were given for the amusement of 
patients, and a work-room, where mats, brushes, rugs, carpets and 
fancy articles were made by inmates. Patients were kept without 
restraint, and every effort was made to ameliorate their condition 
by allotting them some occupation to employ their minds. Twice HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
713 
a day they were given an hour's exercise in the grounds, under 
the supervision of attendants, and once a week all patients were 
required to bathe under the supervision of a resident woman phy- 
sician. About 2,500 patients were received yearly. 
About that time proposals were under consideration to take 
over the large building on Ward's Island, formerly used by the 
State Commissioners of Immigration, and after necessary exten- 
sions had been made to it, remove to that island, and to a new 
plant at Central Islip, Long Island, all the insane then in the 
care of the City of New York. In 1894 the New York City asylums 
for the Insane on Blackwell's, Ward's and Hart's islands were 
transferred to the State, the transfer of the care of the City's 
insane to the State being on condition that the State should have 
the use of the buildings on the islands for certain definite periods, 
within which the buildings were to be vacated by the State and 
revert to the city. Apparently, many of the patients in the Black- 
well's Island plant were transferred to the Ward's Island estab- 
lishment during the years 1894 and 1898, as on Blackwell's Island 
in the latter year there were only 839 patients, all female. In 
November, 1901, when new buildings were ready at the new 
Central Islip State Hospital for the Insane, the last of the patients 
left Blackwell's Island, and the buildings there again came into 
the possession of the City of New York. 
New York City Asylum for the Insane.-The New York City 
Asylum for the Insane, on Hart's Island, was opened in 1878, for 
the reception and care of chronic cases of female insane, coming 
under the responsibility of the City of New York. The depart- 
ment was in charge of the Commissioners of Public Charities and 
Correction, and from 1874 to 1894 the city spent $225,000 in 
erecting buildings on Hart's Island for the accommodation of this 
class of insane. In 1886 the former Hart's Island Hospital was dis- 
continued, and the pavilions utilized for the insane of both sexes. 
According to a report of the Commission on Insane, issued in 1892, 
the city at that time owned on Hart's Island eighty acres of land 
which had been purchased in 1868. The land is located in West- 
chester county, and had doubled in value by 1891, when its value 
was estimated to be $150,000. 
In 1894 the Hart's Island establishment, together with the city 
asylums on Blackwell's Island and Ward's Island, were leased to 714 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
the State, the State having then taken over the supervision of the 
city's insane. The agreement of transfer stipulated for the vacat- 
ing of the Hart's Island and Blackwell's Island buildings within 
five years, and of the Ward's Island asylum within fifteen years. 
The Hart's Island institution had in its care in 1898, 325 male 
and 818 female patients, but in the following year these were 
transferred either to the Ward's Island, or the new Central Islip 
plants, and the Hart's Island buildings abandoned by the State. 
New York City Asylum for the Insane.-The New York City 
Asylum for the Insane, Ward's Island, was up to 1892 reserved for 
males only, the women insane of the city being detained at Black- 
well 's Island; but at that time proposals were under consideration 
to remove most of the insane patients from Blackwell's Island to 
Ward's Island, taking over other buildings (then unused) for the 
purpose. The city at that time was under an expense of about 
$800,000 yearly, in caring for its insane, and intended expending 
$1,500,000 in the erection of new buildings at Central Islip, Long 
Island, and the alteration of the buildings on Ward's Island. The 
city cared for about 6,000 patients suffering from mental derange- 
ment, in 1892, about 2,500 of whom were women detained on 
Blackwell's Island. 
The main asylum for males on Ward's Island at that time was 
a large brick building, of fine architectural appearance, having 
towers and turrets trimmed with Ohio freestone. It was opened 
in 1871, and could accommodate, with outlying buildings, about 
2,200 patients. The total number of patients admitted in 1892 
were 750, and there were under treatment on Ward's Island in 
that year 2,498 male patients. The Asylum had in 1892 a resident 
medical staff of sixteen physicians, and the general treatment then 
in vogue was in keeping with that practiced in other advanced and 
progressive asylums of the country, and all patients capable of 
appreciating the work were given occupations. 
In 1894 all city asylums on Blackwell's, Ward's, and Hart's 
islands, were transferred to the State, the agreement providing that 
the State should have, for a certain definite period, the use of the 
existing buildings in which were housed the insane. Within the 
period, the State was expected to erect other hospitals to which 
to transfer the patients formerly on the islands, after which evac- 
uating, the city of New York would again enter into possession of HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
715 
the buildings on the three islands. Those on Ward's Island were 
leased to the State by the city for fifteen years, which term would 
end on February 1, 1911. 
In 1898 the Ward's Island Asylum, which was one of those 
comprising the Manhattan State Hospital for the Insane, had the 
care of 2,031 male and 1,468 female patients, many of the females 
apparently coming from the Blackwell's Island establishment, the 
lease of which to the State had then nearly expired. The Hart's 
Island buildings were vacated by the State in 1899, and the 
Blackwell's Island Asylum in November, 1901, the patients going 
to Ward's Island and Central Islip. The consolidation of the 
Manhattan State Hospitals, East and West, in 1905, constituted 
the Central Islip plant a separate State institution. Formerly, it 
had been a department of the Manhattan State Hospital. 
Suggestion was made in 1907 to obtain from the city of New 
York an extension of the lease on the Ward's Island institution, 
and it resulted in the passage of an act, in 1908, authorizing the 
City to execute a lease for fifty years, with the agreement that 
the State would erect a modern plant. 
Bloomingdale Asylum.-The New York Hospital, in the first 
decades of the nineteenth century, received the insane of the city 
into its wards, but in 1815 the accommodations for that class of 
patients having become inadequate, the governors of the Hospital 
applied to the State Legislature for aid to construct new buildings 
elsewhere, and secured a grant of $10,000 yearly to date from 
1816 to 1857. Accordingly a plot of ground was purchased at 
Bloomingdale Heights, then seven miles from the city, and build- 
ings were erected thereon. The "History of the City of New 
York," by Martha J. Lamb, states that De Witt Clinton, Governor 
of the State, and president of the State Commissioners, "was 
chiefly instrumental in the passage of the act, in 1816, establishing 
the Bloomingdale Asylum for the Insane which, located in the 
midst of forty well-cultivated acres, was first opened for the recep- 
tion of patients in 1821." 
The insane patients of the New York Hospital were in 1821 
removed to the Bloomingdale property, occupying what was later 
known as the main building. The building was substantial, brick 
and stone; the Asylum possessed a commanding site, on Harlem 
Heights, at Boulevard and 117th street, overlooking the Hudson 716 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
and surrounding country. Labian Gardner was the first superin- 
tendent; his wife the first matron, and Dr. James Eddy, the resi- 
dent physician. 
Additional accommodation was required in 1829, and another 
building for thirty male patients was erected, and in 1837 a similar 
edifice was built for females. 
Later, the rapid growth of the city in that vicinity made a 
change of location desirable, and the land and buildings of the 
Asylum were sold to Columbia College, and the Bloomingdale 
Asylum removed in 1894 to "new and imposing" buildings at 
White Plains, New York. In the nineties, about 450 patients were 
received yearly, who were divided into classes, according to the 
nature of their mental aberration, and suitable methods of treat- 
ment adopted for each class, the so-called moral method being 
largely employed "supplemented by the best-known scientific and 
medical treatment;" harsh measures and all unnecessary confine- 
ment were strictly prohibited. There were some free beds, but 
the majority of the patients were required to pay, and thus a quiet 
hospital was provided for those of moderate means as well as for 
the rich, who were suffering from mental diseases, where they 
could be assured of kind and skillful treatment. 
PRIVATE LICENSED INSTITUTIONS FOR THE INSANE 
Bloomingdale Hospital.-Elsewhere reviewed in this work. 
Dr. Bolton's Home, at Beacon, New York, has an average daily 
population of six males and thirteen females, making a total of 19 
patients. Rated capacity of hospital is 18 male and 17 female 
patients. The home employs twenty-eight persons, 12 male and 
16 female. 
Brigham Hall Hospital.-A Hospital for treatment of mental 
and nervous disorders, was founded in 1855 by Dr. George Cook 
and Robert D. Cook. In its act of incorporation the name hos- 
pital was appended for the first time in the State to an establish- 
ment for the insane. It is located at Canandaigua. It has an aver- 
age daily population of 51 patients. The rated capacity of the 
institution is 71 patients, 33 male and 38 female. There are two 
resident physicians, Dr. R. G. Cook, physician in charge, and Dr. 
Henry C. Burgess, assistant physician, and the Hospital employs 
sixty-three persons. HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
717 
Dr. Combes' Sanitarium, located at Corona, New York, has an 
average daily population of 37 patients, 19 male, and has a rated 
capacity of 46 beds. E. T. Murray, M.D., is physician in charge, 
with J. J. Mulcahy, M.D., assistant physician. 
Greenmount-on-the-Hudson Hospital, at Ossining, New York, 
owned by Dr. Ralph Wait Parson, physician in charge. 
Interpines, Goshen, New York, owned by Drs. F. W. Seward and 
F. W. Seward, Jr., is under their direction. 
Knickerbocker Hall, Amityville, Long Island, is owned by J. F. 
Louden. The average daily population of patients is 4 males and 
18 females. The institution employed 13 persons, including four 
nurses. 
Long Island Home, Amityville, L. I. The average daily popula- 
tion of patients is 53. The institution employs 71 persons, of whom 
41 are male. 
Dr. MacDonald's House, Central Valley, N. Y. Has an average 
daily population of patients, 9 male, 11 female. The rated capacity 
of the sanitarium is 34, 17 of each sex. Seventy persons, 36 male 
and 34 female, are employed. 
Marshall Sanitarium, Troy, N. Y., is conducted under the direc- 
tion of a board of twenty-six governors, and a medical board of 
four physicians. Christopher J. Patterson, M.D., was superin- 
tendent in 1915, and his assistant physician was G. R. Stalter, 
M. D. During 1915, 61 patients were treated, 28 male and 33 
female. The institution found employment for 33 persons. 
Providence Retreat, Buffalo, is owned by the Sisters of Charity. 
The average daily population is 144 patients, and the rated capacity 
200, accommodation being available for 125 female and 75 male 
patients. The staff numbers thirty, excluding the physicians, and 
the eleven sisters who are in attendance on the wards. Four of 
the sisters are graduate nurses from general hospital training 
schools. 
River Crest Sanitarium, Astoria, New York, has an average daily 
population of 40 male, 48 female. The institution employs ninety 
persons. 718 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
St. Vincent's Retreat, Harrison, N. Y., is owned by the sisters 
of Charity of Mount St. Vincent. Only women patients are ad- 
mitted ; the average daily population is 100, and the rated capacity 
of the institution 150 patients. 
Sanford Hall Sanitarium, Flushing, is stated to have been the 
first private asylum in the State. It is, if the Bloomingdale Hos- 
pital is excluded. Bloomingdale, although now listed under the 
private asylums and strictly always conducted as such, is prob- 
ably considered to have been a State institution, seeing that in 
the early decades of its operation it was maintained almost wholly, 
if not completely, by State appropriations. The Sanford Hall 
Sanitarium was established by Dr. James Macdonald, in 1841. The 
institution employs 74 persons. 
Spring Hill Sanitarium, Hastings-on-Hudson, New York, is con- 
ducted by the owner, D. W. McFarland, M.D. Eighteen persons 
are employed. 
Vernon House, Bronxville, N. Y., under the direction of W. D. 
Granger, M.D. 
Dr. T. H. Kellogg's House, Riverdale, New York City, is also 
listed as a private sanitarium for the Insane. Patients are under 
his personal supervision. 
West Hill Sanitarium, Riverdale, New York City, is privately 
conducted. The average daily population is 12, and the rated ca- 
pacity 23. The sanitarium employs 46 persons, and also owns a 
farm at Pawling, New York, where patients are sent. 
CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS 
Syracuse State Institution for Feeble-Minded Children.-The 
first attempt in this country to found a public institution for the 
feeble-minded was made in New York State in the year 1846, 
through legislation introduced by Frederick F. Backus, of Ro- 
chester. The measure, however, was not successful until 1851, 
when the institution was established in Albany on an experimental 
basis. The State of New York thus became the first one in the 
United States to make separate and special provision for the 
feeble-minded. Two years later the Legislature provided funds 
for the erection of permanent buildings on a site in Syracuse do- HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
719 
nated by philanthropic citizens. The cornerstone of the main 
building was laid September 8, 1854, with impressive ceremonies 
and in the presence of distinguished guests, among whom was Dr. 
Edward Seguin, whose work in France had been the inspiration of 
the first efforts made in America for the training of the feeble- 
minded. 
The institution is located upon a beautiful elevation in the 
southwestern part of the city. The grounds comprise sixty-five 
acres, divided into lawns, garden, and a grove at the rear, which 
forms a delightful playground for the children. Burnet Park 
borders the grounds on two sides, city streets forming the east and 
south boundaries. A farm of 210 acres at Fairmount, four miles 
from the city location, supplies the institution with milk and 
other products. 
The law which originally brought the institution into existence 
declared its purpose to be the education of the feeble-minded. 
This purpose has always been kept to the front, the school being 
the prominent feature in the work of the institution. Children 
between the ages of seven and fourteen who are feeble-minded or 
so deficient in intelligence as to be incapable of being educated in 
any ordinary school are eligible for admission. Those admitted are 
known as "State pupils." They are received by commitment 
of a county superintendent of poor, or by the commissioner of 
charities of any city where such office exists. Pupils may also 
be committed by order of a judge of a court record. Medical cer- 
tificates of feeble-mindedness are required to accompany all com- 
mitments. Each county of the State is entitled to representation 
in the institution in the ratio its population bears to the population 
of the entire State, based upon the last official census. The board 
of managers of the institution have power to order the discharge 
of any pupil who after a fair trial proves unteachable, or other- 
wise unsuitable for further training. 
The present capacity of the institution is 600. Besides the 
four resident officers, 120 others are employed. Of this number 
fifteen are teachers and fifteen others instructors of industrial 
classes in conjunction with the school department, which usually 
comprises about one-half of the population. The other one-half are 
mostly kept busily employed at housework, hand and machine sew- 
ing, embroidery, knitting, tailoring, weaving, mat and mattress- 720 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
making; in the kitchens, laundry, garden and the various shops; 
on the grounds, or at the farm at Fairmount. 
In connection with the institution a detached hospital building 
with fifty beds is provided for those requiring medical attention, 
and for the isolation of contagious diseases. This hospital is in 
the immediate charge of a trained nurse under the direction of 
the medical assistant and the superintendent. A mental clinic is 
maintained in connection with the courts, schools and social 
agencies of Syracuse. The superintendent is Dr. 0. H. Cobb, the 
steward L. J. Hutchinson, the matron Miss Magdalen Reincher. 
The resident physician is Dr. P. M. Champlin. 
Asylum for Feeble-Minded Women.-Previous to 1851 the pub- 
lic charities of the State consisted in caring for the insane, the 
deaf and dumb, and the blind. The Legislature had several times 
been importuned, and the Governor had recommended that pro- 
vision be made for still another class equally unfortunate-the 
idiotic. The Legislature in July, 1857, appropriated $6,000 an- 
nually for two years, and the New York State Asylum for Idiots 
was established, and the city of Syracuse chosen for its location. 
The able and efficient founder of the Asylum was Dr. Hervey 
Backus Wilbur, who remained superintendent for thirty-three 
years. Dr. Wilbur, after twelve years' experience, reported that 
there were two directions that charity might take; first, a place 
for proper custodial management of the idiotic; second, education 
as far as possible. He, however, gained many valuable ideas con- 
cerning charity work in 1875, by a visit to Great Britain. It was 
in that year that the State Board of Charities enacted a law to 
remove all children from the county houses. This act and activity 
of the State Board of Charities caused the overflowing of various 
asylums, and hence a demand to the Legislature of 1878 for greater 
accommodations. A joint action of the Syracuse Board and State 
Board at a special meeting March 12, 1878, when the question of a 
custodial institution for the idiotic was discussed, resulted in an 
appointment of a committee consisting of Mrs. J. C. Lowell, W. P. 
Letchworth, and J. C. Devereaux, who were heard at full length 
on the subject. The board finally decided that they were willing 
to assume the responsibility of the management of a custodial in- 
stitution. The result of the joint labors of Mrs. J. C. Lowell and 
Dr. Wilbur was an appropriation by Legislature of 1887 of $18,000 HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
721 
for the maintenance of adult idiotic and feeble-minded females, 
at an experimental custodial asylum, under the management of the 
trustees of the New York State Asylum for Idiots. 
In 1878 a building had been rented at Newark, New York, 
and nine inmates received from poorhouses and eighteen from the 
Asylum at Syracuse. The inmates soon increased to eighty-eight, 
but owing to their lives of idleness and neglect they were not a 
hopeful looking set, either in appearance or conduct. Departments 
of household occupations were instituted as a training school, and 
inmates were educated to become useful as assistants in the neces- 
sary work of the institution. The usefulness of the custodial soon 
became apparent, and a committee of the Legislature recommended 
the experiment be continued. 
On the death of Dr. Wilbur, Dr. G. A. Doren became his suc- 
cessor, who recommended that custodial care should now take per- 
manent and enduring form, but advocated the removal of the 
department to the immediate vicinity of the parent establishment. 
The State Board of Charities, however, had strongly recommended 
the purchase of the Newark site, and advocated an independent 
institution. A bill before the Legislature was hotly contested, 
and it was not until May 14, 1885, that the bill was passed, thus 
permanently creating one of the noblest charities in the State. 
The Governor David B. Hill appointed the first board of trustees: 
David Decker, Rev. M. S. Hard, Dr. Darwin Colvin, Mrs. Lucy W. 
Butler, Mrs. Lucian Yeoman, Mrs. E. C. Perkins, Dr. Charles G. 
Pomeroy, S. N. Gallup, S. S. Pierson. The new board of trustees 
met June 2, 1885, and elected S. S. Pierson president, Rev. M. S. 
Hard secretary, and S. N. Gallup treasurer. In 1886 the dormi- 
tory on the east part of the site was erected, also the boiler house. 
Two years later the laundry was built and the west dormitory 
was completed in 1889. The board of managers, in their thirty- 
third annual report, made January 21, 1918, stated that the popu- 
lation was 856, that the maintenance and operation was $240,474, 
and the site and improvements represented an investment of $453,- 
560. The members of the board of managers were: Marian P. Bur- 
ton, Edna E. Lampert, Sarah F. S. Armstrong, Rev. Albert W. 
Beaven, Frank L. Waldorf, James A. Randall, Nicholas L. Mc- 
Donald. The resident officers were Dr. Ethan A. Nevin, superin- 
tendent; Dr. Anna Warnecke, physician; Gertrude M. Palmer, 
matron. 722 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Rome State Custodial Asylum.-The Rome State Custodial Asy- 
lum was established in 1893 as the Oneida State Custodial Asylum. 
The name was changed to its present title May 1, 1894. The object 
of the institution was for the committal by the superintendents of 
the poor of unteachable idiots residing in their respective counties 
who are indigent or inmates of county almshouses. The real estate 
includes 595 acres, which, with the buildings thereon, are valued 
at over a million dollars. The equipment and other personal 
property has a valuation of about $150,000. The capacity is now 
2,400 inmates. The governing board consists of seven managers 
appointed by the Governor for a term of six years, with the con- 
sent and approval of the Senate. The president of the board in 
1916 was Dr. William B. Reid; vice-president, Dr. John D. George; 
secretary, Dr. George H. Brown-all of Rome. The other mem- 
bers of the board are Dr. Cyrus J. Severance, of Mannsville; Frank 
Blake, of Clinton; James A. Douglas, of Oriskany Falls; and 
Thomas E. Singleton, of Rome. The superintendent, who had held 
the office since August 1, 1904, was Dr. Charles Bernstein. 
Craig Colony for Epileptics.-The Craig Colony for Epileptics 
at Sonyea, Livingston county, is a State institution. The original 
board of managers was organized April 25, 1894, and consisted of 
Dr. F. Peterson, president; George M. Shull, secretary, and G. S. 
Ewart, treasurer. Charles E. Jones, M.D., Jessie B. Wadsworth, 
and William E. Cuddeback were the other members of the board 
of managers. The first superintendent was William P. Sprattling. 
For the purpose of the Colony, 1,850 acres of land formerly 
owned by the Shaker community that had settled there, were 
purchased by the State, and the managers of the Colony planned 
the erection of an administration and medical group of five build- 
ings, to provide accommodations, with other buildings, for four 
hundred patients. The cost of the plant, as planned, was estimated 
at $227,286. 
The Craig Colony for Epileptics was so named in honor of the 
late Oscar Craig, of Rochester, New York. Since its opening to 
June 30, 1916, 4,453 patients had passed into the care of the in- 
stitution. 
Letchworth Village.-Letchworth Village is for the custodial 
cure of epileptics, also for the custodial care of other feeble-minded 
persons. The site, purchased by the State for $197,528.41, is HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
723 
three miles from the Hudson river and the town of Haverstraw in 
Rockland county. The main site consists of 1,300 acres, with 
700 acres of mountain land adjoining, and comprises a plateau of 
rolling farm country protected by high hills on the north and west, 
and east is cut off by a large stream and a deep declivity to the 
lower level of Thiells from the land beyond the valley of the Hud- 
son river. The necessity for a large site is self-evident, as out- 
of-door life and labor are essential in the care and treatment of 
the epileptic and feeble-minded. Agricultural pursuits are best 
suited to such cases, and over one-half of the site is under culti- 
vation. The property was acquired by the State in 1909, and 
named in honor of William Pryor Letch worth. 
The act providing for the Eastern New York State Custodial 
Asylum, to be known as Letchworth Village, was passed by the 
Legislature of 1909. The board of managers was organized by the 
election of Frank A. Vanderlip, president; Franklin B. Kirkbride, 
secretary, and Leopold Sondheim, treasurer. The two first-named 
still hold their positions, but the present treasurer is Oscar E. 
Reynolds. The superintendent (1917-18) was Dr. Charles S. Little. 
The population of the village on June 30, 1917, was 357, of which 
271 were males and 78 females. 
For the Care of Crippled and Deformed Children.-In 1900 
the State established at West Haverstraw an institution of a 
somewhat different nature from any hitherto existing. The aim 
was to provide care for classes already public charges, and for the 
prevention of dependence by the cure of curable diseases. The 
State Hospital for the Care of Crippled and Deformed Children 
was opened December 1, 1900, in leased buildings, with accommo- 
dation for twenty-five patients, at Tarrytown. Subsequently a 
building and land were purchased at West Haverstraw, where forty- 
five patients were accommodated. Poor children who are crippled 
or deformed, suffering from diseases from which they are likely 
to become crippled or deformed, are received. The majority of 
the cases are tuberculosis, and the popular interest in the preven- 
tion of tuberculosis may result in a diminution of this form of the 
disease. The hospital steadily increased in its usefulness, addi- 
tions to the buildings having been made from time to time. The 
staff consists of prominent physicians and surgeons throughout the 
State. 724 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
For Incipient Tuberculosis.-The Legislature of 1900 provided 
for the establishment of a State Hospital in the Adirondacks for 
the treatment of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis, and appropri- 
ated $50,000 for the purchase of a proper site and equipping the 
hospital. The provisions of the law were novel in many features. 
The intention was to inaugurate an institution under auspices which 
never had been tried. The plain purpose was to create a new 
method for the care of incipient consumptives, which was intended 
to be largely experimental. 
After two years' deliberation, the board of trustees, after ex- 
amining twenty-two localities, decided upon the Ray Brook site 
as the best one obtainable in the Adirondacks region. The site 
selected is located in Essex county, New York, about three miles 
and a half from Saranac Lake, and five miles from Lake Placid, 
and includes 516 acres of land adjoining the State Preserve. The 
altitude is 1635 feet; the buildings face to the south, and are 
located to secure protection from the wind. The soil is of a sandy 
nature, thereby insuring dryness and efficient drainage, and water 
supply is obtained by gravity system from Ray Brook. 
The institution was opened July 1, 1904, as an out-door camp, 
as the buildings under construction had not been completed. The 
first superintendent was Dr. John H. Pryor. Accommodations 
were finished for forty-four patients, who remained in tents until 
November 12, 1904, when they were transferred to the male pa- 
vilion, which had been completed. The purpose is to give those 
having tuberculosis in its early steps an opportunity to recover. 
The requirements for admission are: (1) That the patient shall 
have incipient tuberculosis; (2) that he shall be without funds. 
Another requirement is that in the daily schedule of each patient 
an assignment is made to some light task that includes productive 
exercise. In the seventeenth annual report of the institution, 
made in 1917, the estimated value of the real and personal prop- 
erty was $550,000. The board of trustees were John Harley, Dr. 
Jacob Miller, Dr. Frank Erdwurm, Frank C. Hopper, Chrisen- 
berry A. Ritchee. The superintendent is Dr. A. H. Garvin; dur- 
ing the past year he, however, was absent in France as a member 
of the International Health Board to participate in the tubercu- 
losis reconstruction work in that country, he having been granted 
an absence of seven months; the acting superintendent during this 
vacancy is Dr. H. A. Bray, the first assistant physician. BELLEVUE HOSPITAL, 1860 HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
725 
THE MUNICIPAL HOSPITALS AND SANATORIUMS 
Bellevue and Allied Hospitals.-The early history of Bellevue 
Hospital is embodied in a chapter of the Bellevue Hospital Medi- 
cal College in another volume of this work. At the breaking out 
of the Civil War Bellevue Hospital was in a prosperous condition. 
The medical board had charge of the Island Hospital on Black- 
well 's Island. However, in 1860, a change was made in the medical 
staff of the Island Hospital, Small-pox and Penitentiary hospitals. 
The junior assistants, as soon as they entered the service, were sent 
to the former of these institutions for three months, and to the 
two latter for three months; at the expiration of that time they 
became connected with the Bellevue Hospital staff as senior as- 
sistants. 
The Hospital during the period of the Civil War suffered the 
loss of some of the most prominent members of its staff, and in 
1862 was still further drained of a number of its young men by 
the typhus epidemic, when a score of the active members of the 
staff succumbed to this inveterate disease. The Hospital in 1863 
established an out-door department, and in a reorganization of the 
Island Hospitals in March, 1866, it was placed under a separate 
medical board, thus discontinuing the Bellevue staff. 
In June, 1869, Bellevue Hospital organized an ambulance serv- 
ice, the first in the world. It was eight years in the lead in adopt- 
ing this service, as it was not until 1877 that the New York and 
Roosevelt hospitals organized this service, St. Vincent's following 
in 1879, and the Presbyterian Hospital in 1880. Ambulances were 
established in Paris and London and in one or two other cities in 
England, and as late as 1893 the service was still in its infancy 
outside of the United States. 
A pavilion was erected and fitted up in 1870 near the river 
front, for the reception of compound fracture cases, allowing of 
their separation from cases of suppuration and erysipelas. The 
public raised a universal clamor against Bellevue Hospital in 1872- 
73, it being stigmatized as totally unfit to receive and house the 
sick in its present condition. As a hospital it was worse than use- 
less; the old walls of the building were abiding places of disease 
and death. The old almshouse building, which had been converted 
into a hospital, needed alterations to make it sanitary, and the 
erection of pavilions for the reception of serious surgical services 726 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
was advocated. The lying-in-service was taken from the hospital 
in 1874; the obstetrical department was attached to both the medi- 
cal and surgical service. Two wooden pavilions were erected on 
Blackwell's Island and attached to the Charity Hospital staff, 
and the lying-in department was transferred to the care of that 
institution. This arrangement continued until 1877, when an 
Emergency Hospital was established on Twenty-sixth street, be- 
tween Second and Third avenues, and lying-in cases were treated 
there. 
Bellevue is the mother of the training school for nurses in the 
country. The New York Training School for Nurses was organized 
in May, 1873. Through the beneficence of D. 0. Mills a school 
for the training of male nurses was established, the commissioners 
setting aside a plot of land in the southeastern corner of the Belle- 
vue grounds, on which a building was erected and opened for the 
reception of pupils, December 17, 1888. 
A disastrous fire occurred at the hospital on December 6, 1879, 
which resulted in the death of three children by suffocation and 
one woman from shock, after removal. The Marquand Pavilion 
was erected in 1883 by F. and H. Marquand, and named in memory 
of their brother, Josiah Penfield Marquand. The Townsend Pa- 
vilion was presented to the hospital in April, 1887, the gift of Mrs. 
Richard H. L. Townsend. 
In accordance with the charter of the city of New York, there 
was established, on February 1, 1902, a board of trustees for Belle- 
vue and Allied Hospitals. The hospitals thus allied were the Belle- 
vue, Fordham, Harlem, Gouverneur and the Emergency Hospital 
on Twenty-sixth street. They were placed under the jurisdiction 
of the Department of Public Charities. This department was the 
outgrowth of The Metropolitan Board of Health, which was estab- 
lished in 1866, and whose jurisdiction included not only New York 
City and Brooklyn, but also the towns of Newtown, Flushing and 
Jamaica, besides the whole of Richmond and Westchester counties. 
The immediate successor of the Metropolitan Board of Health 
was the Board of Public Charities and Corrections, established 
May 5, 1870, in a reorganization of the City of New York, and this 
board, under the charter granted to Greater New York, became 
the present Board of Public Charities. The first board of trustees 
of the allied hospitals were: Dr. John W. Brannon, president; 
James K. Paulding, secretary; Myles Tierney, Samuel Sachs, Mar- HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
727 
cus Stone, Theodore E. Tack, Howard Townsend, and Herman 
Folks, ex-officio. 
In 1903 preparations were commenced to construct a new Belle- 
vue Hospital at the approximate cost of $3,000,000. The pavilions 
A and B were opened for the reception of medical patients on No- 
vember 7, 1908. The final moving into the surgical pavilions I, 
K, L and M, was early in January, 1916. There only remained in 
the old building at this time the tuberculosis and erysipelas wards, 
also the alcoholic, prison and drug wards. A medical reorganiza- 
tion was effected after a conference with the deans of the several 
medical colleges connected with Bellevue Hospital. The general 
medical superintendent is Dr. George O'Hanlon. Bellevue Hos- 
pital is conducted upon the lines that make for the best results as 
a hospital, and as a school of clinical medicine and practical 
nursing. 
Gouverneur Hospital.-The Gouverneur Hospital was at the 
time of its construction the only modern fireproof hospital owned 
by the City of New York. It is located on Gouverneur and Front 
streets, and was opened for the reception of patients in January, 
1901, with a capacity of one hundred beds. The wards were large, 
well proportioned, and flooded with sunshine at all hours of the 
day. There was established in 1902 a department for the treat- 
ment of trachoma; hundreds of school children were treated, and 
not permitted to return to school until treated or cured. The fol- 
lowing year 7,335 new cases of trachoma were treated. The ferry- 
boat West field was purchased in 1909 to be utilized for hospital 
patients suffering from tuberculosis. The ambulance district of 
the hospital comprises the district between Market street to East 
Houston street, and one side of the Bowery; calls, however, are 
often answered outside of this district. The superintendent, or 
supervising nurse, is Jessie A. Stowers, R.N. 
Harlem Hospital.-At the time of the amalgamation of the 
hospitals, the Harlem Hospital was in an old wooden building 
located at No. 518 East 120th street. A new building, however, 
was being erected on the east side of Lenox avenue, between 136th 
and 137th streets, and to allow for further extensions in the future 
of the building the city condemned an adjoining plot of land two 
hundred feet square. The extension of the hospital building was 
a self-evident fact, as the rapid increase of the population of the 728 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
district it covered would demand more extensive hospital facili- 
ties. The district combines the territory embraced in the Thirty- 
seventh, Thirty-eighth, Thirty-ninth and Forty-third police dis- 
tricts. The patients were transferred to the new hospital April 30, 
1907, but its final formal opening was postponed to June 15, 1907. 
The hospital has fulfilled the services for which it was designated, 
and ambulances for those unable to apply in person are readily sent 
to those suffering from accidents or sickness. There are, however, 
no contagious diseases received. The superintendent is Cosmo 
D. O'Neil. 
Fordham Hospital.-At the time of the alliance of the hospitals, 
Fordham Hospital was most unfortunately situated. It was lo- 
cated on a street elevation in the western part of the Borough of 
Bronx, far from the district it was designed to serve. This district 
covered the territory embraced from 169th street to Wakefield, the 
northern limits of the city, and from Spuyten Duyvil, on the Hud- 
son, easterly to City Island, which included Fordham, Tremont, 
Williamsbridge, Kingsbridge and Woodlawn. At this time it was 
the only public hospital in the Borough of Bronx, and too small 
for the demands that were made upon it. There was no ward 
for children. The agitation for a new site took place in 1903, and 
the city purchased a tract of four acres adjoining the grounds of 
St. John's College, west of Bronx Park, at the junction of the 
Southern Boulevard and Crotona avenue. The purchase price was 
$80,000. The specifications and competitive bids were advertised 
for the construction of a modern hospital building not to exceed 
$600,000 in cost. 
The building was completed and a transfer of the patients from 
the old hospital was made April 29, 1907. The formal opening of 
(he hospital was held May 11, 1907. Fordham Hospital since its 
removal to its new site has continued its work of usefulness, and has 
supplied its district with attention and service that commends 
the employees of the hospital to the deserving gratification of the 
public. 
City {Formerly Charity) Hospital.-The City Hospital on Black- 
well's Island operated by the City of New York Department of 
Charities, was opened as the Charity Hospital in 1852 for the city's 
indigent sick, except those suffering from contagious diseases. The 
original Hospital, of frame construction, was destroyed by fire in HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
729 
1865, soon after which the city decided to construct a substantial 
stone building. A commodious edifice of granite was opened in 
1870, the building having been built four stories high on property 
extending across the southern end of the island. Within a decade 
or so the institution, with its outlying pavilions of maternity, 
epileptic and nervous diseases wards, provided accommodation for 
one thousand beds. There were thirteen male and female wards, 
and the number of patients received yearly reached to about 7,000. 
The medical consulting and attending staff consisted in 1917 of 
sixty-seven physicians and surgeons. In connection with the Hos- 
pital, the City Hospital School of Nursing is conducted; the Train- 
ing School for female nurses was organized in 1886 and housed 
in the castellated stone building erected in 1872 for a small-pox 
hospital. The principal of the school in 1917 was Carolyn E. Gray. 
A training school for male nurses was organized in 1887. 
Metropolitan Hospital.-The Metropolitan Hospital, Blackwell's 
Island, dates from the year 1894, and is the outgrowth of the older 
institution known as the New York Charity Hospital on Ward's 
Island. The latter was the result of a movement which originated 
as far back as 1857, when the homoeopathic profession was making 
an earnest and honest endeavor to introduce its treatment in some 
of the great old charities of the city. The efforts were opposed 
by its allopathic enemies, and a majority report of a select com- 
mittee declared it would be both unwise and inexpedient to change 
the medical government of Bellevue Hospital, or place any part of 
it in charge of a board of homoeopathic practitioners for the pur- 
pose of experimenting with that system of practice upon its inmates. 
This report had such a disheartening effect that there was no 
further well organized attempt to introduce homoeopathy into the 
public charities until the winter of 1874-75, when the subject of 
homoeopathic success in general was being discussed by several 
men of prominence in professional and official circles. The con- 
census of opinion inclined to the belief that the homoeopathic pro- 
fession was entitled to representation in the great charitable insti- 
tutions of the city. The outgrowth of this was a petition strongly 
reinforced with names of representative men, that the Commis- 
sioners of Charities could not turn a deaf ear to its presentations. 
The County Homoeopathic Society took an active part in the move- 
ment, and on August 7, 1875, the commissioners agreed that a 730 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
part of the old Inebriate Asylum on Ward's Island should be set 
apart for a hospital to be under the charge of homoeopathic phy- 
sicians, subject to such rules as the Charities Department might 
establish. A homoeopathic medical board was created, and held its 
first meeting September 4, 1875, at the residence of Dr. W. H. 
White, electing these officers: Dr. Egbert Guernsey, president; W. 
Hanford White, vice-president; A. K. Hills, secretary. Dr. Selden 
H. Talcott was appointed chief-of-staff, and the first house staff 
comprised Drs. Duncan, Macfarlan, Madden, Sullivan and Nichols. 
On September 21, 1875, the New York State Homoeopathic Medical 
Society visited the Hospital, and on October 15 the institution was 
formally opened for the reception of patients. 
The hospital on Ward's Island ceased to exist on March 26, 
1894, when all its patients were transferred to Blackwell's Island, 
where the Metropolitan Hospital was established. The latter in- 
stitution was opened for patients in September, 1875, and was 
conducted under the control of the Commissioners of the Depart- 
ment of Public Charities and Correction of the City of New York, 
and had been used for the reception of poor patients suffering from 
any class of disease except contagious. From the time of the trans- 
fer of the Ward's Island Hospital patients, it has been in charge 
of homoeopathic practitioners. It is for the treatment of male and 
female medical, surgical, maternity cases, and children. The offi- 
cers of the institution in 1917 were: E. G. Rankin, president; C. C. 
Boyle, vice-president; G. S. Harrington, secretary. 
'Willard Parker Hospital.-The Willard Parker Hospital is con- 
ducted by the Department of Health of the City of New York. 
While the Riverside Hospital of the Department was located on 
Blackwell's Island it became necessary to quarantine a certain 
number of scarlet fever cases, and the demands made upon the 
Department for the care of diphtheria, scarlet fever, and measles 
were continually increasing. The Department therefore erected 
a hospital building for diphtheria at the foot of East 16th street, 
New York City, and named the building the "Willard Parker Hos- 
pital," in honor of Dr. Willard Parker, vice-president of the first 
Metropolitan Board of Health, and a leader in sanitary medical 
matters to whom much of the credit of securing the hospital is 
due. It was completed in the spring of 1885, and a resident phy- 
sician and nurses from the Riverside Hospital on Blackwell's Island HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
731 
were detailed to it. The building was of the type then known as 
the "self-contained" hospital; that is to say, its entire adminis- 
trative staff and its culinary and laundry departments, as well as 
its patients, were maintained within the hospital. 
In 1892 the Department of Health remodeled an old cement shed 
which adjoined the Willard Parker Hospital, and which had for- 
merly belonged to the Department of Docks, in order to provide 
for the care of scarlet fever and measles. The building as recon- 
structed consisted of two wings, finished with hard plaster; the 
western half was entirely separated from the eastern, and, in one 
half, cases of scarlet fever were treated, while the other was re- 
served for measles. During the period which elapsed from the time 
the Health Department assumed control of the old Riverside Hos- 
pital on Blackwell's Island, until 1891, all cases held for observa- 
tion, and those awaiting transportation to Riverside Hospital, were 
housed in a wooden reception hospital which had been built at 
the foot of East 16th street, after the destruction by fire, of its 
predecessor, at the foot of East 27th street. In 1892 many cases 
of typhus fever were confined in this building, and the Board of 
Health, feeling that the surest method of disinfection would be 
brought about by its complete destruction, obtained permission to 
burn it, and later erected on its site what was then considered a 
modern up-to-date reception hospital, containing thirteen isolation 
wards. The annual admissions of all kinds of contagious and com- 
municable diseases to this hospital run far into the hundreds. No 
secondary infection is known to have developed as the result of 
their confinement. 
From 1891 until 1902 the development of contagious diseases 
was directly proportionate to the increase of population, and by 
1902 it became evident that the city must make further pro- 
vision for accommodation of these patients, who were either over- 
crowding the hospitals or remaining in over-populated tenements 
as foci of infection. The Board of Health therefore decided to 
build a new scarlet fever pavilion at East 16th street, and at the 
same time, by renovating and remodeling the old Willard Parker 
Hospital, to increase and improve the accommodations for diph- 
theria. This plan changed the old "self-contained" Willard Par- 
ker Hospital into a pavilion for contagious disease patients only, 
and necessitated the erection of an administration building and 732 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
nurses' home. All these improvements were accomplished during 
the years 1903, 1904 and 1905. 
While these buildings were in course of construction all cases 
of measles and diphtheria from the Borough of Manhattan, with 
the exception of the few too ill to be removed, were transferred to 
Riverside Hospital, and those suffering from scarlet fever were 
transferred to the Kingston Avenue Hospital, Brooklyn. With the 
completion of the work in 1906, the Willard Parker Hospital pos- 
sessed capacity for care of 125 cases of diphtheria, and 275 cases 
of scarlet fever. This it was thought would be adequate for some 
years to come, but by the middle of April, 1907, the scarlet fever 
building was occupied by more than 500 patients, while the diph- 
theria building was crowded to its utmost capacity. From that 
time to the present, the urgent need of more buildings has con- 
stantly been present, and in 1910 the erection of a measles pavilion, 
with a capacity of 320 beds was authorized. The building was 
completed in 1913, its acceptance and equipment providing for 
the Borough of Manhattan, for the first time, proper hospital ac- 
commodation for the care of measles patients. 
Riverside Hospital.-When the newly created Health Depart- 
ment came into existence, it found itself obligated to care for con- 
tagious diseases, but was without hospitals, or even sites for this 
purpose. In 1875 the old small-pox hospital at the southerly end 
of Blackwell's Island was transferred from the Department of 
Charities and Correction to the Health Department, and one of 
the first acts of the board, after its acquisition, was to construct 
two fences, ten feet apart, and reaching directly across the island, 
from river to river, at the northern limit of the property. This 
first hospital of the Health Department was called ' ' Riverside Hos- 
pital," and when it became too small, a plant was established on 
North Brother Island, and the name transferred to it. A pre- 
liminary to this was the passage of a law changing the county 
boundary line, withdrawing the island from the county of Queens, 
and bringing it within the limits of the city of New York. Next 
a two-story brick and stone pavilion was erected, accommodating 
eighty cases. At this time an administration building, power 
house, coal house, laundry, and a physicians' and nurses' staff 
house were also erected, all of which were of plain but substantial 
construction, and they still serve the purposes for which they were HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
733 
built. These buildings were completed in the fall of 1885, and 
the "Riverside Hospital" was transferred from Blackwell's Island 
to North Brother Island "at the height of one of the worst epi- 
demics of typhus fever the city has ever known," during which 
the first resident physician of Riverside Hospital succumbed. 
From its opening until 1899, Riverside Hospital received and 
cared for newly arrived immigrants suffering from contagious 
diseases, and these, with the ever-increasing number of cases from 
the city, overcrowded the hospital almost from the beginning. Be- 
tween 1886 and 1889, five additional wooden pavilions were brought 
into commission; in 1892, two new pavilions were built exclusively 
for the care of small-pox cases; in 1893, in order to provide addi- 
tional beds during the typhus epidemic, three wooden portable 
houses were purchased. Two were later burned, but the third still 
is in use as a chapel. 
From 1885 until 1904 eases of leprosy were detained at River- 
side Hospital, and a temporary wooden shack built for their recep- 
tion, but when the hospital ceased to care for this class of disease, 
the shack was destroyed. In 1901-02 three additional pavilions 
were erected, ideally planned for the care of contagious diseases, 
and each contained four wards with individual bathrooms and 
lavatories. Each ward has capacity of six beds, and can, in case 
of need, be operated as a unit, separate and distinct from the rest 
of the building. In 1903, the hospital having outgrown its laundry 
facilities, a modern laundry building was erected, equipped with 
special sterilizing washers, and so arranged that all soiled linen 
can be sterilized by steam before entering the laundry proper, the 
receiving room for the infected goods being separated from the rest 
of the laundry by an air-tight iron partition. 
During 1903 the staff house and nurses' home proving too 
small, a new nurses' home was built with capacity for forty nurses. 
The building is of substantial brick and stone construction, four 
stories in height, but was, in 1910, inadequate for the purpose. A 
disinfecting house and a library were provided in 1903 by remodel- 
and two years later, two more of same size. During 1910 an addi- 
to the laundry. In that year also, four lean-to shacks were built 
for summer use, each providing accommodation for 96 additional 
beds. In 1910 two concrete pavilions were added to the plant, 
and two years later, two more of same size. During 1910 an addi- 
tion was made to the nurses' home, doubling its capacity. In 734 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
1909 a sea wall was built along the entire south and east side of 
the island, and the space between this and the city filled with ashes 
from the city. This reclamation increased the area of the island 
by more than four acres, and four new cement pavilions, increas- 
ing the hospital's accommodation by 320 beds, have been erected 
on the reclaimed land. The visiting physicians in 1917 were: Drs. 
A. R. Braunlich and E. J. Richardson. 
The Riverside Hospital for Consumptives is also located at 
North Brother Island, under the control of the Health Depart- 
ment. It is devoted to advanced cases only, with tubercle bacilli 
in the sputum. Admission of patients is through the Tuberculosis 
Hospital Bureau. The visiting physicians in 1917 were: S. A. 
Knopf, W. J. Pulley, B. H. Waters, W. E. Boese. 
Children's Hospital and Schools.-The interesting story of this 
New York City institution dates back to 1846, when it was under 
the charge of the Almshouse Commission, at which time it was re- 
ported that the crowding of the children at the Nursery on Long 
Island was the opprobrium of the almshouse. Two years later it 
was called the nursery establishment or juvenile department of 
the almshouse, and was located in two buildings on the grounds 
of that institution. In 1911 there were fifty buildings in connec- 
tion with the institution, and the prophecy made in 1847, that it 
would be a model institution worthy the attention and admira- 
tion of all who appreciate the object of its creation, has been 
fulfilled. 
In the latter part of the nineteenth century the institution was 
located on Randall's Island, and in 1902 comprised hospitals for 
infants and children, also schools for the training of the feeble- 
minded children and custodial care of the idiotic. The line of de- 
markation between these departments had never been established 
with entire clearness, but on December 27, 1902, the institution 
was organized under the following divisions: Infants' Hospital, 
Children's Hospital, School for the Feeble-minded, Custodial Asy- 
lum. The Infants' Hospital was to include all children under two 
years of age; the Children's Hospital, all children over two years 
of age, except the feeble-minded and idiotic. The infants, how- 
ever, were discharged on September 8, 1905, and the institution 
became known under its present title. 
It was in 1902 that all the city institutions on Blackwell's Island HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
735 
and Randall's Island were placed under one management and 
named the Randall's Island Hospitals, Schools and Asylums, and 
after 1904 no infants were admitted. The hospital side of the in- 
stitutions grew steadily, but one of the prime objects of the New 
York City Children's Hospital and Schools was the developing 
of the mental and physical capabilities of the school pupils, and 
to fit them by careful industrial training to earn their living. All 
continuous mental strain was avoided in grading the work of the 
defectives. From kindergarten to the highest class this system 
of varied mental and physical effort is pursued, consequently the 
pupils are alert and attentive during the entire day. A class for 
both boys and girls makes many useful articles. A military band 
is one of the most popular branches for training of the children. 
The school gardens are a valuable incentive to activity, each class 
planting and having the care of four large beds stocked with flow- 
ers, vegetables and grains. 
The schools were reorganized in 1912 and classified as Hospital 
School, School for Feeble-minded, Industrial School and classes for 
custodial cases. The children attending the Hospital School are 
those of normal condition, and are being treated for diseases of 
the eye and skin and for crippled and anaemic children. In the 
School for Feeble-minded, provisions are made not only for the 
segregation but the education of the mental defectives. The In- 
dustrial School antedates by many years most of the trade and 
vocational schools of the city. Here is taught shoemaking, basket- 
making, tailoring, carpentry work, broom and brush making, rug- 
making, embroidery and fancy work, tinsmithing and various other 
trades, and these various branches of industry are in the hands of 
practical instructors. The custodial classes consist of the epileptic 
patients that are, generally speaking, of average mentality, but, 
owing to their nervous excitement, they are taught in separate 
classrooms. 
The position of superintendent of the institution was held for 
nearly a score of years by Mrs. Mary C. Dunphy. The institution 
is under the control of the Department of Public Charities. It is 
accessible by ferry from the foot of East 120th or 125th streets. 
The present medical director is Dr. W. B. Cornell. 
Central and Neurological Hospital.-There was established in 
1867 a hospital for nervous diseases that had a capacity of eighty 736 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
beds and consisted of two pavilions near the City Hospital on 
Blackwell's Island. Its aim was the scientific study and treatment 
of nervous cases, alleviating patients ' suffering and caring for their 
comfort. In the report for 1912 there had been during the year 
268 patients treated, of whom 150 were males and 118 females. 
The hospital w'ards M and N of the City Hospital were added 
to the neurological division, thereby increasing the bed capacity 
to 200. The medical boards of the New City Home for Aged and 
Infirm and the Neurological Hospital were amalgamated in June, 
1913, and became known as the Central and Neurological Hospital, 
increasing its capacity to 977 beds. The officers of the consoli- 
dation are: President, Dr. A. Travis Gibb; vice-president, Dr. 
William J. Mahoney; secretary, Dr. Ernest F. Krug. The medical 
superintendent is C. B. Bacon. 
The hospital is under the control of the Board of Public Chari- 
ties, and is situated on Blackwell's Island. Though the island has 
idealistic qualities, it was strongly condemned by the board as 
having certain disadvantages. They found fault with the ferry 
service which connected the island with New York, and advocated 
that an all-night service should be adopted. They strongly recom- 
mended the building of a structure to include an elevator to hoist 
supplies, ambulances, passengers and visitors from the Island to 
Queensboro Bridge. This recommendation has been acted upon, 
and the building is now (1919) in course of construction. 
Reception Hospital.-This hospital is for the temporary care of 
contagious diseases awaiting transfer to the Department of Health 
Hospital, and is under the control of the Health Department. It 
is located at the foot of East 16th street, and patients suffering 
from infectious and contagious diseases by notifying the Bureau of 
Contagious Diseases or the nearest public station are immediately 
removed. 
Reception Hospital Station.-1The establishment at the foot of 
East 70th street of an emergency hospital station, May 1, 1911, 
was an important improvement in a district very much in need of 
public hospital service, as there was at that time in a thickly popu- 
lated section of the city no public hospital between Bellevue Hos- 
pital, on 26th street, and the Harlem Hospital at Lenox avenue 
and 137th street. This service station was fully equipped for day HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
737 
and night service with auto ambulances and service for the recep- 
tion and temporal care for the Blackwell's Island patients. 
Correctional Hospital.-This is a city hospital under the man- 
agement of the Department of Correction, and was formerly known 
as the Workhouse Hospital. It is situated on Blackwell's Island, 
and is for the treatment of the sick and injured of the criminal in- 
stitutions of the city. The members of the medical staff are: 
J. P. Hunt, E. S. Bishop, G. Slattery, P. C. Pumyea, W. T. Gibbs, 
F. C. Yeomans, A. S. Morrow, E. F. King, H. H. Beers, F. A. 
Scratchley, E. L. Hunt, A. Coffin. 
Kings County Hospital.-The early history of this institution 
appears to be intimately connected with the Brooklyn Almshouse. 
The poorhouse at Flatbush was opened April 9, 1832, and six years 
later the County Hospital and Lunatic Asylum was opened. Up 
to February 8, 1848, Dr. J. B. Zabriskie seems to have been the 
only physician connected with the institution. His death caused 
the appointment on March 5, 1848, of F. M. Ingraham and Philip 
O. Hart to fill the position that became vacant. 
The hospital at the penitentiary was opened March 30, 1849, and 
T. Ambrose Wade was appointed physician. In 1854 it became 
known that a bill was pending in the Legislature directing that 
bodies of persons dying in the poorhouse were to be delivered to 
medical schools for the purpose of dissection. This bill was de- 
nounced as a monstrous outrage, its provisions being adapted to 
a barbarous rather than a civilized age. 
Dr. Schenck, in submitting, on July 31, 1875, his third annual 
report, gave statistics for the three-year period, stating that the 
total number of patients treated during the period ending July 31, 
1873, was 11,294. Drs. Williams, McLean, Cook and Hanford 
were the assistants of Dr. Schenck in 1874. The Kings County 
Hospital, as will be appreciated by the number of patients treated, 
wTas even then operated on an extensive scale; its accommodation 
was large, but inadequate; adjoining the central building, which 
was of three stories and an attic, were extensive wings on both 
sides, each of three stories, with spacious balconies on each floor, 
running the full length of wings. 
The State Board of New York Charities printed a "Report on 
the Kings County Hospital," at Flatbush, following an inspection 
by Commissioner Bergen, on March 28, 1896. According to the 738 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
report, the hospital at that time consisted of thirty-two wards, 
each of about the same capacity, except that three of them were 
of double capacity. The average size of the wards was 21x43 feet, 
with ceilings about nine feet high. The hospital was much over- 
crowded, 668 patients being in the wards on the morning of in- 
spection. Patients were sent by the County Commissioners of 
Charities, and the custom of the medical staff was to refuse ad- 
mittance to nobody because of lack of room; space would be forced, 
which policy resulted in much overcrowding. The hospital had ac- 
commodation for 400 patients, but the average number admitted 
yearly was 6,000, or about 500 monthly; and, in addition, quarters 
had to be found for a hospital staff of 82, including 44 nurses. In 
consequence many beds had to be temporarily placed in the cor- 
ridors. Part of the hospital wards were devoted to the retention 
of insane patients, who were taken to the hospital for observation. 
The commissioner further reported that the Kings County Hos- 
pital in 1896 combined what, in the City of New York, would be 
divided up into the workhouse, almshouse hospital, and places for 
acute cases, the institution being obliged to receive every appli- 
cant who was then resident in the county; all the State paupers, 
all insane patients, until examined by a physician prior to ad- 
mittance to the lunatic asylum at Flatbush; all alcoholic cases; 
and many other cases refused by or sent from other institutions 
in the county; lodging house and jail cases; feeble-minded; in- 
curable cases; and patients about to die. Although the hospital 
was the third largest in the State, about 200 slept on beds on the 
floor at that time. In consequence of this report, the State 
Board in 1896 approved plans for the enlargement of the Kings 
County Hospital, which were subsequently made. The demands 
on the hospital continued to increase, as all applications of desti- 
tute persons suffering from non-contagious diseases were admitted. 
The hospital is located on Clarkson street, and the present super- 
intendent is Mortimer D. Jones. The general medical superinten- 
dent is J. F. Fitzgerald. The Bradford Street Hospital is a 
branch of the Kings County Hospital for purely emergency work. 
The Brooklyn (formerly Brooklyn City) Hospital.-The Hon. 
Cyrus P. Smith, mayor of Brooklyn at that time, sought in 1839-40 
to establish a city hospital, the need of such an institution having 
been made palpably evident to him "by a serious injury which HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
739 
was sustained in consequence of a man falling from a building." 
The painful thought of the transport of the man to the County 
Hospital, at Flatbush, caused the mayor to take immediate meas- 
sures "to mitigate the evil." He personally purchased a lot, on 
Adams street, near Johnson, and two houses standing thereon, and 
with the aid of some of his friends who were physicians in the 
borough, adapted the houses to the needs of a hospital. Of the 
operation of the institution he wrote: "Drs. Thorn, Mason, King, 
and Moriarty, superintended the institution, then not incorporated, 
and patients were received in both buildings." Public support 
was however not forthcoming, and the hospital "did not survive 
its infancy." 
However, on December 11, 1844, a meeting of the Brooklyn As- 
sociation for Improving the Condition of the Poor was held, at 
which a committee was appointed "to take the necessary prelimi- 
nary steps to convene a public meeting on the subject of establish- 
ing a City Hospital." According to the record, the following con- 
stituted the committee: Messrs. Robert Nichols, C. P. Smith, and 
John Greenwood. The public meeting was called for February 17, 
1845, and accordingly occurred, when measures were determined 
upon to secure an act of incorporation, a power subsequently 
granted (on May 8, 1845), the instrument declaring that Robert 
Nichols, Cyrus P. Smith, John Greenwood, Theodore L. Mason, 
John W. Moriarty, and their associates were "constituted and ap- 
pointed a body corporate ... by the name ... of The Brook- 
lyn City Hospital, for the purpose of establishing and main- 
taining a public hospital, in the city of Brooklyn." The charter 
named the following board of directors: R. Nichols, C. P. Smith, J. 
Greenwood, W. S. Parker, A. Graham, E. Hicks, Hy. E. Pierre- 
pont, E. J. Bartow, A. A. Low, E. D. Hurlburt, J. W. Harper, 
P. C. Cornell, Ed. W. Dunham, P. Mullen, H. Sheldon, J. L. Hale, 
G. Hall, J. H. Smith, H. Webster, A. Edwards, G. S. Howland, and 
N. Luqueer. 
The incorporators worked indefatigably to accomplish the pur- 
pose for which they had banded, but received little financial en- 
couragement from the public. However, Mr. Augustus Graham 
donated $5,500, which gift enabled the trustees in October, 1846, 
to purchase a frame building, 25 by 37 feet, two stories and attic, 
on Jackson street (now Hudson avenue), near Lafayette, opposite 
Fort Greene, for $2,600, and immediately afterwards fitted the 740 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
building suitably for hospital purposes, and for the accommo- 
dation of about twenty patients. This house was designed to serve 
the temporary needs. The first president was Hon Cyrus P. Smith, 
and the original medical staff consisted of Drs. H. J. Cullen, P. 
Cook, Lucius Hyde, R. McClellan, and Chancey L. Mitchell, attend- 
ing physicians; T. L. Mason, J. S. Thorne, W. G. Hunt, Daniel 
Ayres, Jr., attending surgeons; and William Swift, resident phy- 
sician. 
In the old frame building on Jackson street the corporation 
struggled "with doubtful prosperity," receiving charity patients 
and also pay patients, the latter class being treated at the rate 
of $3 weekly. Apparently, the physicians also conducted a dis- 
pensary, which one record states was opened on August 10, 1846. 
To bring the full purpose of the Association nearer establish- 
ment, Mr. Graham, on July 4, 1848, offered to donate a further 
$25,500, conditionally upon a public subscription of like amount 
being raised. Much encouraged, the trustees resolved to seek ac- 
complishment of this, and at the monthly meeting of October 21, 
1848, "a paper was handed round, which footed up some $13,000." 
To this subscription by the trustees, Mr. Graham added a further 
$2,000, and the project was then introduced to the public, the 
appeal resulting in a further subscription of $4,000. This was 
insufficient to meet the condition of Mr. Graham's offer, but Mr. 
Graham then withdrew his former condition and made the gift ab- 
solute, consequently plans and specifications were agreed upon, 
and the trustees purchased about forty lots on the site of old Fort 
Greene, west of the Park and east of Raymond street. For 23 lots, 
$7,243.15 was paid. The report for 1848-49 shows current ex- 
penses as $818.24, with receipts $779, including $484 from pay 
patients. Ninety patients, of whom thirteen died, were received 
into the hospital during the year. 
The cornerstone of the new building was laid June 11, 1851, by 
Mr. Augustus Graham, the address being delivered by the Rev. A. 
Farley, D.D. During that year, the institution expended $24,- 
569.94 on construction work of building, which when completed 
was expected to provide accommodation for about 160 patients. 
The centre of building was completed in the spring of 1852, and 
opened for public inspection on April 28, 1852. Next day, patients 
were admitted. The hospital when finally completed had a front- 
age of 200 feet, facing due west on Raymond street; the centre, HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
741 
building was four stories in height, 52 by 52 feet, with an exten- 
sion, back, 30 feet, and two wings, north and south, each wing 
being 74 feet long, 56 feet deep, and three stories in height. The 
hospital grounds, fifty lots, buildings, furniture and furnace, rep- 
resented an outlay of about $80,000, toward which liability Mr. 
Augustus Graham, by donations and bequest, contributed $38,500. 
Another bequest was that of Captain Hebard, who willed $20,000 
to the hospital. General Robert Nichols also contributed $9,000, 
and in 1852 the corporation received a bequest of $5,000 from Dr. 
J. S. Wiley. 
In 1856, 653 patients were treated in the hospital, the number 
including 456 seamen. The general expenses in that year amounted 
to $11,998.07. The Pathological Hall, three stories in height, was 
built in 1858, with lecture room sufficiently commodious to seat 
350 persons. In 1864, Mr. T. S. Stooke transferred to the hospital 
the deed for property estimated to be worth $8,000, conditional 
upon his receiving four-fifths of the income therefrom during his 
lifetime. 
The Orthopedic Infirmary of the Brooklyn City Hospital was 
opened in June, 1868, and in the six months to December 31, 1868, 
treated 125 patients. During the period from its opening to the 
end of December 31, 1872, 801 persons received treatment in the 
orthopedic infirmary. The house expenses in 1877 were $16,183.88, 
showing appreciable expansion of the work of the institution; in 
that year 967 patients were treated in the hospital. The Training 
School for Nurses received the attention of the trustees in 1878, 
and gradually developed itself into a strong and successful or- 
ganization. 
In 1884, the trustees resolved to change the name of the cor- 
poration to the "Brooklyn Hospital," the Supreme Court hav- 
ing given its sanction. A motion had been made, many years 
previously, to style the institution the "Graham Hospital," in ap- 
preciation of the founder benefactions, but Mr. Graham de- 
murred; in fact, it was he who first suggested the name "Brook- 
lyn City Hospital. ' ' Three legacies were received in 1890; $5,000 
from J. Russitz; $3,000 from Henry Sanger, and $2,000 from J. 
H. Frothingham, who had, at one time, been president of the 
board of trustees. In that year more than 1,000 patients were 
admitted to the hospital, which had become inadequate to the needs 
of the time, and a movement was started to provide additional 742 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
accommodation. Four hundred and sixty-seven persons were 
treated in the orthopedic dispensary in 1890, the number bringing 
the aggregate of patients benefited by the infirmary, since its 
opening in 1868, to 8,224. In 1890, also, the Brooklyn Training 
School for Nurses received corporate powers; 37 nurses were con- 
nected with the school at that time. 
A new building was erected in 1892, just south of the main edi- 
fice. It was of three stories, of modem construction, with fire- 
proof galleries of brick and iron. The building was designed to 
furnish better quarters for the orthopedic dispensary, and for the 
better housing of women patients. The undertaking entailed an 
expenditure of $59,000, but was met mainly by subscriptions from 
Brooklyn residents, who subscribed more thaai $50,000 for the 
purpose. Dr. Francis H. Stuart was appointed obstetrician to 
organize the maternity department, which was given the name of 
the "Low Maternity," in honor of William G. Low, president and 
benefactor. In September, 1894, Dr. Stuart opened a gynecological 
clinic. Both the Low Maternity and the Brooklyn Hospital Dis- 
pensary were made separate organizations, each with its own board 
of trustees and officers. 
To erect an annex building to the Nurses' Home, Mr. Alexander 
M. White, the only trustee then living who was of the board of 
1848, donated $8,000 in 1896, and William G. Low, president of 
the corporation, donated stock valued at $30,000 to establish an 
endowment fund for the Low Maternity. Eighty soldiers, sick or 
disabled while serving during the Spanish-American War, were 
received into the hospital in 1898. 
The hospital is located at Raymond street and De Kalb avenue, 
and is for the free care of the sick; chronic and contagious cases 
not admitted. The present superintendent is W. G. Neally, and 
the consulting staff are: Medicine, A. R. Paine, G. R. Hall, H. A. 
Fairbanks; Surgery, J. S. Wood; Laryngitis, T. R. French; Derma- 
tology, S. Sherwell; Neurological, W. Browning. 
Kingston Avenue Hospital.-For years citizens of Brooklyn who 
were afflicted with contagious or infectious diseases were removed 
to the County Hospital, but the day came when the facilities for 
handling such diseases were inadequate there, and the Department 
of Health resolved upon the erection of a separate building for the 
purpose. The Legislature authorized its establishment and appro- HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
743 
priated the money necessary for construction. The search for a 
site resulted in the choice of a seven-acre lot at Kingston avenue 
and Fenimore street, Flatbush, a short distance north of the county 
buildings. The institution was named the Brooklyn Hospital for 
Contagious Diseases. As soon as the lot was acquired, the build- 
ing of the administration building, stable and four pavilions was 
commenced. The people of Flatbush made determined but un- 
successful opposition to the enterprise, and after the buildings 
were completed, obtained an injunction restraining the Health 
Department from making use of them. This litigation extended 
over two years; the injunction was vacated, and the local opposi- 
tion died out. 
The first patients were received in November, 1891, the Sisters 
of St. Dominic having taken charge of the sick previous to the 
opening of the institution. Treatment was free, and Henry Bul- 
winkle, M.D., was the first superintendent. Soon after the opening 
of the hospital, a boiler plant, storehouse and laundry were built, 
and in 1895 five one-story isolation cottages with kitchens, bath- 
rooms and lavatories. A two-story brick pavilion with capacity of 
thirty beds was erected in 1896 for the care of diphtheria, and 
in 1913 an additional pavilion was erected, $100,000 being appro- 
priated for this purpose. The Nurses' Home, facing Albany ave- 
nue, between Rutland road and Fenimore street, with a capacity 
for sixty nurses, was erected in 1902, and five years later a north 
wing was added, increasing the capacity to eighty nurses. 
The Board of Health in 1905 purchased two city blocks lying 
between Winthrop street and the hospital, and erected on the site 
a scarlet fever hospital, with a capacity of eighty-five beds. The 
following year, the pavilions being crowded with measles cases, the 
patients were removed to a tent platform accommodating eight 
army hospital tents, which had been constructed during the small- 
pox epidemic of 1902. These tents were used until the winter 
weather forced the hospital authorities to abandon them. The dis- 
astrous result of overcrowding determined the Board of Health to 
erect a measles pavilion, with a capacity of 200 beds. 
At the beginning of the present century the name of the hospital 
was changed to its present title. Additions continued to be made, 
a new boiler house, ice plant, cold storage building, disinfection 
station laboratory, ambulance station and stable, a morgue and 
mortuary chapel, new laundry for handling infected clothing, and 744 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
an iron fence 2,800 feet long enclosing the grounds were among 
the improvements made during the first decade of the twentieth 
century. An isolation pavilion, with twenty rooms for isolation 
and two twenty-bed wards, were completed in 1913. The institu- 
tion receives patients, both adult and children, suffering from 
contagious diseases, and is under the management of the Health 
Department. Its medical board consists of over thirty physicians 
and surgeons. 
Greenpoint Hospital.-This hospital was established by the De- 
partment of Public Charities on Kingsland avenue and Jackson 
street, Brooklyn, in 1914. It was put into operation October 4, 
1915, when six patients were received, the capacity being 178 beds. 
In organizing the hospital the commissioner, instead of following 
the old plan providing for a large medical board with rotating 
services, deemed it advisable to provide for continuous service with 
a few men in charge, who could be held responsible, each for his 
respective service. The chief characteristics of this plan are an 
advisory committee of prominent physicians and surgeons who do 
not have active service in the hospital; an advisory board consist- 
ing of the advisory committee and chief of the department, con- 
sisting of medicine, surgery, and gynecology-obstetrics. The chiefs 
selected were: Dr. John E. Jennings, surgeon-in-chief; Dr. Ray- 
mond Clark, physician-in-chief; Dr. Frederick C. Holden, gynecol- 
ogist-in-chief. Each member of the staff renders continuous serv- 
ice, with a limitation of fifteen years' service, and an age limit 
of sixty years, subject to satisfactory service. This form of 
medical organization is similar to that which prevails at Johns 
Hopkins and Massachusetts General hospitals. Dr. John E. 
Daugherty was appointed from the civil service list as superin- 
tendent on the organization of the hospital, a position he still re- 
tains. 
Neponsit Beach Hospital for Children.-This institution is for 
the treatment of surgical tuberculosis in children. It was opened 
at Rockaway Park, April 16, 1915, when the patients formerly at 
Seabreeze Hospital, Coney Island, were transferred to the new 
hospital building. It is modeled upon similar institutions abroad, 
which have produced wonderful results for the relief of bone 
tuberculosis among children. The hospital was the gift of the 
New York Association for Improving the Condition of the Poor HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
745 
The site, however, was provided by the city, and its situation upon 
the ocean front at the easterly end of the New Rockaway Park 
territory affords to its youthful patients all the invigoration and 
health-giving qualities that can be obtained from the balmy sea air. 
The hospital at its opening had forty-one patients, and its 
capacity was one hundred and twenty beds. The Board of Edu- 
cation established in the hospital a school annex for the benefit 
of the children. The attending surgeon is B. H. Whitbeck; the 
attending physician, W. Strain; the superintendent, Miss Jose- 
phine Brass. 
Sea View Farms, Staten Island.-There was no hospital con- 
trolled by the Board of Public Charities on January 1, 1902, set 
apart for consumptives. There were at that time 318 consumptive 
patients in the Bellevue, City, Metropolitan and Almshouse hos- 
pitals. The buildings formerly occupied by the Manhattan State 
Hospital for the Insane on Blackwell's Island were utilized at this 
time for consumptives, and patients were transferred from the 
other hospitals to this locality. 
There was completed in 1910 a tuberculosis infirmary designated 
as the west pavilion, with a capacity of 224 beds, and another 
called the east pavilion, was nearing completion, and known as the 
Tuberculosis Infirmary. These pavilions were ideal in plan and 
construction, but as early as 1905 there was a project on foot to 
establish an institution to relieve the Tuberculosis Infirmary and 
remove it from Blackwell's Island. The city already had estab- 
lished on Manor road, about two miles from Castleton Corners, 
on Staten Island, a City Colony. To this colony, which had a 
farm of one hundred and fifty acres, were sent in 1902, epileptics 
from the different institutions in New York City. This colony 
grew in population, and in 1911 the Board of Public Charities, 
to relieve the congestion at the Homes for Aged and Infirm in 
the boroughs of Brooklyn and Manhattan, provided for their resi- 
dence at the New York City Farm Colony. The population was 
thereby increased to one thousand inhabitants. The ablebodied 
male inmates were employed in making roads, wood cutting, and 
if mechanics, as helpers for their respective trades. The farm, 
provided outdoor work, and agricultural pursuits was one of the 
essential employments. The great object of the colony was to 
provide employment for the inmates to keep them from idleness, 746 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
partly so that they might contribute towards their maintenance. 
The sick, as originally planned, were taken care of in a small in- 
firmary attached to each dormitory. 
There was as early as 1905 a project to establish a large tubercu- 
losis sanatorium, and adjacent property to the New York City 
Farm Colony was purchased. The Department of Public Chari- 
ties expended in 1911, $1,231,000 in the construction of additional 
buildings. The total cost of construction and equipment was 
estimated at $4,000,000. The hospital was to be known as the Sea 
View Hospital, and was to accommodate one thousand patients. 
It was to be the largest and finest hospital in the United States, if 
not in the world. The actual construction began in 1907, and when 
completed was to consist of fifteen buildings. It was situated on 
the highest point and about the centre of Staten Island. The plant 
was sufficiently advanced in construction as to permit of its open- 
ing October 28, 1913. The following year it was comparatively 
completed. The opening of the surgical pavilion in June, 1914, 
and the final occupancy of the wTard pavilions 1 and 8, completed 
the original fifteen buildings. The beauty of the plant, as an 
entirety, surpasses any other group in the country, and as to its 
practicability as a tuberculosis institution is of the highest rating. 
The New York Farm Colony in February, 1915, received patients 
of negative and arrested cases of tuberculosis, it being understood 
that patients who became sick enough to require medical attention 
should be sent to Sea View Hospital. The following year the 
Colony was consolidated with the Hospital. 
The Sea View Farms, sanatorium division, receives cases of 
tuberculosis of any kind or stage, and patients of any age, male or 
female, but chiefly moderately advanced cases. The director of the 
institution is W. B. Buck, the medical superintendent, E. S. Mc- 
Sweeney. The hospital also maintains a reception pavilion for 
psychopathic cases in the Borough of Richmond. 
Municipal Sanitarium, Otisville.-The New York City Municipal 
Sanitarium, operated by the Department of Health of the City of 
New York, and intended for the reception and treatment of tuber- 
cular patients of the city, was opened at Otisville, with six 
patients, in July, 1906. The sanitarium is situated on the south- 
eastern slope of the Shawangunk Mountains, and its property com- 
prises between thirteen hundred and fourteen hundred acres of HOSPITALS-NATIONAL, STATE, MUNICIPAL 
747 
land on the Erie railroad. Otisville is the railroad station, 76 miles 
from New York. In elevation, the property is, at its highest point, 
1,500 feet. Its growth, because its method is somewhat different 
to that followed in other tuberculosis sanitariums, has not been 
rapid, but in 1913 had reached an accommodation capacity of 600 
patients. 
The Otisville plant is self-contained, having a model dairy, and 
growing ample vegetables to supply its needs; it supplies its own 
water, disposes of its sewage, and has its own electric lighting 
plant. There is no charge for treatment, and many of the patients 
have during their treatment attended the institution's training 
school for nurses, graduating later therefrom to lucrative positions 
as trained attendants at other sanitoria. The institution routine 
includes a period of quiet for the first week after admission, dur- 
ing which the patient is under the immediate supervision of the 
resident physician of the unit (there are seven staff physicians). 
Exercise is started, and gradually increased, and the patient as- 
signed to a grade of work. Idleness is not encouraged without 
reason, but work is not permitted in patients showing symptoms 
of absorption. Gradually the patient enters into the fuller active 
recuperating life of the institution; he attends lectures on hygiene, 
etc.; takes baths regularly; children, under fourteen years of 
age, attend open-air school, morning and afternoon (compulsory), 
and illiterates among the adults are taught reading, writing and 
arithemetic, also English. Every effort is made to impress upon 
the patients the absolute necessity of cleanliness, early hours, regu- 
lar meals, and out-door living, and to convert the lesson of hygienic 
living enforced at Otisville Sanitarium into an actuality when 
they return to their homes. CHAPTER III 
HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
ONE of the oldest and most historical of New York City's 
medical institutions is the New York Hospital. It was 
chartered in 1771, the charter bearing date of June 13th 
of that year, and was recorded as having been granted by King 
George III, through the interposition of Lieutenant Governor Cad- 
wallader Colden, who received the instrument in New York on 
or about the 25th day of July following. It was exhibited on that 
day, when a meeting of governors for organization was held at Bol- 
ton's Tavern. The only hospital on Manhattan Island at that time 
was the one generally spoken of as the "City Hospital," but which 
in reality was merely one room, 35 feet by 23 feet, with six beds, 
set apart as an infirmary, in the building known as the "Publick 
Workhouse and House of Correction of the City of New York"; 
at least, such was the capacity and constitution of the ' ' City Hos- 
pital" in the year 1736, and for many years thereafter. 
At the meeting at Bolton's Tavern on July 25, 1771, eight gov- 
ernors were present, including the following notables: John Watts, 
president; Philip Livingston, and Geraldus William Beekman; 
and the chief purpose and business of the meeting was to receive 
the charter and appoint a committee to wait upon the mayor and 
corporation, and request of them a convenient lot of ground on 
which to erect buildings. 
In origin, the New York Hospital was intimately associated with 
King's College, now Columbia University, as it was at a meeting 
held at the College that Dr. Samuel Bard, then a professor of the 
medical school of King's College, and later New York City phy- 
sician to President Washington, instituted the movement which 
led to the obtaining of the charter. Peter Middleton and John 
Jones were the other physicians associated with Dr. Bard, who in- 
duced some "most respectable and public-spirited" individuals 
to subscribe considerable sums of money for the purpose of erect- 
ing and establishing a public hospital. The names of these three 
748 HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
749 
physicians appear in the Royal Charter as the subjects who had 
presented a humble petition through Lieutenant-Governor Cadwal- 
lader Colden. Presumably the first suggestion that New York 
City (which then had a population of 21,000) needed a hospital, 
was embodied in an address delivered by Professor Bard in 
King's College on November 3, 1769, nineteen months prior to the 
granting of the charter; and apparently the suggestion then given 
was the primary cause responsible for the subsequent contribu- 
tions made. In "An Account of the New York Hospital" printed 
in 1820 by Mahlon Day, No. 84 Water street, New York City, is 
the record that "In the year 1770, some of the most respectable 
and public-spirited of the inhabitants of the city of New York 
subscribed considerable sums of money for the purpose of erect- 
ing and establishing a public hospital." This public spirit, with 
its resultant fund, probably was one of the principal influences 
present when the consideration of the humble petition for charter 
was before the King. In granting it, he included the "Mayor, 
Recorder, Aiderman and Assistant Aiderman, of the City of New 
York, the Rector of Trinity Church, New York, and one minister 
each of the ministries of the city, and the President of King's Col- 
lege, New York," among the parties incorporated under the name 
of the "Society of the Hospital of the City of New York in 
America, ' ' for the full and faithful stewardship of the royal powers 
granted. Notwithstanding the change of national government, 
the title of the institution remained as commanded by the Royal 
Charter until 1810, when it became "The Society of the New York 
Hospital." The historical pamphlet before mentioned is also re- 
sponsible for the statement that "through the influence of Dr. John 
Fothergill and Sir William Duncan, considerable contributions 
were made to the Society by many inhabitants of the City of Lon- 
don, and in 1772 the Legislature of the Province of New York 
granted an annual allowance of £800 in aid of the institution 
for twenty years. ' ' 
In 1773 the governors of the hospital purchased of Mrs. Bar- 
clay and Mr. Rutgers five acres of land, and plans of the building 
having been procured by Dr. Jones and passed by the governors, 
erection commenced. The buildings were to cost about $18,000, 
and the corner-stone was laid with appropriate ceremony by Lieu- 
tenant-Governor Tryon on July 23 (or 27), 1773; but on Feb- 
ruary 28, 1775, when the building had almost been completed it 750 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
"accidently took fire and was nearly consumed." The Society lost 
thereby $7,000, that sum having been expended on the portion 
destroyed. However, they were soon enabled to repair the dam- 
age, as the Legislature of the Province of New York took prompt 
action, and made a grant of £4,000 for the purpose of completing 
the building and of bringing the hospital into operation. At the 
outbreak of the Revolutionary War, the hospital was almost ready 
for occupation, and during the war it was completed, but it was des- 
tined to remain practically idle for many years thereafter. Dur- 
ing the war, it was to some extent used as a barracks for Hessian 
and British soldiers, and occasionally as a military hospital, but 
to all intents and purposes it was allowed to remain unused until 
1791, owing to the consequent general derangement of affairs fol- 
lowing the war. The city endeavored to secure the building as an 
almshouse sometime between the years 1786 and 1790, but without 
success. It is of interest to note that the region behind the hospital 
was at that time so secluded that it became the chosen place for 
duels, a notable duel being fought there in 1786. 
During the latter half of 1790, it was decided to repair the 
building, and on January 3, 1791, the house having been put in 
proper condition, the building was opened and admitted eighteen 
patients. 
Evidently the organizers had held firmly to their original pur- 
pose, and had prosecuted endeavors to secure State aid as soon as 
possible after the reconstitution of the country, for it is on record 
that the Legislature of the State of New York directed that £800 
annually be paid, for four years from the 1st day of February, 
1788, to the Hospital, out of moneys arising from the operation of 
excise assessments in the city of New York; and on the 11th of 
April, 1792, "for the better support of the New York Hospital," 
the State Legislature granted the institution annually £2,000 for 
five years. Many State grants were made to the hospital subse- 
quently, until on March 14, 1806, "in consequence of the repre- 
sentation of the governors, of the necessity of providing more 
suitable apartments for lunatics," the Legislature passed an act 
providing for an annual payment to the hospital of $12,500 addi- 
tional. 
In August 1796 the governors of the Hospital appropriated the 
sum of $500 for the purchase of a medical library, which was ren- 
dered of increasing importance by supplementary gifts of books HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
751 
from private libraries, and still further augmented by the purchase 
of the medical library of Dr. Romayne (who some years later be- 
came the first president of the College of Physicians and Surgeons), 
in 1800, and in 1805 by the accession "of the library of a private 
association of physicians, under the name of the Medical Society 
of New York," who gave their books, on condition that they and 
such of their sons as should become practitioners of medicine in 
the city of New York, should have the free use of the hospital 
library. In 1820, the library, including "the valuable Botanical 
Library" of Dr. David Hosack, contained about 4,800 volumes, so 
that practitioners of the city were wont to gather frequently at 
the hospital for medical study. That, and the fact that facilities 
were present for clinical observation and instruction, in reality, con- 
stituted the New York Hospital an instruction centre of much use- 
fulness to the medical practitioners of the city. 
The New York Hospital, in 1820, stood in an area about 455 feet 
by 400 feet; bounding first on Broadway; in the rear, on Church 
street; northerly, on Anthony street; and southerly, on Duane 
street. In 1801 this space was enclosed by a high brick wall. The 
description states that the "site of the hospital is elevated, being 
considerably above the level of Church street, and about six hun- 
dred yards distant from the Hudson River. It is one of the most 
open of any situations in the city, and possesses great advantages 
for the enjoyment of fresh and salubrious breezes." The principal 
building, denominated the Hospital, was of graystone, in simple 
Doric style, extending in front 124 feet, with depth of 50 feet in 
centre, and 86 feet at the wings. The building was of three stories 
above the basement. In each story of each wing were two wards, 
36 feet by 24 feet, and the second and third floors of center were 
used for accommodation of the house staff. In the third story was 
a theatre for surgical operations, fitted up so as to accommodate 
about two hundred persons. 
The hospital was liberally aided by State appropriations during 
its early years. In the second decade of the nineteenth century 
a movement was started to place in a separate institution all the 
insane patients in charge of the New York Hospital, in accordance 
with its agreement with the State authorities, and in 1821 the 
Bloomingdale Asylum for the Insane was opened, as a branch of 
New York Hospital. This enabled the New York Hospital to better 
cope with general hospital demands, and when, in 1827 the gover- 752 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
nors of the Hospital decided to end the arrangement whereby the 
New York Lying-In Hospital had for twenty-six years rented a 
portion of the New York Hospital building, further needed accom- 
modation was available for their own purposes. In 1840 a pathol- 
ogical cabinet, ' ' one of the most important in the city, ' ' was begun, 
and during the next half-century developed into a collection of 
specimens of morbid anatomy, casts, drawings, etc., embracing 
nearly three thousand specimens. 
The original hospital buildings were torn down in 1869, and a 
new structure was erected on West 15th street, between Fifth and 
Sixth avenues. The new hospital building was opened in 1877, 
and was said to be "one of the most luxuriously appointed hos- 
pitals in the world." The main building was seven stories in 
height, with a mansard roof, and provided accommodation for 
two hundred patients. It was as nearly fireproof as was then 
possible, being of stone, iron, and brick construction. In the rear, 
on West 16th street, was "the venerable Thom mansion," which 
was used as the administration building, and the various execu- 
tive offices of the hospital. 
The Training School for Nurses wras opened in 1877, and in 
1891 the nurses were quartered "in a handsome brick building, 
erected then for their use, and for the purpose of the New York 
Hospital library, which had grown to a considerable extent, and 
also to provide better display of the pathological museum." The 
library was later merged in that of the New York Academy of 
Medicine, making the latter the second largest collection of medical 
works in the country, the largest being that in charge of the United 
States Surgeon-General at Washington, D. C. 
The New York Hospital in the nineties treated over 5,000 
patients yearly; its buildings were heated by steam; it had the 
most modern system of ventilation, "secured by means of a large 
fan, which forced a current of air through the wards and corri- 
dors"; the kitchens and laundries were on the upper floors, and 
above the wards; and an "unusual and pleasing feature of the 
hospital was the solarium, a large room on the upper story of the 
administration building, covered with a canopy of translucent glass, 
filled with plants and flowers, fountains and aquaria, a sunny and 
healthful resting place for convalescents." It was at that time 
controlled by a board of twenty-six governors, and, besides the 
hospital proper, it supported the Bloomingdale Insane Asylum, the HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
753 
House of Relief, or Emergency Hospital, at 160 Chambers street, 
where over two thousand cases of accidents were received yearly; 
and a dispensary, where upwards of 20,000 patients were annually 
given free treatment and advice. Ambulance services responded 
to more than 4,000 calls yearly. During 1892 the total number of 
patients in all departments of the hospital was 38,118, and the 
grand total treated since its foundation was 577,630. The former 
site of the New York Hospital was then covered by substantial iron- 
front buildings, occupied by wholesale commercial houses. 
The superintendent of the hospital, George P. Ludlam, resigned 
in 1908, he having filled the office for thirty-two years. His suc- 
cessor was Dr. Thomas Howell, the present incumbent. The board 
of governors in 1910 purchased the block on 54th to 55th streets, 
between Eleventh and Twelfth avenues, at a cost of nearly a million 
and a half dollars, and though the question of erecting a new 
hospital has been often agitated, at the present time no permanent 
action has been taken. 
The gifts and bequests to the institution during the past seventy 
years have been numerous; forty-five donors have contributed 
amounts over $5,000, making a grand total of $1,600,000. The 
gift of $250,000 from George F. Baker, in 1912, was for the pur- 
pose of effecting an affiliation between the New York Hospital and 
the Cornell University Medical College, with the object of promot- 
ing medical reseach, also aiding in the care of the patients of the 
hospital and furthering the education of the students of the college. 
The board of governors of the hospital have charge of the de- 
partment for the treatment of mental diseases, known as the 
Bloomingdale Hospital at White Plains; the House of Relief, also 
called the Hudson Street Hospital, located at No. 67 Hudson street, 
which is for emergency cases, excepting contagious diseases; and 
the Campbell Convalescent Cottages, located at White Plains, 
which were formally opened November 28, 1908. In 1914 sixty- 
nine per cent, of the patients at the parent hospital, ninety-one 
and one-half per cent, at the Hudson Street Hospital, and one 
hundred per cent, at the Convalescent Cottages received free treat- 
ment. The hospital's authorities in 1916, at the request of the 
American Red Cross, organized the Base Hospital Unit No. 9, on 
the declaration of war by the United States government, the unit 
passed under the control of the war department. 754 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Lincoln Hospital and Home.-The Lincoln Hospital and Home 
(formerly the Colored Home and Hospital), of the City of New 
York, was established in 1839, and "An act to incorporate the 
'Colored Home' of the City of New York" named the "officers 
and managers of the Society for the Support of the 'Colored 
Home,' " William Shotwell, William W. Chester, James D. Fitch, 
Mary Shotwell, Lydia Beebee, Augusta Arcularius, and Hannah 
M. Chester, as to constitute "a body politic and corporate, by the 
name of the 'Colored Home' " to "provide for the support and 
comfort of infirm and destitute colored persons of both sexes." 
The Act of Incorporation was passed by the State Legislature on 
May 8, 1845, by a two-thirds majority, and thereafter the affairs 
of the Colored Home assumed greater importance, the institution 
having at its disposal more funds than hitherto. 
One of the earliest substantial benefactors of the Home was Mrs. 
Maria Shatzel, who in 1845 "bequeathed property to the Colored 
Home on condition that the said property, or the proceeds of it, 
should it be sold, shall be to constitute a permanent fund for a 
specific object, to be called 'The Jacob Shatzel Foundation,' the 
income of which alone shall be appropriated year by year, to the 
object designated." 
The Colored Home was located on 65th street, below First avenue, 
and in 1862 its medical department was still under the direction of 
Dr. James D. Fitch, who was one of the founders of the institution. 
He, as resident physician, was assisted by Dr. J. D. Lomax, and 
by W. R. Donaghe, M.D., attending surgeon. The medical council 
at that time was composed of physicians who were among the most 
skilled practitioners in New York City; included in the council 
were Drs. T. M. Markoe, G. A. Sabine, Willard Parker, J. S. The- 
baud, Gurdon Buck, T. M. Halstead, and Augustus DuBois. 
The Charity embraced four departments: the hospital for male 
patients, to which during 1862, 120 were admitted; the hospital for 
females, into the wards of which 312 patients were received in 
1862; the Lying-in Hospital and Nursery, in which department 
there were 165 patients in 1862; and the Home, or Department for 
the Aged and Infirm, as it was officially designated. In the Home 
department 324 aged persons were made comfortable during 1862. 
Altogether, the house expenses during the year 1862 amounted to 
about $14,000. The Jacob Shatzel Foundation furnished $1,075 of ST. LUKE'S HOSPITAL, NEW YORK CITY HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
755 
the revenue, and the City of New York the balance, the institution 
being, to all intents and purposes, a City hospital. 
In 1882, it was decided to change the name and call it the 
"Colored Home and Hospital," inasmuch as "about three-quar- 
ters of the inmates are hospital patients." In the same old quar- 
ters, the Charity continued in operation until 1898, when it was 
removed to more commodious and modern quarters. For several 
years prior to that, the managers had sought, and until 1897 with- 
out success, a means "whereby they might replace by a new build- 
ing the dilapidated structure wherein the hospital and home had 
been conducted for so long." In March, 1897, however, the City 
and Suburban Home Company made a satisfactory offer for the 
65th street site and building of the Colored Home and Hospital, 
and this opened the way to consummating the designs of the man- 
agers, who, on April 28th following, voted to sell the building and 
site, and purchase a suitable site for a new hospital building else- 
where. Eventually, thirty-eight lots at East 141st street and Con- 
cord avenue were purchased by them, the deed being delivered to 
the Colored Home and Hospital on July 14, 1897. Plans were then 
passed without delay for the erection of a suitable building on the 
up-town site, and preparations made to vacate the old building as 
early as possible. Contract was placed, and construction proceeded 
apace, so that on September 7, 1898, a new building of the Colored 
Home and Hospital was occupied, and the old building delivered to 
its purchasers for demolition. 
The name of the Hospital was subsequently changed to the pres- 
ent title. There is no color distinction in reference to the hospital 
patients, though the institution provides only a home for aged, 
infirm, destitute and incurable colored persons of both sexes. The 
capacity of the hospital is three hundred beds, and there are 
pavilions for gynaecological, maternity patients, and infectious 
diseases. The officers for 1918 are Miss Mary W. Booth, presi- 
dent; Mrs. Henry L. Stimson, Mrs. Charles Augustus Taylor, vice- 
presidents; Mrs. David H. McAlpin Pyle, treasurer; Miss Frances 
S. Whiting, corresponding secretary; Mrs. William Bateman Leeds,» 
recording secretary. The president of the medical board is Dr. 
Walter B. James, and at the head of the executive staff is Dr. 
Frederick Guyer. 
St. Luke's Hospital, New York.-The first steps toward the 
foundation of St. Luke's Hospital were taken by the Rev. William 756 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Augustus Muhlenberg, D.D., while rector of the Church of the 
Holy Communion. His thought was first expressed before his own 
congregation on St. Luke's Day, 1846, when he named his intended 
hospital for St. Luke, "the beloved physician," and devoted fifteen 
dollars (one-half the offertory), towards its erection. The first 
substantial gift to the purpose was the sum of $1,000 from Mrs. 
Lindlay Hoffman; but other liberal contributions soon followed. 
Through the efforts of Dr. Muhlenberg, seconded by those of 
Robert B. Minturn, John H. Swift, Murray Hoffman, and others, 
the project was sufficiently advanced in 1850 to permit of the in- 
corporation of the institution. While searching for a site, the 
managers learned of the efforts of the Rev. Moses Marcus, of the 
Free Anglo-American Church of St. George the Martyr, to estab- 
lish a hospital for British emigrants. A small sum of money had 
been collected, and, supported by a claim of Trinity Church against 
the city, a lien on certain land had been secured on condition that 
the Hospital should be erected within a definite term of years. 
This period was about to expire, when by mutual arrangement the 
effort to establish St. George's Hospital was merged in the move- 
ment which founded St. Luke's. 
The site selected was on the northwest corner of Fifth avenue 
and 54th street, now occupied by the University Club, and the 
corner-stone of the new Hospital building was laid by Bishop Wain- 
wright on May 6, 1854. In May, 1858, the first patients were ad- 
mitted to the Hospital, although its work had really been begun in 
1853 by the Sisters of the Holy Communion in the buildings con- 
nected with the church and the Sisters' house. In these quarters 
over 200 patients were cared for before the Hospital was com- 
pleted. In the new building the activities of the institution were 
carried on for many years until it became evident that the edifice 
was no longer adequate to the needs of the Hospital, or equal to 
the requirements of medical and surgical science. Accordingly, 
on February 19, 1892, forty-five city lots were purchased, forming 
the block bounded by Morningside and Amsterdam avenues, and 
113th and 114th streets. Plans for the erection of buildings on 
this site were perfected in 1892, and on May 6, 1893, the thirty- 
ninth anniversary of the same occasion at the old site, the corner- 
stone was laid by Right Rev. Henry C. Potter, D.D., Bishop of 
New York. On January 24, 1896, the buildings were ready for 
occupancy, and the work of the institution was transferred from HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
757 
the old Hospital to the new. In 1906 the Margaret J. Plant pavil- 
ion, devoted to the care of private patients, was erected, and five 
years later the Travers pavilion was completed. This provides 
for the Dispensary, the X-ray and Urological departments, living 
quarters for some of the Hospital employees, etc. The present 
buildings shelter about 350 patients, but when completed the entire 
group will accommodate about double this number. 
During the years of its growth, St. Luke's Hospital has gone 
through several transition periods, corresponding more or less 
closely to the incumbency of the three superintendents who have 
directed its policies. During the time from 1850 to 1877, when 
the Rev. Dr. Muhlenberg was pastor and superintendent, the in- 
stitution fulfilled especially its founder's object of providing what 
was essentially a nursing home, in which very active medical and 
surgical work was not required. Under the guidance of the Rev. 
George S. Baker, from 1877 to 1900, the medical and surgical staffs 
of the institution were greatly increased and more cases of acute 
illness were treated; while since the accession of the Rev. George 
F. Clover to the superintendency the institution has been placed 
in the front rank of the world's modem hospitals, and through the 
development of its laboratory facilities, the encouragement of re- 
search, the expansion of the out-patient department, the institution 
of a well-organized social service, etc., it has become an important 
factor in the medical progress of the city. A noteworthy step was 
the arrangement with Columbia University, made in 1909, as the 
result of which the fourth-year students of the College of Physi- 
cians and Surgeons are also members of the teaching staff of the 
College of Physicians and Surgeons, and since its foundation St. 
Luke's Hospital has had on its staff many of the city's most 
famous medical men. Among these must be mentioned such 
physicians as Doctors Alonzo Clark, T. Gaillard Thomas, Edward 
W. Lambert, James W. McLane, Edward Delafield, Francis Dela- 
field, and Edward G. Janeway, and such surgeons as Doctors Gur- 
don Buck, Henry B. Sands, Robert F. Weir, Thomas T. Sabine, 
Charles McBurney, and William T. Bull; while Doctor John C. 
Dalton was the Hospital's first pathologist. 
(Contributed by Karl M. Vogel, Secretary of Medical Board.) 
St. Vincent's Hospital.-This Hospital was founded by the Sis- 
ters of Charity in the year 1849, under the auspices of the Most 758 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Rev. Archbishop Hughes, and the hospital report for the year 1874 
contained a "brief synopsis of the progress and working of the 
Hospital from its foundation to its twenty-fifth year." That syn- 
opsis records that the St. Vincent's Hospital was "the first charity 
hospital in this city depending on voluntary contributions," the 
New York Hospital and Bellevue being substantially supported by 
the city and State. Having no endowment, the foundation of the 
funds of St. Vincent's Hospital was laid by the Very Rev. William 
Starrs, V.G., who, conjointly with the mother-house of the Order 
of Mount St. Vincent, advanced money to rent and furnish a house. 
A three-storied brick building on East 13th street was rented and 
fitted up, and on November 1, 1849, opened for the reception of 
patients, under the management of Mother M. Angela, with four 
other Sisters; the director and medical and surgical board were: 
Very Rev. William Starrs, V.G., director; Prof. Valentine Mott, 
M.D., president and consulting surgeon; William Power, M.D., 
William Murray, M.D., attending physicians; and Prof. W. H. 
Van Buren, M.D., and C. Schmidt, M.D., attending surgeons. 
At the opening, the Hospital had a capacity of thirty beds, all 
of which "were immediately occupied." In May, 1852, an ad- 
joining house of like dimensions was rented, increasing the ac- 
commodation to seventy beds. The institution was operated during 
early years under great difficulty, owing to the slenderness of the 
funds available, very few subscriptions being received from the 
general public. During the first year, only $400 was received in 
donations from persons outside those directly concerned in the 
founding of the institution, and when in 1852 the accommodation 
was increased to seventy beds, because of the urgent need, it was 
done mainly "on faith," the review stating that "the additional 
room only added still more to the labor and embarrassments of the 
Sisters, and not a little to the discomfort of the patients, there 
being neither gaslight, Croton water, closets nor baths, throughout 
the house. This want of necessary conveniences was made more 
sensible during the prevalence of typhus fever in 1852." Funds, 
however, were always eventually forthcoming, and in a few years 
the necessity for a more spacious and better-adapted building be- 
came imperative. Consequently, in 1856 the Sisters rented the 
Orphanage of the Roman Catholic Orphan Asylum, at 11th street 
and Seventh avenue. Extensive alterations and repairs were neces- 
sary, but a public appeal brought support, mainly from people of HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
759 
the Roman Catholic faith, to the amount of about $45,000, between 
the years 1856 and 1860. The Sisters were thus enabled to get the 
necessary repairs completed, and in many other ways arrange for 
the expansion of their charity. An adjoining lot was purchased 
and two wings were added to the hospital proper, and still a sum 
was left unused. This the Sisters set apart to establish a building 
fund. The alterations and additions doubled the service of the 
St. Vincent's Hospital, giving 140 beds. Patients who could afford 
to pay were charged three dollars weekly. In a short while, how- 
ever, it became evident that the hospital was in danger of becoming 
hopelessly involved pecuniarily, by reason of the great number of 
free patients. Some restrictive system was necessary, and eventu- 
ally was inaugurated by dividing two wards into private rooms. 
Subsequently, however, these were restored to their original use, 
and the private-room department transferred to another house, 
No. 166 West 12th street, "where patients with ample means de- 
siring the seclusion and comforts of a home could be accommo- 
dated." In 1870 the hospital was incorporated as "The St. Vin- 
cent's Hospital of the City of New York." 
The institution was not permitted long to enjoy adequate quar- 
ters. In 1874 the hospital had outgrown its accommodation, and 
it was decided to procure "larger and more modem accommoda- 
tion." Eventually, fifteen vacant lots on Ninth Avenue and 68th 
street were purchased, though the purchase involved the institu- 
tion in a very heavy responsibility, an indebtedness of $100,000. 
An appeal wras made for public support, which apparently was not 
adequately answered, for the project was not carried much further. 
Eventually the lots were sold, it having been decided to build on 
the site then occupied by the hospital buildings. In 1882 the pri- 
vate houses on West 12th street were vacated to make way for 
the new building, and demolition and reconstruction was prose- 
cuted with vigor. On December 9, 1883, the new building on West 
12th street was formally opened, the institution thus having the 
use of a modernly fitted hospital building, five stories in height, 
and "the only hospital in New York arranged exclusively for pri- 
vate patients." Applications by pay patients were soon much 
greater than the institution could cope with; in fact, in 1890, 
because of the "constant necessity of reiterating 'no room,' " the 
Sisters were compelled to undertake the erection of a new building, 
notwithstanding that at that time the "slender resources of the 760 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
hospital were already heavily taxed to meet the interest on the 
existing debt of $90,000." Ground for the new building was 
broken early in the summer of 1890, and construction work com- 
menced immediately. The building site was on the corner of 
Seventh avenue and 12th street, and the building, when erected, 
would complete the northern wing of the Hospital. Its building 
added $80,000 to the debt of the institution, but the liability was 
courageously undertaken, and the wing formally opened, on Octo- 
ber 29, 1891, by His Grace, Archbishop Corrigan. A training 
school for nurses was established in 1892, and two years later, "in 
view of the marked success of the female training school," the 
Sisters decided to organize a male training school. 
In 1897 the entire reconstruction of the 11th street Hospital, 
which had been devoted to the needs of the sick poor, was decided 
upon, and it was planned to build upon the site a new hospital of 
six stories, at a cost of about $300,000. The reconstruction would 
enable the Sisters to receive into the free hospital 174 more patients 
than formerly was possible. The new plans, with the inevitable 
added liability, resulted in the formation on April 7, 1897, of an 
auxiliary association to aid the Sisters in many ways, but mainly 
financial. The Ladies' Auxiliary at its organization consisted of 
sixty ladies, under the presidency of Mrs. Eugene Kelly. Their 
efforts resulted in the securing of a fund of $9,000 with which to 
furnish the rooms and wards with clothing, etc., and each year 
since that time the Auxiliary has appreciably lightened the re- 
sponsibilities of the Sisters. 
The new building was dedicated on May 30, 1899, the report 
stating that ' ' all the plans of the founders and successors have been 
realized, and the hospital stands to-day among the best organized 
and equipped of similar institutions in the city." That year also 
was auspicious, seeing that it marked the fiftieth year of the ex- 
istence of the institution. On November 26th the celebration of 
the golden jubilee of the hospital began, and continued for three 
days. 
In 1900 the institution "realized the full measure of usefulness 
of the completed south wing." Altogether, 3,681 patients were 
treated during that year in the pay and free hospitals; of these 1,161 
were wholly charity patients, and 1,255 paid in part only. In the 
out-patients department, 5,331 cases were given attention, and 
2,828 ambulance calls were responded to. The report for that year HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
761 
stated that the automobile ambulance of St. Vincent's Hospital 
was ' ' the first built in this country. ' ' 
At the instigation of "a large number of influential citizens of 
Staten Island," the Sisters of St. Vincent's Hospital established 
a branch hospital in the Borough of Richmond, locating it at West 
Brighton, where on Thanksgiving Day of 1903 the hospital was 
formally opened by Cardinal (then Archbishop) Farley. More 
that five thousand people inspected the building on that day. The 
hospital was intended for the reception of poor and pay patients, 
and soon was filled to fullest capacity-about seventy patients. 
The hospital was named "The St. Vincent's Hospital in the Bor- 
ough of Richmond, ' ' and furnished a needed and much-appreciated 
service. 
In 1905, the hospital for charity patients on 11th street, New 
York City, became overcrowded, and it was decided to build an 
extension; this was quickly erected, and was opened on November 
1 of that year. In 1905 also an extension was made to the Nurses' 
Home, thereby enabling the institution to provide accommodation 
for sixty-nine nurses. 
In 1906, a branch hospital was established at Washington 
Heights, New York City. The small building at the corner of 163rd 
street and Edgecombe road was secured, the necessary alterations 
were made, and on August 10th opened for the reception of 
patients. Up to December 31, 1906, fifty-four patients were re- 
ceived, and twenty-six received treatment in its dispensary. The 
venture eventually took the name of the "St. Lawrence Branch 
Hospital." In 1911 this branch needed enlarged accommodation, 
and plans were passed for a proposed new branch hospital. Erec- 
tion commenced that year. 
The main hospitals of the St. Vincent's institution continued to 
expand. In 1907, owing to an increase of nearly one thousand 
patients, it became necessary to add considerably to the nursing 
staff. To provide the requisite accommodation for the additional 
nurse-pupils, a five-story house was rented and furnished, and the 
Nurses' Home on 12th street was in 1911 considerably enlarged, 
four additional and adjoining houses being added. 
The St. Lawrence Hospital staff consists of T. Kelly, D. Dono- 
van, T. F. Reilly, T. D. Merrigan, T. F. Lancer, M. J. Horan, T. 
H. Curtin, J. J. Sheridan, J. D. Kernan; Sister Mother Ignatius 
is the superintendent. The visiting staff of the St. Vincent's Hos- 762 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
pital is: C. J. MaeGuire, H. M. Biggs, J. M. Ferrer, C. E. Nam- 
mack, W. L. Bauer. 
The St. Vincent's Hospital of the Borough of Richmond is 
located at Bard and Castleton avenues, West New Brighton. The 
staff physician is W. A. Bastedo, the surgeon E. L. Keyes, who 
have the assistance of a corps of twenty-five assistants and special- 
ists. 
Mount Sinai Hospital.-The Mount Sinai Hospital was estab- 
lished in 1852 by a number of benevolent Hebrews, one of the most 
active of the projectors being Sampson Simson, who gave a lot of 
land on 28th street for the purpose. The hospital building was 
opened in 1855, and the institution was originally known as "The 
Jews' Hospital in the City of New York." The hospital was con- 
ducted at its original location until 1872, when the demands for 
admission to the wards having grown far beyond the capacity of 
the hospital, the institution was removed to an extensive group 
of buildings on Lexington avenue, extending from 66th street to 
67th street. The land on which the buildings had been erected had 
been leased from the city for a term of ninety-nine years at a 
nominal rental of one dollar yearly. The plant comprised mainly 
three five-story buildings, of brick and stone, connected by closed 
corridors. The medical and surgical divisions each had four main 
wards; there was a gynecological department, and a children's 
ward; also an eye-and-ear department, to which six rooms, each 
containing two beds, were allotted. These were on the first floor 
of the administration building on Lexington avenue. On the same 
floor was the directors' board room, offices for superintendent and 
physicians, a sitting room, and a library of more than 2,000 vol- 
umes. The remaining rooms were given up to private rooms, those 
of the house staff and superintendent, the synagogue, and operating 
rooms. The wards for women and children occupied the northern 
wing on 67th street, and the men's wards were in the southern 
wing. All wards contained about 20 to 25 beds. In the rear of 
the administration building were placed the isolation house, for 
contagious cases, the laundry building, and the morgue. The 
kitchen and dining rooms were in the basement of the administra- 
tion building. Just opposite, on 67th street, the dispensary was 
erected in 1890, at a cost of about $125,000. A tunnel connected 
it with the hospital. The first story of front is of Belleville stone, MOUNT SINAI HOSPITAL, NEW YORK CITY-MAIN BUILDINGS HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
763 
and the other five stories are of salmon pressed brick and terra 
cotta. On the right is entrance to free dispensary, which with its 
reception rooms and small operating and examination rooms occu- 
pied the first two stories of the building. On the left side of the build- 
ing was the entrance to the Ladies ' Auxiliary Association, and the 
Training School for Nurses. The Ladies' Auxiliary was organized 
in 1872, and has been of considerable help to the institution ever 
since. The Training School for Nurses was established in 1881. 
By 1892, Mount Sinai Hospital had reached the point where it 
was admitting to the hospital over 3,000 cases yearly, ninety per 
cent, of whom were free patients; it was then in receipt of a larger 
proportion of the annual HospitaLSunday collection than any other 
of the local institutions, as its percentage of free patients was the 
largest. Ninety per cent, of its patients were Russian Jews, 
though as a matter of fact the hospital is open to the sick and dis- 
abled of all nationalities and creeds. It was asserted that Mount 
Sinai was the first hospital in the city to admit women physicians 
to membership on its house staff. Women also were on the general 
staff, and had charge of a division in the children's department of 
the out-patients department. The administration of the hospital 
was under a board of directors, elected by members. The directors 
had the appointment of medical and surgical staff, all the members 
of which served without remuneration for two years. The hospital 
in 1892 accommodated 220 patients, including those in private 
rooms, who were charged from $12 to $40 weekly. In 1892, 5,669 
sick people applied for admittance, but only 3,159 could be ad- 
mitted. Over 70,000 were treated in the dispensary. 
The Mount Sinai Training School for Nurses is one of the largest 
and most progressive in the country. This is accounted for by the 
splendid equipment of the hospital for scientific and humanitarian 
work. The endowment fund of the hospital amounts to $260,000. 
The Mount Sinai Base Hospital Unit, consisting of twenty-three 
doctors, sixty-five nurses, and 155 enlisted men, was mobilized for 
war service in December, 1916, and sailed for Europe the follow- 
ing February. They afterwards became known as Base Hospital 
Unit No. 3. The hospital has for a number of years maintained a 
service consisting of small wards for men and women suffering 
from pulmonary tuberculosis. Partly in recognition of the highly 
specialized character of the diagnostic and therapeutic work in 
this field, a new clinical division was established, and named the 764 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Tuberculosis Division. This was separated from the regular medi- 
cal service, and Dr. Alfred Meyer placed at its head. The con- 
sulting staff for 1918 are Drs. A. Jacobi, Julius Rudisch, William 
F. Fluhrer, Arpad G. Gerster, Emil Mayer. 
Roosevelt Hospital.-The Roosevelt Hospital, the buildings of 
which are directly opposite those of the College of Physicians and 
Surgeons on 59th street, New York City, was founded in 1863, 
owing its existence to the bequest of James H. Roosevelt, who that 
year left his whole estate "for the establishment in the city of 
New York of a hospital for the reception and relief of sick and 
diseased persons, and for its permanent endowment." The insti- 
tution, though available to, and to large measure used for clinical 
purposes by the faculty, teaching staff, and students of the college, 
is not governmentally connected with it. 
The amount received from the bequest was a little more than 
$1,000,000, and after long and careful consideration the nine trus- 
tees under the will decided to adopt the pavilion plan, the site 
available being the entire block from Ninth to Tenth avenues, and 
from 58th to 59th streets. The original design was for a central 
administration building, with two pavilions on each side for 
patients and their attendants, to be connected with the adminis- 
tration building by covered corridors, and yet so far apart from 
each other as to secure light and ventilation for all. The funds 
at the disposal of the trustees, an ex-officio member of which was, 
according to the conditions of the bequest, the president of the 
College of Physicians and Surgeons, did not admit of the execution 
of the entire plan. 
In February, 1864, the Legislature granted corporate powers 
under the name of the Roosevelt Hospital. The corner-stone of the 
main building was laid October 29, 1869, and the hospital formally 
opened November 2, 1871. The cost of the grounds and the build- 
ings constructed thereon up to 1893, together with their equipment, 
amounted to about $1,200,000, and the hospital was referred to 
in 1874, by one eminent surgeon as "without exception the most 
complete medical charity in every respect" that he had ever seen. 
The buildings constructed comprised: (a) An administration build- 
ing, in the centre of the block, facing on 59th street, a four-story 
brick edifice, containing the offices, examining room, apothecary's 
department, staff dining room, etc., on first floor; on second floor, ROOSEVELT HOSPITAL, NEW YORK HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
765 
the private apartments of the superintendent, a reception room for 
trustees, a medical board room, and an amphitheatre for clinical 
instruction, etc.; on the third floor, a few rooms for private 
patients; on the fourth floor, two surgical wards, one for women 
and the other for children; (b) In the rear of the administration 
building, facing on 58th street, is the building used for kitchen, 
laundry, store room, sewing room, linen room, and dining and sleep- 
ing rooms for help; while in the basement, and running east, are 
boiler room, engine room, fan room, and various agencies for heat- 
ing and ventilating all the buildings; (c) East of the administra- 
tion building and facing on 59th street, is the medical pavilion, a 
four-story structure, with wards on each floor for patients, as well 
as living quarters for members of the house staff and nurses; (d) 
east of the medical pavilion is the surgical pavilion, containing a 
ward for thirty-six male patients, with room for members of the 
house staff and male nurses; (e) east of the surgical pavilion is 
the "Syms Operating Theatre," built later, through the munifi- 
cence of William J. Syms, who left about $350,000 for its con- 
struction, equipment, and endowment. Of that amount, $150,000 
was reserved for maintenance. At the time of its establishment, 
the Syms Operating Theatre was stated to be "the best-appointed 
operating building in this or any other country." The building is 
of brick, with granite trimmings, and was built in the most sub- 
stantial manner. The main amphitheatre ' ' occupies the centre and 
is semi-circular in shape, with abruptly rising seats, to allow an 
unobstructed view of the operating table, from all parts of the 
room." In the basement are the janitor's apartments, the engine 
room, and the fan-room for ventilating. The first story contains, 
besides the operating room for septic cases, a private reception 
room for patients, an examining room, two etherizing rooms, a 
photographic room, a microscopic room, a bandaging-preparation 
room, a bandage storage room, an instrument-washing room, and 
an instrument room. The floors are of mosaic tile, and in many 
cases the wall are wainscoted in marble. On the second floor, south 
front, are four rooms for the reception of patients, after oper- 
ation, and on the floor above are six other rooms for nurses, etc.; 
(f) There was also the small and perfectly appointed McLane 
Operating Room, opened in 1890, the gift of Dr. James W. Mc- 
Lane, then president of the College of Physicians and Sur- 
geons, in memory of his son, James W. McLane, Jr., 766 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
and designed solely for the use of gynecological service; 
(g) Adjoining the administration building, on the west, was the 
out-patient department, which received over 83,000 visits during 
1892; (h) A building was also erected for ambulance purposes and 
for morgue. 
The private patients' pavilion was erected in 1896, and the 
Training School for Nurses was organized the same year. The 
accident building was erected in 1898, and provision was made in 
the first story for treatment of. emergency and accident cases. In 
the second story a medical ward was opened in February, 1899, 
known as the Catharine H. Bliss Ward for sick children, and four- 
teen beds endowed in perpetuity. A new administration office for 
the use of the superintendent was constructed and occupied in 
1901. In 1908 a new laboratory was constructed, providing ac- 
commodations for pathological and bacteriological laboratories, also 
rooms for clinical records, a new roof garden, adjoining the chil- 
dren's medical ward, and one adjoining the children's surgical 
ward. A Nurses' Home, containing one hundred and eight in- 
dividual bedrooms, was erected in 1911. The ambulance service 
which had been established in 1877 was discontinued in 1909. A 
fireproof building was erected in 1912 by Dr. Lewis Rutherford 
Morris for the use of the Harriman Research Laboratory, where 
special studies of metabolism and digestive ferments are conducted 
by the chemists of that staff, under the direction of Dr. William 
Gordon Lyle. 
The officers of the board of trustees in 1918 are: W. Emlen 
Roosevelt, president; W. Irving Clark, vice-president; John Mason 
Knox, secretary; Richard Trimble, treasurer. The officers of the 
medical board are John S. Thacher, president; Howard C. Taylor, 
vice-president; Albert E. Sumner, secretary. The superintendent 
is Charles B. Grimshaw. 
Lenox Hill Hospital.-The Lenox Hill Hospital, formerly the 
German Hospital and Dispensary, now located at East 77th street, 
New York City, between Park and Lexington avenues, was or- 
ganized in its dispensary work in 1857. A paper-covered pamph- 
let, printed by M. W. Siebert, 17 North William street, New York 
City, in 1857, entitled the "Constitution and By-Laws of the Ger- 
man Dispensary," states that "the German Dispensary of the City 
of New York was organized because the need of such an institution HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
767 
was evident, to give medical advice in their own tongue to inhabi- 
tants of New York City who speak the German language, a great 
many indigent sick persons, ignorant of the English tongue. ' ' The 
constitution was adopted January 19, 1857, the associators being 
for the most part persons of German birth or antecedents. The 
associators pledged themselves to subscribe an annual due of five 
dollars as members; a board of twelve directors was formed; also 
a medical board, which was designated "The College of Physi- 
cians." Drs. E. Krackowizer and Abraham Jacobi were probably 
the best known and most active of the New York physicians identi- 
fied with the founding of the German Dispensary, and the original 
board of directors elected for the years 1857-1858 were: Ferdinand 
Karck, president; Edwin A. Oelrichs, vice-president; Bernard 
Roelkar, secretary; Eugene S. Ballin, treasurer; R. A. Witthaus, 
M. K. Rosenfeld, Ferdinand Luis, W. Ruehl, R. Garrique, Carl 
F. Dietz, C. Henschel, M.D., E. Krackowizer, M.D. The original 
medical board, or "College of Physicians," as it was termed, con- 
sisted of Drs. J. Goldmark, C. Henschel, M. Herzog, A. Jacobi, J. 
Kammerer, C. Krackowizer, W. Von Roth, E. Schilling, E. Schwed- 
ler, J. Schnetter, F. Strube, L. Voss. The dispensary was opened 
at 132 New Canal street, formerly 210 Walker street, and during 
the year 1857, 3,000 patients were treated. 
In 1861 the charter of the "German Hospital and Dispensary 
in the City of New York" was granted by the Legislature, and in 
March 26, 1866, an amendment was secured. Of the new corpora- 
tion, the following were appointed to constitute the first ' ' College of 
Physicians": Drs. Ernst Krackowizer, L. Voss, E. Schwedler, Jo- 
seph Schnetter, F. Zinsser, A. Jacobi, M. Herzog, E. Schilling, C. 
Lellmann, E. Rosenberg, Franz Simrock, J. Kammerer, E. Noeg- 
gerath, L. Stern, and H. Althof. A. Belmont, H. Wesendouck, P. 
Bissinger, Emil Sauer, Theodore Dreyer, A. Weissemann, E. F. 
Lieber, F. Schnack, F. Kapp, W. Heye, E. S. Ballin, C. Koehler, 
C. Althof, C. G. Gunther, G. Schwab, W. Wallach, H. Barnstorff, 
and C. Unger, comprised the board of trustees. 
The German Hospital was opened September 13, 1869, its estab- 
lishment being assured by two donations, one of $10,000 in 1868 
from Mr. Jacob Mann, and one of $55,058.66 in 1869, a bequest 
from F. H. Von Diergardt. From date of opening to December 
31, 1869, 189 patients were received, and in that year 14,657 pa- 
tients were treated at the dispensary. 768 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Since the foundation of the hospital, the institution had bene- 
fited in bequests to the extent of $352,047.56. Included in this 
total, which placed the institution in such a sound financial position 
were: $10,000 in 1868 from Jacob Mann; $55,058.66, in 1869, from 
F. H. Von Diergardt; $12,221.66 in 1884, from Emma Streeker; 
$10,000, in 1884, from Anna Ottendorf er; $10,000 in 1885, from 
Sarah Burr, and two further sums of $20,000, two and four years 
later, from the same benefactor; $10,000, in 1891, from F. L. Frey; 
$15,000, in 1894, from John Hein; $10,000, in same year, from E. 
M. Just, and shortly afterwards, a similar amount from Charles 
F. and C. H. Tag; $10,645, in 1897, from John Roth; $10,000, in 
1897, from E. Oelbermann; and $10,627.47, in 1899, from Albert 
Ehrhardt. The building operations undertaken by the institution 
during the thirty-year period were: Original hospital building, in 
1869; pavilion, for skin diseases, in 1875; Isolation pavilion, in 
1880; women's department, in 1882; dispensary building on Sec- 
ond avenue, in 1884; the dispensary being moved from East 8th 
street to 137 Second avenue in that year; middle wing of present 
hospital, in 1888; nurses' home, in 1893, the erection of which 
building was made possible by the munificence of the Ottendorfer 
family, and the interest of Mr. Oswald Ottendorfer, chairman of 
advisory committee, who also was mainly instrumental in getting 
the women's pavilion and the dispensary building erected. 
In 1900 plans were passed for the erection of an annex to the 
hospital, at the corner of 77th street and Lexington avenue, to 
provide accommodation for seventy additional patients. The build- 
ing, the estimated cost of which was $180,000, was another bene- 
faction of the Ottendorfer family. It was completed and opened 
in 1901. In 1902 further additions were made, the western part 
of the hospital buildings, which had been erected thirty-four years 
previously, being then rebuilt and raised so as to become uniform 
with the other buildings of the group. 
August Zinsser was president in 1906, and was active in bring- 
ing about the removal of the dispensary from the Second avenue 
location, to that of the hospital department. The dispensary build- 
ing at 137 Second avenue had been erected in 1883 at the expense 
of Mrs. Anna Ottendorfer, and at that time it was convenient of 
call to the majority of the German section of New York City resi- 
dents, but the centre of the German population having, in the in- 
tervening thirty-three years, located further uptown, the trustees HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
769 
in 1906 decided upon the removal of the dispensary, being in- 
fluenced also by their wish to have the two departments near each 
other. The dispensary building on Second avenue was therefore 
sold to the German Polyclinic, and arrangements were made to 
erect, "on a very considerably enlarged scale," another dispen- 
sary at the northeast corner of 76th street and Park avenue. The 
sale of the Second avenue building realized $82,000, and the chil- 
dren of Mrs. Anna Ottendorfer (Edward Uhl and Mrs. Anna 
Woerishoffer), undertook to provide the amount necessary to com- 
plete the new building, which cost in all $250,000, "in memory of 
their never-to-be-forgotten mother," asking that the building be 
known as the "Anna Ottendorfer Dispensary." 
During the year 1905, the hospital treated 3,886 patients, and 
the new dispensary building was opened March 16, 1907. In that 
year also the land on which the German Hospital stood became the 
property of the German Hospital Association. In 1908 two new 
buildings were added to the hospital group; on March 21 the in- 
auguration of the Isolation Pavilion was held, which building was 
a gift of Jacob Ruppert, Sr.; and shortly afterwards the pavilion 
for consumptive patients, a one-story building on West Court, was 
unostentatiously opened, Mrs. Anna Woerishoffer having caused 
the building to be erected in memory of her brother, Edward Uhl. 
The German Hospital thus claimed to be the first private institu- 
tion in New York City to establish a special station for the treat- 
ment of pulmonary diseases. In 1909, the fortieth anniversary of 
the founding of the hospital, two properties, Nos. 1088 and 1090 
Lexington avenue, adjoining the German Hospital Training School 
for Nurses, were purchased for hospital purposes by the German 
Hospital trustees. In 1910, the construction of a separate building 
was commenced, to provide quarters for a new department, intra- 
thoracic surgery, created by Dr. Willy Meyer; and in that year 
Mrs. Anna Woerishoffer donated the sum of $100,000, for the cre- 
ation of a department for children, to be known as the "Abraham 
Jacobi Division for Children of the German Hospital. ' ' 
Including all departments, the German Hospital Association 
treated 48,228 patients in 1912; 6,935 were cared for by the hos- 
pital department, and 35,380 by the dispensary. The total current 
operating expenses for the year were $239,990.07, and current rev- 
enue, $217,235.44. The assets of the corporation stood at $834,660, 
at the end of 1912. The capacity of the German Hospital in 1915 770 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
was 310 beds; 8,983 patients were treated in that year, 6,440 being 
free. The officers then were: F. Achelis, president; E. Henes, 
treasurer; C. Heye, secretary; L. Kortum, superintendent. 
Presbyterian Hospital.-The Presbyterian Hospital in the City 
of New York was chartered February 28, 1868, and the first build- 
ings were opened in 1872. The institution originated in the press- 
ing need for enlarged hospital accommodations to meet the increas- 
ing wants of the sick and disabled of the rapidly increasing popu- 
lation. The beautiful site for the edifice, on 70th street, with its 
ample grounds, valued at $250,000, was the gift of James Lenox, 
who gave also $250,000 in money towards the erection of a struc- 
ture which should embrace all the modern improvements in hos- 
pital architecture, at a cost of about one million. Other wealthy 
philanthropists contributed generously, and the property and con- 
cerns of the institution were vested in and managed by a board 
of thirty managers, prominent among whom were: James Lenox, 
president; John C. Green, vice-president; Aaron B. Belknap, 
Robert M. Hartley, Henry M. Taber, Jonathan Sturges, James 
Brown, William M. Vermilye, Alexander Van Renssalaer, Robert 
L. Stuart, Morris K. Jessop, J. T. Johnson, Dr. Willard Parker, 
William E. Dodge, Edward S. Jaffray, Henry Parish and Wash- 
ington R. Vermilye. 
In 1889 most of the original buildings were destroyed by fire, 
and in consequence the entire scheme was rearranged with a view 
to greater efficiency, convenience, and economy. In the rebuilding, 
the latest and best methods of hospital construction were fol- 
lowed. The buildings were of brick, and comprised an imposing 
group, occupying the entire block between Madison and Park ave- 
nues, and extending from 70th to 71st street. The operating pavil- 
ion, administration building, and dispensary, which was first 
established in 1888, were erected on 70th street; in the rear of the 
dispensary, and on Madison avenue, wras built the chapel, and near 
it the isolation pavilion. On 71st street were placed the large 
medical and surgical pavilions, and a surgical administration build- 
ing; and on Park avenue, a second surgical pavilion. The pavilions 
provided twenty-two wards, having three hundred and thirty beds, 
possible of increase to 450, and numerous other rooms for various 
purposes, such as reception rooms, parlor, dining rooms, doctors' 
parlors, and consultation rooms, twenty-two rooms for private PRESBYTERIAN HOSPITAL HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
771 
patients, drying rooms, dormitories, solaria, besides others. The 
buildings were of masonry and iron throughout, fireproof, with a 
most modern system of ventilation, the great factor in the system 
being the lofty dispensary tower on Madison avenue, which had at 
its base a large battery of steam-driven fans. The new operating 
theatre had three halls for surgical operation, each with a series 
of adjoining rooms; the amphitheatre had seating capacity for 
100 persons; the smaller operating rooms were for serious oper- 
ations where privacy was essential. The pathological department 
was fully equipped with the best modern appliances, and the new 
dispensary, a lofty hall, 100 feet in length, was surrounded by 
consultation rooms, provided with every convenience for the treat- 
ment of patients. It was considered a model of its class. Alto- 
gether, about $1,200,000 was expended in completing the plant, 
which while mainly supported by members of the Presbyterian 
and Reformed churches, was entirely undenominational in its 
work, less than ten per cent, of the patients being Presbyterians, 
and over fifty per cent, being Roman Catholics. In the nineties, 
3,000 to 4,000 patients were yearly treated in the institution's hos- 
pital departments, almost all gratuitously. More than seventy 
thousand persons were annually treated in the dispensary. 
The strength of the Presbyterian Hospital has proved equal to 
the unprecedented strain to which it has been subjected during the 
past decade. The forty-eighth anniversary was held in the board 
of managers' room, December 12, 1916, the president, William 
Sloane, presiding, and remarks were made by William V. S. 
Thorne, the treasurer. A report was read from the Presbyterian 
Base Hospital Unit, the first to be mustered into the army and 
ordered to overseas duty. The Unit was stationed at No. 1 Gen- 
eral Hospital, situated on the coast of Normandy. 
The presidents who succeeded Mr. Lenox were Robert L. Stuart, 
Edwin D. Morgan, George W. Lane, John S. Kennedy, who served 
the institution as the executive officer for twenty-five years, Frede- 
rick Sturges, who was made president emeritus in 1916, and was 
succeeded by William Sloane, the present incumbent. 
St. Francis Hospital.-The St. Francis Hospital, an important 
and large charity conducted by the Sisters of the Poor of St. 
Francis, at East 142nd street, between Brook and St. Ann's ave- 
nues, New York City, completed the first half century of its ex- 772 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
istence on May 1, 1915. In response to a petition from the Re- 
demptorist Fathers and parishioners of the Church of the Most 
Holy Redeemer in Third street, the establishment of the hospital 
was undertaken. In the spring of 1865 two small dwellings on 
Fifth street, east of Avenue B, were purchased for $17,500 of 
which $10,000 was loaned to the Sisters by several Catholic so- 
cieties, without interest, for one year, the remainder being raised 
on a first mortgage. To these empty houses came, on May 1, 1865, 
one Sister and a postulant from St. Peter's Hospital, Brooklyn. 
"They had no means whatever, and no financial support . . . 
and the loaf of bread which the postulant brought was their sole 
food supply on the first day, and the empty straw tick that each 
carried, after being filled with straw by a friendly undertaker in 
the neighborhood, was the only furnishing for their humble quar- 
ters. " Soon, however, financial support was extended to them, 
and they were joined by four Sisters of the Order from Cincinnati, 
and jointly they rearranged, furnished and opened the two houses 
as the St. Francis' Hospital, with a capacity of about fifty beds. 
The formal dedication took place on October 4, 1865, although 
patients had been received some time prior to that date. 
The Sisters, "who were the first to appear (in New York) in 
their religious garb to solicit alms," suffered many vicissitudes 
during the early years, but "through the unremitting assiduity 
of these Christian women," the work steadily and rapidly pro- 
gressed. In 1866 a house on Sixth street was purchased and pre- 
sented to the Sisters. This they devoted to the aged and infirm, 
caring for many poor abandoned girls at their other establishment. 
In 1869 three adjacent houses on Fifth street were purchased, and 
the erection of the first wing of a large and permanent hospital 
was begun, the addition being opened in the following year. In 
1871 another house was secured, and a second wing, containing a 
chapel and operating rooms, was begun. This was finished and 
opened in October, 1872, giving the hospital a total capacity of 
150 beds. From time to time additional property was acquired, 
until in 1884 the convent part of the structure was built, affording 
additional room for the great number of sick poor clamoring for 
admission, and increasing the number of beds to 280. 
After some years of struggling the Sisters, in 1901, acquired the 
plot of ground bounded by 142nd and 143rd streets, and Brook 
and St. Ann's avenues, and erected the present St. Francis' Hos- HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
773 
pital. Ground was broken the same year, and the corner-stone 
laid on December 8, 1902. On March 1, 1906, the new institution 
was dedicated by His Eminence Cardinal (then Archbishop) John 
M. Farley, of New York, and on the 15th of the month the wards, 
comfortably furnished, were thrown open for the reception of 
patients. The new buildings are substantial and of dignified ap- 
pearance ; the main building faces 142nd street, and has a frontage 
of 326 feet by a depth of 107 feet at the wings. It contains eighteen 
wards, of large capacity, several smaller ones, and about forty pri- 
vate rooms. Since its opening, many improvements have been 
added, pathological and X-ray laboratories, et cetera. Of the 
group of buildings, the next to the main building is the chapel, 48 
by 80 feet, and next stands the Sisters' house, 120 by 54 feet, in the 
lower floors of which are the kitchen, store rooms, and accessories 
of the plant. The building for stables and male help, and house 
for female help, the boiler house, engine room, morgue, and the 
recently built staff house occupy most of the remaining space in the 
block. All buildings are of substantial construction, though de- 
void of all ornamentation, and have modern systems of plumbing, 
lighting, heating and ventilation. 
The accommodation available at the new hospital brought about 
the closing of the old building on Fifth street, at least, for hospital 
purposes in general, though after extensive alteration it was, as the 
St. Francis ' Home, made to serve as an annex to the new hospital, 
and to it were sent chronic and incurable cases, this class of patient 
taxing its capacity to the uttermost, with a long list of applicants 
awaiting admission. 
The first annual report issued was for the year 1867. There was 
no definite organization of the medical staff until 1876, when a 
medical board was organized, the medical affairs of the institution 
continuing under its administration until 1906, when the new 
hospital was opened. The Provincial Superior then, to centralize 
responsibility, delegated the management of its medical affairs to 
Dr. John Doming, as physician-in-chief. 
During the year 1915, 3,808 patients were treated in the hospital, 
1,616 in medical division and 2,440 in surgical division. This 
shows vast increase since first report, 1866, when 485 were treated. 
In thirty-seven years, 1878 to 1915, 22,885 operations were per- 
formed in the hospital and altogether, from August 1865 to De- 774 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
cember 1915, 108,439 persons were admitted to the hospital as 
patients. 
Hahnemann Hospital.-This is one of the noblest institutions of 
homoeopathy in America, and one of the most extensive of its kind 
in the world. The original hospital association was formed Sep- 
tember 7, 1869, and on the evening of December 14 following a 
large meeting was held in the Union League Club Theatre to in- 
augurate a movement to establish a homoeopathic hospital in the 
city. Dr. John F. Gray, one of the oldest and best representatives 
of his school in the city, was chairman, and under his inspiration 
much enthusiasm was aroused, and the movement from one of dis- 
cussion took a definite form. A building was secured at No. 307 
East 55th street, and a hospital accommodating fifteen patients 
was opened in January, 1870. Dr. F. Seeger was the first medical 
director. 
The Woman's Infirmary Association of Washington Heights 
was organized mainly through the efforts of Dr. J. W. Mitchell. It 
was incorporated in October, 1863, opened May 10, 1864, and in 
1868 was removed from its former location to the corner of Sixth 
avenue and West 48th street. In 1869 this charity was merged in 
the Woman's department of Hahnemann Hospital. 
The Ladies' Aid Society of the Hahnemann Hospital was or- 
ganized in December, 1869, and at once took measures to raise 
funds for the hospital. The Legislature gave material aid to the 
Association in the way of property rights to the value of from 
$70,000 to $80,000; also through the charity appropriation bill, 
$20,000, and the city of New York appropriated $10,000. 
At this time there existed in New York three distinct hospital 
organizations, all under the patronage of homoeopathy and its 
friends. These were the Hahnemann Hospital, the New York 
Homoeopathic Surgical Hospital, and the New York Homoeopathic 
Hospital for Women and Children. These institutions were merged 
and consolidated under one organization by an Act of the Legis- 
lature passed March 20, 1875. The new corporation at once set 
vigorously about the task of providing a hospital home; the Ladies' 
Association held a fair and raised the net sum of $25,000; the 
treasury of the hospital had a cash balance of $15,000; the sum 
of $3,000 was acquired from other sources, and the city gave land 
on Fourth avenue (now Park avenue), between 67th and 68th HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
775 
streets, and on that site the erection of a hospital was commenced, 
the cornerstone being laid October 25, 1876. The hospital was 
formally opened October 31, 1878, and its present capacity is 140 
beds, and the institution is recognized as one of the most useful 
charities of the city. 
St. Elizabeth's Hospital.-The Sisters of the Third Order of St. 
Francis of Assisi founded the St. Elizabeth's Hospital in 1870. 
It was located at 225 West 31st street, New York City, and to the 
limit of its capacity, which was ninety beds, the medical charity 
was free to all who needed the service, whether gratuitously, or 
for payment, and patients were received without distinction as to 
religion or race. Dr. O. S. Paine was the surgeon-in-charge for 
many years, and other prominent New York City physicians early 
identified with the institution were H. G. Piffard, J. Marion Sims, 
F. H. Hamilton, F. N. Otis, Austin Flint, A. Jacobi, W. M. Flem- 
ing and H. D. Noyes. 
The hospital is now (1917) conducted at 415-419 West 51st 
street, and has a medical staff of about seventy-five physicians and 
specialists. 
Flower Hospital.-The Flower Hospital, New York City, is the 
hospital department of the New York Homoeopathic Medical Col- 
lege, the history of which is elsewhere extensively recorded in this 
work. The college first held its sessions on the third floor of a 
building on the corner of Third avenue and 20th street, but after 
the completion (in 1872) of the new building of the New York 
Ophthalmic Hospital on the northeast corner of 23d street and 
Third avenue, facilities were provided for the college in that build- 
ing. Here it remained until 1890, when the increasing needs of 
the college, and particularly its need of a hospital of its own, where 
the students could obtain unrestricted opportunities for clinical 
teaching, brought a desirable change of location and curriculum, 
bedside instruction to a much larger extent than becoming possible 
to the students in the new hospital erected for the institution on 
the corner of 63d street and Avenue A. 
The advantage to the college arose from the interest and munifi- 
cence of many staunch friends of Homoeopathy-Mr. John D. 
Rockefeller, the late David Dows, and several others-who had con- 
tributed a sum sufficient to justify the purchase of sixteen lots of 
land upon Avenue A, extending from 63rd to 64th streets, upon 776 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
which the present college building was erected; and through the 
generosity of the late Hon. Roswell P. Flower the Hospital and 
Surgical Amphitheatre, which bears his name, was built upon the 
southeast corner of the lot, and four years later the Medical Hos- 
pital, standing upon the southwest corner, was erected. 
In 1901 Mr. Anson R. Flower bought and presented to the in- 
stitution the large tenement building adjoining the hospital. This 
was remodelled, and the lower part converted into a dispensary. 
A new ambulance stable, with accommodation for drivers, was 
added in 1902, gifts of Mr. Benjamin C. Van Dyke and Mr. Nathan 
M. Flower, and when, in 1909, the Roosevelt Hospital gave up its 
ambulance service, a large portion of the district service was as- 
sumed by the Flower Hospital, which increased service has since 
been efficiently maintained. To provide the increased hospital 
facilities, this large emergency service demanded, many improve- 
ments and additions were made, including larger quarters for the 
nurses. The nurses formerly occupied small quarters on the top 
floor of the hospital building, but, the trustees having purchased 
a tenement house adjoining the college property, and spent $10,000 
in modernizing the tenement, the Training School for Nurses was 
removed thereto, thus furnishing an additional fifty beds in the 
hospital. 
The medical board is drawn from the faculty of the college, a 
satisfactory arrangement, giving the hospital the constant use of 
the college laboratories, which are fully equipped, and in daily 
operation. The Professor of Clinical Medicine visits the bedside 
of each patient in the hospital every morning, the arrangement 
preventing the overlooking of an obscure condition, and in the 
treatment of charity patients, as well as those who are able to pay, 
in whole or in part, the faculty of the college assumes full re- 
sponsibility. The male division contains a large and commodious 
surgical amphitheatre, seating about two hundred; also an emer- 
gency room, surgical ward, medical ward, sewing room, X-ray 
rooms, and admitting office. The female division of the hospital 
adjoining contains the Kunhardt Ward, furnished as a memorial 
to her late husband, by Mrs. H. R. Kunhardt, and the Benedict 
Ward, furnished by Mrs. E. C. Benedict ; the maternity ward, fur- 
nished through the efforts of Dr. Danforth; the Children's Ward, 
established by Mrs. Martin Deschere, and the Doughty Ward, by 
Miss Swords; with laundry in the basement. Notwithstanding the HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
777 
large capacity of the hospital, its accommodation is often in- 
adequate to the demands for admittance. 
The chief hospital officers number about twenty, and it has a 
medical and surgical board of fifty-six; 3,514 patients were treated 
during the hospital year of 1914-15; the ambulance department 
made 5,671 calls; and the out-patient department, attended by 
twenty-six physicians, treated 27,000 patients. 
In honor of the Flower family, some members of which have con- 
tributed so much to the success of the hospital, the name of the 
college-hospital corporation was by legislative enactment in 1908 
changed to the New York Homoeopathic Medical College and 
Flower Hospital. 
To provide additional and much needed accommodation, a pavil- 
ion for private cases was built in 1913-14 on the 64th street side of 
the hospital plot. The building, which was opened in February, 
1914, was built to a height of six stories and basement, and fur- 
nished with the most up-to-date equipment. The first floor is de- 
voted to administrative purposes, the second has four wards of 
six beds each and seven private rooms; the third is for maternity 
cases, and has a two-bed and a four-bed ward, eleven private 
rooms, a delivery room, and a nursery; the fourth and fifth floors 
each have sixteen rooms; the sixth floor has two operating rooms, 
sterilizing rooms, anaesthetic rooms, supply rooms, doctors' rooms, 
and a recovery room. In the basement is the main kitchen, the diet 
kitchen, store room, refrigerators, and dining rooms for nurses and 
internes. A new power plant was also built at the same time be- 
tween the private pavilion and the college. Through the instru- 
mentality of Dr. Tod Helmuth, funds were raised in 1914 for the 
establishment of new X-ray equipment, which was placed on the 
second floor of the male division. The real estate of the corpo- 
ration is valued at $690,682.27, and with furnishings, at over one 
million dollars. 
French Hospital.-This was established in 1881 under the 
auspices of the Societe Frangaise de Bienfaisance, a French benevo- 
lent society of New York City. It was designed for the French 
poor of the city and foreigners who were able to pay. Indigent 
patients are, however, admitted free, and accident cases are re- 
ceived at any time. The hospital is situated at Nos. 450-458 West 
34th street. The consulting staff is: Physicians, J. Julio Henna, 778 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Thomas Darlington, John S. Sauvalle, Joseph D. Nagel, Antonio 
Stella, Nathaniel B. Potter; surgeons, Charles H. Peck, George G. 
Van Schaick, Ramon Guiteras, Porter F. Chambers; specialists, 
Emrique V. Agramonte, Charles H. May, James P. Erskine, 
James A. Booth, W. R. Williams, Jose M. Ferree, Robert H. Mc- 
Connell, Maximilian A. Ramierz, Percy R. Turnure, Edgar K. Pool, 
J. P. Hoguet, Marcus I. Blank, Albert K. Detwiller. 
New York Polyclinic Hospital.-The history of the New York 
Polyclinic Hospital is intertwined with that of the New York Poly- 
clinic Medical School, regarding which a chapter has been written 
for this work. This brief writing therefore is confined to some 
general remarks, and to a description of the hospital, as it is to- 
day. 
Until May 1, 1912, the hospital was conducted in East 34th 
street, but on that date the new school and hospital building at 
341-351 West 50th street was formally opened, and occupied by 
the two departments, and since then the hospital has much ex- 
panded its service. The present capacity is 300 beds, and its cur- 
rent expenses are correspondingly heavy. For the year ending 
September 30, 1915, the current receipts of the institution (school 
and hospital) were $255,792.72, including $16,594.50 received in 
fees from students, and the current expenditures amounted to 
$274,652.78, the bulk of which amount represented outgoings of 
the hospital department. The assets of the institution on Septem- 
ber 30, 1915, were stated to be $538,710.95, represented mainly by 
"Property and Equipment," $514,765.08. The liabilities were 
then $59,908.15. During that hospital year, 2,138 private patients 
were cared for in the hospital, and 1,951 "part paying" patients. 
There were also 274 free patients, and thus the total number of 
patients treated in the hospital during the year were 4,712. Over 
18,000 new patients received treatment in the dispensary of the 
institution; 31,715 prescriptions were filled; 4,556 ambulance calls 
were answered; and 6,365 examinations in the pathological labo- 
ratories were made. 
In 1915 the house staff were transferred from the ninth floor of 
the hospital building to an adjoining house on 51st street, thereby 
releasing ten additional beds for patients. Also, the vacant build- 
ing at 337 West 50th street was renovated, painted and fitted up 
as a nurses' dormitory and class-room. HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
779 
The hospital has in connection with it a large Training School 
for Nurses, and to its post-graduate Training School for Nurses 
there had been 733 applications for admission in 1915. The 
Alumnse Association of Polyclinic Nurses is a strong society, with 
a membership of 192. The average number of Polyclinic Nurses 
on special duty in the Polyclinic Hospital, which gives, where 
possible, preference to the graduates of its own school, was 178 
monthly. 
A noteworthy event in the history of the institution was the fire 
which partially destroyed the hospital on Christmas Day of 1896. 
Fortunately all the patients were safely removed, and given tem- 
porary accommodation in hotels and other hospitals of the vicinity. 
New York Post-Graduate Hospital.-The New York Post-Grad- 
uate Hospital, which to-day holds so prominent a position among 
the hospitals of New York City, came into operation because of 
the inadequacy of clinical material available to the New York Post- 
Graduate Medical School in 1884. Much of the history is embodied 
in the chapter devoted in this work, to recording the origin and 
development of the Post-Graduate Medical School. 
When the School moved, in the spring of 1884, from a rented 
room or two in the College of Pharmacy building, East 23rd street, 
to a building formerly used as an Old Ladies' Home, No. 226 
East 20th street, the founders had opportunity to develop the hos- 
pital idea which had been in their minds from the outset. The hos- 
pital department was opened on May 1, 1884, in the school build- 
ing; at first, only a ward for surgical diseases for women, and 
several small rooms for individual patients were prepared, the 
school having no endowment with which to support free beds, but 
little by little the capacity of the hospital was increased until 
all of the building above the second floor was filled with patients. 
The Post-Graduate Hospital claims to be "the first hospital in 
the City of New York to provide especial care by themselves, for 
infants under three years of age." The Babies' Ward was opened 
in November, 1885, its establishment within the School building 
on East 20th street having been made possible mainly through 
the exertions of Dr. Sarah J. McNutt, who so impressed a benevo- 
lent woman of New York City with the need of such a hospital that 
she donated the sum of money necessary to fit up a ward for the 
treatment of children. The ward had accommodation for twenty 780 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
children at the time of the opening. Over one hundred patients 
were treated in the hospital during its first year. The resident 
physician and surgeon was Samuel Lloyd, materially assisted, of 
course, by the attending staff represented in the faculty of the 
School. 
In a large measure because of the rapid development of the 
hospital, it became necessary in 1891 to consider seriously means 
whereby more commodious quarters might be obtained for the 
school and hospital, and a few years later the institution was able 
to enter into possession of a beautiful school and hospital building 
specially erected for the corporation, on the corner of Second 
avenue and 20th street. The building, six stories high, with ac- 
commodations for 190 patients, in addition to the quarters required 
for the purposes of the large school, was formally opened May 8, 
1894, over six thousand people attending. 
The financial needs was a matter of serious concern for many 
years. In its early years the income of the school department was 
able to provide sufficient to cover the hospital requirements, but 
when the hospital department vastly extended its scope of work 
outside support was needed. In 1898, Dr. George N. Miller, one of 
the executive officers, appealed for $150,000 to endow the institu- 
tion, and during the next few years strenuous efforts were exerted 
to accomplish this. 
In 1899, Mr. H. C. Fahnestock gave $100,000 so that a new 
Nurses' Home might be built, within convenient distance of the 
hospital building. This when built on 19th street, opposite the 
hospital, afforded accommodation for sixty-five nurses, the removal 
of the nurses giving the hospital much needed additional space 
within the hospital building for patients. The Training School 
for Nurses was organized in December, 1885, with five pupils, and 
in the intervening years to that of its housing in the Margaret 
Fahnestock Training School for Nurses had grown in proportion 
to the development of the hospital. 
During the Spanish-American War, many sick and wounded 
soldiers were received into the wards of the Post-Graduate Hos- 
pital. As to the high standard of medical service given at the 
New York Post-Graduate Hospital, this may be inferred from 
action taken in 1904 by the Association of the Elks, which at that 
time sought a hospital wherein they might secure, by permanent 
endowment, two beds for sick members of their order. Eventually HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
781 
the association placed $15,000 with the directors of the Post- 
Graduate Hospital for the stated purpose, having decided upon that 
action after having considered offers from other New York Hos- 
pitals, in which they were offered service at a much lower figure. 
In 1905, over $200,000 was raised to clear the hospital of debt, and 
the institution also benefited to the extent of $142,000 by the will 
of Miss Margarette A. Jones, a tablet to whose memory was 
placed in a prominent position in the hospital. 
Probably the most important event in the history of the insti- 
tution occurred in 1908, when intimation was conveyed to the di- 
rectors that Mr. Frederick Cooper Hewitt, of Owego, New York, 
a classmate at Yale of Dr. Roosa, who for twenty-five years had 
been president of the Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital, 
had bequeathed to the institution his estate, then estimated to be 
worth about $2,000,000. After some litigation, the right of the 
Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital to this property was 
confirmed, and the institution eventually benefited to the extent 
of about $1,600,000. This and further substantial bequests and 
donations enabled the directors to proceed with their plans to 
further expand the work of the institution, and by the autumn of 
1910 the additional buildings erected doubled the capacity of the 
hospital. The Margaret Fahnestock Training School for Nurses 
was also expanded to meet the requirements of the hospital, Mr. 
H. C. Fahnestock contributing a further $100,000 for that purpose 
in 1909. Building operations continued through 1912, and on 
January 11, 1913, the addition to the hospital group of buildings 
was dedicated. It then had capacity for four hundred patients. 
The New York Post-Graduate Hospital Report for the hospital 
year 1914-15 gave out the information that during the year over 
9,000 persons were admitted as bed patients into the hospital; 
that over 5,000 operations had been performed in the surgical am- 
phitheatres; that 30,000 examinations were made in the labora- 
tories ; that 209,541 visits were made by patients to the dispensary; 
and that over 200,000 prescriptions had been filled at cost. Ap- 
proximately $121,000 wTas spent by the institution during the year 
for the maintenance and treatment of the indigent sick, free 
patients having been treated in the hospital during the year for 
an aggregate number of 67,170 days. Thus one may have an idea 
of the vast work of charity conducted by the New York Post- 
Graduate Hospital. 782 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Knickerbocker Hospital.-It was in 1862 that a small dispensary 
was organized in what was then the northern limits of the city. 
It was known as the Manhattan Dispensary, and was incorporated 
May 23, 1862, and located at the corner of Amsterdam avenue 
and 131st street. The city at this time in that locality was not 
densely populated, but during the construction of the aqueduct, 
owing to blasting, there were numerous accidents. A physician of 
the neighborhood interceded with J. Hood Wright, a prominent 
resident of that section, and he, with a number of other citizens in 
the neighborhood, became interested in the enterprise, and the 
result was the opening of a hospital department in 1885. In 1891 
a building was erected on the site of the dispensary, which was 
enlarged and completed during 1892. 
By an order of the Supreme Court, in September, 1895, the hos- 
pital was renamed the J. Hood Wright Memorial Hospital, the 
members of the Wright family agreeing to assume the liquidation 
of a mortgage of $24,000, then in force on the property. The hos- 
pital is governed by a board of managers elected by the members 
of the association. Any person paying ten dollars annually be- 
came a member, and by paying $300 a life member. The hospital 
has been materially helped in its usefulness by a Ladies' Asso- 
ciation ; the president of this organization for many years was Mrs. 
J. Hood Wright. The present title of the hospital was adopted 
June 16,1913. The ambulance district of the hospital is from 72nd 
to 145th streets, St. Nicholas avenue and the west side of 8th avenue, 
to the Hudson river. Incurable and contagious diseases are not ad- 
mitted. The officers of the board of managers, in 1916, were: 
President, Macomb G. Foster; secretary, Edward D. Jones; treas- 
urer, Mortimer N. Buckner. The superintendent is Lucy M. More. 
The visiting physician and surgeons' staff are: Henry B. Henson, 
John E. Welch, Harold Barclay, George T. Chase, Howard D. Col- 
lins, Ernest Fahnestock. The number of patients treated in 1916 
were: 318 paying, 835 public charges, and 228 free. The real estate 
and personal property of the institution are valued at $1,000,000. 
Beth David Hospital.-This is the outgrowth of the Yorkville 
Dispensary and Hospital for Women and Children, which was 
established in 1886 and incorporated November 29 of that year. 
It was located at Nos. 246-248 East 82nd street. The Beth David 
Hospital is at the corner of Lexington avenue and 113th street, HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
783 
and it has a capacity of one hundred beds. It was opened April 
20, 1912, and licensed as a private hospital November 19, 1912; it 
was, however, to provide a dispensary for the poor, regardless of 
creed, color or race. No chronic or contagious diseases are re- 
ceived for treatment. 
St. Mark's Hospital.-A number of physicians in 1887 prevailed 
upon German-American lodges and associations with which they 
were affiliated to open in a neighborhood then thickly populated 
by German-Americans, a Hospital where their members could be 
treated in sickness. This Hospital was established in a modest 
four-story tenement house at 66 St. Mark's Place, under the name 
of Lodge and Association Hospital. The Hospital was poorly 
equipped, the patients were mostly poor people, and the support 
given by the lodges and associations was totally inadequate to 
keep the institution alive. 
At the head of the medical service stood at that time Dr. Carl 
Beck, a young surgeon who had been assistant to Professor Virchow, 
in Berlin, and who later on won fame as the first surgeon to apply 
X-rays on fractures in this country. When it became apparent 
that the Lodge and Association Hospital could no longer keep open 
its doors, Dr. Carl Beck succeeded in interesting a few personal 
friends in the maintenance and extension of the good work done by 
the Lodge and Association Hospital. Drs. Carl Beck, Leonard 
Weber, H. L. Garrigues, Emil Neumer, C. A. Von Ramsdohr, I. M. 
Rottenberg, with D. McLean Shaw, a lawyer, Maximilian M. Rut- 
tenau, a merchant, together with several other gentlemen, took over 
the Lodge and Association Hospital's personal property, pledged 
themselves to pay its debt, and incorporated, under the laws of the 
State of New York, St. Mark's Hospital of New York City, on 
March 7, 1890. 
The building at 66 St. Mark's Place soon proved inadequate to 
meet the demands; many poor people applying for admission had 
to be turned away for want of room, and it was found an impera- 
tive necessity to move into larger quarters. The board of man- 
agers and the medical board contributing large sums themselves, and 
a number of friends coming forward with large donations, the 
Corporation of St. Mark's Hospital purchased in 1893 the building 
at 177 Second avenue, a private dwelling with a front of 25 feet 
on the avenue, for $30,000. On the vacant part of the lot a fire- 784 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
proof five-story extension was erected, and the old building re- 
modeled and enlarged by the addition of another story, the total 
building operations costing $28,000. The new building was 
opened with appropriate ceremonies on February 17, 1894. The 
work of the Hospital having again outgrown its quarters, the ad- 
joining building, 179 Second avenue, was purchased in 1898 at a 
cost of $30,000 for the building and $8,000 for alterations. In this 
building a modern Dispensary was installed during 1906 at a cost 
of $5,103.50. 
The St. Mark's Hospital Training School for Nurses, established 
1892 with two pupil nurses, now required more room and dormi- 
tories for pupil nurses. The building at 240 East 12th street, ad- 
joining the Hospital building in the rear, was purchased in 1907 
at a cost of $20,000 to serve as a Nurses' Home. 
During most of this time and until 1910, Dr. Carl Beck was the 
head and soul of the institution, with the faithful assistance of a 
few friends loyal to him and the institution in which they saw 
embodied the work of their lifetime. During 1910 Dr. Beck fell 
sick, a victim of his X-ray researches, and, being incapacitated 
from active work, the management of the institution fell practi- 
cally upon the shoulders of the chairman of the executive commit- 
tee, Mr. Maximilian M. Ruttenau. When it became apparent that 
Dr. Beck could never resume his duties and responsibilities as 
president, it was found necessary to cast about for an eminent 
surgeon fit to be his successor, to follow up his noble, unselfish work, 
build out further, and expand the sphere of usefulness of the 
Hospital, and to be possessed of such personal qualities, coupled 
with social connections, as to be able to enlist the support of the 
well-to-do. This man searched for was found in the person of Dr. 
Benjamin T. Tilton, who was persuaded to accept the presidency 
of St. Mark's Hospital in February, 1911. At that time the 
number of patients treated during the year had risen to 1,523, the 
number of days to 22,244, receipts to $62,851.13, and expenses to 
$62,356.97. 
During the year 1915-1916, 2,662 patients were treated during 
29,536 hospital days; receipts were $68,782.59, and expenses $70,- 
615.87. The present Hospital buildings contain four public 
wards, four semi-private wards, one obstetrical ward and nursery, 
one children's ward, twelve private rooms, operating room, de- 
livery room, dressing room, pathological laboratory, drug store and HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
785 
chemical laboratory, dispensary, kitchen, store rooms, laundry and 
offices. The building at 240 East 12th street contains dormitories, 
bed rooms, parlor and sitting room for pupil nurses, as also a diet 
kitchen used during the lectures on dietetics. The total cost of 
grounds, buildings, furnishings and equipment owned by St. 
Mark's Hospital is a little over $130,000. Since the incorporation 
of the Hospital, 119,717 persons have been treated in all depart- 
ments; 549,581 hospital days have been furnished, of which 176,123 
were free; 280,169 visits were made at the Dispensary; 189 trained 
nurses received diplomas from the Training School. 
The members of the Board of Managers are: Benjamin T. Til- 
ton, M.D., president; Bradley Martin, vice-president; Thomas W. 
Slocum, treasurer; Andrew Von Grimm, M.D., secretary; Charles 
C. Burlingham, Henry E. Meeker, Charles R. L. Putnam, M.D., 
Newell W. Tilton, Julius F. Workum, president of the Medical 
Board; Reynold Webb Wilcox, M.D., LL.D., D.C.L. Of the original 
incorporators the following are still surviving and actively engaged 
in the work of the Hospital: William F. Mittendorf, M.D., con- 
sulting ophthalmologist; I. M. Rottenberg, M.D., secretary of the 
Medical Board; Maximilian M. Ruttenau, auditor. The present 
aim of the management is to acquire additional real estate in order 
to enlarge the hospital buildings and enable the institution to do 
justice to all demands made upon it by an everincreasing number 
of needy sick. 
Lebanon Hospital.-The Lebanon Hospital Association was or- 
ganized in 1889 and incorporated July 17, 1890. Its inception was 
mainly due to Jonas Weil, who from experience in trying to place a 
poor sick patient in a charitable institution, was confronted with the 
overcrowded condition of hospital accommodations, which had not 
kept pace with the rapid increase of the city's population. He headed 
a subscription list with $10,000, and the benevolent residents of Jew- 
ish origin of the city responded until a sum was raised to enable the 
purchase of the building formerly occupied by the Ursuline Con- 
vent, at 155th street and Westchester avenue. The hospital was 
entirely non-sectarian and was opened for the sick of the deserving 
poor, regardless of race, religion or nationality, and kept accord- 
ing to the Jewish dietary laws. 
The twenty-first annual report of the institution, dated January 
1, 1916, shows that the hospital treated 5,132 patients, which rep- 786 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
resented nationalities of thirty-one countries; the dispensary 
patients treated were 46,861, and the emergency patients 3,303. 
Jonas Weil was president of the association, a position which he 
had filled since its organization. The superintendent was W. Daub, 
and the staff of physicians and surgeons was headed by Dr. E. P. 
Zamansky. The hospital has three ambulances, an obstetrical and 
children's ward, and is located on Westchester, Cauldwell and 
Trinity avenues. 
Beth Israel Hospital.-This was incorporated in May, 1890, 
and was located at No. 206 Broadway, for the gratuitous 
treatment of the lower East Side poor of New York City. The 
hospital was called upon to minister to the poor sick of the Hebrew 
population, but on account of its limited capacity of twenty-eight 
beds was unable to receive all that applied. The superintendent 
was J. Borchardt. The first steps for securing a permanent location 
for the hospital was made in 1895, when a plot 78 by 100 feet was 
purchased at the northwestern corner of Jefferson and Cherry 
streets, its present location. The Beth Israel Hospital is in every 
sense an institution for the poor and the poor only. Of the five 
hundred and one patients treated in 1900, seventy-five per cent, 
were born in Russia, twenty per cent, were born in the Austrian 
provinces, including Rumania and Galicia. 
The membership dues are the principal source of the hospital's 
revenue. The trustees in 1900 contracted for the erection of the 
new building, to be equipped with one hundred and five beds for 
patients, at the cost of $115,000. The adjoining property on the 
north of the hospital was purchased in 1904, the hospital then 
owned the entire block on Jefferson street between Monroe and 
Cherry streets. The present capacity of the hospital is one hundred 
and fifty beds, and acute non-contagious diseases are received for 
treatment. The superintendent is L. J. Frank. 
Columbus Hospital.-Columbus Hospital, which owes its name 
probably to the fact that it was organized in 1892, the year in 
which came the four hundredth anniversary of the discovery of the 
western hemisphere by Christopher Columbus, was founded by 
and placed in charge of the Salesian Missionary Sisters of the 
Sacred Heart, an Italian religious order. 
The first location of the hospital was at No. 41 East 12th street, HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
787 
an ordinary dwelling house which the Sisters rented and adapted 
to the purpose intended. Their work among the sick rapidly in- 
creased beyond the limits of the accommodation available, and 
strenuous efforts were made to obtain a more commodious building, 
in a district accessible to those for whom it was intended. Suc- 
ceeding in their efforts, the Sisters, under the guidance and advice 
of His Grace the Archbishop of New York, purchased the property 
at No. 226 East 20th street in January, 1895, and two months later 
entered into occupation. Articles of incorporation were secured 
in March, 1895, and a year later the hospital was formally opened 
by the Archbishop. The hospital had accommodation for 100 beds, 
although at the outset only eighty were established, sixty of which 
were free. Although founded under Italian auspices, by a religious 
order emanating from Italy and designed primarily for the poor 
Italians of the city, its doors are open to all patients, irrespective 
of nationality, to the full limit of its accommodation. In 1896, 615 
patients were treated in the hospital, 434 of whom were of Italian 
nationality; and the out-door department gave treatment to 849 
patients. 
The original patrons of the institution, as shown on the First 
Annual Report were: The Most Rev. M. A. Corrigan, D.D., Arch- 
bishop of New York; Cav. Giovanni Bianchi; General Di Cesnola; 
General Ferrero; Judge Joseph Daly; Messrs. John D. Cummins, 
Wm. H. Field, Rd. O'Gorman, Wm. R. Grace, C. P. Huntington, 
J. A. McCall, Ed. S. Rapallo; and Drs. Stephen Smith and Law- 
rence Ullo. The medical staff in 1896 consisted of: G. Boucher, 
Stephen Smith, and Geo. F. Shrady, consultants; C. H. Lewis, F. 
Ferguson and J. E. Winters, visiting physicians; R. Guiteras and 
S. J. Walsh, visiting surgeons; B. E. Emmett, P. Callan, C. G. 
Coakley, specialists; Edward Schnapper, house physician and sur- 
geon. In 1898 the institution sheltered over 900 patients, nine- 
tenths of whom contributed nothing to the support of the hospital, 
which possessed no endowment or income-producing property. 
The superintendent in 1918 is Mother M. Josephine; the visiting 
physicians, R. H. Halsey, Antonio Pisani, Antonio Stella, T. A. 
Martin; the visiting surgeons, Ramon Guiteras, S. J. Walsh, Iganzio 
Collica, F. C. Keller, J. J. McGrath, H. H. James; specialists, G. 
F. Adams, T. H. Cherry, W. B. Noyes, G. T. Elliott, P. H. Fitz- 
hugh, P. A. Callan, Otto Prellwitz, H. C. Hazen, Frank Fortunato, 
Eugene Wehmeyer. 788 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Sydenham Hospital.-The incorporation dates from June 20, 
1892. By its constitution a contribution of $1,500 endows a life 
bed; one of $2,500 a memorial bed, and $5,000 a perpetual bed. 
The membership of the hospital consists of a perpetuity member, 
who contributes $1,000; a life membership is $500; donors dues are 
$100; associate donors $50; patrons $25; members $10, and junior 
members $5 annually. Two perpetual beds have been endowed, 
one to the memory of Meyer Guggenheim, the other to Johana 
Kunitzer, mother of Dr. Robert Kunitzer, dedicated by the board 
of directors in appreciation of his unselfish and untiring devotion 
to the Sydenham Hospital. There also are three life beds, one in 
memory of Sam Shubert, another to Isaac and Ziphorah Hirsch, 
and a third dedicated by Louis Mark to his Hungarian countrymen. 
The success of the institution is largely due to the spirit and 
exertion of Dr. Robert Kunitzer, who has been its champion since 
its birth, and has labored and struggled for its welfare. The hos- 
pital is located at Nos. 331-347 East 116th street, and its dispensary, 
located at No. 347 East 116th street, is open daily with the ex- 
ception of Sundays and holidays. The institution is a member of 
the Federation of Charities established for the better conduct of 
the eleemosynary enterprises of the Borough of Manhattan. The 
hospital treated from its organization to January 1, 1917, 20,854 
cases, and in the dispensary 383,929 cases. A Training School for 
Nurses is maintained. The efficient staff of the hospital is headed 
by Dr. Robert Kunitzer. 
Park Hospital.-This was formerly known as The New York Red 
Cross Hospital and Training School for Red Cross Nurses. A de- 
voted worker among the poor in the crowded tenement districts of 
New York City was Miss Bettina A. Hofker, who in 1888 began to 
nurse the poor in their homes, assisted by the Rev. John Johns and 
Dr. A. Monae Lesser. In 1891, having become convinced that a 
course of studies was essential to the greatest degree of success in 
nursing, she entered Mount Sinai Training School for Nurses. 
There she influenced another nurse, Miss Catherine Spence, and 
later Miss Hedwig Klee, to continue her tenement work. Dr. Lesser 
however continued in the work, which was much facilitated by his 
action in establishing, on June 22, 1892, in co-operation with Drs. 
Thomas A. McNicholl and Dr. H. Gottlieb Steger, a small hospital 
under the style of the St. John's Institute, where they undertook HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
789 
the treatment of surgical cases. Their institute was in a rented 
house at No. 45 Bradhurst road, and Dr. R. T. Ellison subsequently 
co-operated in the work. Lack of funds however soon necessitated 
the closing of the little hospital. 
In May, 1894, having graduated, Miss Hofker resumed her 
former nursing, and interested Mrs. Charles A. Raymond in the 
charity who, on the 22nd of June, 1894, called a meeting of her 
friends at her house, and at the meeting Mrs. Caroline Cooper, 
Mrs. Page C. Dennis, Dr. Lesser, Dr. Steger, and Miss Hofker were 
present. The last-named sought to institute a school for Red Cross 
Sisters, and to establish a place at which poor patients might be 
treated. A modest fund was opened, and the association of benevo- 
lent workers agreed to operate under the name of the New York 
Red Cross Institute, and soon afterwards rented a place to serve 
as a hospital and training school. However, before placing the 
name "Red Cross" over the second hospital, they sought of the 
National Red Cross permission to use the name, "for the purpose 
of opening a Red Cross Hospital and Training School, 
for Red Cross Sisters, and also a department which, in 
time of peace, shall work in the homes of the needy sick." Miss 
Clara Barton, president of the National Red Cross, granted 
the request, thus bringing the New York Red Cross Hospital 
into being and into official recognition by the national body. 
Mrs. Charles H. Raymond became president of the New York 
Red Cross Institute, and the organizers of the St. John's In- 
stitute constituted the medical staff and the work, although re- 
stricted by the inadequacy of the income available, was again 
earnestly resumed. Drs. George F. Shrady and T. Gaillard Thomas 
became identified with the work as consultants, and Dr. Zeh joined 
the staff. Other benevolently disposed persons interested them- 
selves in the work, and thus the institute was enabled to enlarge its 
scope of operations. 
Miss Barton, of the National Red Cross, regarded the New York 
institution "as the opening wedge to Red Cross Hospital work in 
the United States," and, at Miss Barton's suggestion, the medical 
department of the Red Cross Hospital decided "to treat diseases 
by methods which banned the use of alcoholic stimulants." Re- 
garding this, William T. Wardwell, president in 1897, stated in his 
report of that year, "the medical and surgical staff in no case ad- 
ministered alcohol in any of its forms. ' ' Supported only by volun- 790 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
tary contributions and memberships, the institution in its early 
years, on more than one occasion, seemed likely to fail, but, aided 
very materially by its president and treasurer, Wm. T, Ward well, 
it successfully passed through its first and most serious period of 
financial difficulty. 
The hospital at 233 West 100th street had small capacity, but 
the institution did considerable outdoor work. In 1897, a year in 
which the institution suffered serious financial stringency and had 
to restrict its work, 158 patients were treated in the hospital, and 
152 patients received the care of the out-door department. The In- 
stitute was of notable service during the Spanish-American War, 
and in 1902 the New York Red Cross Hospital was incorporated 
under the laws of the State of New York. In 1907 it came into 
possession of a building of its own, especially built for hospital 
purposes. The new hospital, located at 395 Central Park, West, 
corner 100th street, was made possible to the society mainly through 
the munificence of its president, William T. Wardwell, whose gift 
of site, the value of which was $100,000, cleared the greatest 
obstacle to the accomplishment of the institution's plans and needs. 
Other subscriptions totaled $43,527.91, including $10,000 from John 
S. Huyler, and $5,000 each from Charles W. and Edward S. Hark- 
ness. The building cost $83,821.82, and a loan of $50,000, on first 
mortgage, was negotiated with the Greenwich Savings Bank. Dur- 
ing the first year's work in the new hospital, 311 patients were 
treated therein. 
The name of the hospital was eventually changed to its present 
title. The staff of the hospital in 1917 consisted of about thirty 
prominent surgeons and physicians of New York City. 
Philanthropin Hospital.-The Philanthropin Hospital, the hos- 
pital building of which association is situated at 128th street and 
Fifth avenue, New York City, was incorporated in 1904, and the 
hospital established in 1905 "for the purpose of treating all 
patients requiring medical and surgical attention, irrespective of 
race, creed, or color." 
The administrative dispositions of the institution are good, and 
it is supported mainly by the Jewish section of New York City 
residents, though its charity is by no means confined to people of 
that belief. The board of directors in 1915 consisted of twenty- HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
791 
three members, the officers of the board being: Gustave Mosheim, 
president; Max Fishel, vice-president; Aaron Fisher, treasurer, 
Joseph Feinburg, secretary. The directors are aided by a Ladies' 
Auxiliary, the board of which consists of twenty-five directoresses, 
with Mrs. L. Burgheimer, president. The corporation embraces 
four "Donors," paying $100 per annum; thirty-five "Patrons," 
paying $25 and over per annum, and about three hundred "Mem- 
bers" who pledge themselves to subscribe $10 yearly to the insti- 
tution. The Ladies' Auxiliary includes about 150 female workers, 
who regularly subscribe to the maintenance of the hospital. The 
medical and surgical staff includes about twenty-five consultants, 
and attending physicians and surgeons, the officers of the medical 
board in 1915 being: Reuben Cronson, president; Jacob Heckmann, 
vice-president; Harris Weinstein, secretary. 
The Philanthropin Hospital Training School for Nurses was or- 
ganized in 1907, and has a graduating class each year of four or 
five pupils. The president of the Alumnse Association of the Train- 
ing School in 1915 was Miss Victoria E. Hudson, and the secretary 
Miss Florence E. Mintzes. 
The resident physician of the hospital, in 1917, was Dr. M. M. 
Schultz, and Miss Miriam G. Taylor, R.N., was superintendent. 
Italian Benevolent Institute and Hospital.-The Italian Hospital 
was established and incorporated in 1905, as a general hospital, and 
was then located at No. 165-167-169 West Houston street, New 
York City. The promoters and incorporators were Messrs. Celestino 
Piva, Emanuel Gerli, Lionello Perera, Joseph N. Francolini, Frank 
Zanolini, Sheridan S. Norton, Joseph E. Fenton, Carlo Mazza, G. 
P. Morosini, Antonio Zucca. 
The income for the equipment and running expenses of the in- 
stitution is obtained through donations from individuals or asso- 
ciations ; hospital board paid by patients who can afford it; an an- 
nual subsidy from the Italian Government; and benefits, as an an- 
niversary celebration of the patriotic Italian date ' ' XX Settembre ' '; 
and a performance for the benefit of the Italian Hospital at the 
Metropolitan Opera House. From the year 1911 on, also, the regu- 
lar allowance from the city for cases admitted to the hospital and 
accepted as public charges, was granted to the institution. 
At the beginning, the Italian Hospital had a capacity of fifty 792 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
beds, four in private rooms, ten in pay wards, thirty-six in free ward. 
A corps of Italian doctors was formed, who took charge of the tech- 
nical conduct of the institution, while a board of trustees, at first 
composed of the incorporators, then elected yearly, took care of the 
administration. 
The Hospital is also maintaining a Training School for Nurses, 
registered by the State Department of Education. 
On October, 1912, the Italian Hospital was transferred to its 
present location on the East River, at 83rd and 84th streets, an ideal 
location, with plenty of air, light, and a splendid panoramic view 
of the river and islands, as Blackwell's, Ward's, Long Island, etc. 
Washington Heights Hospital.-This was incorporated May 
30, 1905, and is located at Nos. 552 and 554 West 165th street. 
The officers of the board of directors in 1916 were: President, 
Robert B. Rothfield; secretary, Sol Bacharach; treasurer, Harry 
Livingston. The president of the medical board is Dr. C. Clarence 
Sichel. His associates are David H. Levy, Laurence D. McEvoy, 
James Ogilvie, Isidore Friesner, J. Clarence Sharp, Julius Wolff, 
Alfred Braun, Howard Fox, Daniel Bacharach. 
Volunteer Hospital.-The Volunteers of America incorporated 
December 11, 1906, under the name of St. Gregory Emergency Hos- 
pital, a hospital and dispensary for the treatment of medical and 
surgical cases, and a training school for nurses. The name of the 
institution was changed November 15, 1910, to its present title. 
The hospital is located at the corner of Beekman and Water 
streets, and its properties are valued at $200,000. In 1916, 979 
patients were treated. The worthy poor are treated free. The 
officers, in 1916, were: President, General Ballington Booth; sec- 
retary, Col. James W. Merrill; treasurer, Walter J. Crafts. The 
chief of consulting staff of the hospital is Dr. J. B. Walker; the 
superintendent, Frederick S. Allen. 
Washington Square Hospital.-This is absolutely a private in- 
stitution, open to all physicians, entirely self-supporting and not 
accepting any donations. It is owned and directed by Dr. Carlo 
Savini, was opened in January, 1907, for five years occupied a 
small house in Washington Square, and in December, 1911, removed 
to its present location, No. 31 Washington Square West. Its HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
793 
capacity is thirty beds, but if occasion demands it, fifty patients 
can be accommodated. It was originally established for the con- 
venience of Dr. Carlo Savini's patients, but at the present location 
the increased facilities allow of the receiving of patients of other 
physicians, who may prefer an Italian hospital. Floors of rein- 
forced concrete, a stairway of marble, walls of fireproof blocks, 
make the building sanitary as well as fireproof. The situation of 
the hospital on the west side of Washington Square, facing the 
park, is ideal; it also insures plentiful fresh air, comparative free- 
dom from dust and abundant sunshine in all rooms. The com- 
bination of these advantages with the location of the hospital in the 
heart of the city is unusual. The attending surgeons are: Drs. 
Carlo Savini, John W. Perilli, August J. Raggi; the superintendent 
is Miss Rose Tassini. 
Har Moriah Hospital.-This was incorporated January 13, 1909. 
It is located at Nos. 138-140 Second street, all eases being ad- 
mitted for treatment except contagious and chronic diseases. 
The hospital was temporarily closed in 1917. 
The Lutheran Hospital of Manhattan.-This is located at No. 
341 Convent avenue, and is conducted for the benefit of the suf- 
fering sick and injured. The officers are: John H. Boschen, presi- 
dent ; Fred Burges, secretary, and L. A. Ungrich, treasurer. 
Grace Hospital.-This is controlled by the St. Luke's Association 
of Grace Church. It was established for general medical, minor 
surgical and some gynecological work to treat the poor of Grace 
Church parish. The hospital is contiguous to Grace Chapel, No. 414 
East 14th street. There is a dispensary in connection with the hos- 
pital which was established January 1, 1914. The president of the 
hospital's board of management is Dallas B. Pratt; the secretary, 
Edward W. Sheldon; the treasurer, J. Lawrence Aspinwall. The at- 
tending physician is Dr. Edward S. Gushee, a graduate of Brown 
University and of the Harvard Medical College, class of 1903. He 
was for several years house officer of Carney Hospital, Boston. The 
hospital is in charge of the Rev. B. M. Washburn, pastor of Grace 
Chapel. 
Broad Street Hospital.-The Broad Street Hospital is located at 
No. 129 Broad street, and is the only general hospital in lower 794 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Manhattan having a daily business population of over two million 
people, and a resident population of twenty thousand.' The insti- 
tution was incorporated May 17, 1916, and opened for care of the 
sick and injured in lower New York, with a capacity of eighty-five 
beds, September 17, 1917. The governing body of the hospital is a 
board of directors; the officers of which in 1918 were: Edward L. 
Wemple, president; Charles E. Danforth, vice-president; Henry H. 
Martin, treasurer. The building and site occupied by the hospital 
is valued at $350,000. 
People's Hospital.-The People's Hospital, at No. 203 Second 
avenue, receives for treatment medical and surgical cases and chil- 
dren, except those suffering with contagious diseases. The medical 
staff consists of over fifty of the leading practitioners of the city. 
Lawrence Hospital, Bronxville.-Incorporated in 1906, this 
gives useful service to the residents of the villages of Bronxville, 
and Tuckahoe, and the borough of Eastchester, New York. The 
buildings are of substantial brick construction, and the medical, 
surgical, and maternity wards of the institution are well equipped. 
During the year ending May 1, 1916, 455 patients were admitted 
into the hospital wards, and 216 persons received treatment in the 
dispensary. The Hospital Corporation instituted a campaign in the 
fall of 1915, seeking to increase the membership, and their efforts 
met with good response, the roll of members being thereby increased 
from 103 to 212. The hospital is open to receive patients, and no 
infectious, contagious, or incurable cases are admitted, and all ward 
patients are required to pay $8 weekly for their treatment. Private 
rooms are obtainable at a reasonable rate, and the fee of the at- 
tending physician or surgeon is agreed upon between such attend- 
ing, and the patient. Two beds are endowed in the hospital by 
Mr. and Mrs. Frank R. Chambers, and the income from endowments 
stood, in 1916, at $5,000. The maternity ward, which was begun in 
the nature of an experiment in August, 1914, soon developed into 
a permanency, and the available accommodation was soon in- 
adequate to the demand. To meet the requirement, the directors 
in 1916 took under consideration new building arrangements, but 
were unable to enter definitely into building arrangements until 
the proceedings in connection with the Pondfield Road grade cross- 
ing, which for several years had kept the hospital in a state of 
great uncertainty in reference to its boundary lines, and had even HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
795 
threatened the hospital site itself, had been adjusted, and satisfac- 
torily settled. In 1916 the State Board of Charities, after rigid in- 
vestigation, extended to the hospital the highest rating accorded 
to any institution as being without serious defects either in plant 
or management. 
The administrative heads of the Hospital Corporation in 1917 
were: William Van Duzer Lawrence, president, to whose initiative 
and munificent support the hospital mainly owes its establishment, 
and development; Frederick Geller, vice-president; Dudley B. Law- 
rence, secretary and treasurer of board of directors; Mrs. John S. 
Bates, president of the Woman's Auxiliary Board; Dr. John W. 
Smith, chief of attending staff of physicians. The consulting phy- 
sicians and surgeons are S. W. Lambert, Evan Evans, E. Elliot, J. 
A. Hartwell, and the consulting specialists are Drs. Pierce Bailey, 
E. H. Zabriskie, J. Riddle Goffe, Geo. Jarman, A. T. Osgood, J. J. 
Thompson, E. W. Bill, J. C. Sharp, L. E. Holt, C. G. Kerley, B. 
H. Whitbeck, H. R. Charlton, 0. L. Austin, H. H. Stevens, L. B. 
Goldhorn, W. C. Fisher; resident physician, M. C. Wilson. 
Union Hospital of the Bronx.-This is absolutely non-sectarian 
in management and intent. It is supported by the Union Hospital 
Association, whose members pay dues of six dollars annually, and 
by donors who give ten dollars annually, also by a generous and 
efficient Women's Auxiliary, by voluntary contributions, by the 
proceeds of entertainments, and by fees from private patients. 
Treatment is extended to all persons regardless of creed, sex or 
color. 
The hospital is located at 2456 Valentine avenue (East 188th 
street), and serves all that section of the city west of Third ave- 
nue and north of 161st street. The hospital was opened February 
12, 1912, and the total admissions to December 31, 1917, were 2,809, 
of which 537 were in 1917. The property occupied by the hos- 
pital was first rented, but by assuming a large mortgage, it was 
purchased in 1915. The officers of the board of trustees are: J. 
Irvin Chaffee, president; John F. Holmes, vice-president; Gustave 
Starke, treasurer; Walter M. Jackson, recording secretary; Joseph 
Bostwick, financial secretary; J. B. Tork, corresponding secretary. 
The medical board consists of eleven physicians, and has as officials: 796 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
John F. Holmes, president; Clarence H. Smith, secretary; the 
superintendent is Mrs. S. Labouchere-Hillyer. 
Bronx Hospital and Dispensary.-In the second decade of the 
present century the Bronx Hospital and Dispensary was established 
and located at No. 1385 Fulton avenue, New York. A dispensary 
was licensed January 10, 1912, and opened for medical and surgical 
treatment of the poor, April 27, 1912. The hospital has rapidly 
grown in popularity, and is recognized as one of the deserving 
charities of the city. 
Staten Island Hospital.-The S. R. Smith Infirmary of Staten 
Island was established mainly through the efforts of Dr. W. C. 
Anderson, in 1861, to provide "a charitable institution for the re- 
ception and proper care of the indigent and suffering sick." The 
Fourth Annual Report, covering the hospital year ending May 31, 
1868, stated that the institution was organized by, and that its 
medical department was under the direction of, the Richmond 
County Medical Society, the funds and property of the infirmary 
at that time being controlled by seven directors, four of whom 
were required to be members of the Richmond County Medical 
Society. Funds were raised chiefly by membership of $5 per an- 
num, or life membership of $25. 
In 1861 a dispensary was opened in a building at the corner of 
Bay and Union Place, Stapleton, and on November 20, 1863, "as 
an appropriate tribute to the memory of Dr. Samuel Russell Smith, 
who had died in December, 1851, it was voted to give the institu- 
tion the name of the "Samuel R. Smith Infirmary." A constitu- 
tion of the Ladies' Auxiliary Association of the S. R. Smith In- 
firmary was also adopted on that date. On June 20, 1864, the first 
hospital of the S. R. Smith Infirmary was formally opened in one 
of the old hospital buildings located in the Quarantine grounds, 
on the east side of Tompkins avenue, New Brighton, the building 
having been presented to the organizers by the Commissioners of 
Quarantine for the purpose. The first patient was admitted July 
15, 1864, and during the first year thirty-three patients were 
treated in the hospital. 
On April 26, 1869, the institution was incorporated, and passed 
under the management of a board of trustees, the first president of 
which board was T. Westervelt. In 1870 the corporation was able 
to purchase a house and lot, for a new hospital, on Hannah street, STATEN ISLAND HOSPITAL HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
797 
Tompkinsville, and to entirely pay the cost thereof. The purchase 
price was $5,000, and it was explained that the house was sold to 
the Infirmary by the former owner, Mr. John Waters, at "a special 
price," because of its sentimental value to the institution as the 
house wherein Dr. S. R. Smith once lived. Repairs to the building 
entailed an expenditure of $492.82, but a total subscription of 
$4,600, headed by a donation of $500 by President Westervelt, and 
three other donations of similar amount, and by the proceeds 
($2,079.38) of a fair held in July, 1869, enabled the institution to 
enter its new hospital with a surplus of $2,092.71. One hundred 
and four patients were treated during the year 1869-70. In 1871 
the Infirmary received a State grant amounting to $1,541.64, and 
the year 1877 was marked by the receipt of its first bequest, one of 
$5,000 willed to the Infirmary by Mrs. L. M. Goetz; also in Sep- 
tember by a munificent donation of $25,000 from Mrs. John C. 
Green. In the following year the institution was made the recipient 
of $2,500 from the estate of George W. Jewett, after receipt of 
which it was decided to at once formulate plans to extend the scope 
of the hospital. In 1879 a further $10,000 was received, Mrs. Ara- 
bella Jewett bequeathing that amount. In 1882, Dr. William C. 
Anderson, to whose initiative the corporation was chiefly indebted 
for its foundation, died. In 1885 resolutions were adopted author- 
izing effort to raise the sum of $5,000 for additional ground and 
buildings, which were then an urgent need. This effort did not 
bring substantial result at the outset of campaign, but in 1887 Dr. 
George W. Frost, a former resident of Staten Island and a friend 
of Dr. S. R. Smith, purchased and gave to the Infirmary six acres 
of land on Castleton avenue, New Brighton, which he purchased for 
$9,432. Dr. Frost died shortly afterwards, but by his will the insti- 
tution benefited to the extent of $86,000. A fair organized in that 
year also very satisfactorily ended, in netting the Infirmary the 
substantial amount of $13,319.53, in which amount was a gift from 
Mrs. W. H. Vanderbilt of $5,000. The board of trustees therefore 
proceeded with its plans for erection of the required buildings, and 
on June 13 the cornerstone of the main building was laid. In 1889 
Mr. E. Norton donated $5,500 toward the fund for the establishment 
of the Pavilion ward, and Mrs. George Bechtel deeded to the In- 
firmary certain property which realized, at sale, $6,500. This and 
an additional $2,000 donated by her enabled the ''George Bechtel 
Pavilion Ward" to be provided for. In 1890 the main building 798 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
and Norton Pavilion were formally opened, and on December 1, 
1891, the George Bechtel Pavilion was opened. The board of trus- 
tees was in that year increased to eighteen members. In the fol- 
lowing year certain friction arose, which resulted in the resig- 
nation, on April 28, of six members of the medical staff, one of 
whom later lodged complaint with the Supreme Court. A commit- 
tee of investigation was appointed and inspection of the Infirmary 
was made by the president of the State Board of Charities, who 
subsequently made two more visits. His report covers 350 pages, 
and was filed March 9, 1893, in the office of the Clerk of Richmond 
County. 
In September, 1893, the first "Harvest Home Thanksgiving Fes- 
tival" was held, producing $97.40 for the general fund. In the 
following year, the Training School for Nurses was organized, and 
in 1895 extensive improvements were effected, a new operating room 
being established. In 1896 Mr. Hugh A. Bain donated $4,000 to 
establish isolation wards, this gift being the forerunner of many 
more substantial donations; Mrs. W. L. Bones gave about $6,000 
to the institution in 1897, to erect the Iva Harpster Home for 
Nurses, and Mrs. H. R. Kunhardt increased the endowment fund 
by $5,000; a "Mayflower Fair," in that year, also increased the 
financial resources by $2,578.18. The maintenance in operation of 
the hospital and dispensary had however increased very consid- 
erably, the running expenses of the institution for the year 1897 
being $18,479.60. In proportion, of course, the charity dispensed 
by the institution had increased, 744 patients having been admitted 
into the hospital during the year, and 2,130 patients having re- 
ceived treatment in the out-patient department. In 1898, Mrs. 
Martha Westervelt Low donated $3,000 to the institution for the 
purpose of endowing a bed, in memory of her parents, James S. 
and Anna Ellsworth Westervelt. Her father had been an inde- 
fatigable worker for the infirmary, and had been president of the 
original board of trustees. 
One thousand and twenty-eight patients, including fifty-three 
soldiers, incapacitated during the Spanish-American War cam- 
paign, were received into the hospital during 1898. 
The hospital in the decade between 1900 and 1910 was the re- 
cipient of numerous bequests. Francis O. Boyd endowed with 
$5,000 the "F. O. Boyd Bed;" Miss Susan W. Proudfit and Alex- 
ander M. Proudfit made bequests amounting to nearly $20,000; the HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
799 
Norton family gave $10,000 for the enlargement of the Norton 
Pavilion, and the lower ward was endowed with $4,000 by Mrs. 
J. Frank Emmons Ward in memory of her husband and of his in- 
terest in the employees of the Rapid Transit Railroad Company. 
The upper ward was endowed with $4,000 by Mr. and Mrs. William 
G. Willcox, and the name of the Sarah Mifflin Gay Ward was given 
it in memory of Mrs. Willcox's sister. The old portion of the Nor- 
ton Pavilion was converted into a children's ward. 
A new building was erected in 1904 for a heating plant and 
laundry. The following year Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Du Bois donated 
an improved operating room, sterilizing room and an esthetizing 
room, and a new ward was added to the Bechtel Pavilion by the 
gift of $6,000 from William G. Willcox, being named in memory of 
his cousin, Elizabeth B. Willcox. There was also added in that 
year to the building fund a bequest of $5,000 from Herman Sturs- 
burg, and $5,000 to the endowment fund by the gift of Mrs. Louis 
T. Hoyt. In 1907 the George Dow Farrar Home and School for 
Nurses was opened, which was built by the gift of $25,000 from 
Mrs. George Dow Farrar who, at her death in 1915, made a bequest 
of $30,000 for the support and maintenance of the home. There 
were also numerous other bequests made to the institution, as fol- 
lows: $10,000 from the estate of Albert Willcox; $1,193.75 from the 
estate of J. Herman Brock; $3,000 from the estate of C. Adolf Low; 
$10,000 from the estate of C. F. Zentgraff; $8,000 from the estate 
of Louis De Jonge; $500 from the estate of Mary Barton; $10,000 
from the estate of David Willcox. 
An infirmary campaign was organized in 1912, which resulted in 
7,600 subscriptions, amounting to $143,000, to be used for improve- 
ments, general expenses, and the endowment fund. The new Kip- 
per Pavilion was opened in 1917 for a nose, ear and throat depart- 
ment, which was built by funds of $6,000 from the estate of Emil 
Kipper and an additional gift of $4,000 from Miss Kipper, and was 
named the Lucy J. Kipper Pavilion. A new campaign was inau- 
gurated in 1916 for securing a permanent list of contributions 
toward the support of the hospital. 
Application was made in 1916, and the following year the name 
of the institution was changed to its present title. The officers of 
the institution for 1917-18 are: William L. De Bost, president; Nor- 
man S. Walker, vice-president; William Y. Wemple, secretary; F. 
C. Townsend, treasurer. The medical staff is headed by Dr. James 800 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
J. O'Dea, physician emeritus, and he has for his assistants a staff 
of noted physicians, surgeons and specialists. The superintendent 
is Dr. Charles W. Goodwin. 
HOSPITALS-BROOKLYN 
Lang Island College Hospital.-The inception of the Long Island 
College Hospital is traced to the efforts of several German physi- 
cians and surgeons of the city of Brooklyn in 1856. To it belongs 
the distinction of having inaugurated the hospital-college system 
of medical instruction in this country. In March, 1856, members 
of the medical profession interested in the movement organized the 
Brooklyn German General Dispensary, and a location was secured 
at No. 132, now 146, Court street. The dispensary staff consisted 
of Augustus Kalb, Gustave Braeunlich, consulting physicians; 
Louis Bauer, Charles Neuhaus, consulting surgeons, and Daniel 
Pfeiffer resident physician. The first patient, Louis Price, who was 
suffering from "splenitis chronica," was treated March 7, 1856. 
The dispensary in the spring of 1857 was removed to No. 146 
(now 217) Court street. Though it was conducted with moderate 
success for the benefit of the poor of the district, action was taken 
the latter part of the year for the organization of a hospital. 
The projectors proceeded quickly and enthusiastically to or- 
ganize for the primary object, and on November 5, 1857, regents 
were appointed to take over the dispensary and provide for its 
maintenance until a charter for a hospital could be obtained. At 
first it was contemplated calling this new institution St. John's 
Hospital, but on November 7, 1857, the German General Dispensary 
was merged into the Long Island College Hospital. In 1858 the 
present site, known as the Perry property, on Henry street, was 
purchased for $31,250. This was made possible by the co-operation 
of Daniel Chauncey, N. E. James, Samuel Sloan, H. Messinger, R. 
L. Delisser, Daniel W. Slocum, Jacques Cortelyou, Joseph Hege- 
man, Livingston K. Miller, and Cornelius Dever, who pledged 
themselves to subscribe $400 each, and Samuel Sloan giving his per- 
sonal bond for $20,000. 
The charter, granted March 6, 1858, constituted Samuel Sloan, 
Cornelius Dever, Henry Messinger, Livingston K. Miller, Daniel 
Chauncey, C. Nestell Bovee, and their assistants, "a body corporate 
and politic [by name] of The Long Island College Hospital for the LONG ISLAND COLLEGE HOSPITAL, BROOKLYN HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
801 
purpose of establishing a public hospital in the City of Brooklyn, 
and of promoting medical science and construction in the depart- 
ment of learning connected therewith." The charter stipulated for 
government a board of regents to consist of twenty-five members, 
five to be elected annually. Subscriptions of ten dollars constituted 
the donors ordinary members of the corporation. On April 8, 1858, 
Samuel Sloan was elected the first president. The Perry mansion 
on the newly acquired property was occupied May 1, 1858, and the 
inauguration festival was held June 3 of the same year at the 
Athenaeum. 
The affairs of the institution proceeded quietly, but not unevent- 
fully; financial liabilities had to be overcome, and a campaign by 
the regents for contributions from citizens was not conspicuous for 
its success. It was decided to admit no new patients excepting in 
cases of accident, and there was every likelihood that the institu- 
tion would be closed altogether, and that the college would not be 
able to enter even its first season. It was a member of the colle- 
giate council, Dr. William H. Dudley, who was the saviour of 
the institution. He purchased its entire assets and the old corpora- 
tion was dissolved, each of the guarantors bearing his proportion of 
the financial loss thereby entailed. 
The Long Island College Hospital was reopened March 3, 1860. 
It was, however, very meagerly supported by the public, and Dr. 
William H. Dudley practically carried the institution from 1860 
to 1862 by advancing it numerous loans of money. During the Civil 
War the full capacity of that hospital was placed at the disposal 
of the government. In 1867 it was demonstrated by ample evidence 
that a well-endowed institution was much needed in that section of 
the city, as in the preceding decade more than 65,000 patients had 
been prescribed for by the hospital, and numerous demands upon 
their charity, owing to lack of means, they were obliged to refuse. 
A new wing was opened March 16, 1869, and the original building 
was greatly altered and improved. The facilities of the hospital 
were again placed at the disposal of the nation during the Spanish- 
American War. 
The erection of a new hospital building was made possible by 
bequest of Henry W. Maxwell, in 1902, also a fireproof home for 
the use of the Training School for Nurses was built on the opposite 
corner from the hospital. The institution is located on the east side 
of the harbor in the City of New York, Borough of Brooklyn, and 802 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
is situated on Henry street, near Atlantic avenue, and occupies a 
group of five substantial buildings of modern construction. These 
are the Hospital proper, the Annex, for venereal diseases; the Hoag- 
land Laboratory; the Polhemus Memorial Clinic, in which the dis- 
pensary and the college are conducted; and the Dudley and Herri- 
man Memorials, the nurses' home. 
The hospital building occupies the block on the west side of 
Henry street, between Pacific and Amity streets. It was partly 
erected by the late J. Rogers Maxwell as a memorial to his brother, 
the late Henry W. Maxwell; the north wing was erected by the 
heirs of the late John Arbuckle, and is known as the "Arbuckle 
Memorial," Beyond the hospital, on the corner, is the Polhemus 
Memorial, erected and endowed by the late Mrs. Caroline H. Pol- 
hemus, as a memorial to her husband, who for many years was a 
regent of the college. The Hoagland Laboratory was erected and 
equipped by the late Cornelius N. Hoagland, M.D., one of the 
regents of the college, "for the advancement of medical science." 
It is situated on the southeast corner of Henry and Pacific streets, 
opposite the hospital. The laboratory is of course of particular 
value to the college, and in it instruction in histology, pathology, 
pharmacology, biology and bacteriology are given, but its close 
proximity is also of inestimable value to the hospital staff. The 
Annex of the hospital is situated in the rear of the main hospital 
buildings, and "is unique as the only hospital in Greater New 
York where a patient with syphilis or gonorrhoea can receive hos- 
pital treatment on payment of a moderate sum." The Annex is 
two stories in height and contains accommodation for sixty male 
patients. The Dudley Memorial, erected by the estate of the late 
Henry W. Maxwell, in memory of William H. Dudley, M.D., is a 
large fireproof building, designed as a home for the Training 
School for Nurses. It has been enlarged by the gift of the Herri- 
man Memorial, adjoining. 
The staff of the hospital comprised in 1917 nine consultants, a 
visiting staff of fifteen, in addition to the college faculty, three 
associate surgeons, and twenty-eight assistants, and a resident staff 
of fifteen physicians, the dispensary staff is also proportionately 
large. 
St. Peter's Hospital.-St. Peter's Hospital, founded and con- 
ducted by the Sisters of the Poor of St. Francis, was organized in HOAGLAND LABORATORY, BROOKLYN 
First in the country built and privately endowed for bacteriological 
research and advancement of medical science. HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
803 
1866, in which year it also was incorporated, the Sisterhood then 
receiving power to erect and operate a hospital "for the care of 
the sick." 
In 1866 the hospital admitted 91 patients, of whom 23 died; in 
1869, 504 were admitted, and in 1875, 1384. In 1875 a dispensary 
was opened, which during the first thirteen years of its operation 
gave attention to 48,896 visits by patients, and 46,901 prescriptions. 
In 1878, seeing that they could not receive the rapidly increasing 
number of applicants for admission into the hospital, the Sisters 
purchased the property on Henry street, between Congress and 
Warren. In 1884 plans were prepared for a new hospital, but for 
want of money, these plans had to be temporarily set aside. In 
1887, being forced to refuse admission to great numbers of sick, 
the Sisters believed it their duty to make unusual exertions to re- 
lieve the urgent demand for greater accommodations, and in 
March, 1888, the houses on Henry street were taken down, and the 
foundations of the new hospital laid. The plans were drawn by 
William Schickel, of New York City, and provided for a main build- 
ing, from each end of which would extend back a wing 92 feet. The 
buildings were to have a frontage on Warren street of 91 feet, the 
laundry and other appendages fronting on Congress street, to the 
extent of 67 feet, and having a depth of 50 feet. The Chapel and 
Sisters' house was planned to extend back from the rear of the 
main building 117 feet. The principal buildings were to be of 
four stories, and altogether the provisions planned to afford accom- 
modation for three hundred. The buildings were duly brought into 
commission, and the main building had a frontage of 220 feet on 
Henry street, and consisted of cellar, basement above ground, four 
stories and attic; and the main entrance was surmounted by a 
tower, 135 feet high. Notwithstanding the restricted accommo- 
dation available in 1888, due to the removal of buildings from the 
site of the new hospital, 1,350 cases were treated in the wards dur- 
ing the year, and in the dispensary, 2,942 patients were treated. 
And the service was almost entirely charitable, as not an average 
of twenty yearly paid anything for their treatment. 
The Sisters have continued, and developed their work much in 
the intervening almost three decades to the present, and Drs. 
Rushmore, Kene, and Wunderlich were still identified with the in- 
stitution in 1917. 804 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
St. John's Hospital, Brooklyn.-This is a part of the Church 
Charity Foundation of Long Island, which was founded February 
6, 1851, for the reason that the Episcopal Church on the Island 
had no organized charitable work of any kind, a lack of which was 
often felt by clergy and laymen and women. It was not, however, 
till twenty years later that the foundation for a hospital was laid. 
A dispensary was established in the early part of 1871, and at a 
convention held in May, 1871, Bishop A. N. Littlejohn said: "The 
Dispensary established only a few months ago has more than real- 
ized the hopes of its projectors and managers. Steps have been 
taken which assure, at an early date, the beginning of a hospital." 
On June 20, 1871, a hospital and dispensary was opened at No. 
702 Fulton street; the store was used for a dispensary, and the 
upper floors for hospital purposes. Miss Coakley, afterwards 
known as Sister Eliza, was the matron in charge. The first patient 
and the first subject of operation was Lydia Legrant. In the 
autumn of 1871, Sister Julia was placed in charge of the hospital, 
and early in the same year the Order of Deaconesses was initiated. 
The hospital remained less than a year on Fulton street, and was 
moved May 1, 1872, into the Home of the Aged on Herkimer 
street. 
On St. John the Evangelist's day in 1873, a building at No. 1555 
Atlantic avenue, which had been in course of erection, was dedi- 
cated, and January 15, 1874, was opened for patients. The name 
of St. John's was given to the hospital at its dedication. This 
building was occupied for nine years. In this little hospital the 
faithful Sisters treated, nursed and healed more than eight hun- 
dred patients with various maladies. It was, however, realized that 
it was but a temporary home; another move was made, and the 
cornerstone of the present structure on the corner of Atlantic and 
Albany avenues was laid on June 23, 1877. Five years were spent 
in building this new hospital, as Bishop Littlejohn decided that the 
money should be raised as fast as the work was done. The new 
buildings were completed and paid for in 1882, and they nearly 
completed the quadrangle. The largest gift to the hospital was that 
of Miss Louisa Nichols of $10,000 for building of the chapel; the 
total expenditure was $150,000. The consecration of the chapel, 
November 23, 1882, was the first act of occupancy of the new St. 
J ohn's. 
It was ten years more before any further change of importance METHODIST EPISCOPAL HOSPITAL, 
BROOKLYN HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
805 
took place. Then were initiated, first, the employment of trained 
nurses; next an ambulance system; and then a training school for 
nurses. Extensive alterations were made to adapt the hospital to 
the large increase of patients. In September, 1898, the military 
hospitals at Montauk being overcrowded, on the offer of the hospi- 
tal, the government transferred three hundred soldiers to the hos- 
pital; the chapel was converted into a ward, and so successfully 
were the patients treated that there was only one death. Late in 
the nineties a pathological laboratory was established. With the 
beginning of the year 1900 the city adopted a changed policy in 
its distribution of money in aid of hospitals, and in the middle of 
that year the managers of St. John's decided to withdraw alto- 
gether from connection with the city. While this decreased its 
income, it allowed of a reduction of expenses and gave increased 
accommodations for paying patients. The peculiarities of the sys- 
tem of St. John's Hospital are its scale of charges adapted to all 
incomes, its permission to reputable physicians, not members of 
the staff, to bring their patients for treatment by themselves in 
private rooms, and its general home-like, as contrasted with institu- 
tion, character. Its location on the Long Island railroad, with a 
stopping place at the hospital, makes it convenient for patients 
coming east of Jamaica. A piazza fire-escape was built in 1911, 
a new elevator installed in 1912, and a motor ambulance introduced 
in 1916. Sister Catharine of the Order of St. John the Evangelist 
is in charge of the hospital, and the treatment is confined to acute 
and curable non-contagious diseases. 
Methodist-Episcopal Hospital.-The Methodist Episcopal Hos- 
pital of Brooklyn will always occupy a unique place in that depart- 
ment of the denomination's philanthropic activity, because it was 
the first to be founded among the numerous Methodist hospitals 
now existing in this country and abroad. It originated in the dis- 
tress occasioned in a pastor's heart upon hearing of a fatal injury 
which befell his organist. Learning that the Methodist Episcopal 
church had nowhere an institution to care for its sick, this pastor 
at once began to agitate this urgent need. As editor subsequently 
of the Christian Advocate, he was successful in enlisting the sym- 
pathy and cooperation of George I. Seney, then already prominent 
in Brooklyn as one of its leading bankers, and a generous contribu- 
tor to charitable and educational causes. As a result, the western 806 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
pavilion of that group of buildings now located in the square 
bounded by Sixth and Seventh streets and Seventh and Eighth 
avenues was opened on December 15th, 1887, for the admission of 
patients. The actual organization was on May 27th, 1881. Mr. 
Seney's benefactions consisted of the land upon which the buildings 
stand, then valued at $70,000, and $410,000 besides, all given in 
memory of his parents. The pastor whose appeals inspired these 
princely gifts was the Rev. James Monroe Buckley, D.D., one of the 
most widely known and respected, and at that time one of the 
most influential, clergymen in America. 
From this simple beginning, with its treatment during the first 
eight months of 315 patients, this institution has so enlarged its 
capacity for service that it now has nearly 300 beds, and in 1915 
cared for in all departments a total of 14,607 patients. It conducts 
medical, surgical, obstetrical and children's departments; an out- 
patient department where 7,000 persons are treated annually; and 
a social service department under the direction of one of its own 
graduate nurses. Many years ago a Training School was organ- 
ized, which has a present enrolment of 110. A. Ross Matheson, 
M. D., is chairman of the Training School Committee. A Home for 
Nurses, completed in 1915, is the latest acquisition. 
Outstanding among the names of the many brilliant surgeons 
and physicians who have been connected with this hospital are 
those of Lewis S. Pilcher, George Ryerson Fowler and Glentworth 
R. Butler. The last named is president of the hospital's present 
medical faculty. Although the hospital is but twenty-nine years 
old, many of its internes have attained to places of honor and dis- 
tinction in the public eye, a considerable number now serving the 
institution as attendings, and others occupying places of responsi- 
bility in other cities. 
The officers of the hospital are: President, James M. Buckley, 
D.D., LL.D,; vice-president, William Halls, Jr.; second vice-presi- 
dent, Simon J. Harding; third vice-president, James M. Farrar, 
D.D.; secretary, Frank A. Horne; treasurer, Charles E. Teale; as- 
sistant treasurer, A. Ross Matheson, M.D. From the very beginning 
its superintendents have been clerkmen. John S. Breckinridge, 
D. D., heads the list, having served ten years. He was followed by 
Eugene A. Noble, D. D., who held office five years. Abram S. Kava- 
nagh, D. D., followed with a term of fourteen years, and the pres- 
ent incumbent is James E. Holmes, D. D., appointed in 1916. The HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
807 
hospital is supported by voluntary offerings chiefly, and of its days 
of treatment each year 75 per cent, are free. In accordance with 
the declared wish of its founder, patients are admitted without 
regard to color, race, or religious belief. 
Cumberland Street Hospital.-The foundation of this hospital 
was the Brooklyn Homoeopathic Hospital, which dates its beginning 
in December, 1852, as the Brooklyn Homoeopathic Dispensary, 
which was incorporated for the gratuitous medical relief of the sick 
and destitute by means of homoeopathic remedies. Its incorporators 
were: Edward W. Dunham, John A. Davenport, Theodore Victor, 
Samuel G. Arnold, Shelden P. Church, John N. Taylor, Albert G. 
Allen, Edward Corning, and Alfred S. Barnes. The dispensary 
began its work at No. 50 Court street, and twelve years later re- 
moved to No. 178 Atlantic avenue, where it remained until 1871. 
In that year, the name was changed to the Brooklyn Homoeopathic 
Hospital; the number of the trustees was made thirty-five, and in 
1882 increased to fifty. The premises on Cumberland street and 
Carlton avenue, between Myrtle and Park avenues, formerly owned 
by the Brooklyn Orphan Asylum, were purchased in December, 
1871. An old but substantial building was remodeled and increased 
in size by the addition of a wing at the southerly end. The State 
appropriated $20,000, and $3,000 more were netted by a charity 
ball held at the Academy of Music in Brooklyn. Later another wing 
was added to the north end, but still the institution outgrew its 
facilities, and in 1888 the trustees determined to erect an entirely 
new building, the two wings being used and incorporated into the 
structure. A training school for nurses was established in 1880. 
The finances of the hospital were greatly aided by the Ladies' Aid 
Association, founded in 1874, which gave public social festivities 
and entertainments, which have largely increased the revenues of 
the hospital. 
In 1902 the hospital was purchased by the city of New York, and 
received its present name, and is used for destitute persons suffer- 
ing from non-contagious diseases. Treatment is of the homoeopathic 
school of medicine. The hospital buildings are on a lot 100 by 200 
feet; the north of the building runs 200 feet from Cumberland 
street to Carlton avenue; on the south it runs back from Cumber- 
land street 100 feet in a rough semblance of a capital L. The 
wards are cheerful and light and amply ventilated. The building 808 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
contains two elevators, and is supplied with broad stair-cases and 
ample fire escapes. It is heated by steam, and all boilers, engines, 
laundry and machinery are in a separate building. 
Hospital.-In the eastern part lof ^Brooklyn, 
amid long rows of tenements and towering factory chimneys, 
stands a substantial but unostentatious pile known as St. Cather- 
ine's Hospital. It is under the management of the Sisters of St. 
Dominic, who have faithfully performed the great work marked 
out by its founder, the Right Reverend Monsignor M. May. 
It was in 1870 that Father May, pastor of the Church of the 
Most Holy Trinity, purchased an acre and a half on Bushwick ave- 
nue, known as the Thursby estate. The old-fashioned farm house 
which stood on the premises was at once fitted up for a hospital, 
with accommodations for about thirty patients. This was intended 
for the poor sick of the parish of the Most Holy Trinity only. For 
four years Father May fostered his little hospital; every available 
inch of space was occupied. The rapid growth of the Eastern Dis- 
trict caused many demands on the charity of the hospital, and 
Father May determined to erect a building capable of ministering 
to the needs of the rapid growing population, regardless of color, 
creed or nationality. The corner stone of the present hospital was 
laid in July, 1874; the building was dedicated in August, 1876, 
and was first occupied September 8, 1876. The building was 185 
by 42 feet, contained six large well-ventilated wards, namely- 
three surgical, two medical, and one for consumptives. Besides 
this there was a children's ward and several private rooms. In 
1893, the hospital, being hampered by overcrowding, Father May 
bought a large tract of land at Amityville, and erected a spacious 
building for incurables and homeless patients, with accommoda- 
tions for about seventy patients. It was opened in May, 1894. 
Although the hospital receives an annual appropriation from the 
State and from the excise fund, it is chiefly supported by voluntary 
contributions. A Training School for Nurses was begun in April, 
1909, and the convent erected on Maujer street, in 1884, by Mother 
Seraphina Stainer, has been altered for hospital purposes. St. 
Catherine's Hospital since its humble beginning nearly half a 
century ago in the little mansion on the knoll on Bushwick avenue, 
has steadily grown to one of the largest and most important hos- 
pitals in the borough of Brooklyn. HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
809 
Bedford Dispensary and Hospital.-The Bedford Dispensary 
was established in October, 1880, by Drs. William Wadsworth and 
W. E. Conroy, and was supported by their voluntary efforts for 
nearly a year. The great increase in the number of patients in 
that time led to the incorporation of the institution in June, 1881, 
by William G. Hoople, George Stannard, H. L. Judd, Thomas P. 
Wilkinson, Oliver P. Edgerton, and H. Walter Brinckerhoff. The 
board of trustees for the first year were the above named gentle-1 
men, with William G. Hoople as president, Thomas P. Wilkinson 
vice-president, George Stannard treasurer, H. Walter Brinckerhoff 
secretary. The medical staff consisted of Drs. William Wadsworth, 
Jared Wilson and A. M. Curry, and a number of consulting physi- 
cians. 
The institution during its period of early growth removed from 
one place to another on Fulton street. Later two frame buildings 
at Nos. 343-345 Ralph avenue, near Atlantic avenue, were pur- 
chased and converted into a suitable house for the work of the 
hospital, and in May, 1892, the new building was opened. The 
present title was adopted in 1895, and though the hospital has not 
grown materially in size, it is noted for its exemplary worth and 
usefulness. The officers of its board of trustees in 1916 were: 
President, A. P. Tostevin; secretary, Charles W. Reppier; treas- 
urer, Frank G. Seymour. The attending physician was Dr. Fred 
Siegel; the matron, Mrs. Zillah E. Little. 
Williamsburgh Hospital, Eastern District Branch.-The origin 
of this institution was the Williamsburgh Dispensary, established 
September 1, 1851, at South First and Fifth streets, largely through 
the efforts of Captain Samuel Graves, who continued president of 
the dispensary until his death. Among the first physicians of the 
staff were Drs. C. H. Schapps, E. M. Colt, and B. F. Bassett. In 
1860 the dispensary was removed to No. 165 Fourth street, and sub- 
sequently hospital accommodations were provided, and the institu- 
tion was given the title of the Eastern District Hospital of Brook- 
lyn. Later the present site on Third street was purchased and a 
hospital building erected. George H. Fisher was president of the 
board of trustees, and the institution was in charge of Dr. E. P. 
Orrell. It received towards its support a share of city and excise 
moneys. An adjoining lot was purchased in 1891, and an addi- 810 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
tional wing for a dispensary was built, the main building being 
reserved for a hospital. 
The Brooklyn Throat Hospital was opened at Bedford avenue 
and South Third street in 1889, for the treatment of the nose, 
throat, eye, ear and lungs, mainly through the efforts of Dr. Reuben 
Jeffrey. It was non-sectarian, and its affairs were managed by a 
board of fifty directors, B. G. Latimer being the first president, 
and Rev. Henry A. Powell the first secretary. The hospital was 
supported by voluntary contributions, and had a staff of eighteen 
physicians. The new hospital was severely taxed to meet the 
demand for treatment, and from the date of its opening to Decem- 
ber 1, 1890, gave 57,369 treatments to patients in the dispensary. 
It was located at Bedford avenue and South Third street, in a sub- 
stantial three story building. It eventually was merged with the 
Eastern District Hospital, the latter now being known as the East- 
ern District Branch of the Williamsburgh Hospital. The superin- 
tendent in 1917 was Miss Margaret Herlihy. 
Wyckoff Heights Hospital.-The inception of the German Hospi- 
tal of Brooklyn may be attributed to the endeavors and achieve- 
ments of the Plattdeutscher Volksfest-Verein in 1886 and before. 
In cognizance of the large percentage of Brooklyn residents of 
German birth and antecedents, and of the desire of the society to 
aid those of their nationality who in sickness needed succor, the 
project of establishing a hospital in Brooklyn was given serious 
consideration in 1886, and the society purchased twenty-seven lots 
extending 230 feet along St. Nicholas avenue, and having a depth 
of 270 feet on Stanhope and Stockholm streets. Immediately, the 
society proceeded to develop the project, but it was not until 
September of the following year that a definitely representative 
basis was given to the hospital plans. In that month, the German 
Hospital Society of Brooklyn was organized, and incorporation duly 
authorized. Efforts were then initiated to procure the means 
whereby the institution might be made possible, and these endeav- 
ors had sufficiently matured the project by 1889 to enable the 
German Hospital Society then to secure from the Plattdeutscher 
Volksfest-Verein the conveyance to it of the realty purchased in 
1886. 
Further strenuous efforts to gather subscriptions were made, the 
campaign being confined mainly to the people of German birth or HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
811 
origin resident in the vicinity of Brooklyn, and the response was 
such as to encourage the society to proceed with the project. By 
the end of 1890, a gratifying nucleus had been subscribed or prom- 
ised, the largest subscription being one of $1,000 from Charles 
Liebmann. 
Early in 1891 the first financial report was issued, and during 
that year and the next, increased efforts were put forth. In 1893 
a fair was held at the Clermont Avenue Rink, and resulted in 
raising the resources of the society to the extent of $45,000, and the 
hospital fund was, a short while later, further strengthened by a 
donation of $25,000 from John Hein, the receipt of which encour- 
aged the society to immediately proceed with the erection of the 
building. The fund at that time was not sufficient to meet the 
whole of the estimated liabilities of the hospital building and equip- 
ment, but the society had every reason to be satisfied with the sup- 
port tendered them; and especially gratifying was the appreciation 
that the subscriptions emanated from every rank of German-Amer- 
ican citizens. The contributions in the main were in small amounts, 
although the more prominent German residents took their pro- 
portionate share of the responsibility. 
The specifications required the hospital building to be of the 
then new steel construction, and at that time few building con- 
tractors were equal to the task. However, the contract was eventu- 
ally placed with L. W. Seaman & Son, and the corner-stone was 
laid October 22, 1894. The building when completed was as much 
an object of pride to the builder, Mr. Seamans, who considered it 
his finest work, as to the architect and promoters. The architect, 
R. L. Dans, long prominent in designing city buildings, received 
many congratulations when the official dedication of the main hos- 
pital building, with completed wing, occurred; that ceremony took 
place in May, of 1899, and the hospital was opened for patients on 
the 4th of December following. At that time the capacity of the 
German Hospital was one hundred beds, but various later addi- 
tions, including an isolation building, and an extension, increased 
the capacity to 150 beds. 
The German Hospital, which is distinctively and technically 
Germanesque, is an imposing structure; its front elevation is par- 
ticularly striking, and very different to the average hospital build- 
ing which, says, Dr. Browning, a literally inclined member of the 
German Hospital medical board, "lacks character other than that 812 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
of a box." An invaluable feature of the building is that it is 
absolutely fireproof; the ventilating system, which was installed 
at considerable expense, is considered ultra-modern. On the fourth 
floor of the administration building is a superb operating room, 
wherein since its opening many triumphs of surgery have been 
witnessed. 
The professional conduct of the hospital is under the direction 
of the Aerztliches Collegium, or Medical Board, consisting of twelve 
physicians, selected or reappointed annually by the board of 
trustees. The attending staff of physicians and surgeons are nomi- 
nally proposed by, and continue under the direction of the medical 
board. Many eminent medical men have been professionally con- 
nected with the institution. The first superintendent was Colonel 
Louis Kinkelmeier, and Drs. Fowler and Fuhs were the main medi- 
cal advisers in all the preliminary and early work. The first colle- 
gium consisted of Drs. Bender, Browning, H. Bull-Winkel, Droge, 
G. R. Fowler, Fuhs, Joseph Meyer, Pilcher, Sr., Pflug, Schelling, 
Weisbrod, and Zellhoefer. Later members include R. S. Fowler, 
Fulda, Moser, Schalck, Warbasse, Wuest, Seimel, and Laing. Most 
of these men have been or are on the attending staff of the hospital. 
Other physicians of note connected at some time with the hospital 
staff include: Adams, Ferguson, Horne, Pilcher, Schwab, Baull, In- 
galls, and Harris. The president of the Collegium is Dr. Bender. 
Dr. Droge has been secretary since its organization, and for a like 
period has been a member of the board of trustees. He, with Drs. 
Weisbrod and Fowler, constitute the executive committee of the 
medical board. The various departments of the institution as at 
present constituted, are: Superintendent, J. Edward Stohlmann; 
consulting physician, W. Cruickshank; surgeon, L. S. Pilcher. 
The hospital is not an endowed institution, and efforts have con- 
tinually to be exerted to obtain the funds necessary for its con- 
tinuance in usefulness. In this the institution managers are appre- 
ciably aided by a number of affiliated societies undertaking the sup- 
port of beds, and the contribution of more or less regular contri- 
butions; one distinctive and productive feature in this respect is 
the German Hospital annual "Theatre Week," which each fall is 
one of the institution's most important happenings of the year. 
The practice began in 1893, when theatrical performances on two 
nights were devoted to the cause. The success attained warranted 
its development into a permanency, and for some years the hospital HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
813 
"Theatre Week" has embraced four nights, during which most of 
the residents of Brooklyn attend. 
The hospital has been much developed of late years, and now 
treats more than 2,000 patients yearly, besides accident, dispensary, 
and outside work. The annual outlay exceeds more than $60,000, 
so that unceasing efforts to procure and ensure ways and means are 
necessary. A dispensary was opened in 1910 which, while adding 
to the benefits dispensed by the institution, added considerably to 
its responsibilities. 
Some further historical facts regarding the German Hospital 
are: that in 1900, shortly after the opening of the hospital, a Nurses' 
Training School was organized, which has since given to the bor- 
ough an appreciable number of graduates well skilled in the art of 
nursing, a need long existent. The school graduated its first class 
in 1902; that in 1905 a Clinical Society was formed, which has 
since substantially added to the prestige of the institution; that in 
1906, the externes of the hospital formed an alumni association, the 
members of which meet monthly, and gather in increasing numbers 
at an association banquet annually. The first interne was Dr. 
C. P. Frischbier, although the first to complete a full term of 
service as interne, was Dr. George H. Reichels. At that time, the 
hospital only needed three internes; more than double that number 
of resident physicians and surgeons are now needed. 
The name of the hospital was changed, in 1918, to the Wyckoff 
Heights Hospital. 
Jewish H&spital.-This was opened December 16, 1906, and from 
that date until October 31, 1907, treated 1,112 patients. In the 
second year, 2,056 patients were admitted, and in 1909, 2,755. 
On October 7, 1909, the Jewish Hospital, through its president, 
Mr. Abraham Abraham, decided to join the proposed Brooklyn Fed- 
eration of Jewish Charities. During the hospital year of 1910, 3,571 
patients were admitted, and in the dispensary more than twenty- 
seven thousand persons received treatment. In that year also a 
new Nurses' Home was occupied. It had been erected at a cost of 
$103,000. 
In 1911, Edward C. Blum became president, following the de- 
cease of Mr. Abraham, the original president. Under the adminis- 
tration of Mr. Blum, the institution has gone forward to an achieve- 
ment in medical charity and service not thought possible by the 814 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
founders of the institution. In 1916 the medical and surgical staff 
of the hospital embraced more than seventy consulting and attend- 
ing physicians and surgeons, drawn from the city's ablest medical 
men. The resident medical staff consisted of about fourteen physi- 
cians, under the direction of M. L. Brandt, M.D., physician, and 
W. Sugarman, M.D., surgeon. The medical staff of the dispensary 
numbered about sixty-five physicians. 
The hospital is situated on Classon and St. Mark's avenues, 
and is non-sectarian. In 1917 the superintendent was C. E. Stras- 
ser, and the consulting staff consisted of J. Fuhs, J. M. Clayland, 
T. R. French, W. Browning and C. Eastmond. 
Williamsburgh Hospital.-This occupies the former site of the 
Brooklyn Throat Hospital at Bedford avenue and South Third 
street. The latter was one of the most useful and admirable institu- 
tions of the State for the treatment of the nose, throat, eye, ear 
and lungs, and was founded largely through the efforts of Dr. 
Reuben Jeffrey. It was incorporated April 26, 1889, and opened 
to the public. B. G. Latimer was its first president, and Rev. Henry 
A. Powell the first secretary. This hospital was supported by vol- 
untary contributions, and was non-sectarian, and its affairs were 
managed by a board of fifty directors. The primary object of the 
institution was to furnish medical and surgical treatment, care and 
service, for cure of diseases of the throat, nose, ear, eye and pul- 
monary organs. 
In the last decade of the past century the Brooklyn Throat 
Hospital gave way for the present institution. The hospital at 
this time had a capacity of thirty beds, and its dispensary was open 
daily, except Sundays and holidays. Among the members of its 
medical staff at the commencement of the present century we name 
the following: Drs. W. F. Campbell, R. J. Morrison, B. O'Connor, 
J. 0. Polak, R. H. Pomeroy, W. E. Butler, C. R. Hyde, T. A. 
McGoldrick, N. L. North, Jr., H. N. Hoopie, W. C. Braislin, L. A. 
McClelland, A. C. Howe, J. M. Winfield, A. C. Brush. 
All medical and surgical cases are treated, with the exception of 
insanity, tuberculosis and contagious diseases. The hospital was 
steadily increased in usefulness, supplying the wants of its imme- 
diate vicinity. Additions and improvements have been made upon 
its buildings, the estimated value of which is $150,000. Its gov- 
erning body is a board of directors, and the officers in 1916 were: HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
815 
Rev. Newell L. Wells, president; George L. Stamm, secretary; 
Jacob Dangler, treasurer. The present superintendent is W. T. 
Pilgrim. 
Bushwick Hospital.-The Bushwick Hospital, located at Howard 
avenue and Putnam avenue, was incorporated on June 27, 1891, 
and reincorporated in 1900. On March 1, 1913, its assets amounted 
to $35,827.57, this figure including the value of the new hospital 
building, the book value of which was shown as $33,582.28. Dur- 
ing that hospital year, the institution had received and treated 642 
patients, at a cost of approximately $15,000. The board of medical 
governors then consisted of: Drs. F. Bailey, F. E. Wilson, G. A. 
Williams, E. H. Hoxsie, C. N. Cox, J. B. Meury, L. L. Nichols, 
and C. H. Watson. The superintendent in 1917 was J. G. Hayman, 
and the medical staff was J. B. Meury, S. C. Blaisdell, W. S. Sim- 
mons, R. M. Rome, R. C. Weithas, G. A. Williams, W. A. Jewett, 
G. H. Reichers, C. N. Cox, W. Herbert, W. Pfeiffer, V. L. Zimmer- 
man, A. D. Smith, H. F. Adams, G. F. Sammis, R. M. Mills, H. M. 
Morton, A. H. Brundage. 
Samaritan Hospital.-This hospital is in its twelfth year. It is 
located on Fourth avenue and 17th street, Brooklyn. In the year 
ending February 18, 1918, there was a marked increase in all 
departments. Its sphere of usefulness has been demonstrated, 
though it is handicapped by lack of recommendations. The regis- 
ter during the last year records 1,028 admissions, totalling 9,178 
hospital days' cases; of that number 1,241 days were free. The 
hospital has a competent training school for nurses. 
The members of the corporation are divided into four classes: 
an honorary member, who is chosen for valuable services to the 
corporation; a life member, who has contributed $100; a corporate 
member who pays an annual due of $10; and a sustaining mem- 
ber, who contributes any sum under ten dollars annually. The 
life and corporate members are the only ones entitled to vote at 
corporate meetings. The officers of the board of trustees are: A. H. 
Smith, M. D., president; Sopheus Nielsen, vice-president; M. F. 
Searle, M.D., recording secretary; George W. Wason, treasurer. 
The officers of the medical board are: Dr. J. T. Rose, president; Dr. 
F. C. Dudley, vice-president; Dr. E. A. Griffin, secretary; Dr. A. 
H. Smith, chief and attending at dispensary; Eloise Kirby, R. N., 
superintendent; H. Cook, pharmacist. 816 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Hospital of the Holy Family.-This was formerly St. Mary's 
Female Hospital. The latter was established in the last half of 
the nineteenth century, under charge of the Sisters of Charity. It 
afforded medical and surgical treatment for diseases of women and 
children. Patients of all religious denominations were received. 
There was in connection with this institution a maternity hospital 
and children's department. The latter was afterwards discon- 
tinued, and the hospital was devoted exclusively to the diseases of 
women. The institution was incorporated in June, 1909, under its 
present name, and came under the management of the Sisters of 
Charity of St. Vincent de Paul, and became a general hospital. 
It is governed by a board of managers and has a prominent loca- 
tion at Nos. 151-155 Dean street; its property is valued at $185,- 
000. The officers of the board of managers in 1916 were: Mother 
Mary Josepha, president; Sister Mary Rose, secretary; Sister Rose 
Celestia, treasurer. The present superintendent is Sister M. Ursu- 
lina. 
Lutheran Hospital.-This was established in 1881 for nursing 
sick and wounded. Contagious diseases are not admitted. There 
are no restrictions as to the age or religious affiliation of those ad- 
mitted. The hospital receives an appropriation from the city. It 
is situated on East New York avenue and Junius street, Brooklyn. 
The superintendent in 1917 was Louise Oberaeker. The officers 
were: J. Kepke, president; V. Barber, vice-president; E. F. Luhr- 
sen, treasurer; N. P. Rathbun, secretary. 
Norwegian Hospital.-The Norwegian Lutheran Deaconess Home 
and Hospital is located at 46th street and Fourth avenue, and is 
for the relief of suffering Norwegians, without regard to age. It 
is a denominational institution, and was founded in 1886. The 
superintendent in 1917 was Rev. A. O. Fonkalarud; the consulting 
staff: L. S. Pitcher, surgeon; A. Murray, pathologist; J. S. Wood, 
ophthalmologist; W. Browning, neurologist; R. L. Morehead, laryn- 
gologist ; C. Eastmond, radiographer; T. Siqueland, dentist. 
Swedish Hospital.-The capacity of the Swedish Hospital is fifty 
beds. All surgical, medical and accident cases are admitted, except- 
ing incurable or infectious cases. The institution was incorporated 
July 21, 1896, to render medical and surgical aid to suffering 
persons of every creed and nationality, but especially to those of HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
817 
Scandinavian birth and extraction. The hospital is governed by 
a board of directors; the officers in 1916 were: President, Charles- 
G. Edling; secretary, George A. Edenholm; treasurer, John T. 
Smith. The president of the medical board, which consists of over 
fifty physicians and surgeons, is Dr. Harold Bryn. The superin- 
tendent is Miss Dorothea Gothson. The hospital is located at No. 
126 Rogers avenue, and its real estate holdings are valued at 
$87,000. 
Bay Ridge Hospital.-Bay Ridge Hospital, Dispensary and 
Training School for Nurses, is located at 60th street and Second 
avenue, Bay Ridge, a suburb of the city of Brooklyn. It was duly 
incorporated and opened for the reception of patients May 1, 1906. 
The officers of the board of directors in 1916 were: Edward W. 
De Knight, president; Alfred C. Johling, secretary; Ludwig Merke- 
lin, treasurer. The superintendent is Robert E. Lee Spence. 
Bethany Deaconess Hospital.-For over a quarter of a century 
this has been located at No. 237 St. Nicholas avenue. Its capacity 
is thirty-five beds, and all non-contagious diseases are treated. The 
chief of the medical staff is Dr. P. Manecke. 
Caledonian Hospital.-Among the recently incorporated hos- 
pitals of the city of Brooklyn is the Caledonian Hospital, at St. 
Paul's place and Woodruff avenue. The medical staff consists of 
nearly fifty of the most prominent practitioners of the city's 
medical profession. 
Harbor Hospital.-This incorporated hospital is located at No. 
704 Fourth avenue, and all cases except those of chronic and con- 
tagious diseases are admitted. Superintendent, Agnes Buse. 
Zion Hospital.-At No. 2140 Cropsey avenue, is located the Zion 
Hospital. Its medical staff is headed by Dr. Jacob Fuhs. The 
superintendent is W. Smith. 
Flushing Hospital and Dispensary.-The Flushing Hospital and 
Dispensary at Forest and South Parsons avenue, Flushing, is sup- 
ported partly by voluntary contributions and partly by public ap- 
propriations. It furnishes gratuitous medical and surgical treat- 
ment to the ailing poor of the district comprising all of the Third 
Ward, and a large part of the Second Ward, of the Borough of 
Queens, City of New York, including Newtown, Elmhurst, Corona, 818 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Flushing, College Point, Whitestone, Bayside, Little Neck, and 
Douglaston. Persons suffering from contagious diseases are not 
admitted, and all patients who can afford to do so are expected to 
pay the cost of their maintenance while under treatment in the hos- 
pital. 
The Hospital and Dispensary of the Town of Flushing was 
founded December 18, 1883, was incorporated February 4, 1884, 
and November 13, 1905, its name was changed to that of the Flush- 
ing Hospital and Dispensary. 
The association possessed a Nurses' Home Fund in 1906 amount- 
ing to $1,303.50, and looked for its rapid increase. Land adjoining 
the hospital was purchased in 1905 for the purpose of building 
thereon a Nurses' Home, and $5,500 was subscribed toward the 
building fund. It was, however, later ascertained that a suitable 
building would entail an expenditure of about $12,000, therefore 
the trustees resolved to defer action in the matter for two years. 
Meanwhile, the Nurses' School, which was organized in 1893, was 
conducted in its old inadequate quarters. 
The hospital for the next decade maintained its usefulness, and 
its property was so enhanced that its valuation was placed at $125,- 
000. The officers of the board of trustees, which was the governing 
body of the institution, are: William H. Walker, president; Will- 
iam B. Sprague, secretary; Henry S. Barton, treasurer. The presi- 
dent of the medical staff, Charles B. Story, has associates consisting 
of over fifty members of the medical profession. 
St. John's Hospital, Long Island City.-The wise forethought of 
Rt. Rev. Bishop Loughlin was the cause of the origin of this insti- 
tution. Early in 1861 he purchased twenty-nine lots fronting on 
Jackson and Nott avenues and 12th street, and placed them at the 
command of the Sisters of St. Joseph, who at once arranged build- 
ings to meet the requirements of a modern city hospital. Since 
that time the usefulness of the hospital has increased, and in the 
early part of the present century a magnificent structure was 
erected. The main part at the corner of Jackson avenue and 12th 
street has a frontage of about 140 feet, and extends back 150 feet 
to Nott avenue. The main part is five stories in height, the west 
and north wings four stories. The sick of every race, religion and 
color, are welcome to the benefits of the hospital, which is char- 
acterized by every sanitary requirement, and all conveniences HOSPITALS-GREATER NEW YORK 
819 
known to the fullest medical equipment and efficiency. The am- 
bulance service, with motor and horse, is at instant call. The hos- 
pital was incorporated March 31, 1891. The president of the board 
of trustees is the Rt. Rev. Charles E. McDonnell; the secretary, 
Sister M. Stephen; the treasurer and superintendent, Sister Mary 
Philomene; the attending physician, Dr. Richard Kalish. The 
handsome property of the institution is valued at $550,000, and 
the number of patients treated in 1916 was 2,401. 
Mary Immaculate Hospital, Jamaica.-This institution is in 
charge of the nuns of the Order of St. Dominic of the city of 
Brooklyn. The object of the institution is to furnish medical and 
surgical treatment to sick and disabled persons of any creed or 
nationality. The admission of patients is in accordance with the 
rules of the department of charities and of the hospital. The 
hospital is located on the corner of Sheldon avenue and Ray street, 
and was incorporated October 20, 1902. It has steadily grown in 
usefulness and popularity, and its hospital buildings, equipped 
with all the improvements known to science, is now valued at $150,- 
000. The officers of the board of trustees are: President, Mother 
Augustine Fleck; secretary, Mother Charitus Harth; treasurer, 
Mother Catharine Herbert. The president of the medical staff is 
Dr. Elliott Shipman, and among his associates are Jacob Fuhs, 
Charles N. Cox, Fred De Forest Bailey, Louis H. Fleck, George A. 
Linnehan, and Timothy J. Flynn. The superintendent of the 
hospital is Sister M. Eugenia Meyer. 
Jamaica Hospital, Jamaica.-The ladies of the village and town 
of Jamaica as early as 1891 commenced to lay plans for the estab- 
lishment of a hospital. Their energetic work resulted in the 
establishment of a hospital in that year for surgical and medical 
advice and treatment to those who were in need in their commu- 
nity. The Jamaica Hospital was incorporated February 17, 1892, 
and has ever since been permanent in usefulness and service to the 
residents of the village and town. The business affairs are man- 
aged by a board of trustees. The president of the board in 1916 
was Mrs. R. W. Higbie; the secretary, Mrs. G. P. B. Hoyt; the 
treasurer, Mrs. Granville Yeaton. The hospital is located on New 
York avenue, and its real estate and personal holdings are valued 
at over $50,000. The medical staff numbers amongst its member- 820 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
ship over fifty noted and prominent practitioners. The superin- 
tendent of the hospital is Miss Rose A. Saffier. 
Rockaway Beach Hospital.-This is a non-sectarian general hos- 
pital, located at Hammels and Bayside avenues, Rockaway Beach, 
Borough of Queens. Its properties are valued at $85,000. It was 
incorporated April 8, 1908, and opened to the public. The presi- 
dent of the board of directors in 1916 was Charles Crabbe; the 
secretary, Samuel I. Goldberg; the treasurer William Brunner. 
The president of the medical staff is Dr. Garrett K. W. Schenck; 
the superintendent Eugenia H. Frost. 
Saint Joseph's Hospital, Far Rockaway.-This is a general hos- 
pital located on Broadway, Far Rockaway, an environ of Brook- 
lyn. It is non-sectarian, and all classes are treated, irrespective of 
age, color or nativity. The hospital occupies a handsome building, 
and the estimated value of its properties is over $200,000. It was 
established June 25, 1905, and incorporated October 14th that year. 
The officers of the board of trustees in 1916 were: President, Rt. 
Rev. Joseph McNamee; secretary, Sister Mary Stephen; treasurer 
and superintendent, Sister Mary Nicetus. The attending physician 
is Dr. E. H. Pershing. 
Queenshoro Hospital.-In the borough of Queens, at Jamaica, 
the Queensboro Hospital is located. It was incorporated a few years 
ago, and is situated on Flushing avenue. The chief of its medical 
staff is Dr. I. Howard Moss, a member of the class of 1900 of the 
Physicians and Surgeons College of New York City. CHAPTER IV 
WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS IN GREATER 
NEW YORK 
T Y1NG-IN HOSPITAL, New York.-No suitable establish- 
t j ment for the reception and relief of pregnant women, des- 
titute of the means of support, was existent in New York 
City in 1798, and "the dreadful mortality which accompanied the 
yellow fever, as it prevailed in the city in the summer of that year, 
with the consequent great distress, operated with peculiar severity 
upon the laboring poor. ' ' 
Dr. David Hosack interested himself, and in October that year 
circulated a subscription paper "which received liberal patronage," 
headed: "Proposals for the establishment of a Maternity Hos- 
pital in the City of New York." Later, the Commercial Adver- 
tiser, on December 4, 1798, published a notice of "a meeting of 
subscribers to the Lying-in Hospital," to be held on December 9, 
"at the City Tavern." As to this meeting, the "Constitution of the 
Lying-in Hospital," printed by John Furman, of 102 Pearl street, 
"third door below the corner of Old Slip," in 1799 had, as preface, 
the following: "A subscription having been opened in the City of 
New York, and . . . many persons, influenced by principles of 
benevolence and charity . . . having liberally subscribed ... a 
meeting was held at the Tontine Coffee House, on the 9th day of 
December . . . 1798 . . . Thomas Pearsall, senior, Robert Lenox, 
D. T. S. Robertson, Henry Remsen, and Dr. David Hosack, were 
appointed a Committee ... A Constitution was offered, and "the 
same was approved, and directed to be executed, as soon as a sum 
of money may be subscribed, which the Governors may deem suffi- 
cient to defray the expences of the Institution. ' ' 
The committee reported at same place, December 24, 1798, and 
a constitution was approved, which provided "that the institution 
be known by the name of the New York Lying-in Hospital; that 
thirteen governors be elected annually; subscribers of Twenty dol- 
lars per annum being eligible to office; that the first election take 
821 822 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
place on the third Wednesday of January, next ensuing, at the 
Tontine Coffee House; that a number of physicians, not exceeding 
four, be elected by ballot, to attend the said hospital; . . . that the 
Governors elect a person, in the character of an apothecary and 
house pupil, to remain in the house, and that upon his admission 
he pay into the hands of the treasurer such a sum as the Governors 
may consider sufficient to defray the expences of his support." 
The "Act to incorporate the Society of the Lying-in Hospital 
of the City of New York" was passed March 1, 1799. During that 
year strenuous efforts were made to procure the funds necessary, 
and the Commercial Advertiser, of July 23, 1799, announced that 
the New York Lying-in Hospital was "in such forwardness that it 
will be opened for the reception of patients upon the first day of 
August, at a very commodious house," No. 2 Cedar street; that a 
matron, "a woman of respectable character" had been appointed, 
and that "pay patients can avail themselves of the benefits of this 
advertisement." It also appealed to the public for subscriptions. 
From February 9 to December 28, 1799, ninety-four persons sub- 
scribed, only one donation being for more than fifty dollars (that 
of Robert Lenox, who subscribed $200), the total amount was only 
$3,030. In 1800 a further $2,050.50 was subscribed, and in Jan- 
uary, 1801, "it being found that the interest arising from the 
Society's funds was by no means sufficient to meet the expenses 
which a separate institution demanded," an agreement was entered 
into between the New York Hospital and the Governors of the 
New York Lying-in Hospital, which resulted in the closing of the 
Cedar Street Hospital, and the establishment of the Society in 
a lying-in ward of the New York Hospital. This arrangement con- 
tinued for twenty-six years, until June 10, 1827, when the gover- 
nors of the New York Hospital appropriated the rooms for other 
purposes. 
In 1822, the funds of the Society amounted to $3,824, of which 
$3,800 represented seventy-six shares of the capital stock of the 
Manhattan Company, so that its operations were necessarily re- 
stricted and were rendered difficult in 1827, when the arrangement 
with the New York Hospital was ended. On November 17, 1827, 
the Society of the Lying-in Hospital petitioned the city government 
"for a portion of ground for building purposes," and made a 
public appeal for funds, but without success. An unsuccessful 
attempt to secure a site was again made in 1831, and here the WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
823 
public interest seems to have ceased; in fact, from October 1834 
until July 1845, no meetings of governors or members were held, 
and of the governors only two survived in 1845: William Bard, 
president, and Philip Hine. Owing to the original powers granted 
to the society, however, these gentlemen were in doubt as to its 
standing at that time, and sought legal advice following which 
action a written opinion, delivered April 22, 1845, decided that 
the corporation "is of perpetual duration." Thereupon a meeting 
was held at the rooms of the Public School Society, July 29, 1845, 
and another at Mr. Bard's office in Wall street, on August 6, 1845, 
at which meeting a new board of governors was elected. 
During the next ten years, various plans were suggested to make 
the fund useful as intended by the subscribers; in 1846-47 it was 
proposed to reform the Alms House Hospital; in 1848, to assist 
the Society for the Reformation of Delinquent Females, in their 
Lying-in Department; in 1849 the Magdalen Society was requested 
to receive patients. In 1855 action was taken seeking to unite 
with the New York Women's Hospital under a new charter, but the 
action was not pursued to consolidation. On March 29, 1855, the 
system was adopted of aiding females requiring assistance during 
confinement, at their homes, limiting the expense to $25 in each 
case, and in that activity it continued a very useful charity until 
August, 1892. The work of the Society brought public recognition 
and appreciation; in 1863 its funds had reached a total of $66,- 
937.36, and in 1893 the sum of $296,271.22, the interest of which it 
was empowered to use for the charitable purpose for which the 
society had been incorporated. 
In August, 1892, the Society absorbed the Midwifery Dispen- 
sary, No. 312 Broome street, and also continued to care for women 
in their own homes. On May 3, 1894, the Society purchased the 
Hamilton Fish property on Second avenue, between 17th and 18th 
streets, for $200,000, funds being raised as follows: J. Pierpont 
Morgan, $20,000; Cornelius Vanderbilt, $10,000; the Society's note 
for $60,000; mortgage, and bond issue, for balance, $110,000. In 
November, 1894, the administrative offices were removed to the 
new building, and the Broome street establishment became a sub- 
station. Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan extended further assistance, 
making himself chiefly responsible for the adequate fitting up of 
the Hamilton Fish property, the first floor for offices, students' 
rooms, lecture halls, etc., the second floor for wards, with accom- 824 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
modation for thirty-five beds; the third, for nurses; and the top 
floor for medical students and staff. 
The Society, however, labored under very heavy liabilities, the 
interest charges alone on its indebtedness amounting, in 1896, to 
more than $6,000 per annum. Their work was expanding each 
year; in 1896, 3,423 applicants for relief were recorded at their 
hospital and relief station, 2,768 were attended in confinement, and 
37,800 visits were made "to the wretched tenement districts" in 
that year by the medical staff. 
In 1897, Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan intimated his willingness to 
erect a suitable hospital building, provided sufficient income could 
be obtained to conduct it without incurring any debt. The offer 
was accepted, and the governors issued an appeal to the public, 
hoping to secure an endowment fund of $500,000. Some substan- 
tial amounts were subscribed the following year, and it was decided 
to proceed with the building of the new hospital. Mr. Morgan's 
plans provided for a building of ten floors, and, when completed, 
to deliver to the institution "the most magnificent hospital build- 
ing in the country." It was estimated that the opening of each 
floor would entail an annual outlay of $15,000. On May 20, 1899, 
temporary quarters were taken by the Society, the demolition of the 
Fish building began, and shortly afterwards the construction of 
the ten-story building commenced on the site of the old, situated 
on Second avenue, 17th and 18th streets, with total frontage of 
383 feet. With the completion and equipment of the new building, 
the Society's hospital capacity would advance from 28 to 260 beds; 
also the Society would be in a position to offer added facilities to 
students, which department of its work was by no means unim- 
portant or inconsiderable, as the fees paid to it by graduate 
students of obstetrics amounted to $3,412 for the hospital year 
1899. 
The Society's one hundred and second year (1900) was made 
auspicious by the completion of its magnificent new building. 
Fifty additional feet of frontage on 18th street had been generously 
conveyed to it by Mr. Pierpont Morgan, and the building fixed at 
eight stories, steel, brick and stone construction, entirely fireproof, 
with floor space of about 140,000 square feet. The building was 
not actually completed until the winter of 1902-03, but the Society 
moved from its temporary quarters into the new building on May 
1, 1901, occupying the lower floor for its out-door department, WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
825 
while the construction work proceeded. After the completion and 
opening, funds were appropriated sufficient to conduct one ward 
floor, consisting of sixty-two beds, until the 1st of January, 1903. 
A great increase in application for ward treatment followed the 
opening, the society admitting into its hospital in 1903, 1,132 
patients; treating also 2,693 patients in their homes. 
Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan, in 1914, donated $100,000 toward the 
year's expenses, and the city grant was $25,000. It was estimated 
that the Society cared for, at that time, about ten per cent, of the 
total births in the borough of Manhattan. 
The hospital furnishes courses in practical obstetrics for gradu- 
ates and undergraduates in medicine. The superintendent in 1917- 
18 was W. H. Spiller, M. D.; the consulting surgeon, W. M. Polk; 
the chief surgeons, J. W. Markoe and A. B. Davis; the attending 
surgeons and specialists, R. McPherson, J. A. Harrar, G. W. Kos- 
mak, C. F. Jellinghaus, E. D. Truesdell, L. A. Wing, M. K. Smith, 
H. M. Ratliff, M. Rosensohn, and T. C. Newson. 
New York Nursery and Child's Hospital, New York.-The work 
now carried on by this institution, succeeding to all the activities 
and to all traditions of the oldest Nursery, the oldest Child's 
Hospital, and the oldest Maternity Hospital in the City of New 
York, which sent doctors to the homes of the poor at the time of 
childbirth, was begun in 1823. The present corporation was 
formed by the consolidation of the Nursery and Child's Hospital 
with the New York Infant Asylum, which formerly consolidated 
with the old Marion Street Maternity Hospital. Each of these 
institutions was a pioneer in its particular line. 
The old Marion Street Maternity Hospital was organized in 1823 
and incorporated in 1827 as The New York Female Asylum for 
Lying-In-Women, and was so called for the next seventy years. 
Its object was to furnish comfortable conditions and skillful at- 
tendance to respectable married women during the period of their 
confinement, and to supply competent medical care at their homes 
under similar circumstances. It was the first institution of its 
kind to care for poor respectable women, and was the pioneer in 
the city in sending physicians to such homes to attend at child- 
birth. Two lots were bought in 1830 on Orange, now Marion street, 
near Prince street, and a three-story building was built; this was 
headquarters for fifty-five years. This unostentatious charity re- 826 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
moved in 1885 to No. 139 Second avenue, where it continued its 
quiet work until 1899, when it consolidated with the New York 
Infant Asylum. 
In 1854 Mrs. Cornelius Du Bois interested herself in statistics 
which showed there was a fearful infant mortality in the world. 
It was from a knowledge of these facts, and from personal obser- 
vations of the cruelties practiced, the drugging, starving, and 
neglect of infants that induced her to make an effort for the 
establishing of a nursery. She began with a $100 donation, and in 
three months collected $10,000 for a public nursery; a charter was 
granted April 10, 1854, under the name of The Nursery for the 
Children of Poor Women. The nursery was opened May 1, 1854, 
in St. Mark's place; its ill-ventilated rooms were soon overcrowded 
with infants of wet nurses and the daily charge of children whose 
parents labored away from home. The institution was controlled 
by a board of thirty officers and managers, and the medical staff 
in 1854 were: Edward Delafield, T. H. Markoe, J. T. Metcalfe, 
H. G. Cox, G. A. Peters, G. T. Elliott, Charles H. Allen, James 
Stewart. 
During the cholera epidemic of 1854, the nursery was over- 
crowded and an adjoining house was utilized. Two years later 
the nursery acquired one of the wooden cottages which had been 
used by the New York Hospital during a period of reconstruc- 
tion of their building. The cottage stood on a lot belonging to the 
Tonnele estate, at 14th street and Sixth avenue, and after some 
remodeling was occupied by the Nursery. The charter was amended 
in 1856, and the name of the institution changed to The Nursery 
and Child's Hospital. The cottage soon became inadequate, and 
the city leased lots on 51st street to the institution. An appro- 
priation of $10,000 from the State became available, and the corner- 
stone of a building was laid June 22, 1857, and was soon occupied. 
During the Civil War it was used as a hospital for soldiers. 
The Nursery opened in 1870 its country home on Staten Island, 
which was of great benefit to the sickly children, but it was un- 
fortunately destroyed by fire after being in use ten years. 
Although the Nursery and Child's Hospital began as a nursery, 
it was soon found necessary to care for sick children. To a cer- 
tain extent this had been done almost from the beginning. Hither- 
to illegitimate children had not been admitted, and the important 
development of this work was undertaken by the institution. There WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
827 
was apparently at this time no accommodation for that class ob- 
tainable at any city institution. Through the exertions of Mrs. 
Du Bois, the city granted a lease of the lot, corner of Lexington 
avenue and 51st street, and expended $40,000 for the erection of 
a building to shelter illegitimate children. The building was 
ready for occupancy in 1861, but for the next four years was de- 
voted to government use. After the close of the war, it was adapted 
for a Lying-in-Hospital, the managers having received power to 
add such a department. In 1865 the New York Infant Asylum 
was founded, its primary object being to take charge of foundlings 
and infant children to the age of two years, and to provide for 
their support and education; also, to provide lying-in-wards so 
as to prevent maternal abandonment of homeless infants and to 
diminish the moral dangers and personal sufferings to which home- 
less mothers were exposed. 
The Infant Asylum had its origin in the efforts of Rev. Mr. Rich- 
mond to reform a class of unfortunate young women whom he 
found in the maternity wards of Bellevue Hospital. His death 
occurred before his plan could be completed, but his widow in 
1865 secured a charter, and rented a building at 104th street and 
West End avenue. After a struggle of two years the work was 
abandoned, but in 1871 the society was reorganized through the 
efforts of Miss Alice Sanford and her father, General Sanford. 
The New York Infant Asylum in 1872 bought the present site 
of the New York Nursery and Child's Hospital at Amsterdam 
avenue and 61st street. The building was occupied in April, 1873, 
and in 1899 the Infant Asylum consolidated with Marion Street 
Maternity Hospital, and the property on Marion street was sold 
for $75,000. The Infant Asylum was consolidated in 1910 with 
the Nursery and Child's Hospital under its present title. The 
work of the present hospital is thus classified: 1. A Lying-in- 
Hospital. 2. A Hospital for Sick Children. 3. A Boarding-out- 
Department, supplanting the nursery in the building. The found- 
ling children are placed in suitable homes, and their general wel- 
fare supervised from the hospital. 4. An Outside Obstetrical De- 
partment, continuing the work begun by the Marion Street Ma- 
ternity Hospital. Physicians connected with the staff are sent to 
the homes of those who apply for aid. 5. The training of a 
limited number of nursery maids who after a systematic course 828 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
in the care of young children, are open to employment in private 
families. 
Noteworthy facts in the history of this institution are that in 
the two decades commencing with 1853-54, the infant mortality 
at the New'York Almshouse was ninety per cent; this was decreased 
to about sixteen per cent in 1876 at the City Nursery. It also 
claims to have opened the first refuge for erring, penitent mothers. 
Another remarkable fact is that during the first fifty years of its 
existence the chief administrative office, that of first directress, 
was held by only two persons. Mrs. Du Bois, founder of the in- 
stitution, was most active and successful in the office until her 
death in 1889, and was succeeded by Mrs. Algernon S. Sullivan. 
The present superintendent is Miss Rye Morley. 
Hospital for Retief of Ruptured and Crippled, New York.- 
At the close of the first half of the last century, Dr. James 
Knight, as a visitor of the Association for Improving the Condition 
of the Poor, came in contact with laboring men and women, and 
as far back as 1842, when attending the clinics of Dr. Valentine 
Mott, was impressed with the necessity for an institution for the 
relief of the ruptured and crippled. He enlisted the interest of the 
distinguished surgeons Valentine Mott, Willard Parker, J. M. 
Cainochran, James R. Wood, also such prominent citizens as George 
Opdyke, R. A. Whittans, Wilson G. Hunt, Robert L. Stewart, T. 
B. Sillman and Peter Cooper. Notwithstanding the encourage- 
ment given by these gentlemen, the necessary funds were not se- 
cured to establish a hospital, and Dr. Knight sought the counsel 
of R. M. Hartley, prominent in the work of the Association for 
Improving the Condition of the Poor. The result was the organiza- 
tion, on April 15, 1862, of the New York Society for the Relief 
of the Ruptured and Crippled, which was incorporated December 
18, 1862; the incorporators were: Robert Minturn, John C. Green, 
Stewart Brown, A. R. Wetmore, William A. Booth, Robert M. 
Hartley, Joseph B. Collins, Jonathan Sturges, James W. Beekman, 
George Griswold, John David Wolfe, Enoch L. Fancher, James 
Knight, Thomas Denny, Luther R. Marsh, Charles M. Talbot, J. F. 
Sheafe, Henry S. Terbell, Nathan Bishop, John W. Quincy, who, 
by the act of incorporation, became the first board of managers. 
The Society, soon after its organization, leased as a hospital the 
residence at 97 Second avenue of Dr. Knight, who became the first WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
829 
resident physician and surgeon and held this title until 1878, when 
it was changed to surgeon-in-chief, a position he retained until 
his death, October 24, 1887. 
The building on Second avenue accommodated twenty-eight beds. 
The little hospital soon became insufficient, and in 1867 the Society 
purchased for $40,000 five lots on the corner of 42nd street and 
Lexington avenue, a purchase made possible by the generous con- 
tributions of Chauncey and Henry Rose, John C. Baldwins, and 
others. For construction, subscriptions over $100,000 were pledged 
by citizens, and the new building was opened with a general recep- 
tion in the hospital November 10, 1870. 
The site of the hospital was all that could be desired; the eleva- 
tion commanded a wide view of the upper part of the city and the 
regions beyond. The bright waters of Long Island Sound and the 
wooded hills of New Jersey are plainly observable. Though the 
hospital had no country branch, various summer homes have gen- 
erously shared their accommodations; prominent among these are 
the "Robin's Nest" at Tarrytown; Home for Convalescent Babies 
at Sea Cliff; the Haxton Cottage at Bath Beach; the New York 
Home for Destitute Children; the Playground Association of 
America; the People's University Extension Society; the Crippled 
Children's Driving Fund Association; and the "Bobolinks" at 
Sharon, Connecticut. There are annual treat days for the patients, 
among which are the Potter entertainment provided by Miss 
Blanche Potter in memory of her father, Orlando B. Potter; the 
McAlpin Day, the 20th of June, when there is a treat to all of the 
patients, a ride in Central Park, and games on the lawn; the 
Witherell Memorial, a day set apart once a year for an entertain- 
ment, drive in the park, and a treat of ice cream, cake and oranges 
for the children. From the beginning, a school under the public 
school system has been maintained, also, in more recent years, a 
kindergarten (the oldest hospital school in existence), and at no 
time have the educational features been neglected. 
During Dr. Knight's administration the cases treated were: 
Varicose veins, bow-legs, knock-knees, club foot, paralysis, lateral 
curvature of the spine, spinal diseases, hip diseases, rachitis, white 
swelling, rheumatic contractions, in fact, all the ailments or physical 
defects that produce lameness or deformities. After the death of 
Dr. Knight, the present occupant, Dr. Virgil P. Gibney, resident 
assistant for thirteen years, was appointed surgeon-in-chief. Dr. 830 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
William T. Bull was placed in charge of the hernia department. 
At his suggestion children suffering from hernia failing to get 
relief from trusses, were admitted to the wards for operation. 
The development of the New York Central railroad terminal ne- 
cessitated in 1912 the institution to look for another site, and an 
attractive plot was secured on the north side of 42nd street, between 
.First and Second avenues. Here the present building was con- 
structed, with all the modern equipment of a first-class hospital, 
the roof being devoted to a garden overlooking the East river. 
The officers for the year 1917-18 were: William Church Osborn, 
president; Adrian Iselin, Jr., S. Sidney Smith, Geraldyn Redmond, 
vice-presidents; John S. Melcher, treasurer; John N. Stearns, re- 
cording and corresponding secretary. 
Infirmary for Women and Children, New York.-The founda- 
tion of this institution was laid in 1853, when Dr. Elizabeth Black- 
well with a capital of fifty dollars opened a dispensary for poor 
women and children, in a room near Tompkins square. The popular 
prejudice against women physicians at this time was so universal 
that Dr. Blackwell could not obtain a location in a respectable 
boarding house that would permit her to place a sign on the dwell- 
ing. It was necessary to use the strictest economy with the small 
capital, but on December 13, 1853, the dispensary was incorporated 
and a house rented on Fifteenth street. 
The purposes of the institution were threefold: To give poor 
women the opportunity of consulting physicians of their own sex; 
to give women students of medicine the advantages of hospital 
instruction; to form a school for instruction in nursing and in the 
laws of health. In the first year 200 patients were treated, and 
the vital necessity of cleanliness, ventilation and a judicious diet, 
was urged upon them, not only in the dispensary, but in their 
home life. The importance of hygiene and preventive medicine 
was always made prominent by Dr. Elizabeth Blackwell. This 
pioneer among the women physicians of the land later was assisted 
by her sister, Dr. Emily Blackwell and Dr. M. E. Zackszewaka. 
The hospital was located in 1861 in Bleecker street, in a house 
owned by the institution. In that year sixty-six general cases were 
received besides fifty-nine obstetric cases, while 123 obstetric cases 
and 264 general cases received home treatment, and 2,182 dis- 
pensary patients were seen. WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
831 
Dr. Blackwell, while in England, became a warm friend of 
Florence Nightingale and became interested in the training of 
nurses not only for hospital wards, but in district nursing. One 
of the first endeavors of the little hospital was to establish a train- 
ing school for nurses; the progress was slow until the breaking out 
of the Civil War. Early in May, 1861, at a meeting of the man- 
agers to consider how the training school could meet the require- 
ments necessary for the care of wounded soldiers, a committee was 
authorized to call a meeting at Cooper Union, where the Women's 
Central Relief Association was organized, which afterwards merged 
with the Sanitary Commission. Dr. Elizabeth Blackwell was chair- 
man of the committee that had in charge everything relating to 
nurses. The New York and Bellevue Hospitals opened their wards 
for training of nurses, and a course of lectures was delivered by 
eminent physicians cooperating with Dr. Blackwell. The first really 
organized training school was afterwards established at Bellevue, 
the next at New York Hospital. The Infirmary cooperated with 
these larger hospitals by instructing nurses in obstetrics, and it 
was not for sometime that it could establish its own training school 
for general practice. 
The leading medical colleges, 1860 to 1865, refused to accept 
women students, and a special charter was obtained incorporating 
a department of the Infirmary as a medical college. This enter- 
prise met with success from its foundation, and to make room in 
the Second avenue building, then occupied by the Infirmary, the 
hospital was removed to its present site, at 321 East 15th street, 
Stuyvesant Square, Second avenue. The college continued in the 
Second avenue building till it became inadequate to its needs, and 
in 1886 a building fund was started, and by the combined efforts 
of the trustees, the Alumnae and the Association for the Advance- 
ment of the Medical Education of Women, a fund of $70,000 was 
raised, which, with the proceeds of the sale of the Second avenue 
building, enabled the purchase in 1888 of the building adjoining 
the hospital on East 15th street, where the college work was car- 
ried on until 1899, when, by reason of the fact that other medical 
colleges had opened their doors to women students, its needs and its 
services terminated, and the entire work of the institution was de- 
voted to its hospital and allied services. 
At the close of its half century, the Infirmary had done what 
no other hospital had done, in maintaining a struggle for the higher 832 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
education of women by keeping before the public the standard of 
woman's medical education in the face of all prejudices. It started 
and maintained a medical school to bear witness to the principle 
that medical education must be based on clinical instruction in 
hospital wards. It was forced to support all the clinical oppor- 
tunities for the instruction of its students on account of the exclu- 
sion of women to the advantages freely given to men in the public 
and private charities of the city. This it has done, and in addition 
took the initiative in establishing schools for nurses, in seeking to 
start fresh air work, district nursing and sanitary work in the 
tenements. No hospital in the city takes its place, for in no other 
regular school are patients exempt from the publicity consequent 
on the presence of classes of men students in the wards. It con- 
tinues to be most necessary for the training of women physicians; 
it is a center for social betterment, and a charity where a vast 
amount of personal work is done. 
The hospital properties and equipment are valued at $349,863.40. 
The officers for 1918 were: Edward C. Henderson, president; Mrs. 
Charles L. Tiffany, vice-president; Louis C. Tiffany, Mrs. Henry 
Villard and Miss Emily A. Watson, honorary vice-presidents; 
Henry J. Fisher, treasurer; Mrs. Nelson C. Holland, secretary. 
The house officers are Floride L. Croft, superintendent; Perle P. 
Penfield and Irene Tognazzine, physicians. 
Woman's Hospital, New York.-The Woman's Hospital in 
the State of New York enjoys the distinction of being the first 
of its kind founded by women for the exclusive use of women. It 
was incorporated in November, 1855, as The Woman's Hospital, 
but by an act of the Legislature, April 7, 1858, it received its 
present title. It had its inception in the inspiration and genius 
of Dr. J. Marion Sims, the recognized father of gynecology, so 
the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York may be fittingly 
termed its birthplace. 
The early history of the hospital reads like a romance, although 
punctuated by many tragic moments. The obstetrical forceps were 
not in general use, and in many instances woman was obliged to 
deliver herself after a long and difficult labor, as no operation 
based on surgical principles had been devised which could be 
trusted to produce successful results. Dr. J. Marion Sims, of 
Montgomery, Alabama, undertook the investigation of this patho- WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
833 
logical condition; he built a private hospital, collected cases, mostly 
negro slaves, and for nearly four years toiled before a single cure 
was effected. He, however, brought the operation to such a degree 
of perfection, as well as the instruments which he invented, that 
it still remains to-day an ideal procedure. His constant mental 
tension undermined his health, and he sought New York for change 
of climate. As a surgeon he was warmly welcomed to New York 
by the whole medical profession. He delivered an elaborate and 
lucid lecture before the medical profession of the city in Stuyvesant 
Institute on May 18, 1854, on the necessity of organizing a woman's 
hospital. A committee of organization was formed, and Dr. Sims 
was deputized to visit prominent women of the city to lay the 
sorrows of suffering women before them and to solicit their co- 
operation. The outcome was, on February 10, 1855, thirty ladies 
met in a parlor on St. Mark's Place, and accepted a constitution 
calling for a new charitable institution to be organized under the 
Woman's Hospital Association. This society was to have a board 
of managers consisting of thirty-five members, who were to have 
charge of the affairs of the association. They were as follows: 
Mesdames David Codwise, Wm. B. Astor, Ogden Hoffman, Horace 
Webster, Jacob Le Roy, T. C. Doremus, Dr. Horace Greene, Peter 
Cooper, Alexander H. Stevens, Dr. Fordyce Barker, Dr. 
F. U. Johnston, G. G. Howland, Elisha Peck, D. D. Conover, 
Dr. Warren, Henry Baker, Hawkins, Dr. Cheever, A. P. Crane, 
Cornelius DuBois, M. A. Marvin, J. C. Wheeler, C. B. Hatch, 
William Edgar, R. B. Minturn, Joseph Lawrence, W. B. Skidmore, 
M. H. Grinnel, E. C. Benedict, H. J. Raymond, G. D. Phelps, 
Dr. Dewitt, William H. Aspinwall, Walden Pell, Thomas Mason. 
The physicians and surgeons, for the first year were: Drs. J. 
Marion Sims, Alex. H. Stevens, Valentine Mott, Ed. W. Delafield, 
John W. Francis, Horace Green. 
The first location selected for the hospital was a rented house 
at Madison avenue and 29th street. The hospital was modestly 
fitted up and contained forty beds. Patients came from the far 
west, the extreme south. From the first the hospital had difficulty 
in meeting expenses, and the managers appealed to the Legislature 
for assistance. The New York City government had already come 
to its financial assistance with an appropriation of $2,500; the 
State now made an appropriation of $10,000. 
The Woman's Hospital Association was not intended as a 834 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
permanent organization, and in 1856 an appeal was made to found 
a State Woman's Hospital and also for the grant of certain lands 
and buildings for the purpose. The buildings were not granted, 
but the act was passed, giving to certain persons "power to estab- 
lish and maintain and conduct a hospital in the City of New York, 
to be known as the Woman's Hospital of the State of New York." 
The city granted the block now bounded by Fourth and Lexington 
avenues, and 49th and 50th streets; this originally formed part of 
"Potter's Field," and was so filled with dead that 35,000 bodies 
were removed from the site after it came into the possession of the 
hospital. The Legislature in 1863 appropriated $50,000 toward^ 
the buildings, with the provision that $100,000 should be raised by 
private contributions. The visit of Dr. Sims to Europe occurred 
in the summer of 1861, where he studied hospital construction, and 
he returned embued with the advantages of the "pavilion plan." 
Accordingly, the plans for a single building were abandoned, and 
the new idea found expression in plans for four separate five- 
story brick and stone buildings, with wards extending across the 
full width, affording light and ventilation at both sides. The first 
pavilion was ready for occupancy October 12, 1867; it was four 
lofty stories in height, and afforded accommodations for seventy- 
five patients. In accordance with the charter, the financial affairs 
and management of the property were in the hands of a board of 
governors, of whom James W. Beekman was president. 
During the first twelve years, 1200 cases were discharged, cured 
or greatly relieved. The hospital, requiring greater accommoda- 
tions, was eventually removed to its present location at 110th street 
and Amsterdam avenue. This site has a frontage of about four 
hundred feet on 110th street, overlooking the property of St. 
John's Cathedral and St. Luke's Hospital on the other side of the 
cathedral grounds. The exterior of the building is the French 
Renaissance, and it had two lateral wings, each 100 feet deep, 
jutting out toward the south. The west wing is known as the 
Thompson Pavilion, and provides accommodations for the Thomp- 
son Laboratory. The east wing is the Nurses' Home. There were 
admitted for surgical care for the year ending September 30, 1917, 
3,555 patients. 
In the early days of the hospital the pathologist was usually the 
professor of pathology in one of the New York medical schools. 
In 1915, however, the laboratory was accorded more fitting recogni- WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
835 
tion, appropriate space was assigned, and the rooms supplied with 
efficient laboratory equipment. Dr. Lawrence W. Strong was ap- 
pointed director of Pathological Laboratories, with membership on 
the surgical board, and Dr. Emil Schwartz assistant pathologist. 
The department in 1916 inaugurated pathological conferences, 
open to the medical public. Courses in gynecological pathology 
are given to properly accredited applicants according to their 
special needs. Clinical conferences in 1917 were inaugurated to 
precede the weekly pathological conferences. Women as technical 
assistants are employed both in the histological and in the clinical 
pathological laboratory. The Out-Patient Department has large 
commodious quarters on the ground floor of the Thompson Path- 
ological Building, where a regular daily gynecological clinic is held, 
also twice a week cystoscopic clinic and obstetrical prenatal clinic 
and electrical clinic three times a week. In the year 1916-17, 
7,118 patients were examined, treated and advised, and 12,616 
consultations were held. 
In the year 1910 the board of governors established a maternity 
service. Dr. Franklin A. Dorman was appointed obstetrical sur- 
geon, with membership on the surgical board. During the year 
1917 over 600 confinement eases were eared for. The staff as now 
organized consists of: Franklin A. Dorman, director, and Harold C. 
Ingraham, assistant. The present capacity is twenty-five ward 
beds and twenty-two private rooms. The total assets of the hospital 
on September 30,1917, were $2,574,540, of which the sites, buildings 
and hospital equipment represented $1,607,378.87. 
Dr. Clement Cleveland was appointed in 1916 surgical director 
and president of the surgical board. He was succeeded in 1918 
by Dr. George Gray Ward, Jr., who was appointed chief surgeon, 
as well as the president of the surgical board. Dr. Ward found 
himself in charge of a hospital accommodating 106 gynecological 
and 25 obstetrical ward beds, and 73 private and semi-private beds. 
During the year 1918 there were 3,721 patients admitted and 5,119 
operations performed and 613 births. The Out-Patient Department 
had 9,180 applicants and 14,370 visits. The number of employees, 
including the nursing staff, was 212. The entire staff, which con- 
sisted of four attending surgeons on duty, one of whom is an 
obstetric surgeon, and five junior attending surgeons, are sub- 
ordinate to the chief surgeon, who has power to make all nomina- 
tions in all departments. 836 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
New York Hospital for Women, New York.-The hospital con- 
nected with the New York Medical College for Women, at 17-21 
West 101st street, New York City, has just completed its fifty-third 
year of existence. The original charter of the New York Medical 
College was amended in 1864 so as to add to it the privileges of a 
hospital. The college is one of but two colleges in the English- 
speaking world to-day where women may pursue the study of medi- 
cine in an institution limited to women students. 
The institution was removed to Second avenue and 12th street 
in 1868, and in 1874 to Lexington avenue and 37th street. It 
was removed in 1881 to No. 213 West 54th street, and here the 
work was continued until October, 1898, when the new buildings 
were built at No. 91 West 101st street. The situation of the 
hospital commands all the clinical possibilities of a neighborhood 
where there are but few institutions of a charitable nature, together 
with the advantages of being within 100 feet of Central Park. 
The dispensary maintains a full corps of attending physicians. 
All departments of the college use the clinical material of the 
dispensary. A babies' dairy station was opened in connection 
with the dispensary during the last year. The hospital, with 
operating amphitheatre and all modern appliances, supplies clinical 
material from its medical, surgical and obstetrical wards. 
The attending physicians and obstetricians are: Drs. Elizabeth 
Jarret, Elinor Van Buskirk, Addison S. Boyce, Grace M. Kahn, 
Lucy M. Sheppherd, Augusta P. Schultz; assistant attending 
physicians and obstetricians: Drs. Daisy L. W. Rottenburg, Lillian 
M. Burlingame, Mary I. Sullivan, Elizabeth Wiltshire Wright, 
Mary Freeman, Sophie Peck Ehrlich; attending surgeons: Drs. 
Sidney F. Wilcox, Walter G. Crump; auxiliary attending surgeons: 
Drs. Burt B. Sheldon, A. S. Boyce; attending specialists: Drs. 
Edwin S. Munson, L. F. Cochen, B. B. Clark, Reeve Turner, Wil- 
liam H. Dieffenbach, Cornelia C. Brant, Henry W. Lyding, E. C. 
Charles. 
Seaside Home and Hospital, Brooklyn.-The Brooklyn Chil- 
dren's Aid Society was organized January 13, 1866. Its chief pur- 
pose and main activities have been the establishment and operation 
of the Seaside Home and Hospital at Coney Island. The Seaside 
Home was established July 10, 1876, and July 26, 1911, the service 
to mothers and children needing hospital care and bracing sea air WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
837 
was extended to the opening on that date of the Seaside Hospital, 
which was incorporated as a separate institution November 2, 1911. 
Elias H. Bartley, M. D., was in 1917 advisory physician-in-chief of 
the medical board, and W. A. Northridge, M.D., associate advi- 
sory physician. Since its opening 2,068 mothers and children have 
been cared for by the hospital. 
St. Mary's Hospital, Brooklyn.-In 1868 the Sisters of Charity 
sought to establish in Brooklyn a hospital for female patients, to 
be conducted under their supervision, but entirely undenomina- 
tional, the service being designed to meet the need in medical par- 
ticulars of all indigent women whose ailments came within the 
special scope of the treatment the Sisters sought to provide. The 
Sisterhood received corporate powers from the State, "to afford 
medical and surgical treatment in diseases peculiar to women 
exclusively"; and immediately took action to consummate the 
establishment and opening of the institution. 
The Sisters secured the premises at 153 Clinton street, Brook- 
lyn, and opened the institution for the reception of patients on 
June 8, 1868. The Sisters had very little money, but they depended 
upon an increase in the voluntary subscriptions, which was their 
only source of revenue, excepting that they expected to receive 
a certain sum from patients who were in a position to pay for the 
service. The hospital was called St. Mary's Female Hospital, and 
while the Sisters gave their services gratuitously in the wards, the 
institution was aided in professional efficiency by unstinted free 
service afforded it by many of the metropolitan city's most bril- 
liant physicians and surgeons. The original medical board in- 
cluded: T. A. Emmet, J. Marion Sims, W. H. Van Buren, and T. 
Gaillard Thomas, consulting surgeons; Chauncey L. Mitchell, and 
Henry J. Cullen, consulting physicians. The surgeon-in-chief was 
John Byrne, and the assistant surgeon and resident physician was 
P. J. Dwyer. In addition to the hospital, there was a dispensary 
department, at which during 1869 about 850 patients called for 
treatment. Ninety-eight patients were received into the hospital 
during the same period. Ten years later, in 1879, 207 patients 
were admitted to the hospital, in which during the year there were 
forty-one births. The out-door patients in 1879 were 2,288. 
In 1878 Bishop Loughlin purchased the entire block on St. 
Mark's avenue, between Rochester and Buffalo avenues. On 838 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
October 18, 1879, the cornerstone of the hospital building was laid, 
and the first patients were admitted the latter part of November. 
The incorporators, who also constituted the first board of trustees, 
were: Right Rev. Bishop Loughlin, Rev. E. J. O'Reilly, John D. 
Keiley, Jr., John J. Kiernan, Dr. John Byrne, James Clyne, and 
three members of the Order of St. Vincent de Paul. St. Mary's 
Hospital is non-sectarian, and a very large number of non-paying 
patients are annually treated within its walls. These are supported 
by contributions and money received from the city and excise 
funds. The medical and surgical staff of the hospital includes many 
men who have attained very high professional positions as special- 
ists. 
St. John's Guild, New York.-The St. John's Guild was or- 
ganized October 19, 1866, to afford relief to sick children of the 
poor of the city of New York, without regard to creed, color or 
nationality, and was incorporated December 14, 1877. Among the 
early trustees were many prominent business and professional 
residents, among them Oswald Ottendorfer, Franklin Edson, J. H. 
Starin, William V. Brokaw, Dr. Mark Blumenthal, Dr. William 
Thurman; and in later boards of trustees, Lloyd Aspinwall, Dr. 
Abraham Jacobi, James Speyer, Henry Marquand, John Claflin, 
John D. Crimmins, Isaac N. Seligman, John D. Archibald, Jacob 
A. Reis, George Cromwell, Mrs. A. D. Juillard were active and use- 
ful members. 
The St. John's Guild relies for its income solely on contributions. 
It is composed of honorary members who are such persons that 
the trustees decide are eligible for election, that have aided or been 
of service to the Guild. By payment of $100 a person can become 
a life member, and, like the honorary members, exempt from an- 
nual dues. The active members are divided into three classes- 
sustaining members, the dues being $25 a year; active members, 
$10 a year; and associate members, dues $1 a year. The Guild 
has been the recipient of a number of legacies and bequests, 
amounting in the aggregate from 1880 to 1917 inclusive, to $348,- 
464.94; amongst the largest are those of Charles E. Tilford, of $65,- 
714.28; Mary A. Murray, $38,846.95, and George C. Taylor, 
$25,000. 
The St. John's Guild maintains during the summer months a 
Floating Hospital in New York Harbor, which in 1917 made forty- FOUNDLING HOSPITAL, NEW YORK CITY WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
839 
seven trips, serving a total number of 34,279 patients-10,516 
women, 15,406 children, and 8,357 infants. Both a winter and 
summer service are maintained at the Seaside Hospital at New 
Dorp, Staten Island, New York, and the total number of patients 
admitted at the winter service of 1916-17 were 900, and at the 
summer service, 1,591. The officers of the medical board are: 
Abraham Jacobi, president, and David Bovaird, secretary. The 
endowment fund of the Guild amounts to $246,424.97, and the loan 
indebtedness is $90,000. The officers of the Guild for the year 
ending September 30, 1918, were: John T. Ijams, president; Will- 
iam Sherer, first vice-president; Abraham Jacobi, M.D., second 
vice-president; John West Horner, Jr., secretary; and Edward 
Roesler, treasurer. 
Foundling Hospital, New York.-This was incorporated in 
October, 1869, by the Sisters of Charity, and its establishment 
was mainly due to Sister M. Irene. Its first location was a rented 
house at No. 17 East 12th street, which was made ready for the 
reception of infants on January 1, 1870. The necessity for such 
an institution is evidenced by the fact that 126 babies were soon 
'eft on its doorstep. A meeting of benevolent ladies of New York 
City was held at the request of Mrs. Paul L. Thebaud, and they re- 
sponded generously, furnished the house, and supplied clothing for 
the babies. 
The hospital soon outgrew its accommodations, and in 1871 No. 
3 North Washington Square was rented. More room soon became 
necessary, and the authorities of New York City leased for one 
hundred years for use of the institution the block between 68th 
and 69th streets, on Lexington avenue. The Legislature appro- 
priated $100,000 towards the buildings provided the managers of 
the institution would raise a like amount; within a year this was 
secured through contributions by an appreciative public, and build- 
ing was commenced at once. The Sisters of Charity were able to 
remove to their new hospital in October, 1873, having received 
from the time of their organization upwards of 5,000 infants, 
which number has run up to the present time to nearly one hun- 
dred thousand. A large number of these infants have been placed 
in private homes. At the very beginning of the hospital, another 
work grew out of caring for the babies-the care of the unfortunate 
mothers. A mother who had deposited her babe in the outside 840 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
crib returned in the evening, saying: "My baby is in good hands, 
but there seems to be nothing but the river for me. My friends will 
have nothing to do with me." A home was immediately offered 
her; this opened the door for mother as well as for babe, and thou- 
sands of mothers have become self-respecting women, many of them 
holding honorable positions. The hospital has prevented many in- 
fanticides; many little cast-aways have been given a chance for 
life; many unfortunate mothers have been saved. It is not always 
through want of maternal love that unfortunate mothers abandon 
their offspring; it is rather the dreadful circumstances which 
distract their minds and drives them to desperation. Many of 
these women, in their effort to prevent the full effect of their sin, 
use all kinds of devices to do away with their burden, hence many 
babies come to the Crib of the Foundling Hospital already in the 
weakest phases of life; the institution never refuses a babe on 
account of its weak physical condition, but is happy to give it 
devoted care for a day, for a week, or for months, so that it may 
live, or at least pass into eternity with a foster mother's love. 
The Maternity Hospital, known as the St. Ann's Maternity Hos- 
pital, on the southeast corner of 69th street and Lexington avenue, 
is intended for married women, who may here receive all the care, 
attention and professional services not otherwise at their com- 
mand ; unmarried women, pregnant for the first time, are admitted. 
The hospital is equipped with all the latest sanitary improvements, 
and has the service of a corps of careful and able physicians and 
obstetricians. The work of the Foundling Hospital is much more 
far-reaching than its name implies. An outdoor department is 
maintained, and is the means of helping out hundreds of women, 
mentally, physically, and morally. There is a training school for 
nurses, and lectures on the care of children and their diseases are 
given twice a week from October to May. A seaside branch, known 
as the Eurana Schwab, is beautifully situated on the south side 
of Staten Island, facing on New York Bay, and nearly opposite 
Sandy Hook. There is an area of sixty-five acres of land, high and 
dry, with a southern exposure terminating at the water's edge, with 
a fine sandy beach of 1,700 feet in length. A picturesque sheet of 
fresh water, known as Arburtis Lake, with high wooded banks is 
among the prominent features of this magnificent property. The 
bay affords the best kind of sea bathing for small children, and WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
841 
during the summer months over five hundred children enjoy the 
luxury of salt-water bathing. 
St. Mary's Free Hospital for Children, New York.-This hos- 
pital, at 405-411 West 34th street, New York City, was organized 
in 1870 and incorporated in 1887, for the medical and surgical 
treatment of children between the ages of two and fourteen years, 
suffering with acute or curable diseases. It is in the charge of the 
Sisterhood of St. Mary, a Protestant Episcopal order, and in its 
first two decades provided annually accommodation for about 
seventy patients. At the end of that period, about 400 cases were 
received yearly, the average yearly expenditures being about $14,- 
000. The Sisterhood also maintained a free dispensary, where 
about 5,000 children were treated yearly as out-patients. They 
also maintained the Noyes Memorial House, at Peekskill, New 
York, where patients were transferred from the hospital when the 
diseases from which they suffered were ascertained to have as- 
sumed an incurable form. Another active charity of the Sister- 
hood was the summer branch house, at Rockaway Beach, Long 
Island, where convalescent children were sent. 
At the present time (1918), the outdoor department of the St. 
Mary's Hospital is known as the Wilkes Dispensary, located at 
435-437 Ninth avenue, New York City; it is open from 10 to 12, 
and 2 to 4 daily, and the attending physicians and surgeons of the 
hospital are the consultants at the dispensary. The institution 
conducts a country-branch at Norwalk, Connecticut, where cases 
needing change of air are sent. It is open only during the sum- 
mer season. The physician-in-charge is C. G. Bohannan. 
The attending staff of St. Mary's Hospital (1917) consists of 
Drs. G. M. Swift, F. S. Mathews, C. E. Farr, D. West and D. S. 
Byard. The consultants are: R. Watts, C. N. Dowd, M. A. Starr, 
W. C. Clarke, D. D. Stowell, A. H. Busby, and E. F. Kilbane. 
Prospect Heights Hospital and Brooklyn Maternity, Brooklyn.- 
The hope of lessening in some degree the crime of infanticide, 
actuated some philanthropic ladies of Brooklyn to meet in 1870, to 
discuss the advisability of establishing an infirmary wherein com- 
fortable accommodation and good care could be given needy poor, 
the unmarried, as well as the married, "whose approaching ma- 
ternity render them temporarily unfit to fight life's battles for 
themselves. ' ' A constitution was drafted, corporate powers 842 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
granted, and the Brooklyn Homoeopathic Lying-in Asylum opened 
in January, 1871, in a house located on Lawrence street, corner 
Willoughby street, Brooklyn. 
Thirty-four women wrere received in the second year, and the 
same number eventually discharged. Dr. D. St. Clair Smith, in 
August, 1872, resigned as resident physician. During the year, 
additional space was rented, more than doubling the rental, the 
other expenses with the expansion increasing proportionately. 
However, the institution was aided in 1872 by a State grant of 
$2,250. 
In the third year Dr. A. E. Sumner became medical director, 
Dr. F. S. Abbott, resident physician, and Mrs. J. M. White, matron. 
Much development occurred in that year, a nursery, a child's hos- 
pital, and a school for the training of nurses being established, the 
last-named being deemed of sufficient importance to require a 
special charter. 
The Infirmary purchased the property, No. 48 Concord street, 
and the one adjoining, removing without delay to the former, 
where the Society resolved, because of the enlargement of its 
scope of work, to change the corporate name to Brooklyn Homoeo- 
pathic Maternity, and as such held its first reception in its new 
quarters June 7, 1873, an occasion well attended and yielding 
result in subscriptions for more than $6,000 during that day. 
Sixty-nine women were treated during the year. In 1874 much 
needed support came to the institution in the gift of $5,000 by Mrs. 
William F. Cary; Mrs. Sidney Dorion also presenting to the insti- 
tution "a home on the Hudson, for our little ones in summer." 
In 1874, the training school for nurses assumed the name of the 
New York State School for Training Nurses. 
In the early summer of 1894, the cornerstone of the new Brook- 
lyn Maternity, corner Washington avenue and Douglas street, 
was laid, and the building in due course completed, notwithstand- 
ing a heavy debt. The financial stress was occasioned chiefly by 
the circumstance that "Greater New York, in the name of 
economy, eliminated all philanthropic organizations from its re- 
sponsibilities, thereby obliging the board of managers to add the 
work of a general hospital, in order to continue to extend a Chris- 
tian charity to the needy." 
In 1901, the name was changed to Prospect Heights Hospital, 
and Brooklyn Maternity. Two years later, the secretary reported WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
843 
that "our building is not large enough for our needs, and we are 
constantly planning how we can best manage to comfortably ac- 
commodate our growing necessities within the four walls of our 
building." The year's reports show that the hospital received 56 
patients for medical treatment, 92 for surgical, and 47 for ob- 
stetrical, and that the income derived from private rooms occupied 
by patients was $11,149.31, and for infants' board, $2,742.04; 
these two items bringing the receipts within about $3,000 of the 
total expenditure, notwithstanding that many free patients were 
treated. 
The hospital has continued its early usefulness and success. Ad- 
ditions have been made from time to time to its buildings. The 
location of the hospital is corner of Washington avenue and St. 
John's place. The chief of staff is W. W. Blackman, and the 
resident physician, W. D. Voorhees. 
Brooklyn Nursery and Infant Hospital.-The history of this 
institution dates back to the incorporation, August 7, 1871, of the 
Flatbush Avenue Industrial School and Nursery. The title was 
changed in 1872 to the Brooklyn Nursery, and on March 10, 1890, 
the present name was adopted. The primary object is to give aid 
to poor, destitute and friendless children by providing them with 
a home, if necessary, and by giving them proper and suitable 
education, instructing and otherwise improving their moral, mental 
and physical condition. Babies under three years of age, nursing 
mothers, and mothers desiring to remain with their children, are 
admitted. The hospital maintains a temporary home for women, 
also a country branch at West New Brighton, Staten Island, where 
there is a central nursery, surrounded by a number of cottages. 
Here lying-in patients are not received, but in other respects the 
conditions of admission are the same as at the parent institution. 
The hospital is located at No. 396 Herkimer street, and its real 
estate and personal holdings are valued approximately at $100,000. 
The hospital is under the control of a board of lady managers. 
The officers in 1916 were: President, Mrs. E. W. Hance; secretary, 
Miss Geneva Cassidy; treasurer, Mrs. C. J. Obermayer. The at- 
tending physician in 1916 was Dr. William H. Price; the matron 
of the nursery Miss Winifred F. Anderson. 
Sloane Hospital for Women, New York.-This, formerly the 
Sloane Maternity Hospital, New York City, was so named in honor 844 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
of its benefactors and founders, Mr. and Mrs. William D. Sloane, 
son-in-law and daughter of the late Mr. W. H. Vanderbilt, 
who was much interested in the work of the College of Physicians 
and Surgeons of the City of New York, and who, had he lived, 
would probably have equipped the College with a hospital such 
as his daughter and son-in-law established. 
In Vol. I, of the "Obstetrical and Gynecological Reports" of 
the Sloane Hospital for Women, a work published in 1913, Dr. E. 
B. Cragin prefaces the volume with a compend of the work and 
growth of the hospital. He states that on January 18, 1886, at a 
special meeting of trustees of the College of Physicians and Sur- 
geons, Dr. James W. McLane, then Professor of Obstetrics, pre- 
sented a communication from Mr. and Mrs. William D. Sloane, 
proposing to erect and endow on land belonging to the College on 
59th street and Tenth avenue, a lying-in hospital to be known and 
designated as the "Sloane Maternity Hospital of the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons." Regarding this proposal, the "His- 
tory of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of the City of New 
York," by Geo. F. Shrady, states that the offer was made con- 
ditional upon the acceptance of certain governmental foundations 
such as would secure to the College the clinical advantages that 
would follow the operation of the hospital by professional men 
connected with the collegiate institution. Mr. and Mrs. Sloane, 
to ensure that arrangement, stipulated that the hospital, when 
established, must have as managers men representing three in- 
terests, all of which were not only concerned in the hospital, as 
such, but in the furtherance of medical and surgical science un- 
hampered practice therein would aid the faculty, teaching staff, 
and students, of the College of Physicians and Surgeons. The 
three governing interests required by Mr. and Mrs. Sloane to con- 
sist of: William D. Sloane, representing the founders; the presi- 
dent of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, ex-officio; and 
Mr. Cornelius Vanderbilt, as representing the trustees of the 
College; James W. McLane, M.D., and Francis Delafield, M.D., 
representing the faculty of the College. These were to hold office 
for life, and in the event of Mr. Sloane's death, resignation, or dis- 
ability, his nominee, or that of his personal representative, was to 
succeed him. Similar provisions were to secure the continuance in 
office of the representatives of the other interests. Mr. Sloane's 
communication stated that these conditions were made "with a VANDERBILT CLINIC, NEW YORK CITY WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
845 
view of furnishing to the College the advantages to be derived 
from having a hospital in close connection with it." 
The trustees of the College of Physicians and Surgeons having 
accepted the generous proposition of Mr. and Mrs. Sloane, 
proceeded to carry into effect the intention of the donors. Work 
began in the spring of 1886, and before the end of the following 
year the building was ready for occupation, and it-together with 
the Vanderbilt Clinic-was inaugurated December 29, 1887, with 
an address in the lower lecture room of the College by Dr. T. Gail- 
lard Thomas, then Professor of Gynecology. The establishment 
and endowment of the Sloane Maternity Hospital entailed an ex- 
penditure, by Mr. and Mrs. W. D. Sloane, of more than $900,000, 
Mr. Sloane furnishing the building at a cost of $526,300, and Mrs. 
Sloane providing an endowment fund of $377,300 for its mainte- 
nance in operation. The building consisted of three stories and 
an attic, with frontage of 65 feet on 59th street and 75 feet on 
Tenth avenue; it was of fireproof construction, brick, with facings 
and mouldings of granite and terra-cotta. At the time of its 
completion it was considered "the most complete obstetrical plant 
in the world." It had six wards, two of six beds and four of four 
beds each. 
The first board of managers consisted of William D. Sloane, rep- 
resenting the donors; John C. Dalton, M.D., then president of the 
College of Physicians and Surgeons; Cornelius Vanderbilt, rep- 
resenting the trustees of the College; James W. McLane, M.D., 
and Francis Delafield, M.D., representing the faculty. The original 
medical staff was constituted as follows: T. Gaillard Thomas, M.D., 
consulting physician; James W. McLane, M.D., visiting physician; 
Edward L. Partridge, M.D., assistant visiting physician and Al- 
exander Lambert, student assistant. 
The first patient was delivered January 11, 1888, by Alexander 
Lambert, who graduated in medicine that spring. During the first 
year over 400 deliveries were accomplished. The service increased 
so rapidly that in 1890 it was found necessary to treble the house 
staff of physicians, three assistant physicians each serving for a 
period of three months. Great care was exercised in the selection 
of the internes; all were required to be graduates of the College 
of Physicians and Surgeons, and to have already served a full 
term of service in some general hospital. 
Following the union of the College of Physicians and Surgeons 846 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
with Columbia College in 1891, the property of the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons, including the Sloane Maternity Hos- 
pital, was conveyed to Columbia College, which, in February 1896, 
officially assumed the name of Columbia University in the City of 
New York. 
In 1897 Mr. Sloane further increased the accommodation of the 
hospital, erecting an addition eastward, along 59th street. The 
addition was of six stories, providing an additional 72 beds, and 
an operating room accommodating 100 students. An adequate 
endowment for the addition was also provided by Mrs. Sloane, and 
the roof of the original building was raised to conform in general 
architectural style with that of the new addition. 
On October 4, 1909, the munificence of Mr. and Mrs. Sloane was 
again evidenced by their decision to erect and endow a building 
to be used for the treatment of gynecological cases and for prac- 
tical instruction in gynecology. It was completed during the 
winter of 1910-11, formally opened on March 1, 1911, and in it on 
the following day two operations were performed. 
On December 5, 1910, at the request of managers of the hos- 
pital, the trustees of Columbia University approved of the change 
to the Sloane Hospital for Women, as appropriate to the enlarged 
scope of the work and the instruction to be given there. 
In 1911 three stories were added to the original building, to pro- 
vide for the large increase in nursing staff. In 1887 there were 
four ward nurses; in 1911, there were fifty nurses of the institu- 
tion, and in addition a corps of special private nurses, varying in 
number from thirty to fifty. 
Many noteworthy triumphs stand to the credit of the physicians 
identified with the hospital, and the institution has maintained a 
high standing ever since its opening. The Sloane Hospital is not 
only a charitable but a teaching institution, and one of its chief 
functions is to furnish practical instruction in obstetrics and gyne- 
cology to the students of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
to nurses, and to young medical men who have already completed 
a term of service in a general hospital. Each fourth-year student 
of the College of Physicians and Surgeons spends three weeks in 
the obstetrical division and four weeks in the gynecological division 
of the Sloane Hospital, sees on an average fifty deliveries, and dur- 
ing his month of practical gynecological instruction attends two 
operations daily. Nurses are furnished by seven hospitals of WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
847 
New York City, and receive a course of three months' instruction 
in obstetrics before they can qualify for the diploma of the Sloane 
Hospital. There is also a post-graduate course for nurses; and 
post-graduate instruction to doctors. 
The following have held the position of resident obstetrician 
at the Sloane Hospital: Drs. J. W. Markoe, N. E. Norfleet, G. W. 
Bratenahl, C. W. Hoyt, A. Abrams, Ervin A. Tucker, Geo. L. 
Brodhead, James Voorhees, F. A. Dorman, R. W. Lobenstine, 
Edward C. Lyon. 
Misericordia Hospital, New York City.-This was originally 
called the New York Mothers' Home of the Sisters of Miseracordia. 
The Miseracordia Hospital was founded by that Sisterhood Sep- 
tember 1, 1887, and incorporated November 22, 1888. 
The hospital was established at 523 to 537 East 86th street, and 
the Sisters devoted their efforts to provide a maternity hospital 
for destitute women, and unmarried girls hitherto respectable, who 
were about to become mothers. Accommodation was provided for 
125 free and 30 pay patients, with private rooms. The scope of 
the service undertaken by the Sisters was extensive, and the 
financial liability was at times embarrassing. The house ex- 
penses, rapidly increased; for example, they stood at about $12,- 
000 for the year 1892, during which year 206 women and 167 
children were cared for. But the charity went forward to ever- 
increasing service, and the quarters became too small. The build- 
ing of a new and necessary hospital in 1906-09 was attended by 
many difficulties, the early completion of the hospital being re- 
tarded by the financial crisis of 1907. In 1910, with the completion 
of the Administration Building, the Sisters were "forced to see the 
foundations of the west wing remain uncovered for want of funds, 
our obligations being now nearly $250,000," stated the annual re- 
port. To complete the west wing another $100,000 was required. 
The money was eventually procured, and the wing completed. The 
new structure has a frontage of seventy-five feet, and is 112 feet 
deep, and five stories high. 
The hospital has many departments; its children's division has 
five wards, designed expressly for babies, and containing in all 
about 125 cribs; its surgical and medical departments have spa- 
cious quarters, and many private rooms; its obstetrical department 
is a service of considerable value, and is conducted admirably; its 848 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
public wards for poor and friendless mothers, which department 
was of course the original motive for the establishment of the in- 
stitution, "is a blessed charity"; and the country branch of the 
institution, at Hartsdale, Westchester county, where Rev. Mon- 
signor John Edwards in 1904 selected a site for a suburban home 
for the children entrusted to the care of the Sisters, "furnishes 
happiness and health to an increasing number of little ones each 
year. ' ' 
The administration of the Miseracordia Hospital has remained 
with the Sisters since its establishment, and connected with the 
institution have been many of the city's leading medical men. The 
officers of the medical board for 1917 were: William Shannon, M.D.^ 
president; Daniel J. Donovan, M.D., secretary. 
St. Andrew's Convalescent Hospital for Women, New York.- 
"The Sisters of St. John Baptist announced in June, 1886 that 
they would open a convalescent hospital for women in a pleasant 
house opposite to St. George's Church in 16th street (New York 
City)." The hospital was duly opened, and at the outset had 
capacity for twelve patients. The Sisters looked for the assistance 
of friends ' ' in providing such things as will make the patients com- 
fortable, such as easy chairs and couches," the Sisters assuming 
the direction of the establishment, and making themselves re- 
sponsible for its maintenance. 
The first medical staff consisted of: Stuyvesant F. Morris and 
Henry D. Nicholls, consulting physicians; and T. M. Cheeseman, 
attending physician. The First Report was issued January 1, 
1888, and to that time, from date of opening, sixty-five patients 
had been admitted, only two of whom died. The receipts from 
May 1, 1886, to January 1, 1888, were $3,635.14, and the expendi- 
tures $3,614.71. 
In 1889 the hospital was removed to a more commodious build- 
ing, No. 213 East 17th street, which building was for a few years 
sufficient for the needs of the institution. In the early nineties, 
however, the house adjoining, No. 211, was purchased. To provide 
a country home for recovering patients, the institution in 1903 
received title to and possession of the house and grounds, Wood- 
cliff Lake, New Jersey, formerly owned by the Summer Rest So- 
ciety. The property then became known as the St. Andrew's WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
849 
Rest, and furnished a welcome and beneficial rest place for con- 
valescing patients of the St. Andrew's Hospital. 
In 1908 a fund for erecting a new building for the work of St. 
Andrew's Convalescent Hospital was started. The response was 
satisfactory, the report for the following year stating, "it is with 
great satisfaction that St. Andrew's Convalescent Hospital is able 
to report this year the purchase of a larger and more suitable 
building. Having a well-started building fund, the ladies' com- 
mittee carefully investigated the cost of building a small up-to- 
date hospital, and found that, with the strictest economy, the cost 
would not be less than $80,000. While the question was under con- 
sideration, the house, No. 237 East 17th street, on Stuyvesant 
Square, was offered to the hospital. The house, a very desirable 
one, needing very little alteration, the trustees after somewhat 
protracted negotiation acquired for $47,500." It was necessary 
to carry a mortgage of $33,000 on the new property, but that lia- 
bility it wras hoped would be wiped out by the sale of the houses 
formerly occupied by the institution. During that year, 1909, 319 
patients were treated, the year's house expenses being about $6,000. 
The old buildings belonging to the hospital, Nos. 211-213 East 
17th street, were sold in 1910, and in the following May possession 
was obtained of No. 237 East 17th street. But the sale of the 
vacated buildings was insufficient by $13,000 to clear the mort- 
gage on the new acquirement. However, that was not a serious 
handicap to the progress of the institution, which in the fiscal year 
1913-14 established a record in the number of patients treated- 
398, at, of course, a proportionate increase in cost, the house ex- 
penses for that year exceeding $7,000. At that time, Drs. Stuy- 
vesant F. Morris and Matthias Nichol, members of the original 
medical staff, were still identified with the institution. The other 
physicians comprising the medical staff of 1913-14 were: George 
V. Foster, C. N. B. Camac, J. H. P. Hodgson, W. S. Bainbridge, 
J. B. Walker, and J. D. Richards. 
Laura Franklin Free Hospital for Children, New York.-This 
was organized in 1886 for the treatment by the Homoeopathic School 
of Medicine of sick and injured children whose parents or friends 
were unable to pay. It is located at No. 17-19 East 111th street, 
and is under the supervision of the Sisters of St. Mary of the 
Protestant Episcopal Church. The superintendent is Frances L. 850 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Lukins. A number of prominent members of the medical fra- 
ternity are connected with the hospital staff. 
Babies' Hospital of the City of New York.-This was organized 
and incorporated in 1887, for the case of poor sick children under 
the age of two years. The hospital was located at No. 657 Lex- 
ington avenue, where accommodation for thirty babies was pro- 
vided. The work was carried on on an extensive scale, and in 
1891 over $13,000 was expended in the work. In addition to the 
hospital, the association operated a dispensary for children; a 
country branch at Oceanic, New Jersey; and a training school for 
nurses, whose study particularly was of the ailments of children. 
Young girls of good character, over 18 years of age, were admitted 
as nurse-pupils, and taught the management and care of sick and 
well children. 
The Babies' Hospital is located at 135 East 55th street, New 
York City, and sick babies under three years of age are received. 
The following were the chiefs of the medical staff of the hospital 
in 1917: Superintendent: Miss M. A. Smith; Drs. L. E. Holt, and 
R. B. Kimball, with two assistants, attending physicians; Dr. W. 
A. Downes, with two assistants, attending surgeon; Drs. A. Jacobi, 
T. E. Satterthwaite, and E. Evans, consulting physicians; Dr. R. 
Abbe, consulting surgeon; Drs. E. B. Bronson, W. F. Chappell, 
A. B. Duel, J. R. Hunt, and M. Wollstein, consulting specialists. 
The out-patient department was under the direction of Drs. J. 
H. Lawson, S. McLean, and F. H. Bartlett, with five assistants. 
The Babies' Hospital Training School for Infants' Nurses has 
graduated 731 pupils since its establishment. 
St. Christopher's Hospital for Babies, Brooklyn.-The location 
of this hospital is Nos. 281-283 Hicks street. It was established in 
the Fall of 1896, and incorporated February 11, 1897, for the fur- 
nishing of hospital treatment to babies under two years of age, 
and the training of nurses for babies. All children under the age 
mentioned above who are not suffering with contagious diseases 
are admitted. The growth of the institution has progressed with 
moderate rapidity, and its extensive real estate holdings are valued 
at nearly $100,000. The officers of the board of managers are: 
President, Miss Josephine H. Sutphen; secretary, Mrs. J. M. Hal- 
stead; treasurer, Mrs. Louisa C. Ager. Officers of the medical WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
851 
board: President, W. A. Northridge; vice-president, W. H. 
Snyder; secretary, J. W. Parish. 
Coney Island Hospital, Brooklyn.-The foundation of this hos- 
pital was the establishment in 1904 of the Sea Breeze Hospital at 
Coney Island, for the seaside treatment of children suffering from 
tuberculosis of a non-pulmonary nature, a class of patients that was 
at that time wholly neglected in this country. It was also known as 
the Reception Hospital, and had a capacity of six beds. It was 
only for emergency cases, open only from April to October of each 
year. A movement was finally made to build the Coney Island 
Hospital at Ocean Parkway and Avenue Y, with a capacity of one 
hundred beds, which has since been increased to a total of 120 beds. 
The hospital is surrounded by twenty-five and one-half acres of 
land, and at the time of its completion, May 18, 1910, when it was 
opened to the public, was one of the most complete hospitals in 
Greater New York, and represented an outlay of about $500,000. 
The new hospital was to be opened the entire year, and care was 
to be given to convalescent sick from all points of the city. The 
curative properties of the ocean would speedily restore them to 
strength and health. The consulting staff consists of G. R. Butler, 
J. M. Van Colt, physicians; and W. F. Campbell and C. F. Barber, 
surgeons. 
Manhattan Maternity Hospital and Dispensary, New York.- 
This institution, located at No. 327 East 60th street, was opened 
February 16, 1905. It came into existence through the generosity 
of one individual, who recognized the great lack of skilled care for 
women in confinement; also, the need of educational influence for 
the safety of the women, and the reduction of infant mortality. 
Two distinct services are conducted: first, the indoor, to which both 
free, pay-ward and private-room patients are admitted; second, the 
outdoor service, which covers a district from 42d to 125th streets, 
inclusive, all east of Fifth avenue, for which no charges are per- 
mitted, it being the intention that only very poor patients should 
receive this service. 
The corporate management is vested in a board of eleven trustees, 
with Moses Taylor, president; Lewis Iselin, secretary, and Henry 
R. Taylor, treasurer. A medical board composed of three attending 
surgeons, three assistant attending surgeons, and one assistant ad- 
junct attending surgeon, directs the medical affairs. The chief at- 852 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
tendings are: Drs. Austin Flint, Jr., J. Clifton Edgar, Richard E. 
Brown; the assistant attendings are: Drs. William M. Ford, Har- 
old C. Bailey, David N. Barrows; the assistant adjunct attending 
is Dr. Frederick W. Rice. In addition are the pathologist, Dr. E. 
S. L 'Esperance; Dr. W. H. Holzapfel, ophthalmologist; and Dr. A. 
P. Volslawsky, aurist. The above-named chief attendings were 
appointed upon the original board. During periods of four 
months each attending acts as medical chief, and either he or his 
assistant, oftentimes both, visit the hospital daily. The adminis- 
trative work rests in the hands of a superintendent, subject to the 
board of directors. Miss Jessie Mewhort, R.N. (now Mrs. B. H. 
Gray), a graduate of the Presbyterian Hospital School of Nursing 
and the Sloane Hospital for Women, organized the various depart- 
ments and administered the affairs of the hospital until October, 
1909. Her successor, Miss Nancy E. Cadmus, R.N., also a gradu- 
ate of the same school and a classmate of Miss Mewhort, assumed her 
duties as superintendent in November, 1909, and still holds the 
position. The following physicians have served as residents: B. 
H. Gray, 1905-07; William E. Caldwell, 1907-08; James S. Masson, 
1908-09; Frederick M. Rice, 1909-10; Alexander H. Schmitt, 1910- 
11; Hervey C. Williamson, 1911-13; Lee A. Richmond, 1913-15; 
Harbeck Halsted, 1915-16; Joseph L. McEvitt, appointed June, 
1916, still serving. Of these ex-residents all but three are located 
in New York City. 
The capacity of the hospital permits of the accommodation of 
eighteen ward and ten private-room women, with cribs for thirty- 
two babies. While free patients are admitted to the wards, all who 
can are expected to pay. Private rooms rent at rates ranging from 
$2.50 to $5 per day for bed, with additional charges according 
to circumstances. "The purpose of this institution is to render 
help to women at time of confinement, irrespective of creed, 
nationality or color; to provide facilities for the instruction of 
physicians and students of medicine; to establish and maintain a 
training school for nurses; and to provide facilities for the in- 
struction and training of women to be professional nurses." 
The resident physician is assisted by a resident staff of four 
men who have received their medical degree, and who must have 
had at least eighteen months of previous general hospital experi- 
ence. Fourth-year medical students from college are given a three 
weeks' course under the supervision of the resident physician. Dur- 
ing certain winter months, weekly clinics for Cornell and Bellevue WOMEN'S AND CHILDREN'S HOSPITALS 
853 
Medical College students are conducted by Drs. Edgar and Flint. 
Throughout the Medical College year, weekly bedside clinics for 
Bellevue students in groups of six are conducted by Dr. Rice. The 
three-weeks' student course includes practical teachings through 
demonstrations, attendance upon ante-partum examinations, and 
all deliveries when not out on the district where they are allowed 
to deliver cases under the direction of a staff man. 
In the twelve years since the Hospital was opened, there have 
been 4,692 confinements within it, and 10,246 in its district. 
A School of Nursing is conducted through affiliations with reg- 
istered schools connected with general hospitals. The length of 
this course is three months, and covers both practical and theo- 
retical teaching in obstetrics. All practical nursing work is taught 
by demonstrations conducted by the registered graduate nurses in 
charge of the several departments. Lectures, quizzes and classes in 
theory are given or conducted by members of the assistant attend- 
ing staff, the adjunct assistant attending, the resident physician, 
the superintendent, and the supervisor of nurses. 
Jewish Maternity Hospital, New York.-The organization of this 
hospital on the east side of the City of New York, in 1906, filled 
a needed want for the relief of poor Jewish women during their 
lying-in period. It was incorporated April 11, 1906, and located 
at Nos. 270-272 East Broadway, its real estate holdings being 
valued at $100,000. The officials of the board of directors in 1916 
were: President, Rev. Philip Jackes; secretary, Dr. A. M. Hillo- 
wick; treasurer, Harris H. Uris; attending physician, Dr. A. J. 
Rongy; superintendent, Irwin Arrow. The hospital has accommo- 
dations for fifty mothers and fifty babies, and is free to any married 
woman who cannot pay. 
St. Anthony's Hospital, Brooklyn.-The Sisters of the Poor of 
St. Francis of St. Peter's Hospital opened in 1915 at Woodhaven, 
Long Island, a new hospital having a capacity of four hundred 
beds. It was for the tubercular patients of the parent hospital, 
which in the first year of its history was devoted entirely to the 
treatment of patients with acute ailments. The St. Anthony Hos- 
pital is situated on Woodhaven avenue, and is for tuberculosis 
patients only; private, semi-private, and free patients are received. 
The consulting staff is: T. A. McGoldrick, chief; C. P. Gilder- 
sleeve, J. A. Kene, T. M. Lloyd, J. D. Rushmore, and F. W. 
Wunderlich. CHAPTER V 
EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS OF GREATER 
NEW YORK 
rr^ HE NEW YORK EYE AND EAR INFIRMARY, the pio- 
t neer institution of its kind in America, was founded in 
August, 1820, by two young physicians, Edward Delafield 
and J. Kearney Rodgers, who commenced in a humble way the relief 
of persons suffering from diseases of the eye, on the second floor of a 
building at No. 45 Chatham Square. In the first sixteen months 1,120 
patients were treated, and of this number 801 were cured. The 
Legislature on March 29, 1822, incorporated the institution under 
the name of the New York Eye Infirmary. The following year 
there was a demand for the treatment of diseases of the ear, and 
a department for that purpose was added. The dispensary was 
removed in 1824 to No. 1 Murray street, and the following year 
to No. 139 Duane street, in a building formerly occupied by the 
old Marine Hospital of the New York Hospital. The dispensary 
was again moved in 1827 to No. 459 Broadway, and in 1834 to Elm 
street, at the corner of Walker street. New quarters were found 
and the work continued, in 1841, at No. 47 Howard street. 
The first permanent home of the Infirmary was secured in 1854 
at No. 47 Mercer street. This property was purchased and used 
until 1856, when owing to inadequate quarters the present site on 
the corner of Second avenue and 13th street was secured and a new 
building erected. Here a daily clinic was established, and accom- 
modation for indoor patients was provided. The purchase of this 
lot and the erection of a commodious building on Second avenue 
were accomplished by an appeal to the public for voluntary sub- 
scriptions; $30,000 was realized. In 1864 the official title was 
changed to New York Eye and Ear Infirmary. A Throat Depart- 
ment was added in 1873, and received authorization from the Leg- 
islature the following year. The cornerstone of the present main 
building was laid in March, 1890, and the following year a hos- 
pital wing containing seventy beds was opened for the free treat- 
854 NEW YORK EYE AND EAR INFIRMARY, NEW YORK CITY EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS 
855 
ment of patients. The Platt Pavilion for contagious diseases of the 
eye was erected in 1900, and three years later the Schermerhorn 
Pavilion for treatment of diseases of the ear was built. The In- 
firmary at the present time occupies a six-story building, covering 
eight city lots, fully equipped with all modern appliances for treat- 
ment of the eye and ear. There are schools for instruction of 
graduates of medicine, also for nurses for special training in the 
care of diseases of the eye and ear. The institution has a staff of 
twenty-eight surgeons, forty-eight assistant surgeons, twenty-seven 
clinical assistants, a house staff of eight physicians, two pathol- 
ogists, and about 120 officers and employees. There are 172 beds 
for patients. 
The Throat Department was discontinued in 1902 on account of 
the growth of the Eye and Ear Department, and because of in- 
sufficient funds and accommodations. The work has increased in 
volume yearly, and with the exception of three months during the 
prevalence of an epidemic fever in 1822, the doors of the Infirmary 
have never been closed to patients from the date of its inaugura- 
tion to the present day. The total number of patients treated to 
September 30, 1915 is 1,435,316, and there has been in late years a 
daily average of 700 patients. 
New York Ophthalmic Hospital.-The New York Ophthalmic 
Hospital, now located at 23d street and Third avenue, New York 
City, was incorporated April 21, 1852, "for the purpose of afford- 
ing facilities for the instruction of medical students in the treat- 
ment of all diseases of the eye." Its founders opened the hospital 
in the interest of the allopathic school of medicine, and it was so 
maintained, "although with indifferent success, so far as achieved 
results were concerned." It must be said, however, that through- 
out the fifteen years of its existence as an allopathic institution the 
medical staff was composed of able physicians and specialists of the 
"regular" school, "but through some cause the work accomplished 
did not meet the highest expectations of the founders. Indeed, 
during the entire period mentioned less than 15,000 patients 
were treated, an average of less than one thousand yearly." 
Therefore, the directors were induced "to change the methods of 
medical treatment," to some extent influenced to this by Dr. 
Timothy Field Allen, a prominent homoeopathic physician. Act- 
ing on his advice, the hospital directors resolved to reorganize the 856 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
medical department and place the institution under homoeopathic 
supervision; and in June, 1867, "the then attending board of sur- 
geons were given permanent leave of absence, in lieu of dismissal, 
and a resolution was passed that homoeopathic methods of treat- 
ment be thereafter employed, under the immediate charge of Dr. 
Allen," and Dr. C. Th. Liebold. Two years later the treatment of 
diseases of the ear was added to the special purposes of the insti- 
tution, the articles of incorporation having been amended to bring 
this sphere of operation within the powers of the institution. Still 
later, as advanced practice taught that the throat was intimately 
associated with aural troubles, a department of laryngology was 
established, in 1875. 
In 1879, by legislative act, the directors of the hospital were 
empowered upon the recommendation of the board of surgeons, 
"to grant and confer the degree of oculi et auris chirurgus"- 
surgeon of the eye and ear-upon students found qualified to re- 
ceive such degree. The standard of qualification in this depart- 
ment of special medical instruction was high, and the degree diffi- 
cult of obtainment. In addition to the regular courses in diseases 
of the eye and ear, special students were instructed in diseases of 
the nose and throat, the teaching being both didactic and clinical, 
to whom certificates of attendance were awarded, subject to their 
having completed the course, and complied with all the require- 
ments of the institution. Many of the students were also under- 
graduates of the New York Homoeopathic Medical College. 
The Ophthalmic Hospital was first located in Stuyvesant Place, 
where it remained until 1858, removing then to No. 63 Third ave- 
nue, where it was conducted for two years. In 1860 the hospital 
was removed to larger quarters at Fourth avenue and 28th street. 
In 1872 it removed to its present location, Third avenue and 23rd 
street, where an imposing structure had been erected. The corner- 
stone of the new building was laid October 5, 1871, and when the 
building was finished in 1872 its upper floors were occupied in con- 
junction by the hospital and the New York Homoeopathic Medical 
College. The purchase of the land and erection of the hospital 
building involved the corporation in debt; but this was removed 
through the munificence of Mrs. Emma A. Keep, widow of Henry 
Keep, who endowed the institution to the extent of $100,000 as a 
memorial to her husband. The college was maintained in the hos- 
pital building until the close of the session of 1888-89, when it re- EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS 
857 
moved to its own new building at 63rd street and Avenue A, but 
the more than seventeen years of joint occupancy ''constituted a 
period of profitable and pleasant association for both schools." 
When the hospital under the increased powers conferred by the 
Legislature became an educational institution in fact, "a regular 
faculty of instruction was appointed"; it consisted of: C. Th. Lie- 
bold, M.D., Professor of Operative Surgery; Timothy Field Allen, 
M.D., Professor of Ophthalmoscopy, and Diseases of the Optic Nerve 
and Retina; Henry C. Houghton, M.D., Professor of Anatomy and 
Diseases of the Internal and External Ear; George S. Norton, M.D., 
Professor of Diseases of the Uveal Tract and Glaucoma. Among 
the lecturers also identified with the school were: Drs. D. B. Hunt, 
William E. Rounds, F. H. Boynton, Charles Deady, N. L. McBride, 
and Charles C. Boyle, each of whom held the degree of 0. et A. 
Chir. Drs. Hunt, Rounds and Boynton were made professors in 
1881. 
Herman Knapp Memorial Eye Hospital, New York.-The New 
York Ophthalmic and Aural Institute was established May 18, 
1869, at Nos. 44-46 East 12th street, with a capacity of thirty beds. 
There was a dispensary connected with the institute, and all dis- 
eases of the ear and eye were treated. The institute was incorpo- 
rated February 18, 1870, reincorporated July 3, 1873, and its name 
changed to its present title in June, 1913, from which time only 
diseases of the eye have been treated. The hospital was named in 
memory of Dr. Herman Knapp, who had been connected with the 
medical staff since its inception. The hospital has the following 
departments: a dispensary, a school of ophthalmology and otology. 
The benefits of the institution were to be given gratuitously to 
patients unable to pay, and others for compensation, but all moneys 
received were to be applied to the support of the institution. 
At the present location of the hospital, on the southwest corner 
of West 57th street and Tenth avenue, there was constructed in 
1913 a new building. This is in the immediate vicinity of Roose- 
velt Hospital, the Sloane Hospital for Women, the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons, the Vanderbilt Clinic, and other hos- 
pitals. The building is seven stories in height, with a basement 
and sub-basement. The exterior is of the Italian renaissance style 
of architecture, the building is of Harvard brick, laid in Flemish 
bond, and has limestone and granite trimmings. The executive 858 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
surgeon in charge of the hospital is Dr. Arnold Knapp. The real 
estate holdings of the institution are valued at $430,000. 
Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital.-On May 5, 1869, 
a bill was passed by the legislature of the State of New York 
entitled "An act to create the Manhattan Eye and Ear Hospital." 
By the terms of the charter, William Paton, William Butler Dun- 
can, William Harmon Brown, S. M. Blake, David S. Egleston, 
William Walter Phelps, Walter Edwards, Jr., James A. Roosevelt, 
E. G. Loring, Jr., Daniel B. St. J. Roosa, Charles Lanier, George 
T. Strong, William B. Crosby, Daniel E. Hawley, Anson G. P. 
Dodge, William E. Bliss, Cornelius R. Agnew, and their succes- 
sors, were appointed a body corporate by the name of the Manhat- 
tan Eye and Ear Hospital. The second section of the charter 
states that "the object of such corporation shall be the establish- 
ment of a hospital in the City and County of New York for the 
treatment of indigent persons suffering from diseases of the eye or 
ear." This section was amended later, and now reads "diseases 
of the eye, ear, nose or throat." Section three of the charter pro- 
vides that "The affairs of the corporation shall be conducted by 
a board of directors to consist of not less than seventeen nor more 
than fifty persons-the said maximum of fifty to include the sur- 
geons of the hospital. ' ' The effect of this clause of the charter has 
been to give the surgeons a voice in the active management of 
the hospital, and to keep the lay members of the board of directors 
in touch with the medical needs of the hospital. 
The first meeting of the board of directors was held at the resi- 
dence of Mr. William Butler Duncan, at Fifth avenue and 28th 
street, and Mr. Duncan was chosen chairman, and Dr. Cornelius 
R. Agnew, secretary. A committee was chosen to draft and 
report by-laws and to prepare a seal for the corporation. At 
the same meeting it was voted that the title to lots at the corner 
of 41st street and Park avenue, which had been in the name of 
Dr. Agnew for hospital purposes, should be transferred to the 
corporation. It was also voted that an appeal should be made 
to the public for funds. 
At the second meeting of the board, held September 27th, 1869, it 
was voted to hire a dwelling house at 233 East 34th street, and to 
fit it up as a dispensary and provisional hospital. 
At the annual meeting of the board of directors held June 21, EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS 
859 
1873, the Nose and Throat Department was instituted, and at the 
meeting of May 8, 1876, a Department of Nervous Diseases was 
created. 
From the beginning, the hospital was constantly embarrassed 
for want of funds, and had great difficulty in securing sufficient 
to pay its running expenses and the interest on its mortgage. On 
October 7, 1879, Dr. Agnew received a check from the Hon. E. 
D. Morgan for $25,000. With this the mortgage was paid off, 
and for the first time there was a balance in the treasury. 
In the meantime the work at the temporary hospital on 34th 
street had been growing steadily. The number of patients had 
increased from 1,717 the first year to 4,168 for the year ending 
October 15, 1879. The facilities of the hospital were taxed to the 
utmost, and at a meeting held November 11, 1879, a committee 
was appointed to take steps to prepare plans to build a hospital on 
the Park avenue site. This committee was authorized to proceed 
with the work as fast as money could be secured for the purpose. 
The committee carried on its work so successfully that by the 
autumn of 1881 the new hospital building was completed and was 
taken possession of for hospital purposes. The report of the 
architects showed that the total cost of the building was $126,- 
498.31, of which the sum of $19,373.08 remained unpaid. 
At a meeting of the directors held on February 15, 1883, reso- 
lutions were adopted on the death of Hon. Edwin D. Morgan, con- 
taining the following clause. "To the charity, foresight and gen- 
erosity of our late associate is largely due the erection of the new 
hospital building. His gift of $25,000 freed the hospital site of 
debt. His additional gift of $25,000 made the immediate con- 
struction of the building possible." 
At a meeting held on March 15, 1884, it was announced that a 
bequest of $50,000 had been received from the estate of the late 
Edwin D. Morgan. This bequest again freed the hospital of debt. 
In the year 1888 the number of out-patients treated at the hos- 
pital was 10,366, and the number of indoor patients was 586, so 
that the capacity of the hospital was taxed; and in February, 1889, 
it was voted to take the necessary legal steps to purchase a build- 
ing adjoining the hospital site at 102 East 41st street, at $30,000. 
At a meeting in November, 1891, it was announced that the bequest 
of the late Daniel B. Fayerweather, amounting to $23,168.28 had 
been received, of which a part would be used to pay the indebted- 860 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
ness on the property at 102 East 41st street, and the balance added 
to the permanent fund. 
In May, 1897, it was voted to make alterations in the building 
at 102 East 41st street, to provide rooms for the superintendent 
and nurses and servants, and for other hospital purposes, at a 
cost of $11,000. This left several rooms vacant in the main build- 
ing, and it was voted that these should be used for private patients. 
The Departments of the Eye and Ear were separated in 1893, and 
four surgeons were elected to take charge of the Ear Department. 
In 1897 it was voted to discontinue the Department for Nervous 
Diseases, as the rooms used by that department were needed for 
the Throat Department. One of the rooms vacated by the Depart- 
ment of Nervous Diseases was fitted up as an operating room for 
the Throat Department. 
In 1901 the number of out-patients was 21,758, and the num- 
ber of indoor patients was 1,823, and again it was seen that 
provision must be made for future growth, and at a meeting on 
May 20, 1902, a committee was appointed to investigate suitable 
sites for a hospital, and in November of the same year a commit- 
tee was appointed to raise $200,000 by subscription for the purpose 
of building a new hospital. It was thought that at least this sum 
would be required in addition to the sum which might be realized 
from the sale of the property then occupied. This land had in- 
creased greatly in value, and it was felt that a larger site on less 
valuable land ought to be secured. In December of 1902 an offer 
of $50,000 was received from Mrs. Marie A. Heye, Mrs. Marie 
Clemens Heye, and George C. Heye, on the condition that $150,000 
more could be secured by January 1, 1904, and that a ward of ten 
beds for the use of children be established to be known as the 
Gustav Heye Memorial Ward. 
In March, 1903, an offer of a gift of $50,000 was received from 
Mrs. Anne R. Thomas, Mrs. Eleanor Thomas Beekman and E. R. 
Thomas, on the condition that a ward of ten beds in the new 
hospital be established and to be known as the Samuel Thomas 
Memorial Ward. In May, 1904, an offer of an additional gift of 
$40,000 was received from E. R. Thomas, and at the same meeting 
the committee on site was authorized to purchase four lots on 63rd 
street and five lots on 64th street, for the sum of $112,500 or less. 
At a meeting held June, 1904, a building committee was appointed 
to employ an architect and let contract for building and equipment. EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS 
861 
In April, 1904, a bill was signed by the Governor by which the 
name of the Hospital was changed to "Manhattan Eye, Ear and 
Throat Hospital." In February, 1905, an offer of a gift of $25,000 
from Frank Tilford was received. 
In March of the same year a contract for the new hospital was 
signed for the sum of $476,117. In May, 1905, the sale of the old 
hospital site at $420,000 was authorized, the site to be delivered in 
eighteen months from time of signing contract. The new hospital 
erected under this contract was of six stories, but was so planned 
that three stories might be added if it should be found necessary. 
The plans provided for a floor capacity of 76,000 square feet 
against 37,000 square feet in the old building. The capacity for 
beds was more than doubled, having a total of 150 beds as com- 
pared with 70 in the old building. The clinic capacity of the new 
building was about four times that of the old building. With this 
great increase of capacity, it was thought that there would be 
room for expansion for many years, but, with the increased facili- 
ties, the work of the hospital expanded rapidly until in 1915 there 
were 50,871 outdoor patients treated and 9,274 indoor patients. 
Again it seemed necessary to enlarge the capacity of the hos- 
pital. An additional lot had been purchased on 63rd street, in an- 
ticipation of this making the frontage on 63rd street one hundred 
feet, equal to that on 64th street. In 1916 an anonymous donor 
offered $125,000 on condition that an equal amount be raised by 
the end of the year for the purpose of erecting a building for the 
housing of the nurses and employes of the hospital, and to increase 
the facilities of the hospital in other ways. At the meeting in 
November, 1916, it was announced that the necessary amount had 
been subscribed, and it was voted to build upon the 63rd street lots 
at a cost not to exceed $380,000. This work was completed in 1917. 
The value of the buildings and equipment is now over $1,000,000, 
exclusive of the value of the land. 
There are one hundred and twenty-eight physicians upon the 
attending staff of the hospital, of whom fourteen are surgeons, 
twelve are junior surgeons, seventy-six assistant surgeons, and 
twenty-three clinical assistants. There are ten physicians upon 
the house staff. The number of nurses is fifty. The hospital main- 
tains a Post-Graduate School for the instruction of physicians in 
the special branches-eye, ear, nose and throat, and also a Post- 
Graduate School for Nurses. 862 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Brooklyn Eye and Ear Hospital.-During the early part of the 
last century a number of the larger cities established hospitals or 
infirmaries for the special treatment of diseases of the eye and the 
ear. In the spring of 1867 Dr. Arthur Mathewson suggested to 
his friend, Dr. Homer G. Newton, that they endeavor to interest 
influential people in Brooklyn in behalf of an institution for the 
eye and ear. A leading part to this response was taken by Simeon 
B. Chittenden, and at a meeting held at his residence on the eve- 
ning of March 2, 1868, preliminary steps were taken to further the 
enterprise. Subsequent conferences were held, and finally a loca- 
tion was obtained on the northwest corner of Washington and 
Johnson streets (a site now occupied by the Post Office), and was 
fitted up for a temporary dispensary and hospital. 
That such an institution was needed in Brooklyn is evidenced 
by the fact that nearly 1,500 patients were treated the first year. 
Therefore the directors were obliged to consider the question of 
more commodious quarters. At the January meeting in 1869 an 
agreement was made to purchase the property at No. 208 Wash- 
ington street; this building was remodeled and used for a hospital 
until 1882. Though the State of New York in 1871 granted to 
the hospital State aid, the check was returned, accompanied by 
a resolution of the directors that the institution had decided not 
to partake of their generosity. 
In 1872 a clinic for diseases of the throat and skin was estab- 
lished, under the direction of Dr. Samuel Sherwell, who continued 
in active service more than forty years. The Brooklyn Eye and 
Ear Hospital was the first in the world to establish a throat clinic 
in connection with the other work of the hospital. The department 
for the treatment of the nervous system was established in 1877 by 
Dr. John C. Shaw, who continued chief of the clinic until his death 
in 1900. 
In the course of a few years it became evident that a larger 
building was necessary. The construction of the Brooklyn Bridge 
in 1881 compelled the hospital to find a new location. The Juve- 
nile High School building on Livingston street was finally pur- 
chased, the acquisition of which was due to the activity of the Rev. 
Richard S. Storrs and the generosity of George I. Seney, who 
contributed $25,000. Extensive alterations and repairs were made, 
and late in the fall of 1882 everything was completed, and the hos- 
pital entered upon a wider sphere of usefulness. At this time the EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS 
863 
hospital was treating annually 5,000 patients, which in a few years 
ran up to 7,000. This required enlargement, and an addition was 
built to the building in 1891. The widening of Livingston street 
in 1906 destroyed about one-quarter of the hospital building. To 
overcome this loss an adjacent structure, formerly occupied by the 
Commercial High School on Schermerhorn street was purchased. 
The work of reconstruction was begun in July, 1906, and com- 
pleted the following spring. Though this greatly enlarged the ac- 
commodations of the hospital, it was only a few years before it 
was again overcrowded. The annual report for 1912 shows that 
since the hospital opened its doors more than 450,000 patients have 
received treatment, and since then the average patients treated 
annually were nearly 25,000. 
The Brooklyn Eye and Ear Hospital has been fortunate in 
having as president of the board of directors men of exceptional 
qualifications. The first president, Simeon B. Chittenden, held 
office for fifteen years. He was succeeded in 1883 by Dr. Edward 
R. Squibb, who served one year. Dr. Squibb's successor was Cor- 
nelius D. Wood, who continued in office sixteen years. He was 
followed by Carli H. De Silver, who continued as president from 
1900 to 1909. The next president was Dr. Frederick H. Colton, 
who remained in office until his death in 1912. The vacancy was 
filled by the election of Simeon B. Chittenden, son of the first 
president of the board of trustees. 
Metropolitan Throat Hospital, New York.-This hospital, located 
at 351 West 34th street, New York City, was founded in 1874, and 
has been conducted at the same address almost since its establish- 
ment. The institution is non-sectarian, is supported entirely by 
voluntary contributions, and in its second decade of work treated 
about 1,000 cases yearly, as well as many out patients. 
Its present accommodation is twenty-five beds. Diseases of the 
throat, nose and ear are treated. The superintendent in 1917 was 
G. B. Hope, M.D.; consulting surgeon, T. A. Smith; surgeons, G. 
B. Hope, D. MacDonald, N. S. Roberts, E. F. Denison; assistants, 
J. M. O'Brien, J. Knox, J. Wheeler. 
Harlem Eye, Ear and Throat Infirmary.-This Infirmary, 
founded in 1882, was the first institution of that special character 
established north of 41st street, New York City. It was organized 
by Dr. R. E. Swinburne and a company of friends, and opened 864 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
without display January 9, 1882, in a "little store," No. 80 
East 125th street, "back of Brown's plumbing shop." 
The first officers were: H. C. Gibson, president; W. C. Renwick, 
vice-president; J. McLoughlin, treasurer; E. H. Ogden, secretary. 
The surgeon was Dr. R. E. Swinburne, and Drs. J. Shrady and 
A. N. Brockway were also identified with the institution at its in- 
ception. The founders "started out with the ideal of a conscien- 
tious charity, seeking to provide scientific treatment for the poor, 
diseased in eye, ear, throat or nose, ' ' and although during the early 
years the administrators were many times checked in their designs 
by the slenderness of the means available, the work went steadily 
forward. In 1889 the trustees purchased "the old Brady house 
and corner," at 127th street and Lexington avenue, and to that 
location the infirmary was transferred. These "very humble 
quarters," although affording only two rooms, "six by ten and four- 
teen by ten," "seemed palatial after those vacated." It was, how- 
ever, only intended to make temporary use of the rooms at the 
Brady house, as the trustees hoped to early interest the public 
sufficiently to enable them to procure the necessary funds to build 
a large hospital on the site. The trustees however were not des- 
tined to soon bring their designs to consummation; in fact, they 
had to content themselves with the old Brady house for twenty 
years, as it was not until the year 1908 that they were able 
to proceed with plans for rebuilding. 
The first twenty years of the operation of the Infirmary was a 
period in which good work, and strenuous efforts, had its certain 
reward in making substantial the foundation of the institution, 
even though a series of disappointments in respect to the building 
fund delayed the accomplishment of the plans of the trustees. In 
the twenty-six years prior to 1908, more than 80,000 patients were 
given treatment, and it was therefore hardly possible that a service 
of that worthiness would fail to eventually interest public-spirited 
residents of the vicinity sufficiently to gain the needed support. And 
means eventually came whereby the long-needed building might 
be constructed. Plans were prepared for them, without cost, by 
Mr. J. Hollis Wells, architect, who gave this service "as a me- 
morial to his mother, Mrs. Charlotte Wells"; the ground was 
broken on the 14th of May, 1907. Six months later a fair was held 
which netted the institution $1,700, and early in 1908 the new 
hospital was occupied. EYE, EAR AND THROAT HOSPITALS 
865 
With the increased facilities for service came an increased ex- 
penditure. The running expenses for the fiscal year 1907 were 
$1,113.40; the house expenses for 1908 were $4,164.43. However, 
the Infirmary has since been always able to find ways and means 
to continue the work at the full measure of possible expansion. 
From the time of the opening of the new hospital until the end of 
the fiscal year of 1915, the institution gave medical service to 71,117 
patients. At that time, the property belonging to the infirmary 
was valued at $100,000. The executive surgeon at present is Dr. 
Charles B. Meding; he has held the office since the death of Dr. 
Swinburne, in 1897. 
The New York Throat, Nose and Lung Hospital.-There was 
established at Nos. 229-233 East 57th street, in 1891, a hospital for 
persons afflicted with diseases of the throat, nose, ear, eye and 
lungs. It was incorporated October 9, 1893, under the name of The 
New York Throat, Nose and Lung Hospital. 
Clinics are held daily and forty beds are equipped for "Clinic 
of Specialists." In addition to clinics in diseases of the throat, 
nose, eye, ear and heart, clinics are also held in oral surgery, den- 
tistry, women, children, urology, and all medical and surgical spe- 
cialties. There were in 1916 seven hundred patients treated. The 
officers of the board of managers were: Henry D. Brewster, pres- 
ident ; Lee M. Hurd, secretary; Frank L. Froment, treasurer. The 
executive surgeon is Edward J. Bermingham; the superintendent, 
Miss A. M. Miller. 
Bronx Eye and Ear Infirmary.-This was established in 1902, 
when it was incorporated, and received license from the Board of 
Charities to conduct an institution "for the care and treatment 
of all persons (unable to pay) suffering from diseases of the eye, 
ear, nose and throat." None but the poor were entitled to free 
treatment at the infirmary, which was located at 660 East 142nd 
Street, New York City. 
Many of the more prominent specialists of New York City have 
been identified in professional capacity with the infirmary, and the 
service from the outset was extensive. In 1905, when Dr. John 
Dalton was president, the institution treated 1,378 new patients, 
and upwards of 7,000 visits were made by patients to the infirmary 
during the year. 
The demand for treatment increased rapidly, and the Ninth An- 866 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
nual Report (1911) stated that it was "absolutely necessary to 
secure a larger building within the next year or two," and that the 
directors had inaugurated a movement to establish a suitable and 
adequate building fund "for the erection of a modern hospital." 
At the end of the hospital year of 1911, $800 had been subscribed 
to the fund, which was expected soon to be increased substantially. 
The house expenses for the year 1911 were approximately $2,500, 
and as the revenue, under ordinary circumstances, was not more 
than sufficient to meet the current expenses, and special assistance 
was necessary to provide means of building. Eventually the In- 
firmary was moved to the more commodious quarters at No. 404 
East 142nd street, at which address it has since been conducted. 
The infirmary is equipped with fifteen beds. The consulting 
surgeons in 1917 were F. D. Skee, J. B. Rae, D. Macpherson, F. S. 
Lovell, H. Roth; and the consulting physicians, J. F. Holmes,, 
W. G. Eynon, W. A. Dunckel, and J. J. MacPhee. CHAPTER VI 
MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS OF GREATER NEW YORK 
rr^HE ROCKEFELLER INSTITUTE FOR MEDICAL RE- 
J SEARCH, founded by John D. Rockefeller in 1901, was in- 
corporated under the laws of the State of New York for the 
purpose of medical research. The incorporators were William H. 
Welch of Baltimore, Maryland; Simon Flexner of Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania; Theobald Smith of Boston, Massachusetts; Theophil 
M. Prudden, Christian A. Herter, Luther Emery and Hermann M. 
Biggs of New York, who became the first board of directors. The 
purpose of the corporation was medical research, with special refer- 
ence to the prevention and treatment of disease. The charter was 
amended by the Legislature in 1908, increasing the powers of the cor- 
poration; it was to conduct, assist and encourage investigations in 
sciences and arts of hygiene, medicine and surgery and allied sub- 
jects in the nature and causes of disease and the methods of its pre- 
vention and treatment, also to make knowledge of the health of the 
public and the improved treatment of disease and injury. It had the 
right to use any means to those ends which seemed expedient, in- 
cluding research, publication, education, the establishment and 
maintenance of charitable or benevolent activities, agencies, or insti- 
tutions appropriate thereto, and the aid of any other such activ- 
ities, agencies, or institutions already established, or which may 
hereafter be established. 
Mr. Rockefeller in 1901 pledged for the purpose of the institu- 
tion $200,000 for the purpose of medical research for ten years. 
At the end of the first year he promised an additional $1,000,000 
toward the building of a laboratory and the support of its work for 
the next nine years. This gift made possible the acquisition of the 
Schermerhorn estate, between Avenue A and the East river, 
and extending from Sixty-fourth street to a line north of Sixty- 
seventh street. A strip of land three hundred feet long and two hun- 
dred feet wide southward from Sixty-seventh street along the East 
river cliff was conveyed to the institution in June, 1904, by Mr. 
867 868 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Rockefeller. In this year the institute, which had hitherto applied 
its funds only in the form of grants to support the work of in- 
vestigation in different parts of the world, could now complete the 
construction of its own laboratory, leased a small building at No. 
127 East Fiftieth street, where, with a simple equipment, research 
work was made in pathology, physiology and chemistry. Here it 
began its first investigations in laboratories which it could call its 
own. 
The formal opening of the new constructed laboratory, animal 
house and power house, took place on May 11, 1906. Hitherto the 
immediate needs and requirements of the institute had been gen- 
erously met, as they developed, by Mr. Rockefeller, but in 1907 
he established its work on a permanent basis by a gift of $2,621,610 
for endowment. The same year a hospital was erected. In 1911 a 
building of frame construction was erected at Woods Hole, Massa- 
chusetts, for use as a laboratory of experimental biology. 
The work of the laboratories in 1913 had increased to such a 
point that additional facilities and buildings were required. Mr. 
Rockefeller again, in June, 1914, made a generous gift, and more 
land was acquired, so that now the institution owns three entire 
city blocks, lying between Sixty-seventh street on the north, Ex- 
terior street on the east, Sixty-fourth street on the south, and 
Avenue A on the west, including Sixty-fifth and Sixty-sixth 
streets within these limits. The property is about seven and one- 
half acres, and stands upon a cliff overlooking the East river. 
A new laboratory building, animal house and power house was 
erected. 
To the endowment fund of the institute Mr. Rockefeller added 
$500,000 on May 22, 1913, to establish a pension system for mem- 
bers of the scientific staff, and on April 16, 1914, a further con- 
tribution of $1,000,000 to enable the institute to undertake animal 
pathology. To carry out this work a tract of about four hundred 
acres of land was acquired near Princeton, New Jersey. A small 
farm of one hundred acres near New Brunswick, New Jersey, had 
been acquired for the building and care of laboratory animals, but 
on the completion of the improvements on the larger tract at 
Princeton the smaller tract was abandoned. 
In addition to the lands, buildings and equipment in New York, 
which approximately cost $3,536,000, Mr. Rockefeller has con- 
tributed a total of $10,561,000 for the maintenance of the Institute's MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
869 
work. This does not include $1,000,000 given for the equipment 
and endowment of a department of animal pathology, or the $500,- 
000 given to establish a pension fund. The Institute received a 
pledge of $50,000 from James J. Hill, to be devoted to the study 
of hog cholera, and a legacy of $200,000 under the will of Henry 
Rutherford for the support of investigations into the causes and 
nature of the disease known as cancer, and the methods of its pre- 
vention and treatment. 
Under the amended charter, the institute is under the control of 
a Board of Scientific Directors, and on October 17, 1910, the newly 
organized board of trustees assumed the custody of the endow- 
ment funds and other property of the Institute. The original board 
of directors which had managed the affairs of the institute since 
1901, became, without change of personnel, the new Board of 
Scientific Directors. 
The publications of the institute are a monthly-The Journal of 
Experimental Medicine, edited by Simon Flexner, M.D., which 
previous to 1905 was published by Johns Hopkins University; The 
Journal of Biological Chemistry, founded in 1905 by Christian A. 
Herter, is edited by H. D. Dakin, New York; Lafayette B. Mendel, 
New Haven; A. N. Richards, Philadelphia, and Donald D. Van 
Slyke, New York. It is issued monthly, and is the only journal in 
the United States exclusively devoted to the publication of the 
results of bio-chemical research. At irregular intervals results of 
investigations conducted in the laboratories of the institute, under 
the title of "Studies from The Rockefeller Institute for Medical 
Research," are published. Under the head of "Monographs," 
scientific papers which are too extensive or require elaborate illus- 
trations are issued at irregular periods. 
Hospital of the Rockefeller Institute.-In 1907 the board 
of directors of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, who 
had under consideration for some time the organization of a hos- 
pital, commenced the erection of a building on land adjoining the 
laboratories. The object was to include the study of disease in its 
clinical aspects under conditions as near as possible to laboratory 
standards of exactness and efficiency. 
The hospital was to include two buildings-an isolation pavilion 
and the main building, consisting of eight floors and three base- 
ments. The hospital was opened and patients admitted for treat- 870 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
ment on October 17, 1910. The hospital is chiefly for work on 
problems that are primarily clinical, although even the chief in- 
strument of progress may have to be the auxiliary experimental 
sciences of pathology, bacteriology, or psychology, including bio- 
chemistry and biophysics. The staff of the hospital is accordingly 
recruited from clinicians who can bring to the problems selected 
a special training in one or more auxiliary sciences. To this end, 
in addition to the clinical laboratories for routine examinations 
and diagnosis, the hospital is equipped with pathological, physiol- 
ogical and chemical laboratories of its own. The other function of 
the hospital is to provide facilities for the therapeutic applica- 
tion of results that have been obtained, whether from purely ex- 
perimental investigations in the laboratories, or from clinical in- 
vestigations in the hospital. 
The construction of the hospital is fireproof throughout. The 
wards on the fourth, fifth and sixth floors are all eighteen feet wide 
and forty-eight feel long, containing seven beds. The medical and 
nursing staff are in charge of the director, who also has the title of 
physician to the hospital. He is associated in the care of the 
patients by a staff consisting of a resident physician and a number 
of assistant resident physicians. The medical director in 1917 was 
R. I. Cole; and the resident physician, H. T. Chickering. 
Montefiore Home and Hospital for Chronic Diseases, New York. 
-This institution was incorporated in 1884 as an unsectarian home 
to afford free shelter in sickness and to relieve invalids, residents 
of New York City, who, by reason of the chronic character of their 
diseases, were unable to procure medical treatment in any of the 
other hospitals or home. It was located in the early part of the 
present century, at West 138th street and Broadway, but subse- 
quently removed to its present location on Gun Hill Road (East 
216th street), near Jerome avenue. 
The contributors of the Montefiore Home and Hospital at the 
opening of the institution consisted of 150 patrons and 350 mem- 
bers. In 1916 this was increased to 53 benefactors, 248 donors, 
1263 patrons, 5462 members, and 25 life members. In addition to 
this there were 113 junior subscribers and 11 patrons in perpetu- 
ity. The endowment fund, at the beginning of 1918, amounted 
to $953,892.28, the largest item of which was the silver 
jubilee fund of $100,000, which was further endowed by Jacob H. MONTIFIORE HOME AND HOSPITAL, NEW YORK CITY MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
871 
Schiff by another $100,000. The other principal donations that 
form a part of this fund are the memorial funds of Morris Loeb, 
Lewis S. Wolff, Lyman G. and Hattie Bloomingdale, Sol. R. Guggen- 
heim, each being endowed for $50,000; the Joseph B. Greenhut 
endowment amounting to $55,000, and that of M. W. Mendel for 
$64,000. This fund is invested in first mortgages on New York 
City property, and first mortgage bonds of railroad corporations 
of the United States. 
The hospital is a member of the United Hospital Fund, formerly 
the Hospital Saturday and Sunday Association, and in 1916 was 
placed at the head of the list of the beneficiaries from this city- 
wide fund, in return for the largest amount to free service ren- 
dered during that year. 
The hospital maintains a country sanitarium at Bedford Hills, 
Westchester county; here a total of 638 patients were treated in 
1917, deriving benefit from the beautiful surroundings and the 
rarified atmosphere. Each patient is offered an education, which 
directs the recipient to observe hygenic rules and regulations, 
thereby prolonging their own life and preventing the infection of 
others. The sanitarium is under the medical superintendence of 
Bernard Stivelman. 
The officers of the hospital in 1918 were: Jacob H. Schiff, presi- 
dent; Henry Solomon and Leopold Stein, vice-presidents; Fred 
M. Stein, treasurer; Arthur D. Wolf, secretary. The medical 
director is Siegfried Wachmann. The medical and surgery staff 
consists of over seventy physicians and surgeons, headed by Simon 
Baruch, honorary member, and S. P. Goodhart, president. Drs. 
Simon Baruch, Frederic S. Dennis, Virgil P. Gibney, Carl Koller, 
Henry S. Oppenheimer, Charles L. Dana, Bernard Sachs, Felix 
Cohen, Leonard S. Rau, H. N. Vineberg, Harlow Brooks, Wolff 
Freudenthal, and George Elliott have been members of the staff 
a score of years. 
In 1884, the date of the foundation of the institution, it was 
located at 83rd street and Avenue A, and had a capacity of thirty 
beds. A new building was erected at Broadway and 138th street 
in 1889, with a capacity of 108 beds, which was gradually in- 
creased to 292. 
The City Institution moved to its present Home on Gun Hill 
Road, November 30, 1913. The new Montefiore Home and Hospital 
consists of a group of nine modern fireproof buildings, beautifully 872 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
located on the outskirts of the City, surrounded by attractive 
grounds. The Montefiore Home and Hospital admits so-called 
"Non-Hospital" and "Non-Old Home" cases; that is, people who 
are stricken with chronic disease, but who would be refused in 
General Hospitals on account of the protracted course of their 
illness. They are not, however, necessarily incurable. Through 
special facilities for treatment, this Institution has provided un- 
usually complete and efficient departments in mechanical, hy- 
driatic, thermal and electro-therapy. 
New York Pasteur Institute.-In September, 1888, the French 
government sent Dr. Paul Gibier to this country to study the 
epidemic of yellow fever then raging in Florida. After having 
remained in the South for a few months, Dr. Gibier came to New 
York on his way back to France. While he was in this city, sev- 
eral New Jersey boys, who had been bitten by a rabid dog, were 
taken to Paris to be treated at the Institut Pasteur. The fact that 
a long delay was thus to elapse before the little patients could 
receive their first treatment, impressed upon the Doctor's mind 
the necessity for having an establishment in the United States 
where the treatment could be given. 
Upon his return to Paris, he submitted his idea to Pasteur; his 
plan was to establish in New York an Antirabic Institute where 
the method of the illustrious scientist could be carefully followed. 
Pasteur encouraged Dr. Gibier in this work, and gladly authorized 
his pupil and co-worker to give his name to the Institute which 
was to be founded in New York. 
Dr. Gibier came to New York and established his office and 
laboratory at No. 178 West 10th street; the New York Pasteur 
Institute was thus founded in 1889. It is here that, provided 
with the necessary material given him by Pasteur, Dr. Gibier in- 
augurated the preventative treatment against hydrophobia in the 
New World. 
Although more than 7,000 persons had at that time received 
the treatment at the Paris Institute, Joseph Meister, the Alsatian 
shepherd boy, heading the list begun on July 5th, 1886, there were 
many opponents to the method in different countries. The oppo- 
sition at first met with here was, therefore, not unique, though 
quite marked, and in many instances surprisingly bitter and ma- 
licious. MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
873 
Nevertheless, Dr. Gibier was not to be discouraged, and he re- 
mained at his post with the firm intention of propagating on this 
side of the ocean the work of Pasteur and his associates. With 
the assistance of a few eminent members of the profession: Prof. 
R. Ogden Doremus, Dr. Holbrook Curtis, Dr. Frederick Peter- 
son, Dr. James E. Kelly, Dr. Alexander Liautard, and others, he 
founded the New York Bacteriological Institute, which was in- 
corporated in 1890. The purpose of this Institute was to main- 
tain a research laboratory for the study of communicable diseases, 
especially hydrophobia, tuberculosis, diphtheria, etc., and to pro- 
vide funds for the gratuitous treatment of indigents applying 
to the Pasteur Institute. On February 25th, 1890, the first patient 
was admitted to the Pasteur Institute to receive treatment. 
In 1893, the small house on 10th street proved to be entirely 
inadequate for the work which had to be done; the Institute was 
then transferred to Central Park West and 97th street. Much 
experimental work was done there. Organotherapy and serother- 
apy were first investigated on this side of the Atlantic in the 
laboratory of the Institute. It is the impulse given by the latter 
which stimulated the manufacture of antitoxins here. It was 
from the laboratories of the Institute, at 97th street, that the first 
diphtheria antitoxin made in this country was distributed through 
the States. It w^s also from its laboratories that were produced 
the first antitetanic antistreptococcic, antistaphylococcic sera and 
aseptic glycerinized vaccine virus in capillary tubes and on ivory 
points. 
In 1898 the needs of the Institute necessitated its removal to the 
country, at Suffern, New York, where it owned an experimental 
station and a farm. An office was kept in New York at 313 West 
23rd street for the reception and treatment of patients needing 
antirabic treatment. It was at the Suffern farm that Dr. Gibier 
was killed in a carriage accident in June, 1900. 
The direction of the Institute was then taken by his nephew, 
Dr. George Gibier Rambaud, who had been his principal assistant 
since 1892, and who had graduated from the Medical Department 
of Columbia University in 1899. But Dr. Rambaud being alone 
to shoulder the entire responsibility, financial and otherwise, of 
the Institute, was obliged to confine its work to rabies and its 
treatment. 
More than 20,000 patients have availed themselves of the serv- 874 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
ices of the Institute since its foundation. During the first ten 
years, under Dr. Gibier's direction, 1,307 persons received the 
Pasteur Treatment; of these nine died (mortality-0.68%). From 
1900 to 1916, 3,198 patients received antirabic treatment; the 
treatment failed in but five cases (mortality-0.156%). 
During the past eight years, 10,021 patients called at the Insti- 
tute for advice and treatment. Of these 8,427 were, or represented 
themselves to be, poor; 134 were treated as public charges, the In- 
stitute receiving compensation from counties or towns, and 8,293 
were free patients, for whom the Institute received no compen- 
sation. 
Hospital for Deformities and Joint Diseases, New York City.- 
Dr. Henry W. Frauenthal, aided by his brother, Dr. Herman C. 
Frauenthal, on December 4, 1904, in an endeavor to help the great 
number of poor suffering from deformities and joint diseases, 
founded the "Frauenthal" Clinic, at No. 558 Lexington avenue, 
and to the enterprise of these two well-known New York City 
physicians may be attributed the establishment of the present 
Hospital for Deformities and Joint Diseases, at 1915-1919 Madison 
avenue, New York City, and the Dispensary of the Hospital at 41 
and 43 East 123rd street. The purpose of the brothers Frauenthal 
was to establish an institution wherein such scientific investiga- 
tion could be made to determine why certain types of traumatic 
and infectious joint conditions became chronic, and to afford by 
scientific investigation the most efficient means of prevention and 
cure in the early stage of such conditions, and hence decrease the 
percentage of cripples resulting from chronic joint conditions and 
the ill effects of the destruction of the joints by these chronic joint 
diseases. 
The establishment of the "Frauenthal" Clinic, however, was 
soon followed by the organization of the hospital association, and 
for the purpose of the enlarged plan of operation, the projectors 
purchased the building at No. 416 East Eighty-sixth street, which 
however proved inadequate to the demand of the crippled poor 
for treatment, and consequently plans had to be prosecuted to 
establish the institution in a larger building. The search for the 
suitable building ended in the decision to locate at 1917 Madison 
avenue, at which address the hospital has since been developed. 
Dr. Frauenthal had certainly known of a much needed hospital MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
875 
facility in the city when he had decided to establish his "Clinic," 
for the demand for treatment at the hospital became such that 
within six months of locating at 1917 Madison avenue, arrange- 
ments had to be instituted to add the adjoining building, No. 1919 
Madison avenue, to the hospital property. 
The incorporators were on October 11, 1905, granted charter by 
the State, and on November 4, 1906, the hospital was opened with 
appropriate ceremonies. In course of time the directors of the 
corporation were forced to seek additional facilities, and thus came 
into possession of No. 1915 Madison Avenue, after the acquisition 
of which the three properties, 1915, 1917, 1919 Madison avenue, 
were converted from high-stoop houses to a practical hospital ar- 
rangement. With these facilities, the institution labored for 
another year, but with an increasing daily clinic averaging about 
200 it soon became apparent that still larger facilities would be 
essential to materially allay the congestion which had so hampered 
the work of the hospital dispensary. 
Through the splendid support of well-wishers and friends of 
the administrators of the institution, it was possible to purchase, 
for the purposes of the Dispensary, the property at 41 and 43 East 
123rd street, at which location an admirable dispensary, which was 
dedicated on November 3, 1914, has been established. The build- 
ing is of six floors and basement. In the basement are manufac- 
tured mechanical braces, and shoes for deformed feet. This is an 
essential feature in hospital work of this kind. On the first floor 
is the department for the correction of congenital dislocation of 
hips, bow legs, knock knees, paralytic distortions, etc.; also the ex- 
ecutive offices. On the second floor are separate rooms for the 
examination of patients with various types of joint diseases, and 
for the application of splints. On the third floor, the front portion 
is devoted to treatment by massage and electricity of the various 
types of infantile paralysis; on the fourth floor is the Tyrnauer 
baking apparatus for the application of hot air to joints and 
muscles, in the treatment of muscular and articular rheumatism; 
on the fifth floor are two large gymnasiums, the walls of which are 
covered with mirrors for the mental concentration of the muscle 
effort. That department is one of the most important of the insti- 
tution. Those cases which do not require operation or apparatus 
for improving their deformities, but rather a course of training for 
the development of weakened muscles which tend toward bodily 876 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
deformity, are treated. The results obtained by this system have 
been so superior that they have attracted considerable attention to 
the clinic among members of the medical profession. On the sixth 
floor are the chemical, bacteriological and pathological laboratories, 
very essential facilities in obtaining the highest efficiency in differ- 
ential diagnosis and treatment. In the rear of the sixth floor is an 
amphitheatre operating room, constructed on the most modern lines 
of aseptic surgery. In conjunction, there is a pus operating room, 
plaster room, anaesthetizing room, sterilizing room; also an X-ray 
and photographic department. 
The care of the Dispensary patients requires the services of 
twenty medical assistants, twenty-six masseuses and masseurs, nine 
physical culture teachers and eight nurses, almost all of whom are 
on a salary basis, so that the outlay in maintaining the two estab- 
lishments, neither of which is endowed, is heavy, and entails a 
constant effort on the part of the administration to seek the con- 
tinued support adequate to the ever-growing needs of this useful 
public service. Much credit is due to the administrative officers, 
and to the members of the various committees who have given 
so much time and money to bring about the creditable develop- 
ment it has achieved during the brief period of its operation. 
New York Orthopedic Hospital and Dispensary.-The New York 
Orthopedic Hospital and Dispensary, 126-128 East Fifty-ninth 
Street, New York City, was established in 1867, to furnish medical 
and surgical treatment to poor people, with special reference to 
diseases and deformities of the spine and hip joint, and other 
serious diseases of bones requiring surgical and mechanical treat- 
ment. The hospital was designed to afford treatment particularly 
to children between the ages of four and fourteen, and while re- 
muneration for the service was not an essential to treatment, no 
worthy case being refused consideration and treatment, it was 
expected that those who could afford to do so would reimburse the 
institution for, at least, the actual cost of the necessary apparatus. 
In its special field, the New York Orthopedic Hospital and Dis- 
pensary has for fifty years well performed a worthy work among 
the crippled poor of New York City, and many noteworthy cures 
have been effected under its original system of treatment and 
manipulation. The capacity of the hospital now, 1917, is sixty-six 
beds. MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
877 
The hospital removed to its present location, No. 420 East Fifty- 
ninth street, in 1917, where they constructed a building equipped 
with all sanitary and medical improvements known to science. 
The original intention of treatment was for children only; this 
has been amended and adults are now received. There is a dis- 
pensary service afternoons, with the exception of Sundays and 
holidays. The hospital maintains a country branch and industrial 
school, located on Mamaroneck avenue, White Plains. John R. 
Howard, Jr., is the resident superintendent. The surgeon-in-chief 
of the institution for nearly twenty years has been Dr. Russell A. 
Hibbs. 
Neurological Institute, New York City.-This institute is 
located at Nos. 149-151 East Sixty-seventh street, and was in- 
corporated in April, 1909, for the treating of persons suffering 
from nervous diseases. The officers of the board of trustees (the 
governing body of the hospital) in 1916 were: President, Robert 
P. Perkins; secretary, Sherman Day; treasurer, Harrison Wilson; 
superintendent, Esther F. Rivington. The dispensary in connection 
with the Institute was licensed January 12, 1910. 
Memorial Hospital, New York.-The Memorial Hospital, for the 
treatment of Cancer and Allied Diseases (formerly New York 
Cancer Hospital), which is located in a building of recent construc- 
tion replete with all modern improvements and appliances, at 
Central Park West, and One Hundred and Sixth street, New York 
City, was founded in 1884, and became an incorporated institution 
on May 21 of that year, by "An Act to Incorporate the New York 
Cancer Hospital," then passed. Elizabeth H. Cullum, Phoebe L. 
Day, Anne R. Dahlgren, Justine Van R. Townsend, S. Matilda 
Clarkson, J. E. Parsons, H. E. Pellew, J. W. Drexel, R. T. Auch- 
muty, G. P. Andrews, W. T. Bull, C. Cleveland, J. B. Hunter, 
George L. Peabody, and F. P. Kinnicutt were the incorporators. 
Among the projectors of the institution were many New York 
City medical men, including Dr. J. Marion Sims. The institution 
was made possible by the liberal support of many public- 
spirited residents of the city, many subscriptions of $10,000 or 
more being received, but in particular should be mentioned as 
principal founders: Dr. James Douglas, who gave the hospital 
$100,000 in 1912, and in 1914 created a trust of some $390,000, of 
which the hospital is the present beneficiary, and in other ways in- 878 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
creased the facilities of the hospital for research; Mrs. Arabella D. 
Huntington, who in 1906 donated $100,000 to the institution for 
research work; Mr. J. J. Astor, and General and Mrs. George W. 
Cullum, who come into the "Founder" class, by reason of their 
gifts to the institution of $50,000 or more at one time. 
One of the objects in mind at the foundation of the hospital 
for cancer was "the study of the disease." The need of experi- 
mental research in relation to the disease was one of the points 
emphasized by Dr. J. Marion Sims, in the circular sent out by 
those who organized the hospital; and at the laying of the corner- 
stone Dr. W. H. Draper, speaking for the medical profession, said 
that "the higher purpose of the hospital was to give the best 
possible opportunity for a scientific investigation of the causes and 
the treatment of the disease which has thus far baffled human 
interest and human skill." 
On March 6, 1899, by special act of the Legislature, the name 
of the institution was changed from that of the New York Cancer 
Hospital to that of the General Memorial Hospital for the treat- 
ment of Cancer and Allied Diseases, the change of designation 
being decided upon ' ' in the belief that the elimination of the direct 
use of the word ' cancer ' would lead to greater use of its facilities. ' ' 
On March 22, 1916, the word "General" was struck out, by sanc- 
tion of the New York Supreme Court, "so that the special insti- 
tution might not be mistaken for a general hospital." 
The extent of the work of the hospital may be understood from 
the statistics contained in the report of the medical superinten- 
dent of the Memorial Hospital for the year 1915; these statistics 
are: Patients treated during year, 1046; Roentgen-Ray depart- 
ment, 390 new patients; Radium department, 288 new patients. 
The cost of maintaining the hospital for that fiscal year, excluding 
the expense of operating the Roentgen-Ray, Radium, Pathological, 
and Chemical laboratories, was $74,644.25. The president of the 
institution in 1916 was Herbert Parsons, and the medical staff 
is a large one, its personnel including many of the leading special- 
ists of America. The medical board consists of a consulting body 
of twenty-five New York City specialists, and about a similar num- 
ber of other New York City physicians constitute the attending 
staff. James Ewing, M.D., was president of the medical board in 
1916, Wm. B. Coley, M.D., was vice-president, and Stanley R. 
Benedict, Ph.D., was secretary. MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
879 
The House of Calvary Hospital, New York.-This is one of the 
notable institutions in New York City that is devoted to those who 
are afflicted with special diseases, and its object is to receive the 
indigent poor suffering from cancer, lupus, or any other living 
bleedings wounds that are not contagious. 
The hospital was established June 12, 1899, and incorporated 
April 27, 1900. It is located in the Borough of Bronx, at Feather- 
bed Lane and McCombs Road. The estimated value of the hospital 
real estate holding is over $200,000. The president of the govern- 
ing body of the hospital in 1916 was John Cardinal Farley; the 
attending physician, Dr. George M. Lynch, a graduate of Cornell 
Medical College, class of 1908. The superintendent is Sister M. 
Amelia. 
The New York Skin and Cancer Hospital, New York.-The New 
York Skin and Cancer Hospital is located at 19th street and Sec- 
ond avenue. It was incorporated in 1883, for the free treatment and 
care of the poor afflicted with skin diseases and cancer. Those 
patients that are able to pay are charged ten dollars a week. The 
hospital is equipped with fifty-six beds. The following at various 
times during its organization have served as superintendents: Miss 
Charlotte Cady and Miss S. Bums. The medical staff consists of 
some of the most noted physicians and surgeons of the city, among 
whom we mention Daniel M. Stimson, Willy Meyer, William M. 
Polk, Arthur B. Duel, Lewis S. Pilcher, besides many others. 
Louisa Minturn Hospital, New York.-The Louisa Minturn Hos- 
pital, of New York City, was, at its inception in 1897, known as 
"The Hospital for Scarlet Fever and Diphtheria." A hospital for 
the purpose was built at the foot of East Sixteenth street, New 
York City, at a cost of more than $125,000. The funds for the 
purpose came wholly by voluntary contributions, and the intention 
of the projectors was "to provide at a moderate price (a hospital) 
for patients, whose residence in apartments, hotels, or boarding 
houses, makes their proper care and isolation difficult," and who 
were in a position to pay for the service. At the time of the estab- 
lishment of the Minturn Hospital the only other hospital ac- 
commodation available for this class of patients was at the Willard 
Parker Hospital, and there only public wards were provided. 
Strictly, the Minturn Hospital may be considered to have been 
founded in 1895, as the act of incorporation of ' ' The Hospital for 880 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Scarlet Fever and Diphtheria Patients" was passed by the State 
Legislature on April 24th of that year, section 1 of the act naming 
Louisa F. Minturn, F. Augustus Schermerhorn, Paul Tuckerman, 
James J. Higginson, Frederic de P. Foster, John Winters Bran- 
nan, M.D., Cleveland Dodge, J. Mitchell Prudden, M.D., Alvah 
H. Doty, M.D., and George F. Crane "and such persons as shall, 
or may hereafter, associate with them," as incorporators; and sec- 
tion 5 of the act specifically named F. Augustus Schermerhorn, 
Paul Tuckerman, James J. Higginson, Frederic de P. Foster, John 
Winters Brannan, M.D., Alvah H. Doty, M.D., and George F. 
Crane to constitute the first board of governors, provision being 
also made that among the governors should also be the president 
of the Board of Health of the City of New York, and the Com- 
missioner of Health in the City of New York. 
The First Annual Report of the Minturn Hospital was for 
the year 1899, and embodied in it is a list of subscribers to the 
Hospital Fund. About 450 names are listed, the principal sub- 
scriptions coming from: Mrs. J. W. Minturn, $26,500; Mrs. Percy 
R. Pyne, $10,000; "A Friend," $10,000; Miss Eleanor de G. Cuy- 
ler, $8,148.89; A. Corning Clark, $6,000; C. Vanderbilt, $6,000. The 
first officers were: J. W. Brannan, M.D., president; T. Mitchell 
Prudden, M.D., vice-president; Geo. F. Crane, treasurer; Paul 
Tuckerman, secretary; and the original medical staff included: R. 
J. Carlisle, F. M. Crandall, W. H. Draper, E. Ie Fevre, W. H. 
Katzenbach, and T. S. Southworth, visiting physicians; J. W. 
Brannan, R. H. Derby, W. H. Draper, A. Jacobi, E. G. Janeway, 
F. P. Kinnicutt and Alex. A. Smith, consulting physicians; H. 
Holbrook Curtis, G. Bacon, and G. H. Fox, consulting specialists; 
Edmund L. Dow, resident physician. 
The plan adopted by the governors was to provide two distinct 
and entirely separate pavilions, one for scarlet fever, and the 
other for diphtheria patients. In its operation each pavilion con- 
stituted a separate institution, having its own staff of physicians 
and nurses, servants, etc. There were no wards, each patient hav- 
ing a separate room. 
Of the original medical board, Drs. R. J. Carlisle, W. H. Katzen- 
baeh, T. S. Southworth, J. W. Brannan, A. Jacobi, H. Holbrook 
Curtis and G. H. Fox are members of the present medical staff. 
The superintendent is Miss M. E. Fraser. MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS' 
881 
St. Joseph's Hospital for Consumptives, New York City.-The 
Sisters of the Poor of St. Francis in 1880-1881 found it impossible 
to care for the large number of consumptive poor who constantly 
sought admission to their general hospital, then situated in East 
Fifth street. For this reason early in 1882 the St. Joseph's Hos- 
pital for Consumptives was opened in temporary quarters in East 
One Hundred and Ninth street, New York City, the accommodation 
there available being fifty beds. The house was soon found wholly 
inadequate for the purpose, and on January 1, 1889, the present 
hospital building was finished, and at once opened, and filled with 
patients. The hospital occupies the block between St. Ann's and 
Brook avenues, and One Hundred and Forty-third and One Hun- 
dred and Forty-fourth streets, New York City, and in 1910 a 
number of long-hoped for improvements were completed, including 
a four-storied pavilion, with roof garden, known as the "West 
Wing," and a building for children. Another building also was 
built, but not in the hospital block; it was erected on the grounds 
of the St. Francis' Hospital, across the street, and when completed 
was utilized for accommodation of the house staff. These improve- 
ments enabled the sisters to appoint a resident physician. 
Dr. Charles M. Cauldwell, "who had been physician-in-chief, 
benefactor, and an invaluable adviser to the Sisters, from the 
establishment of the hospital," resigned his position in 1911, but 
continued his interest in the work, by accepting appointment as 
consulting physician. Frederick H. Dillingham, M.D., then became 
physician-in-chief, with C. M. Cauldwell, J. Dorning, F. E. Mil- 
ler, consulting physicians; H. Wollner became physician-in-charge, 
and P. J. McKenzie, resident physician. 
In 1917, the hospital staff was identical, excepting that Dr. H. 
Wollner was then resident physician, and some changes had 
taken place in the staff of visitng physicians, who, in 1915, were: 
E. S. Bishop, D. B. Brinsmade, E. A. Campbell, G. A. Carlucci, 
J. L. Dinning, J. R. Graham, J. F. Holmes, J. B. Huber, A. M. 
Jacobus, H. R. Lesser, C. M. Mann, G. H. Matthews, P. C. Pumyea, 
C. A. Rhodes, H. H. Rowlands, H. L. Shively, and R. E. Stetson. 
Specialists: E. M. Foote, M. J. Schwerd, J. B. Lynch, G. R. Elliott, 
F. H. Dillingham, J. H. Larkin, C. M. Fisher, and J. F. Buckley. 
During the year ending September 30, 1915, eighteen hundred 
and sixty-nine consumptive persons were received into the insti- 
tution, of whom 286 were Protestants, and 118 Hebrew. 882 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The hospital buildings contain altogether five hundred beds, more 
than 400 of which are devoted to the accommodation of destitute 
consumptives, who are admitted irrespective of color, religion, or 
nationality. Patients who are able, are expected to do light work 
in the hospital during their stay. The St. Joseph's Hospital has 
no endowment fund, and with the exception of an appropriation 
annually from the City it is entirely dependent for its support 
upon the generosity of its benefactors, and the voluntary offering 
of the public. 
The development of the work of the Sisters of the Poor of St. 
Francis, at the St. Joseph's Hospital for Consumptives, may be 
appreciated by the following statistics: In 1882, 161 patients were 
admitted into the hospital; in 1892, 1,190; in 1902, 1,683; and a 
decade later, in 1912, the number of (in most cases destitute) con- 
sumptives received into the hospital, and benefited, had reached 
2,039. 
Seton Hospital, New York.-The Seton Hospital, for men con- 
sumptives, is conducted in a magnificent Italian Renaissance struc- 
ture of brick, built at Spuyten Duyvil Heights, New York City, in 
1892-93, at a cost of $300,000, and designed to provide accommo- 
dation for 220 patients. The institution is conducted by the Sis- 
ters of Charity, and for many years nearly all the beds were sub- 
sidized by the New York City Department of Public Charities. 
Although founded, controlled and directed by a religious order, 
the Seton Hospital is distinctly non-sectarian, the Sisters of 
Charity admitting tubercular patients of any or no creed, free, or 
for part or whole payment. A limited number of pay beds are 
to be had at from $7 per week upward. 
The Nazareth branch of Seton Hospital at Spuyten Duyvil was 
designed to care for tubercular women. It was opened in 1903, 
since which time not only tubercular women were admitted; but 
children of both sexes, under thirteen years of age, were received 
into the hospital and also orthopedic cases. The Nazareth branch 
has a capacity of 216 beds, many of which are occupied by poor 
people unable to contribute in any way to the expense of their 
care; but, generally, the beds are let at $7 per week. 
The consulting medical staff in 1917 consisted of Drs. T. M. 
Prudden, A. M. Shrady, C. Wagner, L. W. Crigler, F. E. Gardner, 
and H. S. Dunning. MISCELLANEOUS HOSPITALS 
883 
Brooklyn Home for Consumptives.-This institution is operated 
on the broad principles of humanity. It dates its existence from 
1882, and has offered to consumptive invalids of either sex and of 
every race, creed and color succor and solace, free of cost. A half 
dozen philanthropic men and women having learned that the doors 
of all city hospitals were closed against this class of sufferers, and 
that the almshouse was their only refuge, issued a call to the 
benevolent people of Brooklyn, with the object of discussing the 
ways and means to establish an institution for consumptives. 
The meeting was held in Plymouth Church, and in due time a 
society was formed and later incorporated as the Garfield Memorial 
Home. In August, 1888, a dwelling house was rented on Wash- 
ington avenue and placed in charge of a matron, one nurse and a 
servant. Eight months later, No. 219 Raymond street was pur- 
chased and occupied for several years. The work of the insti- 
tution expanded as it became known, and the name was changed 
to the Brooklyn Home for Consumptives. In the latter part of 
the eighties several lots were purchased on Kingston avenue be- 
tween Douglass and Butler streets, and a three-story building of 
modern architecture was erected at a total cost of $80,000. The 
building and grounds were purchased with a fund made up en- 
tirely of gifts from the charitable people of Brooklyn, and were 
first occupied in September, 1888. The annual expenses of the in- 
stitution are defrayed by subscriptions, with the exception of a 
small State appropriation and a sum from the excise money. 
The present location of the Home is on Kingston avenue, be- 
tween Sterling Place and St. John's Place, and the president, in 
1917, was Mrs. T. M. Wardwell. 
The Home Hospital, New York.-This institution was maintained 
by the Association for Improving the Condition of the Poor to 
treat tuberculosis, combined with poverty in the home, without 
breaking up the family unit. There were forty-eight modern apart- 
ments at No. 522 East Seventy-sixth street, overlooking the East 
river, devoted to the treatment of families, and none were received 
unless one of the breadwinners and one or more children had the 
tuberculosis. There were accommodations for about four hundred. 
Hospital, sanatorium and preventorium care was given, and sani- 
tary homes, with well-lighted, ventilated, reasonable segregation, 
and constant medical and nursing care were given to the tubercu- 884 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
losis poor and their families. There was also a provision for an 
out-of-door school for the children, which was considered essen- 
tial in the treatment. The superintendent was H. K. Smith, and 
the medical advisory board consisted of J. A. Miller, chairman; 
B. Waters, P. Van Ingen, E. C. Brenner, A Nilson, L. Winter, L. 
R. Williams. The hospital was closed in February, 1918. CHAPTER VII 
STATE, COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL TUBERCULOSIS HOS- 
PITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
THE outgrowth of The Samuel W. Bowne Memorial Hos- 
pital, Poughkeepsie, was a tuberculosis camp which was 
opened on June 5, 1909, with a capacity of twenty-five 
beds, under the auspices of the Board of Health of the city of 
Poughkeepsie. The following year sufficient money was raised by 
private subscription to purchase the Pendell farm, located on an 
elevation between Violet avenue and the Creek road. This purchase 
consisted of thirty-two acres, a portion of which was an apple 
orchard and vineyard; there was also on the premises a farm 
house and barn. 
The hospital building was commenced in March, 1911, and was 
for the use of tuberculosis patients only. During the construction 
period the camp patients occupied the farm house. The site is un- 
surpassed for beauty in the country; it commands an extensive view 
of farming lands. The Berkshire hills lying to the east, the High- 
lands to the south and west, and the Catskills to the west and north, 
afford a horizon view that challenges the admiration of the spec- 
tator, and for beauty of scenery rivals even the Alps in Switzer- 
land. 
The county and city originally planned to share the expense of 
the building, but this became unnecessary by the decision of Mrs. 
Samuel W. Bowne, of New York City, who gave the hospital build- 
ing to the city of Poughkeepsie as a memorial to her husband. The 
building is near fireproof as possible, being constructed of hollow 
tile and stucco, and had a capacity of twenty beds, with adminis- 
tration rooms and dining room, kitchen and storeroom. An ad- 
ditional gift of $60,000 was received in 1913 from Mrs. Bowne, 
which was expended in building wings, adding to the capacity 
fifty-five beds. Through the continued generosity of Mrs. Bowne 
a modern stucco preventorium, known as the Agnes Home, accom- 
modating fifty-two children, was added in 1917 to the hospital 
885 886 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
building, thus making the total capacity of the hospital one hun- 
dred and twenty-seven beds. 
The superintendent is Dr. H. St. John Williams. The medical 
chief-of-staff is Dr. J. Wilson Poucher, who has for his assistants, 
Drs. H. L. Palliser, G. E. Lane, C. J. McCambridge, C. A. Crispell, 
A. L. Peckham, Aaron Sobel, R. W. Andrews, John A. Card, H. 
A. Gribbon, J. E. McCambridge, H. F. Owsley, H. P. Carpenter. 
The Loomis Sanatorium, Liberty.-The Loomis Sanatorium is 
designed and equipped for the care of tuberculosis invalids pre- 
senting a fair prospect of recovery, and for patients who, for one 
reason or another, are predisposed to the development of the dis- 
ease. It is situated on the southern slope of a range of high hills 
at an elevation of about two thousand feet above tide water, and 
five hundred feet above the village of Liberty, Sullivan county. 
The railway station is on the main line of the New York, On- 
tario and Western railway, two and one-half miles distant from 
the sanatorium, one hundred and twenty miles from New York 
City. The sanatorium is arranged on the cottage plan, consisting 
of sixteen cottages, administration building, reception hospital, 
chapel, library, casino, and has a capacity of one hundred and 
twenty-five patients. 
The institution was incorporated February 17, 1896, under the 
name of the Loomis Sanitorium for Consumptives. The incorpo- 
rators were Mary M. Irvin, Eleanor Jay Chapman, Anne M. Loomis, 
Ellin L. Lowery, J. Pierpont Morgan, William M. Polk, M.D., 
Henry F. Walker, M.D., Mary Edson Aldrich, Charlotte M. Good- 
ridge, Elizabeth A. Bend, Edith S. Randolph, Annie D. Beekman, 
Alice S. Wilmerding, Alice Huntington, Mary T. Lewis, Elisabeth 
Cockcroft, Flora McD. Casey, Emily S. Waller, L. B. Embry Cop- 
penhagen, Adeline L. Prince, Josephine H. Brooks, Priscilla D. 
Sloane, Margaret T. Van Nest, Kate W. Winthrop, Charles Mc- 
Burney, M.D., A. Alexander Smith, M.D., Charles E. Quimby, 
M.D., Henry P. Loomis, M.D., Charles T. Barney, Francis Lynde 
Stetson, William A. Duer, and John L. Cadwalader. 
The death of Dr. Herbert Maxon King, the physician-in-chief, on 
June 24, 1917, was an inestimable loss for the sanatorium. He had 
devoted to the institution since 1902 his professional training and 
skill of a high order, and an executive ability which had built up 
the reputation of the sanatorium. He was succeeded by Dr. Charles TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
887 
Wilson Mills, who had been his associate physician for a number of 
years. 
The Trudeau Sanitarium, Saranac Lake.-The corporation and 
success of this institution (formerly the Adirondack Cottage Sani- 
tarium) is wholly due to the indefatigable labor of its founder, 
Dr. Edward L. Trudeau. It was in 1884 that an insignificant 
institution consisting of three small frame buildings was con- 
structed on a remote hillside in the Adirondack Mountains, forty- 
two miles from a railroad. The buildings were heated by wood 
stoves, lighted by kerosene lamps, and the water supply was derived 
from the river by dragging a barrelful at a time up the hill as it 
was needed. 
To this trackless wilderness came one suffering with pulmonary 
tuberculosis, who aimed to demonstrate the possibility of curing 
the disease by the sanatorium and open-air method, which had been 
advocated by Brehmer and Dettweiler in Europe. Thirty-five 
years ago pulmonary tuberculosis was looked upon as incurable, 
and there was no treatment which was recognized as effective, and 
the open-air and sanatorium method was unknown in America. 
The first seven years of the life of the Sanitarium were obscure 
and precarious, and for a decade it was an all-absorbing struggle 
for existence. After that period, the institution continued to de- 
velop and perfect, as far as possible, the open-air method of treat- 
ment, holding in view, as it did, not so much the increasing of its 
capacity to the utmost limit as the perfection of its study and treat- 
ment of the disease by the new knowledge brought to light by 
laboratory researches and controlled by bedside observations and 
records. It early recognized the value of joining clinical and labo- 
ratory observations, and the distinctive features of the work of the 
Sanitarium have been locating and controlling sources of infection 
in the early detection and treatment of the disease by laboratory 
methods and the use of Dr. Koch's discovery of tubercolin, which 
has been used continuously, and its diagnostic and therapeutic 
value carefully studied. The published studies and records of the 
Sanitarium of the use of this liquid preventive have, without doubt, 
established its usefulness and its acceptance in the treatment of 
tuberculosis patients. 
The Adirondack Cottage Sanitarium was incorporated in 1889, 
and the first members of the board of trustees were C. M. Lea, 888 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
D. W. Riddle, Drs. Alfred Loomis, and E. L. Trudeau. The first 
subscriber to the endowment fund was E. H. Harriman, who sub- 
scribed $5,000. In 1908 D. Lorne McGibbons donated $5,000, with 
which five acres of land were purchased, and a legacy of $25,000 
from the estate of Miss Hilda Tiffany made possible the erection 
of new buildings to replace the old, wornout and unsightly out- 
buildings. A new workshop was built in 1909, which was 
donated by Mrs. Walter L. Woodwin. This was a valuable 
asset, as it offered to the patients an opportunity of receiving in- 
struction in bookbinding, illuminating, frame making, photography, 
copper and brass work, wood carving, and many other forms of 
artistic and practical work. The education of the patient in skilled 
workmanship adds greatly to the benefit derived by him through 
his stay in the Sanitarium. It provides moderate exercise, relieves 
the monotony of institutional existence, adds to its resources, and 
prevents him from becoming introspective, self-centered and unfit 
for work after he leaves the institution. 
The Journal of the Outdoor Life is regularly published by the 
Sanitarium, in which are incorporated the views of experts and 
specialists on subjects relating to tuberculosis. The spirit of in- 
quiry and research initiated by Dr. Trudeau and made possible 
by the Trudeau Foundation, is to-day more active and more original 
work is being done at the institution than at any time in its history. 
The treatment with tuberculin in the past few years has largely 
given way to the use of artificial light and X-ray treatment, which, 
in principle, resemble, and in some respects takes the place of tu- 
berculin. The artificial pneumothorax has also been employed in 
some cases. The officials for 1917 were: William B. Jones, president; 
Edward R. Baldwin, vice-president; James A. Miller, secretary; 
George S. Brewster, treasurer. The superintendent was Charles 
R. Armstrong and the resident physician Frederick H. Heise. 
Ulster County Tuberculosis Hospital, Kingston.-The New York 
State Board of Health Department and the State Charities Aid 
Association held in May, 1909, in the New York State Armory in 
Kingston, a large tuberculosis exhibit. Lectures were given, and 
an organization was effected and named the Ulster County Com- 
mittee on Prevention of Tuberculosis. The officers were: President, 
Joseph M. Fowler; vice-presidents, E. F. MacFadden, Isaac Weiner, 
Rev. R. L. Bartsell, W. A. Dederick, Miss Mary Isabella Forsyth; TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
889 
secretary, Dr. Mary Gage-Day; treasurer, Cornelius Hume. The 
president appointed six sub-committees. 
Ulster county was the first in the State to get its county tubercu- 
losis hospital organization in working order. The hospital was 
opened in May, 1910, and the capacity of the camp and the hos- 
pital was twenty-five beds. The board of supervisors, after the 
report of the first year's work of the hospital was filed, made an 
appropriation of $5,000. 
Dr. Van Hoevenberg resigned after a year's service, and Dr. 
Alden C. Gates became his successor, a position he now fills. With 
the aid of several donations, in 1911 the site of the hospital was 
purchased, and in the fall of the following year the board of 
supervisors increased the appropriation of the camp and hospital. 
The benefits of the hospital are absolutely free to all residents of 
Ulster county unable to pay, but the board of managers desiring to 
do the greatest good to the greatest number, fixed the price of $10 
per week for non-residents. 
Stony Wold Sanatorium, Lake Kushaqua.-The incorporation of 
this institution dates from April 1, 1901. It was founded for self- 
supporting women and little girls suffering from incipient tu- 
berculosis. It was in 1900 the Chi Kappa Club, a group of young 
women engaged in philanthropic work in New York City under the 
direction of Mrs. James Edward Newcomb, decided to have a rum- 
mage sale, the proceeds to be devoted towards the founding of a 
sanatorium. The sum of five hundred dollars was raised, and in 
1901 a committee of one hundred was formed for aggressive work. 
Auxiliary societies were formed in different parts of the State, 
thereby interesting a large number of charitable women in the 
enterprise. 
The Stony Wold Sanatorium constitutes a village within itself; 
the buildings consist of an administration building, dormitory, 
Stony Wold hall, store and post office, model cow barn, hay barn, 
piggery, smoke house, cold storage and ice house, woodworking 
shop, blacksmith shop, carpenter shop, paint shop, saw mill, incin- 
erator, employees' dormitory, children's school and play house, five 
rest shacks, seven cottages, industrial settlement house, also a 
schoolhouse built by the town of Franklin for the children of the 
employees. The value of real estate and buildings is estimated at 
$335,438.23, on which there is no mortgage. 890 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The medical director, Dr. Malcolm F. Lent, in his report for 1917, 
shows that the total number of patients treated during the year 
was 237, of which 141 were discharged, and the number of sana- 
torium days is given as 37,102. The president of the board of 
directors is its founder, Mrs. James Edward Newcomb; the honor- 
ary vice-presidents are Mrs. George F. Sheady, Miss Leary, Mrs. 
Anson R. Flower, Mrs. Sylvan Bier; the vice-presidents are Mrs. 
Hermann M. Biggs, Miss Cora P. Van Wyck, Mrs. Frank J. 
Sprague; the corresponding secretary, Mrs. Arthur Coppell; record- 
ing secretary, Mrs. Charles G. Kerley; treasurer, Edgar L. Mar- 
ston; assistant treasurer, Mrs. Herbert L. Satterlee. The Sana- 
torium is a private and semi-charitable institution; is supported 
by membership; $10 contributed annually constitutes a member; 
$25 annually a patron; $50 annually a donor, and $100 or more 
annually a founder. The Auxiliaries furnished funds for the sup- 
port of patients. There is also an invested endowment and special 
fund that amounted in 1916 to $89,324.16. 
Sanatorium Gabriels, Gabriels.-The Sisters of Mercy who were 
engaged in charitable and educational work in the border counties 
of Northern New York for nearly half a century, by their personal 
observation of the Adirondacks wilderness recognized that it was 
the promised land for consumption's victims. Under the most ad- 
verse circumstances its natural curative influences were accom- 
plishing wonders in helping those who were afflicted, and the 
Sisters saw that with a well organized system, cures could be 
effected. It was towards the close of 1894 that the Right Rev. 
Henry Gabriels, of Ogdensburgh, New York, bishop of the diocese, 
interested himself in this most worthy charity, and urged the 
Sisters to attempt the building of a sanatorium. Two Sisters ven- 
tured in the spring of 1895 into what was then an undiscovered 
region of a veritable wilderness. They had no capital, only their 
faith and courage, and their success in the work they undertook 
reads like a fairy tale. They brought from their convent only 
fifteen dollars in cash; a friend built a little cabin; another pre- 
sented a donkey and cart, and during one whole season these two 
nuns lived in this pioneer cabin. A site was finally obtained 
through the generosity of Dr. W. Seward Webb, and the aged 
pioneer, Paul Smith, one hundred acres being donated. To this 
tract the State afterwards added six hundred acres more; this was TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
891 
granted as a free recreation ground for the patients, the title to 
the land remaining with the State. Subscriptions began to pour in, 
building operations were started, and on July 26, 1897, the insti- 
tution was formally thrown open to receive sufferers from the 
great white plague. The heating, ventilating, plumbing, drainage 
and water supply are the best known to modern science. Already 
$140,000 has been expended on the buildings and improvements. 
The Sanatorium is located at Gabriels, Franklin county, a 
station on the Adirondack branch of the New York Central railroad. 
Around it lie the mountains of the Adirondack region; in view are 
Mount Marcy, White Face, Mount McGregor, and not far away 
the beautiful Lucretia Lake spreads its waters. The site is an 
undulating plain, beginning with a broad park, and rising gradu- 
ally to a beautiful hill, "Sunrise Mount," which protects the valley 
from the wintry north winds. The Sanatorium is for the reception 
of incipient cases of pulmonary tuberculosis and advanced cases. 
The institution is educational in character; the patients become 
members of a propaganda, the object of which is to assist in the 
warfare against a disease that annually causes more deaths than 
any other malady. They are instructed in every detail regarding 
the prevention of tuberculosis, and they go forth to the world's 
masses well fortified with the necessary knowledge to make their 
influence felt in this immense field and to act as units or mission- 
aries, sowing the seed of their training upon fertile soil. The 
institution is non-sectarian. No distinction of creed or color is 
made, and since its opening thousands of cases have been treated. 
The treatment employed is the conservative dietetic-hygienic, sup- 
plemented by tuberculin, artificial pneumothorax, and the newer 
forms of treatment in selected cases. The Paris Exposition 
awarded a medal to Sanatorium Gabriels for the arrangement, con- 
struction, water supply, drainage, warming and ventilation of its 
several buildings. 
Oswego County Sanitarium, Orwell.-Since 1914 has developed 
at Orwell an establishment for the treatment of tuberculosis such 
as redounds creditably to its projectors, amongst whom Dr. James 
L. More is granted first place, his wise and capable promotion 
prompting general acknowledgment and co-operation. The first 
year's operation of the sanitarium had scarcely been completed 
before it was recognized that considerable extension would be neces- 892 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
sary to the building, and a new annex was commenced, which when 
completed would give the institution a total capacity of forty-eight 
beds. The annex was estimated to cost about $10,000, including 
lighting and adequate heating, but even that substantial additional 
accommodation will probably not long suffice, as at present all 
accommodation is rapidly filled, from a long waiting list. 
The sanitarium, which is a little more than a mile from the 
Richland, New York, railroad station, stands on an elevation of 
850 feet, insuring pure air at all seasons. The Sanitarium grounds 
are more than 100 acres in extent, well-timbered, and with well 
laid out lawns and driveways. In the main building is accommo- 
dation for twenty-four patients, but this will be doubled by com- 
pletion of annex which will be devoted to the use of children, the 
care of children suffering from the incipient or advanced stages 
of tuberculosis, wither of glands, bones, or lungs, being an im- 
portant feature of the work at the sanitarium. In the children's 
ward the trained nurse in charge must also be educationally quali- 
fied as an instructor so that the children's general education might 
be continued while under treatment. 
The medical report for the year ending September 30, 1916, 
showed that sixty-one patients had been admitted during the year, 
of whom thirteen were discharged and thirty-three left voluntarily. 
There were five deaths and fifteen patients reported unimproved, 
eighteen improved and thirteen arrested, which, defined, meant 
that the constitutional symptoms, including expectoration and ba- 
cilli, had been absent for at least six months. The county treasurer 
appropriates about $25,000 annually to cover the maintenance of 
the institution, which is ably administered by the following board 
of managers: James L. More, M.D., president; Albert S. Barker, 
vice-president; H. Putnam Allen, James Gallagher, and Clifford 
R. Hervey, M.D., and (until Jan. 1, 1916) Harvey A. Albertson, 
M. D. The superintendent is A. Garfield Dunbar, M.D. 
Bainbow Sanatorium, Rainbow Lake.-This Sanatorium stands 
on the shore of Rainbow Lake, one-eighth of a mile from Rainbow 
station, on the Adirondack division of the New York Central Rail- 
road. It is located three hundred and seventy miles from New 
York City, one hundred miles from Montreal, and eleven miles 
from Saranac Lake. The altitude of the site is 1708 feet above 
sea level; the summer nights are always cool, and though the tern- TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
893 
perature in winter may go many degrees below zero, on account of 
the dryness of the air the cold is borne without discomfort. The 
sandy soil, numerous lakes, the winds, the cool nights, the thou- 
sands of pine, hemlock, spruce, balsams and tamaracks, all com- 
bined, make the Adirondack air for purity, sweetness and health- 
giving qualities without a peer in the world. 
The Rainbow Sanatorium is owned by the Independent Order 
of Foresters, and was opened July 20, 1910, for the free treatment 
of its members suffering with beginning pulmonary tuberculosis. 
The property contains six hundred acres, fifty of which is lake, 
fifty cleared, the balance woodland. The main building is three 
stories in height, with a wing attached. Four hundred and fifty 
patients have been admitted since the opening to January 1, 1918. 
The board of directors are W. H. Hunter, president; T. Millman, 
vice-president; George E. Bailey, secretary; J. W. Gene way, Dr. 
M. J. Davies, Dr. G. H. Oliver. The resident physician is Dr. J. 
Seymour Emans. 
Mountain Sanatorium, Binghamton.-The Mountain Sanatorium 
is located on a hill of fifteen hundred feet elevation, one-half mile 
east of the State Hospital. The view from the east presents the 
beautiful scenery of the Susquehanna river, while to the west the 
Sanatorium overlooks the city of Binghamton. 
The Sanatorium was established in 1913, and for the year ending 
November 30, 1917, there were eighty-three patients cared for. The 
superintendent is Dr. W. A. Behan, and the board of managers 
Dr. J. J. Kane, president; Dr. A. J. Stillson, vice-president; Dr. 
W. A. Behan, secretary and treasurer; David Warner, H. A. Wil- 
liams, Orson L'H. Britton. 
Pawling Sanitarium (formerly Lakeview Sanitarium), Troy.- 
The board of supervisors of Rensselaer county appropriated $25,000 
for the erection of a county hospital to be used for the treatment of 
contagious diseases and tuberculosis. The hospital was erected on 
county property, adjacent to the Alms House, and placed under 
the management of the superintendent of the poor. 
The hospital was opened August 9, 1910, as the Lakeview Sani- 
tarium, and it was then decided that it should be devoted exclu- 
sively to tubercular patients. The institution continued under the 
management of the superintendent of the poor until 1912, when, 
by an act of the county tuberculosis hospital law, it was reorganized MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
894 
and put under the direct control of a board of managers appointed 
by the board of supervisors. 
The newly appointed board assumed control October 1, 1912, 
and the management was placed in the hands of a resident super- 
intendent. Since its opening 1029 cases have been admitted. The 
sanitarium is located in the suburbs of Troy. The Lakeview Sani- 
tarium was replaced in 1918 by a group of six buildings, with a 
capacity of 200 beds, at a cost of $350,000, its name being changed 
to the Pawling Sanitarium. The present superintendent is Dr. 
Frank E. S. Reynolds; the board of managers are William L. 
Thompson, president; Reuben H. Irish, vice-president; Herman C. 
Gordinier, secretary; Tracy D. Taylor, Dwight Marvin. 
Summit View Sanatorium, Gloversville.-The Fulton county's 
Tuberculosis Hospital is situated four and one-quarter miles north 
of the city of Gloversville. The site is ideal for a tuberculosis hos- 
pital, having an abundance of sunshine, the best quality of water, 
and being well protected from the winds by the forests of pine, 
balsam and maple. 
The hospital was opened for the reception of patients, August 5, 
1912, and there were thirty-seven patients treated in the first year. 
The hospital aims to give to those suffering with tuberculosis the 
best possible chance of regaining their health and to protect the 
public by segregating advanced cases, also to teach patients so that 
on their return to their homes they will avoid spreading the dis- 
ease in the community. The superintendent is Dr. Woodard Shaw. 
Monroe County Tuberculosis Sanitorium, formerly Iola Sana- 
torium, Rochester.-This is a county institution and was estab- 
lished in 1911 as the Iola Sanatorium, with a capacity of thirty- 
five beds. It is the home for ambulatory and infirmary bed cases. 
It consists of three pavilions, one assigned to children, and has a 
present capacity of two hundred and seventeen. In connection 
with the hospital a clinic is maintained at No. 75 Chestnut street, 
Rochester, where all applicants are examined, and where dis- 
charged cases are transferred. At the Sanatorium an open-air 
school is conducted in co-operation with the Board of Education. 
The superintendent is Dr. John J. Lloyd; the board of managers 
are Dr. Edwin H. Wolcott, president; William T. Keys, vice- 
president ; Max L. Holt and Dr. Charles R. Barber. The resident TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
895 
physicians are Charles A. Parcells, Beatrice Slayton, R. J. Camp- 
bell. 
Montgomery Sanatorium, Cranesville.-This sanatorium was 
established as a county hospital under the provisions of chapter 341, 
laws of 1909, and opened September 15, 1913, for treatment of 
patients in all stages of tuberculosis. Buildings to the value of over 
forty thousand dollars were erected at Cranesville, a short distance 
from the city of Amsterdam, and in the year 1916 sixty-five 
patients were treated, seven being paying patients. The board of 
managers of the institution are Herbert P. Gardner, president; 
Thomas F. McCaffrey, vice-president; Walter A. Gage, Dr. James 
S. Walton and Charles Stover, all residents of Amsterdam, with 
the exception of Mr. Gage, who resides at Canajoharie. The super- 
intendent of the institution is Dr. V. M. Parkinson. 
Glen Ridge Sanatorium, Schenectady.-The Glen Ridge Sana- 
torium is a county institution, established in 1911 for the treat- 
ment of patients residing in Schenectady county, suffering with 
tuberculosis. The officers of the board of managers of the insti- 
tution in 1916 were: President, W. W. Davis; secretary, treasurer 
and superintendent, Dr. Peter McPartlon. 
The sanatorium is beautifully situated a few miles from the city 
of Schenectady, on a farm of seventy-five acres, there being fifty- 
five acres under cultivation. The site and buildings are valued at 
$100,000. There were treated, in 1916, at this institution, 151 
patients, only three of whom paid hospital fees. 
Edward Meany Sanatorium, Taughannock Falls.-This is a 
Tomkins county institution, and was established in the summer 
of 1912 for the treatment of tuberculosis. It receives all stages of 
the disease, and has a capacity of thirty beds. Taughannock Falls 
is located a few miles north of the city of Ithaca, on the banks of 
Lake Cayuga. It is of a high elevation and is an ideal spot for 
the location of a tuberculosis sanatorium. The president of the 
board of managers, in 1916, was Dr. H. E. Merriam, the secretary 
and superintendent, Dr. W. K. Quackenbush. The county treas- 
urer attends to the financial affairs of the sanatorium. Residents 
of Tompkins county are admitted free when they are unable to 
pay. 896 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The Estelle and Walter C. Odell Memorial Sanatorium for 
Tuberculosis, Newburgh.-This sanatorium was founded July 1, 
1910, by Governor Benjamin B. Odell, Jr., its object being to treat 
the dependent tubercular patients in the city of Newburgh. Its 
growth was rapid, and on November 15, 1912, Governor Odell pre- 
sented the grounds, buildings and equipment to the county of 
Orange, free of debt, with but one stipulation, and that was that 
the incorporated name should be as above. The sanatorium is 
located on West and South streets. The board of managers, in 
1917, consisted of the following physicians: Charles E. Townsend, 
president; Andrew C. Santee, vice-president; Raymond A. Miller, 
secretary and superintendent; Henry Nelson, Hilton J. Shelley, 
Thomas F. Gunning. 
Oakmount Sanatorium, East Bloomfield.-This institution was 
established January 28, 1911, as a county sanatorium for the treat- 
ment of patients residing in Ontario county, suffering with tubercu- 
losis. It is beautifully situated on a farm of fifteen acres in the 
town of East Bloomfield, and by its natural scenery and surround- 
ings is an ideal spot for those who are suffering with the white 
plague. 
The president of the sanatorium, in 1916, was Rev. J. T. Dough- 
erty; the secretary and attending physician, Dr. S. R. Wheeler; 
the matron, Miss Ella M. Wright. 
Sunny Crest Sanatorium, Auburn.-This institution is not estab- 
lished under the county hospital law, but receives county patients. 
The poor of the city of Auburn are treated free. It was estab- 
lished in 1913 as a city institution for the care of tubercular 
patients. The board of managers are: President, Edwin G. Week; 
secretary and treasurer, G. W. Hudson. The attending physician 
is Dr. A. F. Hodgman; the matron, Miss Ida M. Van Wie. The 
property of the sanatorium is valued at $45,000. 
Homestead Sanatorium, Middle Grove.-This is a county insti- 
tution, established by the board of supervisors of Saratoga county 
in 1915, for the prevention and care of tuberculosis patients in 
that county. The governing body is a board of managers, and in 
1916 the officers were Andrew M. Ryan, president; Dr. P. J. Hirst, 
secretary, treasurer and superintendent. The valuation of the 
hospital property is estimated at $77,000, and there were treated, TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITALS AND SANITARIUMS 
897 
in 1916, thirty-seven patients of whom thirty-one were not charged 
any hospital fees. 
Municipal Hospitals, Buffalo.-The city of Buffalo established, 
in 1904, for the care of smallpox patients, at No. 770 East Ferry 
street, a new hospital to replace the Old Quarantine Hospital, 
which had become unfit for use. This was afterwards devoted to 
the treatment of children suffering with tuberculosis, also those 
addicted to alcoholism, drugs, and venereal diseases. An open-air 
school is operated under the direction of the Department of Edu- 
cation. 
The Ernest Wende Hospital, situated at Broadway and Spring 
street, is for the treatment of acute communicable diseases. 
The Buffalo City Hospital, situated at No. 462 Girder street, is 
for the treatment of adult tuberculosis and psychopathic patients. 
The Municipal Hospital for incipient tuberculosis, known as 
the J. N. Adams Memorial Hospital, is located at Perrysburg, Cat- 
taraugus county. The superintendent is Dr. Clarence L. Hyde. 
The Onondaga Sanatorium, Syracuse.-This institution is a 
county hospital, beautifully located adjacent to the southern part of 
the city of Syracuse, in a romantic glen known for years as Hop- 
per's Glen. It is devoted to the treatment of tuberculosis, and 
has a capacity for one hundred patients. The board of managers 
consists of Dr. A. Clifford Mercer, president; Stephen C. Cheney, 
vice-president; Dr. William J. Mulheran, Dr. Dwight H. Murray, 
Ernest L. Edgerton. The institution was turned over to the board 
of managers by the board of supervisors of Onondaga county, 
October 2, 1916. The present superintendent is Dr. Harry J. 
Brayton. 
Yonkers Municipal Tuberculosis Hospital, Yonkers.-This in- 
stitution is located in Nepera Park; it was established in 1910 and 
opened for the treatment of patients October 12, 1912. Here ad- 
vanced cases of tuberculosis are treated. The governing body is 
the Yonkers Hospital Commission, and its officers, in 1916, were: 
Henry Moffatt, president; Fred S. Taylor, secretary; Albert E. 
Van Houten, treasurer. The attending physician is Dr. Charles A. 
Sweet, the superintendent Mrs. Letitia E. Shaughnessey. Appli- 
cations for admission are made to the Commissioner of Charities. 
Its real estate holdings are valued at $60,000. 898 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Besides those above mentioned there are the Rocky Crest Sanato- 
rium at Olean; the Jefferson County Sanatorium at Watertown; 
the Suffolk Sanatorium at Holtville; the Central Federation of 
Labor Pavilion of Albany; the Sprain Ridge Sanatorium at 
Yonkers; and the Workmen's Circle Sanatorium at Liberty. CHAPTER VIII 
GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS IN CITIES AND 
VILLAGES OF NEW YORK 
ALBANY HOSPITAL.-It has been truly said that "One 
y-J index of the intelligence and public spirit of any com- 
munity is the manner in which it provides for the need of 
its sick and poor," and judged by this standard the Albany Hos- 
pital has just reason for taking pride in its past and present 
record. 
Albany, since the time when the fugitive Jesuit, Father Jogues, 
was given protection by the Dutch dominie and physician, Mega- 
polensis, has been noted as a centre of medical learning and refuge 
for suffering humanity, being one of the pioneers in the movement 
to found institutions for the care of the sick in this country. In 
1829, when the city numbered less than twenty thousand inhabi- 
tants, Dr. Alden March delivered a lecture on the necessity of a 
public hospital in Albany, but for many years efforts were unavail- 
ing in providing for this great need. 
In 1845 a determined movement was made by Dr. Alden March, 
Dr. Thomas Hun, Dr. James H. Armsby, and other progressive 
citizens, culminating, April 11th, 1849, in the Legislature passing 
an Act of Incorporation. Under this act the governors matured 
a plan, affording those who contributed money the opportunity of 
participating in the benefits of a hospital, or extending these op- 
portunities to those who might appeal to their benevolence. 
The incorporators named by the act were Marcus T. Reynolds, 
John L. Schoolcraft, Erastus Corning, Amasa J. Parker, Greene 
C. Bronson, James D. Wasson, William James, Ezra P. Prentice, 
Arthur H. Root, Samuel Pruyn, Joel A. Wing, Clark Durant, John 
Taylor, Barent P. Staats, Franklin Townsend, Stephen 0. Shep- 
ard, Dyer Lathrop, Thomas W. Olcott, James Gould, Friend 
Humphrey, Stephen Van Rensselaer, John C. Spencer, Abel 
French, T. Romeyn Beck, James P. Boyd, Harmon Pumpelly, Ralph 
Pratt, Thurlow Weed, Jacob H. Ten Eyck and Charles B. Lansing. 
899 900 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
On the 24th of December, 1849, Hon. Greene C. Bronson was ap- 
pointed chairman, and John C. Spencer secretary, of a previously 
appointed committee to prepare a plan of organization and by- 
laws, reporting a capital of $20,000 or more, would be necessary to 
meet the imperative needs of the city, and that suitable legislative 
aid could not be obtained until a suitable building with proper 
accommodations was provided. Plans were formulated to solicit 
the amount named, a temporary location secured on Lydius street 
(now Madison avenue), corner of Dove; however, this worthy 
project remained more or less dormant until July 10, 1851, when 
the first board of governors was elected. 
Realizing the importance of having a well-organized hospital, 
the friends of the Albany Medical College, aided by generous citi- 
zens, by subscription, raised the sum of nearly $45,000. 
The first staff consisted of: Attending surgeons, Alden March, 
M.D., James MacNaughton, M.D., James H. Armsby, M.D., and 
John Swinburne, M.D. Attending physicians: Thomas Hun, M.D., 
Joel Wing, M.D., Mason F. Cogswell, M.D., and Howard Town- 
send, M.D. House physician, Adrian F. Woodward; assistant and 
apothecary, George S. Benson; superintendent, Richard Bygate; 
matron, Mrs. Richard Bygate. 
The first location was only temporary, for soon after the jail 
building, on the corner of Howard and Eagle streets, was pur- 
chased, remodeled, and prepared for use, the necessary funds for 
this work being contributed entirely by individuals. 
For comparison we may note that St. Luke's Hospital, in New 
York City, was incorporated in 1850, the Troy Hospital in 1851, 
and the Boston City Hospital as late as 1861. 
The first legacy, $500, was left by Miss Margaret Ten Eyck, 
and received May 2, 1854. Following this, legacies were received 
from James Schuyler, $2000, and Joel Rathbone, $1000, these being 
added to the invested funds of the hospital. 
While possession of the new building, corner of Eagle and How- 
ard streets, was obtained in 1851, yet it seemed to have taken quite 
a time to make the necessary changes, and to move, it being men- 
tioned that not until 1854 was everything complete. At first the 
building consisted only of the central portion, but an addition on 
Howard street was almost immediately erected. 
September 12, 1863, the Albany Journal states: "The Albany 
Hospital has been in successful operation twelve years. Like most GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
901 
similar institutions of our city, it is the result of individual enter- 
prise and liberality, having been supported almost entirely by 
voluntary contributions. Thirty gentlemen of Albany have con- 
tributed one thousand dollars each, and more than fifty persons, 
most of them ladies, have given one hundred dollars each to the 
same object. Nearly four thousand patients have received the best 
of care and medical attention in this institution." The medical 
staff and officers remained the same until 1865. 
Very soon the increased needs required further enlargement of 
the Howard street wing, which was made in 1864-65, giving a 
number of private rooms, with an excellent amphitheatre for an 
operating room, where clinical lectures were given to the students 
of the Albany Medical College, a fine room in the basement afford- 
ing necessary accommodations for a chapel and outdoor depart- 
ment. 
The papers of June 21, 1862, give a long description of the 
arrival of the steamer Elm Citi/, with 346 sick and wounded 
soldiers aboard, under the direction of Col. Bliss, of New York. 
Most of them came from the White House, and were wounded 
in various battles and skirmishes about Richmond, Va., during 
the previous month. As many as possible were cared for in the 
Albany Hospital proper, and the rest in the newly constructed 
Ira Harris Hospital, built on ground now occupied by our present 
institution. All during the Civil War the capacity of the Albany 
Hospital was taxed to its utmost, as Albany was one of the main 
points where the sick and wounded were cared for as they were 
sent to and from the front. The physicians and surgeons who spe- 
cially gave their services at this time, in addition to those already 
mentioned, were A. V. Hoff, J. R. Boulware, John V. Lansing, 
Uriah G. Bigelowr, James E. Pomfret, Samuel H. Freeman, J. S. 
Mosher, Joseph Lewi, William H. Bailey, H. R. Haskins, Barent 
P. and P. P. Staats, George T. Stevens, Henry March, H. Young, 
H. Myers, and, during the first year of the war, Medical Cadets 
Vander Veer, Pruyn, Huested, Hazen and others; also medical 
students Tilden, Hailes, Tucker, Bonesteel, and others. 
The governors of the hospital made every effort to keep abreast 
of all advances in medicine and surgery, and as specialties de- 
veloped made additions to the medical staff to meet these require- 
ments. 
Here the left subclavian artery was successfully tied by Dr. 902 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
James H. Armsby, and twice afterwards, an operation requiring 
such skill that it is seldom attempted even in this day of bril- 
liant and daring surgery. 
In 1870-71 the Eagle street wing was added, providing for acci- 
dent wards, additional public wards, a children's ward, and a 
few additional private rooms. However, this additional construc- 
tion proved to be a source of great financial embarrassment, ab- 
sorbing all of the available funds, with not sufficient income to 
meet increased running expenses. This, together with dissensions 
in the medical profession, lack of support by the public, and accu- 
mulation of debts for the next few years, came near ending the 
existence of the institution. From 1869 to 1876 there were many 
changes in the board of governors, also the medical staff by rea- 
son of death and resignation. 
Owing to lack of funds the medical and surgical service had 
nearly come to a standstill, the Eagle Street wing had been closed, 
the billboards contained notices that the sheriff would sell the 
furniture, etc., at public auction, and everything looked dismal. 
The Medical Staff held a meeting in June, 1877, when a com- 
mittee was appointed to examine into the financial condition of the 
institution. They reported, September 30, 1877, the total indebt- 
edness for food, taxes, interest, etc., amounted to $12,685.20; the 
mortgage debt, $24,000. 
In February, 1879, a bazaar was held, and the net receipts 
amounted to $11,796.56. This, together with additional subscrip- 
tions, enabled the governors to pay the lesser mortgage debt of 
$14,000, also to place the building in a good sanitary condition. 
The attorneys of the various judgment creditors generally re- 
mitted their costs, the sheriff very generously doing likewise. 
The new board, elected January 24, 1878, endeavored to accom- 
plish what may be briefly stated as follows: 
1st. To combine thoroughness and efficiency with the greatest 
economy. 
2d. To provide attractive and homelike rooms and wards. 
3d. To enlist the sympathy and co-operation of the people of 
Albany and vicinity. 
4th. While the first desire has been to provide advantages for 
the care of the sick, equal to those of any hospital in the country, 
an effort has also been made to pay the mortgage indebtedness. 
The report of the visiting committee for December, 1878, GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
903 
showed the number of patients had increased from seventeen in 
January, 1878, to forty-six, December 31, 1878. 
During this period many rooms and wards were furnished 
through the generosity of friends and by twelve of the churches, 
the clergy as a body having given the institution their heartiest 
support during this period of discouragement. 
Owing to the special efforts of Mr. Archibald McClure, a few 
trained nurses were brought from Europe, the nucleus of the pres- 
ent splendid nurse training school. 
Many famous men visited this institution, not only from this 
country but from abroad. Among the latter, from England, were 
Sir Henry Holland, Mr. Lawson Tait, who gave a clinical lecture 
and operated in the amphitheatre; also Dr. Joseph Bryant, the 
author of Bryant's "Practice of Surgery." Here, not only for 
Albany, but the surrounding country, was solved the problem of 
operations within the peritoneum. Here, in 1893, was introduced 
the first mechanical sterilizer-autoclave-purchased by Dr. A. 
VanderVeer, and brought from Germany by Dr. Willis G. Mac- 
donald. Previous to this sterilization was accomplished in the most 
primitive manner. 
The first ambulance ever used in Albany was given to the hos- 
pital by Mrs. Walter Hurcomb, as a thanksgiving offering for the 
recovery of her daughter, and first put into service September 18, 
1884, and has been in constant use, occasionally needing very thor- 
ough repairs, but even at this date sound and likely to supplement 
the other vehicles many times. There is also now in service at the 
Albany Hospital, with ample accommodations for the same, not only 
the original ambulance, but an invalid carriage, the gift of Mr. 
Walter L. Lawrence, of Brooklyn, with horses; an ambulance for 
contagious diseases, and a thoroughly up-to-date new, thoroughly 
equipped vehicle, all of which are constantly in service. The am- 
bulance house provides ample accommodation for the drivers and 
families, the ambulances and a fine lot of horses occupying the first 
floor of the stable. 
The Albany Hospital Aid Society was organized February 10, 
1897, by the ladies of Albany, its object being to assist in enlarging 
the capacity of the Albany Hospital, and in the establishment of 
a training school for nurses. 
In 1898 Mr. Matthew W. Bender, a prominent citizen of Albany, 
gave the sum of $22,000 for establishing The Bender Hygienic 904 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Laboratory, and later an endowment of $12,000. This laboratory 
has been closely connected with both the college and hospital, most 
of the microscopical, bacteriological and pathological work being 
done here. 
Steps were taken by the board of governors and the medical 
staff to abandon the old hospital property, and secure the location 
of a new modern plant. The location must carefully be considered, 
and the first real encouragement came when, by Act of the Legisla- 
ture, the Board of Park Commissioners were authorized to grant an 
easement to the hospital in perpetuity for the use of the land upon 
which the present buildings were erected. A resolution was passed 
and three of the board of governors were appointed to meet with a 
like number from the Medical Staff to take into consideration the 
condition of the old hospital, also the feasibility of organizing a 
Training School for Nurses, this committee composed of the presi- 
dent, secretary, and one other member of the board of governors. 
This joint committee was composed of Mr. James McCredie, Hon. 
William L. Learned, Mr. Gustavus Michaelis, Albert VanderVeer, 
M.D., Henry Hun, M.D., and Samuel B. Ward, M.D. 
Outside of the annual appropriation for the care of the sick be- 
longing to the City of Albany, this institution had been entirely 
supported by the generosity of its friends and the income from 
pay patients, and there now arose the problem of raising the 
necessary funds for the erection of such buildings as the work of 
the hospital demanded. 
The pioneer subscriber of $10,000 was the gift of Mr. James B. 
Jermain, and public-spirited citizens now gave of their money and 
efforts until a sufficient fund was raised to warrant commencing 
the work. 
The administration building, the four pavilions and the Nurses' 
Home were completed in 1899, the semi-centennial of the incorpo- 
ration of the Albany Hospital. 
The architect, builders, and building committee, together with 
the ladies of the Albany Hospital Aid Society, were so faithful in 
their great undertaking that on May 1, 1899, less than one year 
after the laying of the cornerstone, on June 23, 1898, by the Grand 
Lodge of Free and Accepted Masons of the State of New York, 
the exodus of patients, staff, etc., from the old hospital began. 
A very serious problem presented, regarding not only hospital 
furniture proper, but the proper equipment of the operating, steril- GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
905 
izing, dressing and instrument rooms, cases for instruments, instru- 
ments and surgical supplies, as well as for wards and private 
rooms. Various methods were suggested, and here again the good 
ladies of Albany came to the assistance of the institution in or- 
ganizing the second bazaar, during the week of December 11, 
1899. 
Elaborate preparations were in progress for weeks, the Bazaar 
opened with addresses by several illustrious sons of Old Albany, 
the earnest efforts of the participants were crowned with success 
and the Albany Hospital received the handsome sum of $16,826.35 
towards the furnishing fund. In addition to this sum the interest 
of many people was aroused so that later they furnished private 
rooms or wards. Proper inscriptions have been placed on the vari- 
ous tablets in the hospital, showing in whose memory and by 
whom wards and rooms have been furnished. 
The hospital has been and is always ready to place the amphi- 
theatre at the disposal of the various medical societies for medical 
meetings, and for entertaining the members of the profession. In 
June, 1902, a meeting of the American Surgical Association was 
held here, and many valuable papers presented bearing upon hos- 
pital subjects. These are to be found in the files of the "Albany 
Medical Annals" for that year. 
Many patients are treated in the Out-door Department who are 
not sick enough to require a bed in the hospital, in connection with 
the eye, ear, throat, nose, and skin clinics and many minor surgical 
and medical cases. 
It was proposed by the medical and surgical staff, and heartily 
endorsed by the Medical Society of the County of Albany, as well 
as the county board of supervisors, that a pavilion be constructed 
for the care of mental diseases. 
'1 Liberal provision has been made by the State for patients suffer- 
ing from mania and melancholia, and the county authorities very 
properly do not feel they are justified in duplicating this expense; 
therefore Pavilion F offers temporary refuge during the compli- 
cated process of a commitment to a State Hospital, many cases fully 
recovering." As a novelty in hospital work, the pavilion has at- 
tracted widespread attention, the governor recommending the con- 
struction of like institutions in other cities. A liberal appropria- 
tion for enlargement was made by the county, not only for classi- 
fication of a larger number of admissions, but in order that turbu- 906 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
lent cases might be received without giving offense to those who 
desired quiet. 
We had run behind to the amount of $19,000, and when the 
subject was presented to the board of governors the sum was raised 
by individual efforts, and no appeal made to the public. 
There were no proper accommodations for the care of contagi- 
ous diseases in the city of Albany, which was fully appreciated by 
the hospital and city authorities, and so soon as the necessary 
funds were forthcoming a new building, Pavilion G, was con- 
structed, being ready for the reception of patients in 1906. At 
times since the building has been crowded to its capacity. This 
service has devolped valuable experience for the nurses connected 
with the Training School, giving them a practical knowledge not 
often attained by pupils in training. There are private rooms in 
which patients can be placed under the care of special nurses and 
their own family physician, if so desired. At present, patients 
suffering from poliomyelitis are receiving skillful attention here. 
Provision for smallpox patients has been made by the city author- 
ities in another part of the town. 
It had always been a source of regret and sorrow to the board 
of governors that the by-laws of the institution did not permit the 
admission of tuberculous cases, some, however, being cared for 
in Pavilion E,-the isolation ward-but always provoking much 
criticism from non-sympathetic patients and their friends. During 
the spring, summer and fall of 1909 a number of tents, supplied by 
the generosity of sympathetic friends, were located on the hospital 
grounds, between Pavilion G and the County Hospital, where a 
number of patients were cared for, it being very inspiring to note 
the earnestness with which the nurses from the training school 
entered into this scheme. However, this method could not be 
carried out during the severe weather of our northern winters, and 
it was decided by the hospital authorities that a more permanent 
structure was demanded, to be located in the county of Albany, 
not too far from the central administration of the institution. At 
a meeting of the Board of Governors, December 28, 1909, it was 
voted to take over the Red Cross Camp, where the construction of 
housing and caring for this class of cases demonstrated the ex- 
pense was greater than they could well meet, and to arrange with 
the county authorities to have the Albany Hospital take care of 
all cases of tuberculosis. Joint committees representing the Albany GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
907 
Sanitarium and Red Cross Camp, the Albany Hospital and the 
County of Albany, entered into the following agreement: 
1. The Albany Hospital to contribute the sum of at least $30,- 
000, the same to be expended in the construction and equipment 
of permanent buildings. 
2. The Albany Sanitarium and Red Cross Camp to contribute its 
land, buildings and equipment. 
3. The Albany Hospital to operate and maintain the property, 
with additions to be made thereto, as a Sanitarium for persons 
suffering from tuberculosis. 
On May 12, 1912, the new tuberculosis hospital, situated about 
two miles out of the city, was opened, since which time the number 
of patients has steadily increased, the buildings enlarged, a nurses' 
home constructed, modern equipment installed, and to-day there 
is no better institution in the country for the care of these un- 
fortunate persons. Great generosity is shown in the contribution 
of articles adding to the comfort of those who necessarily are in 
the open most of their stay, in the entertainments given from time 
to time, automobile rides, Protestant and Catholic services, etc. 
In asking for improvements in the old hospital, 1896, the sub- 
ject of nursing was earnestly discussed. There was no school for 
training, all nurses received salaries, and, for the sake of economy, 
they were few in number. 
The board of governors acted favorably on the recommendation 
of the staff, and the Nurses' Training School soon became a reality, 
being incorporated April, 1897, with Miss Emily MacDonnell as 
first superintendent. Through the generosity of one of the old 
Albanians a Nurses' Home was constructed in connection with 
the present hospital buildings, but so early as 1907 it was evident 
larger quarters were demanded for the steadily increasing number 
of nurses necessary for the work of the different departments in 
connection with the Albany Hospital. The same committee on 
building and finance, serving during the erection of the Tubercu- 
losis Pavilion, were continued to proceed with the new Nurses' 
Home. Liberal subscriptions followed, and the work progressed so 
favorably that May 23, 1914, the formal opening and reception took 
place. Here all nurses are given the comforts and privileges of 
a real home, and this building adds much to the working capacity 
of the Albany Hospital. 
The financial history of the Albany Hospital furnishes an ex- 908 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
cellent example of what splendid results can be accomplished by 
the beneficence of private citizens, the running expenses during 
the entire life of the institution being largely met in the following 
manner: 
1. An appropriation from the City of Albany for the care of 
city cases, but not sufficient to meet the actual expenses. 
2. An appropriation from the county of Albany towards the 
care of county patients in Pavilions F and G. 
3. The State of New York, and various cities and towns, paying 
a sum towards the expenses of employees and inhabitants of such 
places. 
4. Income from pay patients. 
5. Income from endowment fund. 
6. The Annual Appeal. From the first five sources there is 
never received sufficient funds to meet running expenses, and 
annually the citizens of Albany are called upon to make up the 
deficiency. 
The expenses of the hospital have naturally increased very de- 
cidedly with the added number of patients treated, and the better 
care and facilities afforded them. The luxuries of yesterday have 
become the necessities of to-day, and this nowhere more true than 
in medicine and surgery. 
Since 1908 the governors have exercised such an amount of 
firmness that not until 1913-14 was there a recurrence of a floating 
debt, the erection of the Tuberculosis Pavilion thus creating a 
deficit. 
In touching upon this subject let us not fall into the common 
error of judging the quantity of work done, regardless of quality. 
Let us consider, however, whether or not the increased outlay for 
the Albany Hospital has been better justified by the better results 
obtained, and the increased comfort of patients. To this query 
there can be but one affirmative answer, in regard to the present 
plant of the Albany Hospital. 
While hospitals are primarily of value for the care of the sick, 
there is still another use, i.e., a splendid opportunity is afforded 
the younger generation of physicians and nurses to study diseases 
in all its forms. In this respect the Albany Hospital has been par- 
ticularly fortunate in having at its doors a Medical College whose 
professors and students can make use of the great source of clinical 
and pathological material. These two institutions were founded GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
909 
at about the same time, the professors of the one having been 
attending physicians and surgeons of the other. 
The Bender Hygienic Laboratory, Albany, N. Y., is an institu- 
tion designed for "bacterial investigation and scientific research," 
and is the gift of the late Matthew W. Bender, of Albany. In 
1895 Mr. Bender becoming interested in the hygienic problems of 
the day, consulted with his physicians as to how he might best 
advance the cause of scientific medicine in this community. It was 
decided to erect a laboratory for purposes of research to assist 
physicians in the diagnosis of disease and to train men for labo- 
ratory work, and Mr. Bender defrayed the entire cost of its con- 
struction. At that time the Albany Medical College had no patho- 
logical or bacteriological laboratory building, and close association 
between the two institutions was made by appointing the director 
of the Bender Laboratory to the professorship of pathology and 
bacteriology in the Albany Medical College. Part of the new build- 
ing was adapted for teaching purposes, the entire top floor being 
arranged for student use, and on the ground floor an amphitheatre 
containing eighty seats was built. In order to equip the laboratory 
with scientific apparatus, the faculty of the Albany Medical Col- 
lege contributed their salaries for one year. The building was 
dedicated Tuesday, October 27, 1896. 
The laboratory is located on South Lake avenue, in the western 
part of Albany on grounds provided by the city, adjacent to the 
Dudley Observatory. The building is isolated in a small park,, 
and there are no surrounding buildings to obstruct the view or 
light. A corporation was created to administer the fund left by 
Mr. Bender, and from the members of the corporation a board of 
trustees, composed of six members, were elected to control the 
affairs of the corporation. The building was completed in October, 
1896, and Doctor George Blumer of the Johns Hopkins Medical 
School was appointed director. 
Organized at a time when the necessity for public health labora- 
tories was being appreciated by the larger communities and State 
governments, the Bender Laboratory was quickly engaged by the 
city of Albany and the New York State Department of Health to 
make the various diagnostic examinations so essential in public 
health work. For many years the laboratory carried on the State 
work, which also included water analysis and the manufacture of 910 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
antitoxins, the latter under the direction of Dr. H. D. Pease. 
Finally, however, this work outgrew the facilities of the Bender 
Laboratory, and a separate institution was deemed necessary and 
obtained in 1905, and the Bender Laboratory retained for a num- 
ber of years as a consultant. This was an excellent arrangement, 
since it frequently happened that the staff of the State Laboratory 
was too small to care for a sudden increase in routine, or a portion 
of the staff would be withdrawn for epidemiological work else- 
where in the State. When this occurred the State work was quickly 
transferred to the Bender Laboratory and the reporting on speci- 
mens received, suffered no delay. Thus from the day of its or- 
ganization, the Bender Laboratory has proven of inestimable value 
to the physicians in Eastern and Central New York. An institu- 
tion organized from purely altruistic motives to assist in the 
diagnosis and eradication of disease, the laboratory contributing 
largely to the advancement of scientific medicine in and about 
Albany. Within easy working distance a well-equipped general 
pathological and bacteriological laboratory proved a great boon to 
the medical profession. Here specimens were referred for diagnosis 
and advice obtained regarding obscure ailments. 
The laboratory was designated as the pathological department 
of the various hospitals of Albany, and so occupied the position of 
a central laboratory serving institutions having a total of approxi- 
mately one thousand beds. This arrangement enabled each hos- 
pital to receive the advantages of complete laboratory services at 
very slight expense, and the standards maintained by the institu- 
tion have served as a source of inspiration and comfort to the 
true workers in the profession. 
As previously stated, a large portion of the building and part of 
the time of the staff was devoted to teaching the students of the 
Albany Medical College. Classes in general pathology and bac- 
teriology, surgical pathology and neuropathology, histology and 
clinical microscopy have been conducted for many years. In recent 
years, classes in experimental physiology and pharmacology were 
added. The large routine managed by the laboratory proved a 
distinct advantage to the students, since the numerous specimens 
received and post-mortem examinations made were utilized for 
teaching purposes. Because of the affiliation with the teaching in 
the Albany Medical College, several members of the faculty of the 
latter institution were elected to the board of trustees of the GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
911 
laboratory. The registrar of the school assumed charge of the 
major portion of the income of the laboratory and made neces- 
sary expenditures for apparatus and certain salaries. This ar- 
rangement was mutually satisfactory. The medical college received 
the advantages of an excellent laboratory building while the labora- 
tory, which had but a small endowment, was given the opportunity 
to grow and make its worth known to the medical profession. The 
fees paid by the students for laboratory courses were retained by 
the college. 
Dr. George Blumer was appointed the first director of the labora- 
tory in 1896, and under his supervision the necessary appa- 
ratus and equipment was purchased, a staff selected and the teach- 
ing begun. Doctor Blumer remained in charge until 1903, conduct- 
ing the affairs of the laboratory wisely and efficiently. He was 
extremely successful as a teacher, and created among the profes- 
sion a lasting confidence in the laboratory. During his directorship 
numerous papers were published, chiefly pathological and bacterio- 
logical studies. Doctor Blumer resigned in 1904 and was succeeded 
by Dr. Richard M. Pearce, who remained in charge till 1908, when 
he was appointed Professor of Pathology at the University and 
Bellevue Hospital Medical College of New York City. Doctor 
Pearce increased the equipment of the laboratory and improved 
the system of keeping records and accounts. The routine work 
increased rapidly, and the earnestness with which this phase of the 
activities of the laboratory was performed made the institution of 
great benefit to physicians in active practice. The publications of 
Dr. Pearce and his assistants were numerous and valuable, and 
greatly enhanced the scientific reputation of the laboratory. The 
problems investigated were chiefly along pathological and chemical 
lines. Doctor Pearce was succeeded by Dr. S. Burt Wolbach, who 
in June, 1909, was appointed Pathologist to the Montreal General 
Hospital. In July, 1909, Dr. Thomas Ordway of Boston was ap- 
pointed director of the laboratory, and remained in charge until 
June, 1912, when he resigned to become physieian-in-charge at 
the Huntington Hospital, Harvard Medical School. Doctor Ord- 
way accomplished much in the organization of the staff and in 
bringing about a more simple system of financing the laboratory. 
He called attention in his annual report for 1911 to the financial 
arrangement with the Albany Medical College. The growth of the 
Bender Laboratory demanded a consideration of its finances, and 912 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
a number of suggestions made by Dr. Ordway were since put into 
effect with marked benefit to both the laboratory and the medical 
college. Whenever possible, the income above expenditures has 
always been used in improving the building, purchasing additional 
appliances and increasing the teaching facilities. That this plan 
won the approval of the medical profession is indicated by the 
fact that the routine number of specimens received more than 
doubled since 1912. 
Doctor Ordway was followed by Dr. Harry S. Bernstein, who 
after completing his training at the Boston City Hospital became 
first assistant at the Bender Laboratory and director in 1912. 
Doctor Bernstein proved to be an able administrator, and intro- 
duced many changes of great value and improved the methods 
of teaching the laboratory courses. Doctor Bernstein resigned in 
August, 1914, to become Pathologist to the Rhode Island State 
Board of Health, and was succeeded by Dr. Ellis Kellert, then 
resident physician at the Huntington Hospital, Harvard Medical 
School, and formerly an assistant at the Bender Laboratory. 
In 1915, radical changes were made in the organization and 
methods of teaching of the Albany Medical College. Closer affili- 
ation with various institutions in Albany was sought, and among 
other things the school asked for control of the Bender Laboratory. 
The college was committed to a policy of small classes, and the run- 
ning expenses were assured by the board of trustees for a period 
of five years, during which time an attempt was to be made to 
secure adequate endowment. Since, however, the Bender Labora- 
tory was a self-supporting institution, performing a useful function 
in the community, and since there was no certainty that the college 
would obtain sufficient endowment to enable it to go on, it did not 
seem a proper time to incorporate the laboratory with the medical 
school. Because of these differences the college withdrew their 
financial support and classes, thus bringing about the first great 
change in the history of the institution. 
The Bender Laboratory, in addition to the original investiga- 
tions usually in progress, makes diagnostic examinations for the 
various hospitals and the physicians of Albany. In addition, a 
large amount of work is performed for medical men and small 
hospitals about Albany. The city has an annual arrangement with 
the laboratory to make public health examinations. This work in- 
cludes Wassermann tests, examination of sputum, throat cultures, GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
913 
milk, Widal reactions and any special test called for by the health 
officer. The chemist of the Bender Laboratory is in charge of the 
laboratory of the filtration plant of the city of Albany. 
The staff comprises the following members: Dr. Ellis Kellert, 
director; Dr. Byron E. Chapman, first assistant; Dr. LaSalle 
Archambault, neuropathologist; Mr. G. E. Wilcomb, chemist; and 
six non-medical assistants. The following are members of the 
board of trustees, under whose direction the laboratory is con- 
ducted: Mr. Harry H. Bender, president; Dr. Edgar A. Vander 
Veer, vice-president; Dr. George E. Gorham, secretary; Mr. Wil- 
lard M. Douglas, treasurer; Dr. Henry Hun, and Mr. James B. 
McEwan. 
Albany City Hospital and Dispensary.-On April 9, 1868, the 
Albany Homoeopathic Dispensary was incorporated, although a 
previous organization had been in existence since 1867. A 
new incorporation was effected October 30, 1872, when the name 
of the Albany Homoeopathic Hospital was adopted. The dispen- 
sary and hospital occupied the same building, although in a sense 
distinct organizations. By an act of the legislature in 1875 they 
were united under the name of the Albany City Hospital and Dis- 
pensary. For many years the hospital was located at No. 128 
North Pearl street, Albany, but eventually was removed to its 
present situation, No. 165 North Pearl street. The institution was 
maintained mainly by voluntary contributions from residents of 
the city, this income being to some extent supplemented by aid from 
the city administration. 
For the year 1917-1918 the medical staff of the hospital was 
under the direction of J. I. Dowling, chief-of-staff, and about 
thirty physicians and surgeons comprised the attending staff of 
the dispensary. The present name of the institution was adopted 
previous to 1914. 
St. Peter's Hospital, Albany.-The St. Peter's Hospital, located 
at the corner of Broadway and North Ferry Street, Albany, was 
founded in 1869, and opened in that year in a building erected by 
the Patroon for his son, Stephen Van Rensselaer, who occupied it 
for several years. When the property passed into the possession 
of the hospital associators, the building was enlarged and formally 
opened in November, 1869, the family of Peter Cagger contributing 
largely to the charity. 914 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The institution was placed in charge of the Sisters of Mercy, who 
broadly administered it, admitting destitute sick, irrespective of 
religion, up to the limit of the available capacity of ' ' charity beds. ' ' 
All patients who could pay in whole or in part for their treatment 
were expected to do so. 
The proximity of the hospital to the railroad brought many acci- 
dent cases to the institution, and in the first fifteen years of its 
operation the hospital tended over 20,000 persons. 
Albany Hospital for Incurables.-This hospital was established 
at Kenwood Heights, a suburb of the city of Albany, in September, 
1884; its primary object was to provide care and medical treat- 
ment to those suffering from chronic and incurable diseases. It 
was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 
October, 1884. The hospital enjoys a beautiful site in the residen- 
tial section of the city, and has for years mantained its usefulness 
as one of the deserving institutions of the Capital City. Its prop- 
erty value was estimated, in 1916, at $110,000, and during that 
year 107 patients were treated. 
Child's Hospital, Albany.-The Child's Hospital of Albany was 
founded in 1875, under the auspices of the Cathedral of All Saints 
(Episcopal), and under the direction of the bishop of the diocese. 
It was opened on March 26 of that year, and placed in charge of 
the Sisters of the Holy Child Jesus. Its first patients were two 
crippled children, and its accommodation a small and uncom- 
fortable house, rented from month to month. In 1884 it occupied 
two excellent buildings, at Hawk street, below Elk, the buildings 
being erected specially for the purpose, and providing accommo- 
dations for seventy-five children. Over 150 children were treated 
in the hospital during 1883, and many more were tended in the out- 
patients department. A child's nursery for babies under one year 
old was established. 
Though the hospital was under the professional care of the 
Diocesan Sisterhood, aided by the gratuitous attendance of many 
city physicians, the administration was controlled by a board of 
lady managers of many congregations. 
A summer hospital, named St. Christian Hospital, is maintained 
at Saratoga Springs; the visiting staff consists of Douglas C. Mori- 
arta and John B. Ledlie; the consulting staff are the physicians 
connected with the Child's Hospital at Albany. GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
915 
Maternity Hospital and Infant Home, Albany.-This is a sec- 
tarian institution, and was incorporated in April, 1913, and con- 
solidated with The Frances Elliott Austin Maternity Hospital and 
Infant Home, June 4, 1913. The maternity department is known 
as the Anthony N. Brady Maternity Hospital. 
The management is under the Roman Catholic Sisters of Charity. 
Not only a maternity Hospital is conducted, but also an infant's 
home for medical care and surgical treatment and care of nursing 
children. A home for destitute orphans is also maintained, chil- 
dren being admitted at infancy and retained until six years of 
age. There is also a day nursery and summer home, and outings 
are provided for the children. 
The imposing and extensive buildings of the institution are 
located on North Main avenue, and represent a value of $600,000. 
The governing body is a board of directors, and in 1916 the Rt. 
Rev. T. F. Cusack was president, Rev. Joseph Franklin secretary. 
The present superintendent is Sister M. Laura Eckenrode, the resi 
dent physician J. H. Bowers. 
Buffalo General Hospital.-The history of any country or any 
movement is the history of human effort, and that of the 
Buffalo General Hospital is no exception. A body of men met in 
the rooms of the Buffalo Academy of Medicine, November 21, 1855, 
to perfect plans of organization for the establishment of a hos- 
pital. Those present were Charles E. Clark, George S. Hazard, 
Bronson C. Rumsey, William T. Wardwell, Roswell L. Burrows, 
Phineas H. Strong, Charles H. Wilcox, Thomas F. Rochester, San- 
ford B. Hunt, William Gould, James N. Newman, John Root, 
Charles C. F. Gay, James Sams, Charles H. Baker, and Sanford 
Eastman. Steps were taken to perfect an organization and to in- 
corporate a society for the purchase of founding a hospital as a 
general charity, to afford gratuitous medical and surgical relief to 
indigent persons. There were to be three different kinds of mem- 
bership-annual members with dues of $5; life members contribut- 
ing $100 in any one year; life beneficiary members contributing 
$500 in any one year. 
At a meeting held December 9, 1855, the following officers were 
selected: Charles E. Clark, president; Andrew J. Rich, vice-presi- 
dent; R. L. Burrows, secretary; George S. Hazard, treasurer. It 
was not until two years later that the trustees felt they had such 916 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
encouragement to warrant the purchase of a site. A lot on High 
street, running through the block to Goodrich street, was purchased 
April 10, 1857, and a few days later an adjoining lot, extending 
the line to Oak street, was acquired. Plans for the first building were 
accepted, and a building committee appointed. In the fall of 1857 
a portion of the building was finished, but owing to insufficient 
funds no more work was done until February, 1858. 
The building was dedicated June 24, 1858, ex-President Millard 
Fillmore presiding. The first recorded patient was a Scotchman 
named John Russell. The United States government, in 1862, not 
having adequate hospital facilities, contracted with the hospital to 
care for soldiers and sailors. The hospital from that time till the 
close of the war continued to be a military one, and during the last 
summer of the war tents were erected on the grounds to increase 
the hospital accommodations. The nursing was largely done by 
volunteer citizens, who gladly gave their services. 
In the spring of 1869 the hospital was used entirely for men, but 
at that time a committee of ladies assumed control, and rooms and 
wards were assigned on the north first floor for the use of women. 
The next decade were years of struggle and disappointment. On 
account of the lack of funds and financial support the sale of the 
hospital for factory purposes was seriously considered. 
The first additional building to the hospital was added in 1876, 
a small one-story cottage, to be used for contagious diseases. In 
the fall of 1878 the ladies held a fair in the Nims House, which 
netted $3500. This was the nucleus of the fund raised to erect the 
present center or executive building. Other entertainments 
brought the fund up to $7,626. The trustees raised $16,487, which, 
with the sum the ladies had collected, paid for the present executive 
building. The building was completed, free of debt, October 1, 
1880. 
It was about this time that the laity and the profession began to 
recognize the crude methods in practice in caring for the sick. 
The Buffalo General Hospital Training School for Nurses was or- 
ganized in 1877. The initiative in its organization was taken en- 
tirely by the Ladies' Association, to whom its success in early 
years can be attributed. 
Up to 1884 no provision was made for sick children, and in that 
year Mayor Jonathan Scoville made a gift of $2000 for a children's 
ward. The opening of this ward, May 13, 1884, seemed to touch a GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
917 
chord in the hearts of the people, and abundant supplies and money 
were received by contributions for the endowment of beds. The 
location of the ward, which was the best that could be secured at 
that time, was not altogether desirable, and during the summer 
months the children were treated in tents. The maternity building 
was erected on the extreme northwest of the grounds in May, 1885. 
It was a temporary location until better quarters were available in 
the new east building. The same year the Gates College, a gift of 
Mrs. George B. Gates, was erected. This was but the beginning of 
Mrs. Gates' benefactions. In the following year she installed a new 
elevator in the executive building; from that time her gifts were 
most generous and substantial in character. 
The Kimberley Cottage, a memorial to John L. Kimberley, was 
erected in 1888 by the gifts of Mrs. Kimberley and William H. 
Walker. This building was for contagious diseases, and was re- 
moved in the spring of 1895 from its original site to the north- 
east corner of the grounds. The Training School, which occupied 
the third floor of the executive building, was removed in 1889, 
through the generosity of Mrs. Gates, to a brick building on the 
north side of the lot. This building, to which later another floor 
was added, accommodated thirty-four nurses. 
The trustees of the hospital felt the time had come when the hos- 
pital should be considered as a unit, and plans were laid out for 
an entirely new plant. In 1895 the east wing was begun at an 
estimated cost of $250,000; two years later the work was suspended 
because of no funds. The building, exclusive of the north wing, 
was ready for occupancy March 29, 1899, not, however, without 
heavy debt. The board of trustees, through its president, S. M. 
Clement, in 1903 raised $185,242.50, which, besides paying the 
accumulated debts, provided a fund for betterments and new con- 
struction. From this fund there was constructed an addition to 
the nurses' home, the capacity being increased to sixty-six single 
rooms, also an assembly room, gymnasium, library and lecture room. 
An important building event in 1909 was the construction of the 
Harrington Hospital for Children, built from a fund provided in 
the will of Devillo W. Harrington. It occupied a lot directly 
across Goodrich street, from the main buildings of the hospital, 
with a capacity for sixty-five children. The Stevens Gymnasium 
was finished and fully equipped by Mrs. Frederick S. Stevens. The 
Pardee Laboratory, a gift of Charles W. Pardee, was opened in 918 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
1910. Besides the development of the plant there has been progress 
made along scientific lines, which has been in keeping with the 
advance steps of medical and surgical skill. Many men of note 
have been connected with the staff of the hospital, among them 
Austin Flint, Julius F. Miner, James P. White, Thomas F. 
Rochester, and many others occupied conspicuous positions. 
Buffalo Hospital of the Sisters of Charity.-The Buffalo Hospital 
of the Sisters of Charity was established in June, 1848, by the 
Rev. John Timon. Ground was purchased where the buildings now 
stand, on Main street, near Delevan avenue, in 1872, and the corner- 
stone of the main building was laid with earnest ceremony by the 
Right Rev. S. V. Ryan, on August 16, 1875, and the hospital 
formally dedicated on November 5, 1876. The total cost of the 
establishment of the hospital was $168,368, and when opened it 
was placed under the supervision of thirteen Sisters of Charity, 
who were aided by some of the leading physicians and surgeons of 
the city. Among the physicians and surgeons identified with the 
institution, as members of the regular attending staff, in the earlier 
days of its operation were: Drs. John Cronyn, W. H. Heath, D. W. 
Harrington, T. F. Rochester, G. W. Mackay, and A. M. Barker. 
The buildings were commodious, having in 1887 accommodation 
for nearly 500 patients. In that year the total number of patients 
received into the hospital was 1,345, and the daily average 160. 
After forty years of noble work the institution in 1917 was 
still carrying on its valued charity and on a larger scale than ever. 
The medical staff in 1915-16 consisted of Drs. H. S. Buswell, E. S. 
Toble, T. J. Walsh, C. E. Abbott, physicians; E. J. Meyer, E. M. 
Dooley, J. J. Burke, L. G. Hanley, F. 0. Gorman, surgeons; L. Han- 
ley, V. A. Decot, H. Weed, J. J. Mooney, W. S. Renner, C. M. 
Brown, G. W. Wende, A. D. Diehl, A. J. Colton, C. S. Jewett, J. W. 
Bayliss, C. W. Bethune, E. S. Tobie, C. A. Bentz, A. W. Bayliss 
and C. J. Berrick, specialists. 
The Emergency Hospital, a surgical branch of the Buffalo Hos- 
pital of the Sisters of Charity, is located at the corner of Pine 
and Eagle streets. Its former location was the northwest corner of 
South Division and Michigan streets. The medical staff in 1917 
consisted of: Sister Vincent Watkins, superintendent; Drs. E. J. 
Meyer, J. Burke, V. Kenerson, L. M. Francis, consultants; J. L. 
Gallagher, C. J. Carr, L. Beyer, D. F. White, physicians, with G. C. GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
919 
Fisk, associate; F. J. Carr, F. W. McGuire, J. H. Carr, J. P. Bren- 
nan, surgeons, with P. H. Whalen, J. I. Kearney, W. S. Lynch, 
associates; W. L. Phillips, H. W. Cowper, E. A. Forsyth, J. Span- 
genthal, F. S. Crego, L. Kaufman, J. L. Lew, A. A. Thibaudau, G. 
R. Turk, specialists, with J. D. Drake associate in ear, nose and 
throat department. 
Buffalo Homoeopathic Hospital.-The history of this institution 
dates from the year 1872, when an application to the trustees of 
the Buffalo General Hospital for a separate ward to be set apart 
for such patients as preferred homoeopathic treatment, the expense 
to be borne by friends and patrons of that school of medicine, was 
refused by the trustees on the ground that the charter of that 
institution prohibited practice there of any other than the rep- 
resentatives of the allopathic school. This refusal may have been 
justifiable under the strict construction of the charter, but it had 
the effect to stimulate action on the part of friends of homoeopathy 
in the establishing a hospital which should be entirely under homoe- 
opathic control. 
An organization was perfected and an act of incorporation was 
obtained on June 25, 1872. A site was procured at No. 74 College 
street, and the first homoeopathic hospital was opened in October, 
1872. Two years later the original property was sold and the 
present location at Lafayette and Liuw'ood avenues was purchased. 
Suitable buildings were erected and a nurses' home and nurses' 
school were established. No contagious diseases are taken. The 
hospital, with its auxiliary buildings and associations, is one of 
the most praiseworthy charitable institutions of the city, and in 
the public estimation occupies a position of importance. It has 
been the beneficiary of several notable donations, and entertain- 
ments in its behalf have always attracted the favor of the sub- 
stantial element of the community. 
Charity Eye, Ear, and Throat Hospital, Buffalo.-The Charity 
Eye, Ear, and Throat Hospital of Erie County, situated at 166-168 
Broadway, corner Michigan avenue, Buffalo, was incorporated in 
1891, the certificate of incorporation being dated at Buffalo, De- 
cember 3, 1891, on which date Hamilton Ward, Justice of the 
Supreme Court, approved of the instrument and consented to its 
being filed. The document stated the purpose of the incorporators 
to be the establishment of a hospital, infirmary, or home in the 920 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
city of Buffalo, "for the reception, care, maintenance, giving of 
medical and surgical advice, aid and treatment of persons afflicted 
with maladies, or physical injuries, or physical weakness, but more 
particularly for the care and maintenance of the poor afflicted with 
all kinds of diseases of the eye, ear, nose, and throat; such services 
to be given gratuitously to the poor." The certificate named the 
following to form the first board of managers of the corporation 
or society for the first year of its existence: Frank W. Abbott, 
M.D., William K. Allen, Charles B. Armstrong, Wilson S. Bissell, 
Alvin A. Hubbell, M.D., Fayette Kelley, Augustus B. Kellogg, E. 
Corning Townsend, and Benjamin H. Grove, M.D. These gentle- 
men signed the instrument, as did also the following as incor- 
porators, on the nineteenth day of November, 1891: J. B. Andrews, 
M.D., Wm. W. Hammond, Walter D. Greene, M.D., Walter H. 
Johnson, M. B. Folwell, M.D., Benjamin F. Taber, John H. Bully- 
more, Henry J. Mulford, M.D., Wm. H. Glenny, Michael Nellany, 
John P. Diehl, George Wing, Ernest Wende, Elmer Starr, J. Adam 
Lautz, William Hengerer, William H. Johnson, W. Meadows, and 
Harvey D. Blakeslee. 
During its twenty-six years of operation, up to October 1, 1915, 
which is the last report available for this writing, the charity or- 
ganization has done good work. Many of the incorporators are still 
identified with the institution, and Dr. Benjamin H. Grove is now 
the executive medical officer of the medical staff of thirty-two 
physicians and surgeons. The total number of patients treated in 
hospital during the year ending September 30, 1915, was 3,875; 
total number of treatments, 12,659; total operations, 1,076. Since 
the opening of the hospital 48,260 patients have been treated 
therein; total number of treatments since opening, 230,146; diseases 
treated since opening, 61,491; operations since opening, 11,528. 
Michael Nellany was president of the board of managers for the 
year 1915-16; members ex-officiis of the corporation then were Hon. 
L. P. Fuhrmann, mayor of the City of Buffalo; Otto H. Wende, 
chairman of the Board of Supervisors of Erie County; and Arthur 
W. Hurd, M.D., president of the Medical Society of the County of 
Erie. 
German Deaconess Home and Hospital, Buffalo.-The organiza- 
tion of this institution was the result of a meeting held in February, 
1895, at the St. Paul's German United Evangelical Church. The GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
921 
Deaconess Association was then organized with the object of gather- 
ing and training young women and widows for works of Christian 
charity, and of founding and maintaining institutions for such 
work. A building was rented at No. 27 Goodrich street for hospital 
purposes, and the first patient admitted November 14, 1895. 
Within a year a permanent building was constructed on Kingsley 
street, near Humboldt Parkway. This was dedicated and occupied 
November 21, 1896. The main part of the building provided for a 
home for the deaconesses and working women of the institution; the 
east wing was reserved for a hospital; the west wing for aged and 
friendless men and women. The hospital and home were in charge 
of Miss Ida Tobschall from the opening of the institution until her 
resignation in 1908. The hospital later was located at No. 563 Riley 
street. The consulting staff in 1917 consisted of: Drs. Conrad 
Diehl, C. R. Cullinane, H. C. Buswell, J. P. Barr, D. A. Morrison, 
A. W. Hengerer, E. J. Meyer, T. E. Soules, M. C. Breuer, I. M. 
Snow, E. S. Tobie, H. E. Stadlinger, G. L. Fischer, W. H. Mans- 
perger, B. C. Johnson, H. E. Hayd, G. J. Haller, R. H. Johnson, 
J. F. Whitwell, I. W. Potter, A. H. Noehren, Albert Frey, N. W. 
Bodenbender, C. G. Lee-Wolf, G. W. Seitz, C. M. Brown, G. A. 
Hitzel, E. G. Starr, A. G. Bennett, A. E. Diehl, M. J. Downey, 
R. O. Meisenbach, J. G. W. Knoll, F. M. O'Gorman, F. A. Mend- 
lein, Robert Hebenstreit. 
Mercy Hospital, Buffalo.-In a building adapted from a private 
residence on Tifft street in September, 1904, the Sisters of Mercy 
opened a hospital. The work of this order in Buffalo dates back 
to 1860, when at the solicitation of Bishop Timon they came from 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and took charge of a parochial school 
in St. Bridget's parish. Their sphere of labor, however, had been 
educational until the hospital service was taken in hand. The 
Mercy Hospital Aid Society was organized, which obtained a large 
membership, and gave financial and sympathetic support to the 
hospital. A new brick building was erected and a training school 
for nurses established. The consulting staff of the hospital in 1917: 
W. C. Callanan, V. Kenerson, F. J. Carr; and surgeons: E. M. 
Dooley, W. J. O'Connell, F. M. Boyle, E. M. Tracy, E. F. Healey. 
Dean Memorial Hospital (formerly German Hospital'), Buffalo.- 
The German Hospital, Buffalo, was incorporated on November 22, 
1895, and its original board of directors consisted of: Charles H. 922 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
North, president; Charles H. W. Auel, vice-president; Jacob J. 
Lang, treasurer; M. J. Chemnitz, secretary; Charles Duchmann, 
financial secretary; Emil Jackson, August J. Simon, Alexander 
Kercher, and Michael Schwarzmeier. 
In the summer of 1896, at a general meeting, a resolution was 
passed "to open a dispensary for the free treatment of the poor," 
and the board of directors was authorized to take action to effect 
its establishment. To conform with constitutional restrictions, a 
new board of directors was elected, the election taking place on' 
September 4, 1896, and resulting in the reconstitution as follows: 
Charles H. North, C. H. W. Auel, Charles Duchmann, who were 
to hold office for a period of three years; Jacob J. Lang, M. J. 
Chemnitz, and Jacob Stein, who were to hold office for two years; 
Edwin G. S. Miller, Ottomar Reinecke, and William Simon, whose 
term of office was to be one year. In October, 1896, the directors 
rented a building, situated at No. 621 Genesee street, and made 
extensive alterations to bring it into convenient use for dispensary 
purposes. An appeal to the public brought valuable donations, 
including furniture, drugs, clothing, surgical instruments, etc. 
The undertaking, however, entailed a heavy expenditure, mainly 
occasioned by the extensive sanitary alterations it was found neces- 
sary to make to the building. On December 14, of that year, the 
free dispensary was opened, staffed by the German physicians and 
surgeons of the city; among them were Drs. C. H. W. Auel, Gustav 
A. Pohl, Max Breuer, Edward C. Koehler, Henry Osthues, F. 
Thoma, J. Ullman, Henry G. Bentz, M. Hartwig, J. G. Meiden- 
bauer, H. Mynter, Sigman Goldberg, L. Schroeter, Charles Weil, 
W. C. Krauss, William Meisburger, Alois Jokl, J. Kraus, G. Wende, 
E. Wende, E. E. Blaauw, L. Howe, G. F. Cott, J. Spangenthal. 
The experience gained in the dispensary convinced the direc- 
tors that they should immediately endeavor to erect a hospital, 
inasmuch as so many more cases came before their notice than 
could possibly be treated in the limited space available in the dis- 
pensary. The project was brought much nearer realization when 
through the instrumentality of Mr. Edwin G. S. Miller the heirs to 
the estate of the deceased Gerhard Lang offered the Association a 
very valuable lot as a site for the hospital on the west side of Jeffer- 
son, south of Genesee street under most favorable conditions, and 
also promised to contribute $5,000 toward the building fund. This 
offer the directors gratefully accepted, and employed an architect, GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
923 
Mr. George J. Metzger, to prepare plans which, when finally ac- 
cepted, provided for the erection of a building of three stories and 
basement, of fire-proof construction, and so arranged that more 
stories might later be added as the need arose. In January, 1898, 
the directors advertised for bids for the building of certain portions 
of the hospital, and on March 16th following let the first contract. 
But the Spanish-American War that soon followed brought about 
a very unwelcome interruption, with the uncertainty of the money 
market greatly hindering the plans of the directors. However, on 
October 15, the first sod was turned, and on Sunday, November 27, 
1898, was laid the corner stone "of this plain, but noble monument 
of German unity and German charitableness," the German so- 
cieties and residents of Buffalo taking prominent part in the exer- 
cises. The German residents loyally supported the hospital, as 
individual members, paying yearly dues of $6.00; and to com- 
plete the erection of the hospital, which entailed the expenditure 
of about $50,000, it was proposed to issue bonds in the amount of 
$20,000 in denominations of $25, $50, and $100 each. The subse- 
quent sale of bonds was reported to have been very encouraging'. 
Eventually the hospital was ready and its opening added an im- 
portant unit to the charitable institutions of the city of Buffalo. 
The medical staff of the German Hospital, in 1917, included: 
E. S. Toble, L. Howe, J. Goldberg, M. D. Mann, C. H. W. Auel, 
consultants; and an attending staff of thirty-one physicians, in 
addition to the house staff. 
Children's Hospital, Buffalo.-The first meeting for the organiza- 
tion of this hospital was held at the residence of Mrs. George 
Truscott, No. 335 Delaware avenue, in the spring of 1902. There 
were present, at this meeting, besides the hostess, Miss Martha T. 
Williams; Mrs. Bainbridge Folwell, Mrs. Emily B. Alward, Mrs. 
William Hamlin, Mrs. Andrews, Mrs. Parkhurst, Mrs. Lester 
Wheeler, Mrs. George H. Lewis, Mrs. T. T. Ramsdell, Mrs. Samuel 
S. Spaulding, Mrs. Joseph Hunsicker, Mrs. Bernard Bartow; 
Messrs. Sherman S. Rogers, George L. Williams, G. H. Lewis; Dr. 
Bainbridge Folwell and Dr. Bernard Bartow. 
At a second meeting held May 21, 1902, it was reported that 
a house, No. 219 Bryant street, had been purchased by Mrs. George 
T. Williams and Miss Martha T. Williams, that all necessary re- 
pairs wrould be made and the building was given free of rent for 924 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
the use of the hospital. Articles of incorporation were signed a 
few days later, and an organization effected. The first officers 
chosen were Mrs. George Truscott, president; Mrs. George Lewis, 
vice-president; Miss Martha T. Williams, treasurer; Mrs. Henry 
Watson, purveyor, and Mrs. Bernard Bartow, secretary. Drs. Fol- 
well, Bartow and John Parmenter were elected to the staff of the 
hospital. It was in September, 1892, that the Children's Hospital, 
with a capacity of twelve beds, was formally opened. These ac- 
commodations proved inadequate to the needs of the hospital, and 
through the second generous offer of Mrs. and Miss Williams an 
addition to the building was built, permitting a capacity of forty 
beds. This addition was completed in November, 1893. The ex- 
penses of carrying on the hospital were small at the end of the year; 
there was, however, a substantial balance in the treasury. The 
savings were invested in 1896 in a Nurses' Home, the adjoining 
property having been purchased. In the same year Miss Williams 
erected, in memory of Dr. M. B. Folwell, the first contagious 
pavilion. 
There was no material increase in the plant of the institution in 
the next few years, but in 1905-6 the necessity of a further enlarge- 
ment became imperative. Various sites were considered, but the 
question was definitely settled by an offer of Miss Williams to 
deed to the Children's Hospital the building it then occupied, 
provided the institution remained in Bryant street. This, with 
the munificent gift of Mrs. Charles Pardee, who offered to erect 
a new hospital, settled the matter. A large lot adjoining the 
Nurses' Home was purchased for a greater expansion. The new 
hospital was completed and ready for occupancy in October, 
1908. A campaign to raise funds for a new Nurses' Home and 
pavilion was held in 1911, and over $90,000 realized. Four build- 
ing lots were purchased on Hodge avenue, and on this site stands 
the Service Building, or Bingham Memorial, erected by the gener- 
ous bequest of Mr. and Mrs. Charles F. Bingham in memory of 
their daughter. 
The Children's Hospital and Association, organized in 1906, has 
been one of the most valuable adjuncts of the hospital work. 
Through this agency the social service was started, this institution 
being the first to engage in this work in Buffalo. The Training 
School for Nurses was incorporated a few years after the opening of 
the hospital. At the close of its twenty-five years of existence the GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
925 
Children's Hospital is in possession of a magnificent plant of four 
large buildings, with accommodations for one hundred patients. 
Its wards and private rooms are always full. The endowment fund 
amounts to $150,000. In addition to the names already mentioned, 
large bequests have been received from George H. Lewis and James 
N. Adams. The staff officers for 1917-18 are Dr. Frederick J. 
Parmenter, president; Dr. Arthur G. Bennett, vice-president; Dr. 
Thew Wright, secretary and treasurer. The officers of the Chil- 
dren's Hospital for 1917-18 are: Mrs. William Warren Smith, 
president; Mrs. Jesse C. Dann, first vice-president; Mrs. Frederick 
L. Pratt, second vice-president; Mrs. Arnold B. Watson, treasurer; 
Mrs. Clinton R. Wyckoff, secretary. 
St. Mary's Infant Asylum and Maternity Hospital, Buffalo.- 
On June 3, 1848, the Sisters of Charity first came to Buffalo at 
the request of Bishop Timon-three for St. Vincent's Orphan Asy- 
lum and three for the Buffalo Hospital of the Sisters of Charity. 
After the cholera epidemic many children and infants were left 
without parents, who had died in the hospital during the epidemic 
of cholera, and also from other diseases. These helpless infants, 
left without parents or homes, excited the sympathy of the good 
bishop, who, after the example of the great apostle of charity, St. 
Vincent de Paul, left nothing undone to procure a home for them. 
At first these infants were cared for in a wing of the hospital, but 
this proved too great an inconvenience, so Bishop Timon again 
solicited Emmitsburg for Sisters to open an infant asylum. Ac- 
cordingly, three Sisters came to Buffalo and remained at the hos- 
pital until arrangements were made for the proposed asylum. 
The institution was incorporated January 12, 1852, with a board 
of directors, viz: Bishop John Timon, John Walsh, Francis Kim- 
mitt, Matthew Garrigan, John B. Collins, Daniel Vaughn and 
Stephen Bettinger, for one year, and the corporate name was to 
be Buffalo Widows' Asylum. Its corporate object was to establish, 
to found and sustain an asylum for poor widows, poor lying-in 
women and for infants. It was decided at a meeting of the board 
of directors, December 8, 1852, to maintain the infant asylum in 
the hospital until permanent quarters could be provided. 
October 1, 1853, subscription books were opened for the purpose 
of raising funds to build an asylum. October 13, 1853, Peter Al- 
fonso Le Couteulx donated part of the present site on Edward 926 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
street for the use of widows of the city of Buffalo, making it a con- 
dition that there should be erected on the premises in less than five 
years an asylum for widows in which also, if thought proper, found- 
lings and lying-in women of said city may be received. Three frame 
cottages were removed from the hospital grounds to the Edward 
street lot, and these buildings were opened for use in June, 1854. 
The west wing was erected in 1855 and the center building in 1858. 
The chapel was dedicated by Bishop S. V. Ryan in 1878. Two lots 
were bought in 1899 and added to the grounds of the asylum. By 
a gradual change all the male members of the organization were 
eliminated and the Sisters assumed full charge. 
The land was mortgaged in order to erect more spacious and com- 
modious buildings, and with kind donations from the State, im- 
provements were made. In 1897 the two divisions of the asylum 
were consolidated by an order of the Supreme Court, under the 
name of St. Mary's Infant Asylum and Maternity Hospital. At 
present there is a Training School for Nurses in connection with the 
hospital, where young women desiring this class of work are taught 
the scientific care of babies, children, and maternity cases. 
The hospital has a very efficient staff of specialists in both lines 
of work. On the maternity service, Dr. Irving W. Potter, Dr. Ed- 
ward E. Haley, Dr. J. W. Bayliss and Dr. Regina Flood Keyes take 
turns. Their services are entirely free to all city and ward patients, 
giving them the very best of their skill and attention. Dr. Thomas 
J. Walsh, Dr. J. H. Donnelly, and Dr. J. W. Bayliss take turns on 
the children's service. Ear, nose and throat specialists: Dr. J. J. 
Mooney, Dr. Clayton Brown. Oculist: Dr. H. M. Weed. Other 
members of the staff are: Assistant obstetricians, Dr. H. C. Mc- 
Dowell, Dr. L. F. Anderson, Dr. H. K. De Groat; Dr. Prescott 
Le Breton, orthopedic surgeon; Dr. J. P. Brennan, surgeon; Dr. 
Arthur C. Schafer, epidemiologist; Dr. C. A. Bentz, pathologist; 
consultants, Dr. C. F. Abbott, Dr. Pierce J. Candee, Dr. L. G. 
Hanley, Dr. James W. Nash. 
The Maternity Department is becoming more popular each year. 
Any reputable doctor may bring his patients here and they are 
given the best of care, together with the privacy so desirable in 
these cases and the lack of which prevents patients from going to 
a general hospital. There are two floors with a capacity of four- 
teen and twenty-three feet, respectively; each floor has two delivery 
rooms and a nursery attached. GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
927 
In another department, entirely separate, is a place for the un- 
married patients, where the strictest privacy may be maintained if 
so desired, having a delivery room attached. They are given all the 
care and kindness shown to the other patients, and are often re- 
claimed to a life of real usefulness. 
The Infant Asylum accommodates from 125 to 130, ranging 
from birth to six years or school age, when they are transferred 
to one of the orphan asylums if not adopted. Many children are 
adopted into good homes; the Sisters visit the homes before the 
placement and several times after, when they may be legally 
adopted if the home and foster parents are found suitable. Many 
poor children are cared for, too, at the expense of the city and 
county. 
Lafayette General Hospital, Buffalo.-The incorporation of the 
Lafayette General Hospital took place October 12, 1910. It is lo- 
cated at No. 113 Lafayette avenue, and its real estate and personal 
buildings are valued at $60,000. All classes needing medical and 
surgical service are treated irrespective of any age limit, except 
contagious and mental diseases. The governing power of the in- 
stitution is vested in a board of directors; the president of that 
body is Dr. Herriot C. Rooth, a graduate of the Buffalo Medical 
College, class of 1894; the secretary and treasurer is Hugh Mc- 
Intyre; the superintendent, Kate Baxter. । 
Buffalo Woman's Hospital.-Among the notable and valuable 
institutions of the city of Buffalo is the Buffalo Woman's Hos- 
pital, located at No. 191 Georgia street. The superintendent of 
the hospital is Mrs. Harriet D. Storck, the chief of medical and 
surgical staff, Dr. Earl P. Lothrop. His associates are Drs. Maud 
Josephine Frye, Richard J. Pearson, Alfred H. Clark, Timothy 
F. Donovan, Allen A. Jones, Almon H. Cooke, James W. Putnam, 
John Fitzgerald Fairbairn, William W. Plummer. 
Erie County Hospital, Buffalo.-This institution is attached to 
the Erie County Almshouse and is located at No. 3399 Main 
street, on the almshouse farm of one hundred and fifty-four acres. 
The medical superintendent is Dr. J. D. Howland, and the staff 
consists of over fifty resident physicians of the city. 
Buffalo Columbus Hospital.-The location of this hospital is at 
No. 298 Niagara street. It was established June 8, 1908, and incor- 928 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
porated June 10, 1909, for medical and surgical aid. The business 
affairs of the hospital are controlled by a board of directors. The 
president of the board in 1916 was Dr. Charles R. Borzilleri, the 
secretary, Dr. L. Franklin Anderson; the treasurer, Dr. Joseph G. 
Bellanea. The medical director is Dr. Charles R. Borzilleri. 
Rochester General Hospital.-In 1847, at which time the city of 
Rochester, New York, had a population of only 30,000, certain of 
its prominent and representative citizens formed an association for 
the purpose of establishing a hospital suited to the city's require- 
ments. The organizers, as an outcome of their deliberations, made 
application to the State for authority, and the State, through its 
Legislature on May 7th of that year granted a charter of incor- 
poration to eleven Rochester citizens, who, with twelve other re- 
sponsible men, were to constitute the directing board of the insti- 
tution thus established, the corporation to become known as the 
Rochester City Hospital. 
A meeting of incorporators was held on the 11th of June, 1847, 
and at that meeting the provisional directorate was confirmed and 
increased to twenty-three by the election of twelve more residents 
of the city. Two committees from their number were appointed, 
one to procure statistical information relative to the objects of the 
corporation, which at that time had not become sufficiently au- 
thoritative to be deemed final, the other to endeavor to establish 
the essential financial foundation, or the nucleus of it, by prosecut- 
ing all possible efforts to obtain from the State, through its Legis- 
lature, an appropriation of $20,000 toward the initial cost of land 
purchase and erection of buildings, and also to apply to the State 
for a grant of two thousand dollars per annum for two years to 
defray the expenses of the institution. The endeavor failed, but 
was again renewed on November 28, 1848, only, however, to be 
met by another refusal, after which decision by the State Legisla- 
ture, the directors recognized that the full burden and responsi- 
bility would rest with them. An official report, justifying the ac- 
tion of the directors, in applying to the State, as described, reads: 
"The difficulty in raising large sums was great, and it was natural 
that a share in the bounty of the State, for a public charity, should 
be sought as a primary step." The application meant a period of 
suspense, and this, coupled with the discouragement of a refusal, 
probably accounted for the fact that nearly three years elapsed GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
929 
before the next meeting of directors was held, on November 10, 
1851. 
The Rochester Female Charitable Society, an organization long 
established, apparently co-operated with the directors in the en- 
deavor to bring the hospital into being and operation. It is stated 
that early in 1851 the Society petitioned the common council to 
obtain the Western Cemetery on Buffalo street, with an area of 
nearly four acres as a site. Numberless difficulties arose to cause 
a further delay of nearly two years in the proceedings. On July 
28, 1853, the directors resolved ''that a suitable building ought 
not longer to be delayed," and determined to institute a cam- 
paign to secure subscriptions in the district to the extent of 
$10,000. They also decided to take legal counsel as to the rights 
of the directors to erect a hospital on the lot conveyed by the 
city; its exact location however is not now determinate. A year 
later, the hospital directors, on September 18, 1854, entered an earn- 
est remonstrance against the action of the common council in pro- 
posing to purchase a hospital lot on Court street. In the meantime 
the suggested acquisition of space at the Western Cemetery pro- 
ceeded to develop satisfactorily, and some time later the common 
council was informed that "if the money needed for the Court 
street plot" was given to the hospital directors, they would under- 
take without any expense to the city to erect a building on the ceme- 
tery grounds, upon which they had already expended $1,000 for 
fencing. Eventually the corporation came into possession of the 
deed to the cemetery ground. The hospital also benefited appreci- 
ably by the city sale of real estate known as the Alms House prop- 
erty, and in 1859 received material assistance from the Charitable 
Society. In that year a committee was appointed to solicit outside 
subscriptions toward a hospital building that would be an orna- 
ment to the city and supply a deficiency which had so long existed 
in our public institutions. On September 14, 1859, the construc- 
tion of the main building and one wing was authorized. 
The foregoing description indicates to some extent the causes 
responsible for the delay of more than a decade in consummating 
the project of establishing a hospital "with one hundred beds." 
Many further difficulties had to be surmounted, however, before 
the institution could be considered to have safely weathered its 
early storms of financial disturbance. The first legacy received 
was $750 in 1860 from the estate of Mrs. Ruth Mumford. The 930 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Charitable Society contributed $1,200 from its corporate funds and 
also procured outside subscriptions. The Firemen's Association 
contributed $1,500, and other subscriptions, though tardy and not 
of large amount, brought the resources of the hospital to within 
$4,000 of its liabilities, which sum was finally obtained on mortgage 
security. By January 30, 1862, the main building was completed 
at a cost of $14,277.90, and one of the first uses to which the direc- 
tors volunteered to put it was that of receiving sick and wounded 
soldiers of the Civil War. It was not, however, until 1864 that the 
government had occasion to avail themselves of the tendered serv- 
ice; then it sent several hundred invalid soldiers to the hospital, 
the capacity of which was thereby overtaxed so that some had to be 
temporarily accommodated in tents on the lawn. 
The furnishing of the hospital opened in 1862 was not effected 
without considerable difficulty, mainly financial; this however was 
eventually overcome as had been previous difficulties, and on 
January 29, 1864, the central building was ready and opened. 
Almost immediately thereafter the need of additional accommo- 
dation became apparent, and to provide another wing the direc- 
tors decided to forthwith initiate another campaign, this time to 
procure $15,000. In the meantime however the work of erection 
was entered upon, and the wing completed in 1866 at a cost of 
$20,000; and subsequently, in 1872 the west wing, at a cost of 
$27,342.10. In the financial campaigns thus made necessary, the 
institution continued to receive most valuable co-operation and 
personal labor from the Charitable Society, the ladies composing, 
which collected for the hospital many thousands of dollars. In 
fact, they became so indispensable to the hospital that it was 
finally determined to entrust the internal administration of the 
institution to a committee from the society, which committee was 
then, and has since, been designated the board of managers, an 
administrative body still operative and still vital to the mainte- 
nance of the institution. The board of managers for the year 1915 
consisted of thirty ladies, of whom Mrs. Arthur Robinson had the 
honor of presidential position. 
After the completion of the main hospital buildings no further 
building operations of notable magnitude occurred until 1883, 
when two pavilions for the housing of patients suffering from 
contagious diseases were erected; in 1885 the laundry was built; 
in 1886 the children's pavilion; in 1889 the Magne-Jewell out- GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
931 
patient department; in 1890 the operating pavilion; in 1899 the 
Nurses' Home; in 1901 the pathological laboratory; in 1907 the 
James C. Hart Memorial Building, in addition to many other 
undertakings during the period of lesser importance. 
In 1907, however, the institution appeared to have reached its 
apex of usefulness, and excepting at an expense seemingly im- 
possible, the hospital could not further advance. Its buildings were 
not fireproof; were not adapted to the most effective work, under 
modern conditions; and the condition of its existing and pros- 
pective exchequer delivered a prohibitive negative to all sugges- 
tions of worth-while expansion, nor was the financial outlook prom- 
ising. In 1909, however, through the princely generosity of Mr. 
George Eastman, the aspect entirely changed, and soon thereafter 
new plans formulated necessitated radical change. Adjoining 
property, comprising about two acres, was purchased; on one 
portion a Medical Annex of three connected wards was placed; 
on another a large building for heating, and the laundry. Then 
followed the construction of the two pavilions of five stories each, 
with roof gardens, all the buildings being appropriately and ade- 
quately fitted and all of them being of fireproof construction. 
The presidents of the board of directors, since the inception of 
the hospital, have been: John B. Elwood, 1847-1864; Geo. H. Mum- 
ford, 1865-1871; Aaron Erickson, 1872-1880; Daniel W. Powers, 
1880-1894; William S. Kimball, 1894-1895; Rufus A. Sibley, 1895- 
1896; Samuel Wilder, 1897-1900; Henry G. Danforth, from 1900 
to the present. 
One valuable adjunct of the hospital is its Training School for 
Nurses, which was established in 1881. The first class of nine 
pupils was selected from 27 applicants, and four of these nine 
were graduated. In 1882 there were 15 nurses to 85 patients, and 
for five years the night force was two nurses. In 1881 the instruc- 
tion was practical work and one lecture weekly; in 1883 class 
recitations and service in the diet kitchen were added; in 1899 
came massage, and lessons in bandaging; then anatomy, physi- 
ology, and materia medica. In 1900 the course was changed 
from two to three years; in 1906 the probationers were first re- 
ceived in classes and given a preliminary course of instruction be- 
fore they were sent on duty in the wards. The preliminary course 
of two weeks was continually lengthened, until in 1910 it became 
three months. In 1903 the Training School was registered with 932 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
the Regents of the State. The dome of the old Administration 
Building was the nurses' home until 1899, since which year it has 
occupied the Memorial Home, the present capacity of which is 77. 
The graduating class of 1915 numbered 24, and the Nurses' 
Alumnae Association, formed in 1894, is quite an active organiza- 
tion. The name of the hospital was changed to its present title 
in 1910. 
St. Mary's Hospital, Rochester.-The St. Mary's Hospital of the 
Sisters of Charity, located at the corner of West avenue and 
Genesee street, Rochester, was founded in 1857 by Sisters of 
Charity, who came from Emmitsburg at the invitation of the Right 
Rev. Bishop Timon. The hospital was opened on its present site, 
but the first buildings used for the purpose were two stables that 
then stood on the site and which were so altered as to serve tem- 
porarily the intended purpose. The doors were first opened for 
the reception of patients on September 8, 1857; in 1858 the build- 
ings were enlarged, but even then were inadequate. The adminis- 
tration of the institution was in charge of Mother Superior Hier- 
onymo, and the first medical board consisted of: Edward M. Moore, 
surgeon and president; Janies W. Carey, physician; George G. 
Carroll, assistant surgeon; Charles E. Ryder, oculist. 
The hospital developed steadily and was of much service to the 
community, but on February 15, 1891, the entire building was 
gutted by fire. Immediate steps were taken to remedy the loss. 
A subscription was immediately started to enable the sisters to 
rebuild. On the evening of the day following that of the fire 
the members of the Rochester Chamber of Commerce met, and in 
a few days large sums of money were handed to the hospital au- 
thorities. Rebuilding was soon commenced, and in September of 
that year the hospital again was open. In December, 1891, the 
first staff of visiting physicians was organized: Drs. J. W. Casey, 
G. G. Carroll, T. A. O'Hara, and Howard, physicians; Drs. E. M. 
Moore, E. M. Moore, Jr., E. W. Mulligan, and H. T. Williams, 
surgeons. 
In September, 1892, the Training School for Nurses was opened, 
and in the first fourteen years of its operation, succeeded in gradu- 
ating seventy-three pupil-nurses. In 1898 a new operating pavilion 
was established; it contained ten fully equipped rooms. A pa- 
vilion for contagious diseases was later erected; also in 1903 a GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
933 
maternity department was established; followed in 1906 by the 
building of a chapel of Gothic architecture. 
During the first fifty years of its existence 43,141 patients were 
treated in St. Mary's Hospital, including over 3,000 soldiers dur- 
ing the Civil War. 
The Perpetual Help Society of St. Mary's Hospital was formed 
in February, 1891, soon after the hospital fire, and the Society, 
the members of which are all ladies of the city and vicinity, has 
since been of much help to the institution. Another organization 
of material assistance to the hospital is the Society of Seton Work- 
ers, formed in February, 1905, under the direction of Miss Engert, 
with the object of sewing for the poor in the wards of St. Mary's 
Hospital. 
The medical and surgical staff of St. Mary's Hospital, in 1917, 
comprised over thirty physicians and surgeons, of which pro- 
fessional body, the following were the officers: T. A. O'Hara, presi- 
dent; Jos. R. Culkin, vice-president; Philip Conboy, secretary and 
treasurer. Sister Clementine was superintendent. 
Rochester Homoeopathic Hospital.-This, one of the best institu- 
tions of its character in the State, is the outgrowth of a meeting 
of the Monroe County Homoeopathic Medical Society held at 
Rochester in the spring of 1886. After discussing the desirability 
of establishing a homoeopathic hospital, a committee consisting of 
Drs. Sumner, Adams, Buell, Wolcott, Carr, Fowler, Dayfort, Spen- 
cer and Lee was appointed to select a site for a hospital building 
and arrange for its erection. Nothing, however, definite was ac- 
complished until May, 1887, when thirteen interested persons were 
incorporated as trustees of the Rochester Homoeopathic Hospital. 
The first meeting of the board was held December 4, 1888; a lot 
■was secured, buildings were erected, and the institution opened 
September 18, 1889, with four splendid buildings-hospital, nurses' 
house, dispensary and laundry. The nurses' school was opened 
December 1, 1889. Donations aggregating the sum of $30,000 were 
received in 1890 from Don Alonzo Watson and Mr. and Mrs. Hiram 
Sibley, wffiich enabled the hospital to free itself of debt. Two 
years later the trustees secured an additional tract of land, con- 
sisting of eight acres, and a series of modern hospital buildings 
was commenced, the new but popular cottage plan of construction 
being adopted. The work was completed and the new buildings 934 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
opened for the reception of patients November 21, 1894. This 
series of buildings were known as the Watson Pavilion, Sibley Pa- 
vilion, Watson Surgical Pavilion, Hollister Building, Brothers Cot- 
tage, the morgue, and the kitchen building. The department of 
bacteriology was established in 1896, and the new maternity ward 
was built in 1899. 
Hahnemann Hospital, Rochester.-The history of this institu- 
tion dates from the year 1888 when certain homoeopathic phy- 
sicians of Rochester became satisfied that the practice of medicine 
as approved by the majority of members of the Monroe County 
Homoeopathic Medical Society was not in accord with the strict 
teachings of Hahnemann. They thereby withdrew from the society 
and organized the Rochester Hahnemann Society. In a circular 
issued they advocated the founding of a hospital agreeable to 
the strict principles laid down by the founder in the "Organon," 
the physicians chiefly instrumental in its founding being Drs. J. 
A. Biegler, Julius Schmidt, W. Johnson, William Brownell, A. B. 
Carr, V. A. Hoard, and Alexander C. Hermance. The hospital 
was incorporated on April 4, 1889, and six days later, on the natal 
day of the founder, was formally opened. 
The original building was the former residence of Judge Selden, 
and was refitted for its intended new occupancy. Through the 
generosity of Mrs. Appleton, a daughter of Louis Staneslaw Har- 
gous, of Boston, Massachusetts, the sum of $35,000 was given to 
the trustees "as a memorial of the professional services of Dr. 
Biegler," one of the founders, to her family. That munificent 
gift and another of $10,000 from Susan Jeanette Hargous, enabled 
the trustees to purchase the property and start the hospital on a 
sound financial basis. In appreciation of these benefactions the 
hospital was given the name of the Hargous Memorial Hahnemann 
Hospital of Rochester, but later the two first words were dropped 
and the present name came into use. 
From this modest beginning the institution has grown to be 
one of the most complete institutions of its kind in the country. 
The later development of the hospital was made possible by the 
gifts from R. A. Sibley, of Rochester, and George Eastman, of the 
Eastman Kodak Company. The hospital now had a capacity of 
150 beds, an administration building, with superior medical and 
surgical departments, and a modern maternity building, complete GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
935 
in every detail. A pathological department has been added, under 
the charge of a paid pathologist, and plans were passed in 1916 
for the erection of a laboratory building for the pursuance of 
research work. The hospital has a training school, with capacity 
for forty nurses, the home being separate from the hospital proper 
and very completely furnished. The institution has two motor 
ambulances and a free dispensary is also maintained. 
The Infants' Summer Hospital, Rochester.-The Infants' Sum- 
mer Hospital was the realization of the plans of Dr. Edward M. 
Moore and his son, who were impressed with the curative powers of 
the pure air of Lake Ontario and the benefits to be derived for in- 
fants by a residence there under ideal conditions of proper food and 
care. It was established as a pure charity, and all infants and 
their mothers were cared for without charge. 
The location is ideal, it being situated in a salubrious locality 
on a bluff overlooking the lake, just west of the village of Char- 
lotte. The hospital was opened in July, 1867, on the Greenleaf 
farm, tents being used, and all infants suffering from cholera 
infantum were received with their mothers and cared for. The 
first permanent buildings were erected in 1888 on land contrib- 
uted by Colonel H. S. Greenleaf. Later additional land was pur- 
chased and buildings erected to provide ample accommodations for 
all who applied. During the thirty years of the life of the insti- 
tution all proper cases to be cared for have been received. The 
generous givers of Rochester have always responded to its appeals, 
and have provided funds for all requirements. Louis N. Stein in 
1900 erected and furnished a complete nurses' home. Frederick 
Cook bequeathed the hospital with $10,000. The buildings are all 
connected, and are on the same level. The wards are detached 
buildings, four feet apart, with a wide overhanging roof and broad 
piazzas. The services of the physicians who were among the found- 
ers of the hospital, and of others since then, have been unsparingly 
given. The chairman of the staff in 1917 was Wesley T. Mulligan, 
the attending physicians, Warren Cox Daly, William E. Dake, John 
Aikman and Owen E. Jones. 
Monroe County Hospital, Rochester.-This institution is a part 
of the Department of the Monroe County Almshouse and is under 
the direct supervision of the county superintendent of the poor. It 
is located at No. 1460 South avenue, adjacent to the Almshouse. 936 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
The hospital buildings are valued at about $110,000. The annual 
expenses average over $90,000, and the fiscal year from October 1, 
1917, to October 1, 1918, there was a total of 1,785 patients treated 
at the expense of maintenance of about five dollars a week. The 
resident medical superintendent is Dr. L. J. Somers; the house 
superintendent, Lucy Flansburg. 
Rochester Public Health Association.-The charter of 1900 sub- 
stituted a Commissioner of Public Safety for the old Board of 
Health. He had control of nuisances of all kinds. In 1901 the 
city was visited by an epidemic of rabies, and in the summer of 
1902 small-pox broke out simultaneously in several parts of the 
city. The outbreak found the city unprepared; a few little old 
buildings on the river road between the Erie and Lehigh railroads 
were provided for the care of patients, and a temporary hospital, 
consisting of tents and platforms, was hurriedly erected. The 
epidemic continued during the winter, and the need of adequate 
quarters was severely censured by the public. The conduct of the 
health authorities was investigated, and temporary quarters were 
established for the small-pox patients. 
After the small-pox epidemic, the hospital stood idle for a year. 
Then, with the aid of the Rochester Public Health Association, the 
hospital was converted into an institution for the care of incipient 
and moderate cases of tuberculosis. At the end of the year the ex- 
periment was so successful that the city assumed the expense of car- 
ing for eases of tuberculosis under the direction of the health au- 
thorities. A medical school inspection was established in the sum- 
mer of 1904, systematically visiting the schools, attempting to ex- 
clude children suffering from transmissable diseases. Children 
whose parents were not able to secure medical or dental aid were 
sent to a dispensary organized by the Board of Health Association, 
where their difficulties were corrected free of charge. The hospital 
of the Rochester Public Health Association is located at 106 Ply- 
mouth avenue, and the medical director in charge in 1917 was 
Dr. Edward S. Amslen. 
Rochester Municipal Hospital.-This institution is under the 
control of the Department of Public Safety. It was established in 
1902 for infectious and contagious diseases. The hospital occupies 
buildings valued at $100,000 on the Waring road. The superin- SAINT JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL, SYRACUSE GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
937 
tendent is J. Ward Thompson; the resident physician, P. A. Bly; 
the visiting staff, George W. Goler, Joseph Roby. 
St. Joseph's Hospital, Syracuse.-This institution was founded in 
1869 by the Sisters of the Third Franciscan Order of St. Anthony 
Convent of Syracuse. Property was purchased on Prospect Hill, 
April 12, 1869, the purchase price being $12,000; a brick structure 
three stories high was built and connected with the former build- 
ings on the lot, which had been a saloon and dance hall. The hos- 
pital was opened May 6, 1869, Sister Dominie being placed in 
charge. 
The citizens of Syracuse were solicited for contributions and 
responded generously. The hospital was incorporated February 
21, 1870, and Sister Dominie was succeeded by Mother Bernadine, 
who remained in charge of the hospital until 1889, with the excep- 
tion of one year, when Sister Dominie, having been appointed Su- 
perior, held the position during that time. 
The hospital was enlarged in 1882 by additions to the south and 
west sides, and in 1888 additions on the north and east were 
added, thereby increasing the capacity of the hospital to one 
hundred and twenty beds. From the organization of the hos- 
pital to 1888, 6,100 patients had been cared for. The Training 
School for Nurses was opened in October, 1898, under the jurisdic- 
tion of the University of the State of New York. The Alumnae 
Association was organized and incorporated in 1903. During the 
years 1911-12 the citizens of Syracuse subscribed $400,000 to re- 
lieve the hospitals of the city from indebtedness, and of this amount 
the St. Joseph's Hospital received $90,000. 
St. Joseph's Hospital is located on a sightly hill at the comer of 
Union and Prospect avenues, facing a beautiful city park. Its site 
including buildings, fixtures and appurtenances, is valued at $250,- 
000. The officers of the St. Joseph's Hospital Aid Society in 1917 
were: Charles W. Snow, president; Edward Joy and Gates Thal- 
meimer, vice-presidents; Wing R. Smith, secretary; John R. 
Clancy, treasurer. The president of the hospital staff is David D. 
Tolman; F. H. Flaherty, vice-president; W. A. Curtin, secretary. 
The hospital is under the charge of the Sisters of St. Francis. 
Among the prominent members whose death has deprived the hos- 
pital of their services, mention is made of Drs. R. W. Pease, H. D. 938 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Didama, Henry L. Elsner, Nathan Jacobson, Scott Owen, V. H. 
Brown. 
Hospital of the Good Shepherd, Syracuse.-The Hospital of the 
Good Shepherd at Syracuse began its career in February, 1873, 
and in that year was incorporated. It was founded by the Rt. Rev. 
F. D. Huntington, Bishop, as a charity extended not only to the 
sick, but also to the old, the homeless, and the poor unfortunate 
from whatever cause. However, within a few months it assumed 
the character of a hospital, a retreat for the sick. At this time the 
population of the city was 40,000, with no paupers and with com- 
paratively few dependent poor. It was the city's second hospital, 
for already a hospital under the Catholic Society of St. Francis 
had been built and put in operation. 
The arguments used by Bishop Huntington in the search for 
funds to build and support this free and new hospital enterprise 
were largely suggested by the spur of Protestant rivalry rather 
than by the felt needs of the community. A little house in Fayette 
street was loaned for the purpose for four months; then the equip- 
ment was moved to a similar house on the corner of Hawley avenue 
and Howard street, where it remained until, by gift of land by 
Judge Comstock and of money to the amount of about $20,000, a 
hospital building of moderate proportions was erected on Marshall 
street, near the University, and was dedicated December 8, 1875. 
A staff was appointed at this time, and the nursing was confided to 
a religious order of Deaconesses and to women "who offered them- 
selves for the loving and most noble ministry to the sick and suf- 
fering. ' ' Besides the above gifts, heart and energy constituted the 
assets of the institution. The first report was published in 1878. 
During these five years of the hospital's existence it had served 
401 patients, of which 243 were medical and 158 were surgical. 
The expenses and income of the fifth year were $3,776.98 and 
$3,798.28 respectively, leaving a balance in favor of the hospital 
of$21.30. "Oaks from acorns grow." The hospital had 25 beds. 
The same room served as a drug room, store room for surgical 
apparatus and operating room. There was also an attractive 
chapel, and a chaplain for the regular morning and evening serv- 
ices. In the 70's, hospital construction was becoming more and 
more obedient to sanitary laws and to the growing theory that 
the proper function of a hospital was the care and cure of the GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
939 
sick as the chief end of the institution. Other men alive to the 
new trend found their way to places on the board of trustees. 
One of them, William B. Cogswell, gave a munificent sum which 
led to the supplanting of the first wooden structure by one of brick 
and concrete, supplied with modern sanitary appliances, operating 
rooms, rooms for laboratories, etc., and wards for private and pub- 
lic patients. It was planned for the accommodation of 175 pa- 
tients. This up-to-date building was put into use in June, 1898. 
What seemed quite perfect at that time, has since then suffered 
material changes and additions. Its present accommodations are 
for 300 patients. With this evolution in the construction of hos- 
pitals, because of the work of Pasteur and Lister, there came also 
the necessarily radical improvement in the immediate care of the 
sick. The new ideas and practices forced the enlistment of youth 
with its strength and enthusiasm, and intelligence free from preju- 
dice, and at once there developed in hospital work schools of in- 
struction in the art of nursing based on scientific knowledge. A 
new profession was born which became honored and rewarded. 
The year 1860 saw the first school for nurses at St. Thomas' Hos- 
pital, London. In the United States agitation began in 1868. The 
first school in this country was started in Boston in 1863. This 
was followed by one in Bellevue, then by one in New Haven and 
another in Boston, in 1873. The Hospital of the Good Shepherd 
graduated its first class on November 17, 1887. 
Although the Medical School of Syracuse University had been 
organized and in operation since 1872, its management was wholly 
distinct from and uncontrolled by the University. As yet there 
was no reason for its association with the University other than 
that of reputation which by it accrued to each institution. Both 
were financially moribund. The time was ripening for the college 
to appreciate that there was no reason for its existence unless it 
embraced the advancing idea of the value of laboratories and of 
hospital wards for clinical instruction. Heretofore the hospitals 
of the city had been open to students, but their facilities were 
meagre and their importance was exaggerated for attraction. Grad- 
ually they came to realize the mutual benefit from a wider use of 
sick wards for instruction, and the extension of post-graduate study 
led to the appointment of the hospital's first interne in July, 1897. 
Not long thereafter public opinion began to take form in ex- 
pression of the necessity of clearly defining the relation which 940 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
hospitals bear to society, and of the essential value of clinical in- 
struction in the education of those who aspired to become prac- 
titioners of medicine and surgery. It was seen that henceforth 
the benefits of laboratory instruction in the broad sense of the 
term should be extended to the class and not to a favored few. 
Gradually the hospital of the Good Shepherd extended its facili- 
ties for study of cases until in 1913 specialists and apparatus were 
sufficiently provided for X-ray investigation and for the practical 
needs of pathological laboratories. The hospital was served al- 
most entirely by teachers of the Medical School of the University. 
The influence of these, seeing the advantage that would accrue to 
both School and University by the intimate relation of University 
ownership and control, was successful to accomplish this end, and 
in 1915 the hospital became the property of Syracuse University. 
It now serves the poor of the city of Syracuse, the well-to-do as a 
refuge for the more advantageous treatment of their ills, and the 
Medical School for instruction of students. 
The hospital has been contemporaneous with the blessings be- 
stowed by the genius of Pasteur and their application by Lister 
and the following generations in the advancement of the knowl- 
edge and treatment of disease. 
John Van Duyn. 
Syracuse Hospital for Women and Children.-The Syracuse 
Hospital for Women and Children, an institution which now treats 
in its hospital over 2,000 patients yearly at an annual maintenance 
cost of more than $60,000, commenced its charity humbly though 
earnestly in 1887, its projectors being a number of charitably-in- 
clined women, residents of the city of Syracuse. Their object was 
to furnish a place where maternity patients and children could be 
cared for, as no hospital in Syracuse at that time had the facilities 
to accommodate and treat these classes of patients. The hospital 
report for 1912, the twenty-fifth year of its existence, contained a 
brief historical summary of the institution, and from that record 
much of what follows has been taken. Before incorporation it was 
found necessary to enlarge the scope of the proposed work, and 
treat all diseases of women, as the city was too small to afford a 
large enough number of maternity patients to enlist the interest and 
activities of the more prominent members of the medical profession. 
The hospital was incorporated on the 25th April, 1887, under GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
941 
the name of the Syracuse Women's Hospital and Training School 
for Nurses on a strictly non-sectarian basis. The by-laws adopted 
permitted a staff representing both schools of medicine. A fund of 
about $2,000 was raised, principally by the fourteen incorporators 
contributing $50 each with help from churches of the city. The 
first location of the hospital was in a small house situated on the 
corner of South Gaddes and Elliott streets, and this was opened 
for the reception of patients on the 23rd of November, 1887. 
In 1888 the hospital was removed to a beautiful residence on 
the corner of James and Sedgwick streets, to a house owned by 
Mr. Erastus F. Holden, a benefactor of the hospital. He placed 
it at the disposal of the institution, rent free for a period of two 
years, before the expiration of which period the corporation had 
purchased a house located on the present hospital site, to which the 
hospital was removed in August, 1890. Seven thousand, two hun- 
dred dollars of the purchase price of $8,700 was allowed to remain 
on mortgage, and to make it suitable for hospital purposes, about 
$2,000 was spent in alterations to the house. The Ten X Ten 
Circle of the King's Daughters raised $2,000 and built an adjoin- 
ing cottage, known as Silver Cross Cottage, in which the children 
were housed and cared for. As an auxiliary to the hospital the 
Harmony Circle was organized in November, 1888, its special ob- 
ject being to support two free beds, and aid in various other ways. 
Fire destroyed the main hospital building on December 13, 1893, 
and the hospital was in January temporarily removed to a large 
house on East Washington street, and efforts were exerted to se- 
cure the means to rebuild. Mrs. Erastus F. Holden offered to give 
$15,000 to build a children's pavilion. The Syracuse Post gave 
valuable assistance to the project, a special edition of their paper, 
February 2, 1895, which they donated to the cause, realizing for 
the hospital $9,098.61, which was the first money actually received 
for the building fund. This, with a gift of site by Mr. Erastus F. 
Holden, enabled the trustees to proceed with their plans. In the 
summer of 1895 construction work was commenced, on November 
23rd of that year the cornerstone was laid and the new hospital 
was opened on December 1, 1896. The building and furniture en- 
tailed an outlay of $95,000.00, mortgages for $60,000 being nego- 
tiated, one for $30,000 being taken by Mr. Holden. 
Two legacies were received in 1905, one of $50,000 from Mr. 
James J. Belden, and one of $51,174.89 from Mr. John Lyman. 942 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
These bequests enabled the trustees to effect many needed im- 
provements to the plant; a new pavilion for surgical and obstetrical 
cases was built, and the mortgage for $30,000 held by Mr. Holden's 
estate was satisfied. Fifty feet of land adjoining the hospital prop- 
erty was also purchased. Another bequest in 1905 was that of Mrs. 
Elizabeth Green Kelly; the legacy when realized, amounted to 
$55,259.92, and established an unrestricted endowment fund, which 
later was added to by Mrs. Anne Gere Belden, who donated $10,- 
000, and by Mrs. Meade Belden, who gave $5,000 to endow a child's 
bed. Mr. and Mrs. F. R. Hazard, in memory of their son, Robert 
Sedgwick Hazard, in 1910 built and completely equipped a labora- 
tory for the hospital at a cost of $10,000. Harmony Circle cele- 
brated its twentieth anniversary in 1908 by erecting at a cost of 
$2,000 an open air pavilion for the care of children, and has since 
spent $1,650 in improvements. 
Up to 1912 the hospital had graduated from its Training School 
157 nurses; the school was registered by the University of the 
State of New York, and certificate granted by the Regents on Janu- 
ary 31, 1905. 
The hospital was reincorporated in 1902, and the name changed 
to its present form; and a further enactment by the Legislature, 
in 1909, extended the powers of the institution enabling it to under- 
take the treatment of special diseases in persons of both sexes; and 
in the same year an infirmary for men and women was estab- 
lished for the treatment of diseases of the eye, ear, nose, and throat. 
During the first two years of the operation of the hospital only 
144 persons were treated; in the fiscal year 1911-12 the number 
was 1,927. The work was begun in 1887, with a fund of $2,000, 
and in 1912 the institution owned property valued at $210,000, 
and its only indebtedness is the bond and mortgage of $47,000. 
Since that date much of the indebtedness has been cancelled, as the 
result of a campaign instituted by a Citizens' Committee. 
Psychopathic Hospital, Syracuse.-This hospital is under the 
control of the Department of Safety of the City of Syracuse. It 
was organized in 1910 as the first municipal psychopathic hospital. 
It was created to fill a demand for a humane place to care for city 
patients pending their removal to hospitals for mental diseases, for 
the observation of cases until such time as their mental status could 
be determined, and also for such patients brought in from different GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
943 
sources, of their own volition, by friends, by police courts, when it 
was a question of their mental condition. 
The hospital is located at No. 120 Nixon street, and is of limited 
capacity, as it is not contemplated that any patient would make 
a long stay. The staff consists of a physician, superintendent, who 
is a nurse, a male attendant, besides the housekeeping employees. 
The annual number of patients cared for varies from 180 to 250. 
Since its organization there have been three physicians in charge, 
Drs. H. G. Locke, R. L. Leake, and the present incumbent, Dr. B. 
C. Loveland. 
Syracuse Homeopathic Hospital, Syracuse.-For many years 
prior to 1895 a strong sentiment existed among physicians and lay- 
men in favor of a homceopathic hospital. The project for various 
reasons from time to time was deferred until it became evident that 
such a hospital was an urgent necessity, and the Onondaga Homoe- 
opathic Medical Society began an earnest work for the organization 
of a hospital. The result was that the Syracuse Homoeopathic Hos- 
pital was incorporated December 30, 1895. The forty incorporators 
and charter members represented the intelligence, business ability 
and wealth of Syracuse, which augured a successful future for the 
institution. An organization was effected January 21, 1896, and 
the following officers were elected: A. C. Chase, president; E. H. 
Powell, 0. D. Soule, vice-presidents; D. H. Gowing, secretary; 
Anthony Lamb, treasurer. 
A site was procured at No. 116 East Castle street, on which 
was a dwelling house, which has, from time to time, been added to, 
new buildings having been erected, and at the present time the hos- 
pital is among the prosperous institutions of Syracuse, being 
equipped with all modern appendages which constitute an up-to- 
date hospital. The superintendent is Miss L. R. Sherwood. The 
staff is: Surgeons, James H. Irish, Willard C. DuBois; assistant 
surgeons, Winfred L. Potter, Lucas S. Henry; attending physicians, 
Robert C. Scott, Raymond W. Graham, Salvatore Coliva; special- 
ists, Gordon W. Hoyt, John M. Keese, Frederick Hooker, H. Leland 
Fifield. 
Crouse-Irving Hospital, Syracuse.-Among the worthy institu- 
tions of the city of Syracuse is the Crouse-Irving Hospital, located 
at No. 720 Crouse avenue. The hospital was established in 1910 
under the name of the Irving Hospital, and was opened for the 944 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
reception of patients May 1, 1912. It was incorporated under its 
present title June 3, 1913. The value of its site and buildings is 
approximately $225,000. 
City Hospital, Syracuse.-The city of Syracuse maintains a 
Municipal Hospital located at 416 Teall avenue. It is for the care 
of all contagious diseases, and is under the control of the Board 
of Health Department. The estimated value of the hospital build- 
ings is $130,000. The attending physician, in 1916, was C. Floyd 
Burrow; the superintendent, Miss Melinda M. Andre. 
Troy Hospital, Troy.-The foundation of the Troy Hospital dates 
back to 1845, when the city was compelled to erect temporary build- 
ings for the care of fever-stricken emigrants who came from Ire- 
land during the famine of that year. The majority of these subjects 
were Roman Catholics, and Rev. Dr. Peter Havenmans interested 
himself in their behalf, with the result that money was contributed 
for a hospital. 
The cornerstone of the pioneer hospital in Troy was laid at the 
corner of Fifth and Washington streets, by General John E. Wool, 
August 15, 1848. The building was completed in 1850, and was 
placed in charge of the Sisters of Charity, who to the present time 
have conducted its management. At the time of the construction 
of the Troy and Greenbush Railroad, the noise attendant upon the 
passage of trains necessitated another location, and a new site 
was purchased on Eighth street, at the head of Fulton street. The 
cornerstone of the new hospital was laid June 28, 1868 by Bishop 
Conroy, and the following year it was occupied for the first time. 
The hospital renders treatment to all cases except insanity and 
contagious diseases. The institution in late years acquired a new 
home, and is now located at Nos. 66-68 Oakwood avenue. Sister 
Blanche has filled the position of superintendent for a number of 
years. The consulting staff of the hospital in 1917 was David W. 
Houston, W. P. Mason; the visiting staff, Zotique Rosseau, 
Michael Keenan, Melville Dickinson, Calvin E. Nichols, Walter T. 
Diver, John H. Reid, John Rainey, Frank M. Sulzman, Edward 
Stapleton, Eugene F. Connolly, John I. McShane, Louis B. Mount, 
John J. English. 
Samaritan Hospital, Troy.-This institution was founded mainly 
through the instrumentality of Edmund D. Ferguson, M.D., on SAMARITAN HOSPITAL, TROY GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
945 
June 9, 1896, and was opened for the reception of patients on 
October 25, 1898. It was formerly located on Eighth street, and 
removed to its present site on Burdett and People's avenues, oppo- 
site Beman Park, in 1914. The architecture of the new hospital is 
of the English Renaissance of the Georgian period, was planned 
and built in units, flexible enough to meet any conditions, and 
arranged with a view to the convenience and economy of adminis- 
tration, which gives the building a cheerful domestic character 
rather than cold formality, commonly found in institutional build- 
ings. The building of the new hospital, which was commenced in 
1913, was made possible through the munificence of George B. 
Cluett, Robert Cluett, Aida L. Van Schoonhover, Frederick E. Pea- 
body, Mary L. Thurman, and Elizabeth H. Price. The Cluetts 
erected and equipped the administration building, three pavilions 
-men's women's and children's, and employees' building. The 
house for the nurses of the hospital training school was donated 
by Mary Lane Thurman. The hospital was indebted to Frederick 
F. Peabody for the erection and equipment of the laundry, heating 
and electrical plants. The Van Schoonhover Memorial Building 
was erected in loving memory of William Haight Van Schoonhover, 
by his sister, Alida Lansing Van Schoonhover. At the time of the 
erection of the new building, James H. Caldwell was president; 
Robert Cluett, vice-president; William F. Gurley, secretary, and 
Henry Calvin, treasurer. The building committee was: Thomas 
Vail, chairman; Frederick F. Peabody, James H. Caldwell, Walter 
P. Warren, Robert Cluett, Harry S. Ludlow, and William F. 
Gurley. 
The hospital is a genial hospital, and its departments cover all 
the branches of medicine and surgery; a contagious ward building 
is isolated from other buildings of the group. There is a Woman's 
Auxiliary and a Training School for Nurses in connection with the 
institution. Henry S. Darby was chosen, in 1915, to fill the vacancy 
of secretary caused by the death of William F. Gurley. There is 
an able and competent medical and surgical staff headed by H. 
C. Gardiner, M.D., as chairman, connected with the hospital. 
Leonard Hospital, Troy.-This hospital was established February 
20, 1893, in Lansingburgh; later the village was annexed to the 
city of Troy. It was incorporated January 10, 1893, and is located 
at the corner of Fourteenth street and Sixth avenue. The govern- 946 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
ing body of the institution is a board of directors. The president 
of the board, in 1916, was Paul Cook; the secretary, Thomas G. 
Peck; the treasurer, George F. Wood; the superintendent, Miss 
Jean Huber. The buildings and equipment of the hospital are 
valued at $90,000. 
Utica General Hospital, Utica.-One of the important events in 
the fifties in the history of Oneida county was the opening of the 
Utica City Hospital. It was in the year 1856 that the city of Utica 
built, at a cost of $12,000, a three-story brick building on South 
street, to be used as a workhouse. Two years later, through the 
efforts of Dr. Ira D. Hopkins, this edifice was adapted to hospital 
purposes. It, however, served not only for an abode for the sick, 
but was a repository for drunkards and for various other purposes. 
The first attending physician was Dr. Ira D. Hopkins, and he was 
followed by Drs. J. E. Jones, T. M. Bergen, Moses Bagg, Alonzo 
Churchill, J. H. Glass, J. G. Kilbourn, J. F. Douglas, J. R. Boom, 
and H. E. Brown. 
On the formation of the Charity Commission, the City Hospital 
went under its control, but no great change was made in its regime. 
Prior to 1886 the operating in the hospital was done in the wards, 
or in vacant cells and rooms. In that year one of the retention cells 
was converted into a permanent surgery, and though the appliances 
were somewhat primitive, the institution was kept in a clean con- 
dition and a large amount of good medical and surgical work was 
carried on. The city officials decided, in 1902, to reorganize the 
institution; the building was completely renovated, an operating 
room, pathological laboratory, porches, new flooring and plumbing, 
and many other improvements installed. The name of the reno- 
vated institution was changed to Utica General Hospital, and was 
placed in charge of a medical staff consisting of members of allo- 
pathic and homoeopathic schools. A pavilion for contagious dis- 
eases was opened in 1904, and the following year a training school 
for nurses was started. The president of the medical staff in 1917 
was W. B. Roemer; the secretary, H. H. Shaw. 
The St. Elizabeth's Hospital and Home, Utica.-It was in the 
year 1866 that Mother Bemardina, of the Order of St. Francis, who 
for seven years had been teaching school and visiting the homes of 
the sick in West Utica, found an old woman who needed better care 
than could be given her in her hovel. The Mother rented a tene- GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
947 
ment house on Columbia street, cleaned it up, and installed her 
one patient. From this humble beginning was founded St. Eliza- 
beth's Hospital, the first private hospital in Oneida county. By 
unsparing exertions and hard work the Catholic ladies of Utica 
raised money by holding fairs, bazaars, balls and theatricals, to 
support and increase the funds of the hospital. Dr. Edwin Hutch- 
inson was given medical charge, and had practically complete con- 
trol of the institution from the foundation until his death in 1887. 
It soon became evident that the small tenement was inadequate, 
and efforts were made to erect a suitable building. The new hos- 
pital was opened in 1887, and it was decided to have a larger at- 
tending staff, and Dr. Hamilton Quinn was appointed surgeon-in- 
charge. He was succeeded in 1895 by Dr. E. M. Hyland, the pres- 
ent incumbent. In the fall of 1895 the new surgery was opened, 
and the hospital had accommodations for forty-two patients. The 
present site of the hospital was purchased in 1910, consisting of 
thirteen acres on Genesee street, known as the Joseph Parker 
property. Here a modern hospital was erected, equipped with 
all modern conveniences. The hospital was incorporated February 
7, 1870, and is in charge of the Sisters of St. Francis. Its medical 
staff includes the leading physicians, surgeons and specialists of the 
city of Utica. 
St. Luke's Home and Hospital, Utica.-The rector of Grace 
Church, Dr. Van Deusen, in 1867, appealed in a sermon to his 
parishioners for the foundation of a Home for Aged Women. This 
resulted in a donation from Truman K. Butler in the fall of 1869 
of an unfinished house on Columbia street. The St. Luke's Home 
was opened and for three years the duties of the institution were 
confined to the aged, but in 1872 the adjoining building was added 
and a hospital department was founded. In response to an appeal 
made to the medical fraternity, fourteen physicians offered their 
services. 
The first year the hospital had four patients, and for several years 
thereafter the history of the institution is somewhat hazy. The 
board of almoners of the home and the managers of the hospital 
department were united in 1879, thereby increasing the usefulness 
of the hospital, and twenty-two patients were cared for. A change 
was made in 1881; two visiting physicians were appointed, Dr. 948 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
George Seymour representing the regular school, and Dr. Charles 
E. Chase the homoeopathic. 
A turning point in the history of the institution was made in 
1882, when the one-man system was adopted, by which a single 
medical director was given complete authority in the hospital. Dr. 
Willis E. Ford was appointed, a position he now fills. From that 
date the hospital has grown steadily in size and usefulness. The 
old building in 1887 became so overcrowded with its 214 patients 
that a new building containing twenty private rooms, two wards, 
an operating room and electrical plant, was built. A great advance 
was made in 1888 by the organization of the St. Luke's Training 
School for Nurses. 
The hospital in 1892 had outgrown its quarters and a large addi- 
tion was built, doubling the capacity, and including a children's 
ward. From 1894 to 1900 a summer hospital for infants suffering 
from cholera infantum was operated on the New Hartford road. 
The family of Publius V. Rogers presented to the hospital in 1896 
a well-equipped surgery, which was named the Rogers Memorial 
Operating Room. Few changes occurred in the next decade, except 
those necessitated by the rapid increase of patients treated. The 
overcrowded condition of the hospital, however, demanding a 
radical increase in capacity, and as the need became pressing, it 
was met by the generosity of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick T. Proctor, 
who built and furnished completely the imposing new structure on 
Whitesboro street, near the western boundaries of the city. The 
new hospital was opened October 17, 1905. The Ais Ich Khan 
Society presented a fund in 1906 for the support of a visiting 
nurse, and two years later the donors of the new hospital added a 
well-equipped isolation pavilion. The chief of staff in 1917 was 
W. E. Ford, and he had as his associates twenty-five of the promi- 
nent physicians, surgeons and specialists of the city. 
Faxton Hospital, Utica.-The existence of this institution is due 
to the liberality of Theodore S. Faxton, who erected a hospital 
building during the years 1874 and 1875. The original charter 
required that the institution be opened to physicians of all schools. 
An amendment was adopted in 1879 placing two physicians in 
charge, one representing the Medical Society of the County of 
Oneida, and the other the Homoeopathic Medical Society of the 
County of Oneida. GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
949 
The first surgeon-in-chief was Dr. Alonzo Churchill, and in 1879 
Drs. Booth and Terry held these positions. It was early found that 
the demand for a hospital was not great enough to fill the available 
space, and in 1878 the two upper floors were converted into a home 
for aged men, the building serving this double function for several 
years. The next decade the growth of the hospital was slow, in 
the year 1889 only fifty-two patients having been treated within 
its walls. Two years later the entire institution was renovated; 
the following year Dr. James H. Glass was made a member of the 
visiting staff, also a training school for nurses was founded. Dr. 
Glass was appointed surgeon-in-chief in 1893, a position he now 
fills. 
The year 1895 is noted for two facts-the withdrawal of the 
homoeopathic staff and the appointment of Dr. J. Fred Douglass 
as resident physician. The Florence Nightingale Home for Nurses 
was opened in 1897, and an X-ray plant installed. The gift of 
the Fox-Hayward Memorial by Mrs. Helen Hayward in memory 
of her father and mother was completed in 1899, and supplied the 
hospital with a thoroughly up-to-date surgical plant. The rapid 
increase in the work of the hospital to 939 patients treated in 1905 
made further accommodations necessary, and in November, 1907, 
the Nicholas F. Veeder Memorial was built from funds bequeathed 
by Mr. Veeder. This new wing contained a second complete sur- 
gical suite, a number of private rooms, a dormitory for private 
nurses, and a well-equipped pathological laboratory, the gift of Mrs. 
Edwin Thorn. A district nurse was endowed by Mrs. Robert Wil- 
liams in 1903, and the next year the Williams Memorial building 
for the use of an isolation ward was built. This was, however, 
changed in 1910 into an obstetrical pavilion. The increased facili- 
ties of the hospital caused its increased usefulness, and in 1910 its 
private rooms and ward beds were occupied by 1,231 patients. The 
hospital has continued to grow in popularity and usefulness. Of 
the present staff of the hospital, Drs. James H. Glass, F. H. Brewer, 
W. H. Brownell, D. H. Roberts, F. J. Douglass, T. H. Farrell, F. D. 
Crim, F. W. Smith, C. Hune Baldwin, J. T. Gage, T. C. Gifford, 
Florence J. Staunton, J. W. Rayhill, F. Roberaccio, J. W. Fleming, 
and T. Wood Clarke, have been members during the last decade. 
Amsterdam City Hospital.-The Amsterdam City Hospital, of 
Amsterdam, New York, was organized in 1889, under humble cir- 950 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
cumstances, and little capital. At the outset its capacity was small, 
too small for the need it was designed to supply, but in the second 
year its financial position was made good, and its capacity was 
then doubled. During that year, which ended on February 28, 
1891, eighty-six patients were admitted to the hospital wards. 
The institution had within the two years made very satisfactory 
progress; it had an association of sixty-three life members, and 
seventy-four annual members, who had made it possible to build 
the hospital building at a cost of $10,000, and had maintained the 
service at full capacity with an annual maintenance cost of about 
$2,300. 
The hospital is located at 220-226 Guy Park avenue, and the 
superintendent in 1917 was S. E. Rogers. The consulting staff 
are: Physicians S. H. French, C. Stover; Surg. J. B. Conant, H. M. 
Hicks, Ocul. R. J. Knapp. 
St. Mary's Hospital, Amsterdam.-There was established, April 
20, 1903, in the city of Amsterdam, under the auspices of the 
Roman Catholic Church, a hospital and dispensary, to be used and 
maintained for the care and treatment, without charge, of sick and 
injured persons, according to the resources of the corporation, as 
well as persons who may desire medical and surgical advice who 
are willing and able to compensate the corporation. 
The hospital was placed under the management of the Sisters of 
St. Joseph, and was duly incorporated April 14, 1909. It is located 
at No. 335 Guy Park avenue, and its personal and real estate hold- 
ings are valued at $75,000. The officers of the governing body of 
the hospital in 1916 were: Sister M. Irene, president; secretary, 
Sister M. destine; treasurer, Sister M. Julia. The attending physi- 
cian is Dr. E. C. Laporte; the superintendent, Sister M. Julia. 
Auburn City Hospital, Auburn.-The Auburn City Hospital, 
Auburn, New York, was incorporated in July, 1878, and having 
corporate powers the projectors and incorporators worked inde- 
fatigably to carry through their purpose. Eventually, on April 
20, 1879, the hospital was opened, and from that date to Septem- 
ber 30, 1900, admitted 3,051 patients. 
Active in its establishment in 1879, and in its maintenance for 
more than a generation, were Mrs. B. I. Ives, Miss H. F. Wheeler, 
Miss Titus, Miss Julia Carpenter, W. H. Seward, Byron Smith, GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
951 
James R. Cox, M. M. Frye, M.D., and J. P. Creveling, M.D., the two 
last-named being members of the original medical board. 
During 1915, the hospital year ending on September 30, fourteen 
hundred and eighty-four patients were admitted to the hospital. 
During the year there were 114 births in the hospitals, 91 deaths, 
and 920 operations. 
The Training School for Nurses was organized in 1887, and grew 
to be quite an important organization, graduating about thirty 
nurses annually. 
The president of the board of trustees of the Auburn City Hos- 
pital in 1915 was Charles A. McCarthy; the chairman of the board 
of managers was Mrs. C. P. Burr; the superintendent of the train- 
ing school was Mrs. E. H. Ward, R.N.; the hospital superintendent 
was Miss Edith L. Kasson, R.N. The medical staff consisted of the 
following: Drs. F. H. Parker, J. M. Jenkins, and J. D. Tripp, con- 
sultants; and an attending staff of twenty-nine physicians and 
surgeons. 
Southside Hospital, Babylon.-The Southside Hospital was in- 
corporated April 9, 1913. Any patient is admitted, with the ex- 
ception of those suffering with scarlet fever, diphtheria, small pox 
and gonorrhea. There are, however, two isolated cottages on the 
hospital grounds for the treatment of these cases. There were 
admitted to the hospital from July 1, 1917, to July 1, 1918, 264 
cases. 
The officers for 1918-19 are: President, Colonel Alfred Wagstaff; 
vice-president, Webster C. Estes; treasurer, Elbert C. Livingston; 
secretary, Cecil C. Evers. The officers of the medical board are: 
President, W. A. Hulse; vice-president, J. S. Ames; secretary, A. C. 
Rice. 
Batavia Hospital, Batavia.-It was mainly due to the ladies of 
the village of Batavia that a hospital was established in the early 
part of the present century. It was on July 1, 1900, that the 
Woman's Hospital Association of Batavia was incorporated. The 
purpose of the incorporation was to furnish the village with a hos- 
pital for the care and treatment of the sick and injured persons. 
A site was purchased on North street, and the present value of the 
real estate and its equipment is placed at $90,000. 952 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
Highland Hospital, Beacon.-The Highland Hospital was 
founded May 1, 1872, as the result of a meeting held at the house 
of Henry Slack, M.D., at which were present General Joseph How- 
land, Judge J. J. Monell, Rev. Dr. Masters, Rev. H. E. Duncan and 
Dr. Slack. At this meeting General Howland offered a house owned 
by him in the village of Matteawan, for one year, for use as a 
hospital. 
The first trustees and incorporators were Joseph Howland, John 
J. Monell, Henry E. Duncan, Walter Brett, Henry Slack, M.D.^ 
Lyman Robinson, and Samuel T. Van Buren. The property given 
by General Howland for the use of the hospital was purchased in 
May, 1874. Two years later an addition was erected, nearly dou- 
bling the capacity of the institution. Ground was broken for 
a more spacious building on August 15, 1901, and the new home of 
the hospital was ready for occupancy May 1, 1902, since which 
time the institution has been continued in a prosperous condition. 
On the incorporation of Beacon as a city in 1913, the hospital 
became located within the boundaries of that city. The officers of 
the board of directors in 1916 were: Ralph S. Tompkins, president; 
Inglish Stuart, secretary; Samuel K. Phillips, treasurer. The dean 
of the medical staff was Dr. George H. Williams. The present 
superintendent is Miss Verna M. Dietrich. The valuation of the 
real and personal property of the institution amounts to nearly 
$60,000. 
City Hospital, Binghamton.-The city of Binghamton found 
itself in the early part of 1887 without a public hospital. A num- 
ber of interested citizens in that year met in the parlors of Hotel 
Bennett for the purpose of testing public sentiment in the matter, 
and a partial organization was effected. The incorporation of the 
Binghamton City Hospital was completed January 24, 1887. The 
incorporators were Radcliffe B. Lockwood, J. Warren Merchant, 
Henry Westcott, James K. Welden, James W. Manier. 
It having become apparent of the necessity of a general city hos- 
pital, the common council of the city voted an appropriation to- 
wards its support. In January, 1888, property was leased, and 
seven years later permanent buildings were erected at Nos. 24-44 
Mitchell avenue. The superintendent is Theodora H. Le Febvre; 
the staff surgeons are: Frank M. Dyer, Joseph J. Kane, William 
A. Behan, Charles A. Squires, Arthur S. Chittenden, George H.. GENERAL AND PRIVATE HOSPITALS 
953 
Jenkins, William H. Hobbs; physicians: Stuart B. Blakely, John S. 
Kelley, Dewitt P. Bailey, Mary Ross, Samuel M. Alberton, Abram 
W. Stoutenburg; consulting staff: William A. Moore, George N. 
Hall, Frederick L. Forker, Frank W. Sears, Daniel C. O'Neil, Ed- 
ward F. Day, Ray Beardsley, J. Wesley Sheffield; specialists: Jo- 
seph F. Roe, Sanford H. Kinne, Charles R. Seymour, Frank L. 
Allen, Ulysses S. Kann, John G. Corson, Myer S. Bloom, George H. 
Fox. 
The Frederick Ferry Thompson Hospital, Canandaigua.-The 
Frederick Ferris Thompson Hospital was founded by Mrs. Thomp- 
son, and named in honor of her deceased husband. In the deed of 
gift to the shire town of Ontario county, she provided that no dis- 
crimination should be made in the admission of patients because of 
their creed or pecuniary condition, and she made generous provision 
for its maintenance. 
The hospital was opened for the reception of patients on Sep- 
tember 1, 1904. The main hospital building is located on the site 
formerly occupied by the Ontario Female Seminary. It is a hand- 
some three-story structure, being absolutely fireproof. It is 
equipped with all modern appliances for diseases and injuries, and 
has accommodation for forty-five patients. A pavilion for cases of 
contagious diseases is located on the same property, and contains 
beds for ten patients. A training school for nurses was opened 
in connection with Thompson Hospital on April 1, 1908. The 
Ontario County Bacteriological Laboratory was equipped by Mrs. 
Thompson in 1906, is located on the hospital grounds, and is 
operated at public expense for the benefit of the physicians and 
people of Ontario county. 
The Canandaigua Hospital of Physicians and Surgeons, estab- 
lished as the Beahan Hospital in 1898, and incorporated under its 
present name in 1904, was established by Dr. A. L. Beahan. Its 
Nurses' Training School was organized in 1903. 
Cohoes City Hospital, Cohoes.-This hospital is controlled and 
operated by the Cohoes Hospital Association. The object of the 
Association was to establish and maintain a hospital and dispensary 
in the city of Cohoes. The site and buildings used for hospital 
purposes is valued at $47,000. The officers of the board of direc- 
tors, which is the governing power of the hospital, are: President, 
Harry C. Fruchling; secretary, George R. Wilson; treasurer, Sam- 954 
MEDICINE IN NEW YORK 
uel G. McGaffin. The attending physicians and surgeons are: John 
Archibald, John W. Ross, Henry B. Gillen, James H. Mitchell, 
John F. McGarrahan, Edward M. Bell, Matthew J. Keough. The 
superintendent is Miss Anna F. Coon. 
Thanksgiving Hospital, Cooperstown.-The foundation of this 
institution dates back more than half a century. It was incorpo- 
rated as the Thanksgiving Hospital of Otsego county, October 12, 
1868, its name being changed July 1, 1891, to its present title. 
From a small beginning the hospital has increased in importance. INDEX 
(Small Eoman numerals indicate volumes i, ii, iii.) 
Academy of Medicine, iii-684. 
American Philosophical Society, 11- 
326. 
Anatomical Material, Quest of, in New 
York, ii-378; English and Italian 
dissections, 379; First dissection in 
New York, 381; Regulations, 386; 
Graves robbed, 388; Experiences of 
Dr. Valentine Mott, 388; O'Brien's 
skeleton, "Burking," 390. 
Anderson, Alexander; Pioneer wood 
engraver, ii-340. 
Antitoxin introduced, 1-288 
Bard, John, 1-49; Quarantine physi- 
cian in New York, 50; First presi- 
dent of Medical Society of New 
York, 50. 
Bard, Samuel; Physician to George 
Washington, i-51; Published articles 
on diphtheria, medical education, 
and "A Compendium of the Theory 
and Practice of Midwifery," 51. 
Barker, Fordyce, i-205. 
Bayley, Richard, 1-53; One of first to 
ride to patients, 54; Professorship, 
54; Affidavit of dissection, ii-384. 
Beard, George M.; Application of elec- 
tricity to medicine and surgery; 
Founder of Archives of Electrology 
and Neurology, i-225. 
Beaumont, William, i-158; Assistant 
surgeon in War of 1812, army sur- 
geon at Fort Mackinee, 158; Case of 
Alex. St. Martin, 158; Writings, 
158. 
Beck, J. Brodhead; "Essays on Infant 
Therapeutics," i-216. 
Beck, Theodore R., i-220; Author of 
text book on Medical Jurispru- 
dence, ii-357; Lecturer at Fairfield, 
357. 
Bender Hygienic Laboratory, Albany, 
111-909. 
Biggs, Herman; Establishes Antitox- 
in Laboratory, i-100. 
Birth Registration, First act passed, 
1-286. 
Blackwell, Elizabeth, 1-311; Gradu- 
ate of Geneva Medical College, 311; 
Influence upon morals of class- 
room, 312; Practice in Paris, Lon- 
don and New York, 314; Influence 
at Geneva, ii-359. 
Blackwell, Emily, i-315; Graduate of 
Medical College of Western Re- 
serve University, 315; Aids in se- 
curing charters for first woman's 
hospital in America and Woman's 
Medical College, 316. 
Boerhave, Herman; His influence 
through pupils, i-11. 
Bogardus, Dominie; Opposition to 
massacre of Indians at Pavonia, 
i-20. 
Boyle, Robert; Medical work in fer- 
mentation and physiology of respi- 
ration, i-13. 
Bruce, Archibald; Discovered hydrate 
of magnesia at Hoboken, New Jer- 
sey, ii-329. 
Bryant, William Cullen; i-243; Made 
public the contagion of East Side 
tenement, 243. 
Buck, Gurdon; Invention of apparatus 
in surgical cases; Published papers, 
i-175. 
Bull, William T., 1-276; Professor of 
Practice of Surgery; Success in 
laparotomy for gunshot wound in 
intestines, 276. 
Bumstead, Freeman J.; First Ameri- 
can genito-urinary specialist 1- 
209; Author with Dr. W. Taylor, 
210. 
"Burking," ii-390. 
Carnochan, John M., 1-173; Surgeon- 
in-chief of Emigrant Hospital, 173; 
Maxillary operations, 174. 
Carroll, Charles Lee, i-204; Wrote 
"Ovarian and Uterine Tumors," 
204; President New York Obstetri- 
cal Society and Medical Society of 
New York, Vice-President of New 
York Academy of Medicine, 205. 
Charitable Institutions, iii-718. 
Cholera, i-109; Laboratories for 
Health Department, 109; Epidemic 
of 1832, 109; Thomas Addis quoted, 
110. 
Church, the first, 1-20. 
Clark, Alonzo, i-160; Treatment of 
peritonitis and typhus fever; 
President of College of Physicians 
and Surgeons of New York, ii-31. 
Cleveland, Joseph M., i-234; Superin- 
tendent Hudson River State Hos- 
pital, 235. 
Clinical Medicine, 1-146; Romayne, 
148; Hosack, 148; William Beau- 
mont, 158. Alexis St. Martin case, 
158; Alonzo Clark, 160; James Mc- 
Naughton, 160. 
Colden, Cadwallader, 1-28; Writings, 
29; Work in botany, 325; Associa- 
tion with Benjamin Franklin, 326; 
Dr. Francis quoted, 327; Extra- 
medical writing, 338; Dissections, 
381 
Craig Colony for Epileptics, iii-722. 
Crippled and Deformed Children, care 
of, lii-723. a a , 
Cystoscope, the, i-211; Used and im- 
proved by Dr. Tilden Brown, ibid. 
Dalton, John Call. 11-433; President 
of Columbia University Medical 
College, 433. 
955 956 
INDEX 
Davis, Nathan S., i-159; Founder of 
American Medical Association, 160; 
de Graaf; Special study of pan- 
creas, i-8. 
Delafield, Francis, i-271; First labora- 
tory clinician; "Handbook of Path-? 
ological Anatomy," 271; President 
of College of Physicians and Sur- 
geons of New York, ii-429. 
Dennis, Frederic S., 1-276; Applied 
principles of antisepsis and asep- 
sis to compound fractures, 277. 
Dermatology, i-213; American Der- 
matological Society founded, 213; 
First dispensary, 214; Publications, 
214; New York Skin and Cancer 
Hospital opened, 214; Society for 
Social and Moral Prophylaxis or- 
ganized, 216. 
Detmold, William, i-193; Opened lat- 
eral sinus of brain for abscess, 193; 
Pioneer work in New York, 194. 
de Warker, Eli V.; Pioneer of Gynse- 
cology, i-206; Founder of Ameri- 
can Gynaecological Society, 207. 
Digestion, Physiology of, by Dr. Wil- 
liam Beaumont; his writings on sub- 
ject republished in Edinburgh, i-158. 
Diphtheria, i-97; Biggs establishes 
antitoxin laboratory, 100; Bard's 
essay on, 184; Control of, 287. 
Dissection Riots, see Anatomical Ma- 
t cr ia,l 
"Doctor," Title first used, i-45. 
"Doctors' Riot," The, ii-378; Problem 
of anatomical material, 378; First 
dissection for anatomical purposes, 
381; Riot in New York, 383; Dr. 
Potter's pamphlet, 385; Riot in 
New Haven, 385. 
Drake, Joseph Rodman, ii-338. 
Draper, Henry; Extra-medical scien- 
tific interests, ii-335. 
Draper, John William, ii-335; First 
Daguerreotype portrait, 335; Text 
books, 335; Publications, 342, 343. 
Dyckman, Jacob; Edits "Duncan's 
Dispensary," i-155. 
Earle, Pliny; Treatment of insane, 
i-288. 
Edebohls, George; Operative work on 
kidney and decapsulation of renal 
organs, 1-278. 
Eighteenth Century Physicians, i-25; 
Mentioned by Drs. John Francis, 
Van Beuren and Dubois, 26; Van 
Beuren appointed to almshouse, 26. 
Elliott, George; Introduces hypoder- 
mic syringe, i-260. 
Elsberg, Louis; Established first 
laryngological clinic, i-188. 
Emmet, Thomas A., i-203; Invented 
instruments for plastic work, 203; 
Historical writings, ii-349; Collec- 
tion of "Americana," 349. 
Epidemics: Yellow Fever, 93; Small- 
pox, 94. 
Epileptics, care of, i-238; Special 
wards in insane asylums, 238; Es- 
tablishment of Craig Colony, 239. 
European Background, Van Leersum 
quoted, i-5, 6, 7; Dutch and Eng- 
lish influence, 4; Holland's medical 
influence: Jan Swammerdam, 9; 
Leeuwenhoek, 9, 10; Hendrik van 
Deventer, 10, 11; and Hendrik van 
Roonhuyze, 11; England's medical 
Influence: Harvey, 11; Thomas 
Willis, 12; Richard Lower, 12; 
Thomas Sydenham, 13; Richard 
Wiseman, 14. 
Feeble-minded, care of, i-235; First 
attempt in New York, 235; Dr. H. 
B. Wilbur, 235; Dr. Seguin, 235; 
New York Custodial Asylum, 237; 
Letchworth Village, 237, 238. 
Feeble-Minded Women, iii-720. 
Flint, Austin, i-264; Founded "Buf- 
falo Medical Journal'' and Buffalo 
Medical College, 264. 
Floyer, Sir John; First to use watch 
to count pulse, i-13. 
Francis, John W., i-189; First com- 
plete method to photograph 
larynx; Quoted, ii-327; Medical and 
professional literature, 344; Story 
of anatomical quest, 387. 
Genito-Urinary Surgery, i-208; Lith- 
omites of Dr. Valentine Mott, 209; 
Dr. Freeman Bumstead, 209; Will- 
iam Holme Van Buren, 211; In- 
ventions of Fessenden Nott Otis, 
211; Dr. Samuel Alexander, intro- 
duction of cystoscope, 211. 
Godman, John D„ i-172; Chair of An- 
atomy at Rutgers College, New 
York, 172. 
Gray, Asa, ii-334. 
Gray, John P., i-234; Superintendent 
of New York State Asylum, i-234; 
Microscopic study of brain and the- 
ory of moral insanities, 234. 
Gray, Landon C., Teacher of Neu- 
rology, i-226. 
Green, Horace; Founder of laryn- 
gology in America, i-182; "Clergy- 
man's Sore ^Throat," 183. 
Gynaecology, i-197; Dr. Charles Mc- 
Knight, removal of abdominal ex- 
tra-uterine foetus, 198; J. Marion 
Sims, inventor of speculum, 199; 
Organization of Woman's Hospital 
in New York, 197, 200. 
Hall, R. J.; First to remove appen- 
dix. i-277. 
Hamilton, Frank H., i-175. 
Hammond, William A., i-225; Sur- 
geon-General of Army, 225; Inau- 
gurated "Medical and Surgical His- 
tory of War of the Rebellion," 226; 
Founded Army Medical Museum, 
226; Writer and editor, 226-346; 
Medico-psychological writings, 347. 
Hanks, Horace T., i-258. 
Health Education, 1-294; Bureau of 
Health Education Organized, 294. 
Home, Daniel Dunglas; Spirit medi- 
um, ii-403. 
Hospitals, Albany: Albany Hospital, 
iii-899; City Hospital and Dispen- 
sary, 913; Hospital for Incurables, 
914; Maternity Hospital and Infant 
Home, 915; St. Peter's, 913. 
Hospitals, Brooklyn: Bay Ridge, 
iii-817; Bedford Dispensary, 809; 
Brooklyn (formerly City), 738; 
Bushwick, 815; Caledonian, 817; 
Child's, 914; Coney Island, 851; 
Cumberland Street, 807; Greenpoint, 
744; Holy Family, 816; Jewish, 
813; Kings County, 737; Kingston 
Avenue, 742; Lutheran, 816; Nurs- 
ery and Infant, 843; Prospect 
Heights and Brooklyn Maternity, INDEX 
957 
841; Samaritan, 815; Seaside Home, 
836; St. Anthony, 853; St. Cather- 
ine, 808; St. Christopher, for Ba- 
bies, 850; St. John's, 804; St. Ma- 
ry's 837; State, 705; Swedish, 816; 
United States Naval, 694; Williams- 
burg, 814; Williamsburg, Eastern 
Branch, 814; Wyckoff Heights, 810; 
Zion, 817. 
Hospitals, Buffalo: Charity, Eye, Ear 
and Throat, iii-919; Child's, 923; 
Columbus, 927; Dean Memorial, 
921; Erie County, 927; General, 915; 
German Deaconess, 920; Homoe- 
opathic, 919; Jewish, 813; Lafay- 
ette General, 927; Mercy, 921; State, 
703; Sisters of Charity, 918; St. 
Mary's Infant Asylum and Mater- 
nity, 925. 
Hospitals, for Insane: Bloomingdale, 
iii-715; Dr. Bolton's Home, 716; 
Dr. Combe's Sanitarium, 716; Dr. 
MacDonald's House, 717; Dr. Kel- 
logg's House, 718; Long Island 
Home, 717; Marshall Sanitarium, 
717; Mohansic State Hospital, 709. 
New York City Asylum, 712; Provi- 
dence Asylum, i-232; Providence 
Retreat, iil-717; River Crest Sani- 
tarium, 717; Rome State Custodial 
Asylum, 722; Sanford Hall, 718; 
Spring Hill Sanitarium, 718; St. 
Vincent's Retreat, 718; Syracuse 
State Institution, 718; Utica State 
Hospital, 1-231, iii-699; Vernon 
House, iii-718; West Hill Sanitar- 
ium, 718; Willard State Hospital, 
1-234, iii-700. 
Hospitals, Greater New York: Bronx 
Eye and Ear, iii-865; Bronx Hospi- 
tal and Dispensary, 796; Central 
Slip, 708; Highland, 951; Sea View, 
i-309; Staten Island, iii-796; 
Union, of Bronx, 795. 
Hospitals, New York City, Eye, Ear, 
Nose and Throat: Eye and Ear, 
1-191; Herman Knapp Memorial 
Eye, iii-857; Manhattan Eye, Ear 
and Throat, 858; Metropolitan 
Throat, 863; New York Eye and Ear 
Infirmary, 854; Ophthalmic, 855; 
Throat, Nose and Lung, 865. 
Hospitals, New York City, General: 
Bellevue and Allied, ili-725; Beth- 
any Deaconess, 817; Broad Street, 
793; City, 728; Flower, 775; Ford- 
ham, 777; Gouverneur, 727; Hahne- 
mann, 774; Harbor, 817; Harlem, 
727; Har Moriah, 793; Lincoln, 754; 
Metropolitan, 729; Polyclinic, 778; 
Post-Graduate, 779; Park, 788; 
People's, 794; Roosevelt, 764; St. 
Elizabeth's, 775; St. Mark's, 783; 
St. Vincent's, 757; Sydenham, 788; 
Washington Heights, 792. 
Hospitals, New York City, Miscella- 
neous: Beth David, iii-782; Beth 
Israel, iii-786; Central and Neuro- 
logical, iii-735; Columbus, 786; Cor- 
rectional, 737; French, 777; House 
of Calvary, 879; Italian Benevolent, 
791; Jewish Maternity, 853; Leban- 
on, 785; Lenox Hill, 766; Lutheran, 
793; Methodist, 805; Montefiore, 
870; Mt. Sinai, 762: Orthopedic, 
876; Philanthropin, 790; Presbyte- 
rian, 770; Reception, 736; Rockefel- 
ler Institute, 791; Skin and Cancer, 
1-214, iii-879; St. Francis, 771; St. 
Luke's, 755; United States Marine, 
697; Washington Square, 792; Wil- 
lard Parker, 730. 
Hospitals, New York State, Miscel- 
laneous: Amsterdam, iii-949; Au- 
burn, 950; Batavia, 951; Bingham- 
ton, 952; Cohoes, iii-953; Green- 
mount-on-the-Hudson, 717; Hudson 
River, 702; Interpines, 717; Nepon- 
sit Beach, 741; Riverside, 928; St. 
Mary's, 950; Thanksgiving, 954; For 
Deformities and Joint Diseases, 
874; For Relief of Ruptured and 
Crippled, 828. 
Hospitals, New York City, for Women 
and Children: Babies', iii-850; Chil- 
dren's, 734; Infirmary for Women 
and Children, 830; Jewish Matern- 
ity, 853; Laura Franklin Free, 849; 
Lying-In, 821; Manhattan Matern- 
ity, 851; Miseracordia, 847; For 
Women, 836; Nursery and Chil- 
dren's, 826; Sloane, iii-843; St. An- 
drew's, 848; St. Mary's, 841; Wom- 
an's, i-197, iii-832; Woman's Medi- 
cal, i-319. 
Hospitals, Long Island: Flushing, 
iii-818; Jamaica, 819; Long Island 
College, 800; Long Island, ii-506; 
Mary Immaculate, iii-819; Queens- 
borough, 820; Rockaway Beach, 
820; St. Joseph's, 820; Southside, 
951. 
Hospitals, Rochester: General, iii- 
928; Hahnemann, 934; Homoeopath- 
ic, 933; Infants', 935; Monroe 
County, 935; Municipal, 936; St. 
Mary's, 932. 
Hospitals, State: Binghamton, iii- 
704; Dannemora, 712; Gowanda Ho- 
moeopathic, 708; Kings Park, 706; 
Manhattan, 706; Matteawan, 711; 
Middletown Homoeopathic, 703; St. 
Lawrence, 705. 
Hospitals, Syracuse: City, iii-944; 
Crouse-Irving, 944; Good Shepherd, 
938; Homoeopathic, 943; Psycho- 
pathic, 942; St. Joseph's, 937; Wom- 
en and Children, 940. 
Hospitals, Troy: Leonard, iii-945; 
Samaritan, 944; Troy, 944. 
Hospitals, Tuberculosis: Brooklyn 
Home for Consumptives, iii-883; 
Meany Sanatorium, 895; Glen Ridge 
Sanatorium, ii-895; Home Hospital, 
iii-883; Homestead Sanatorium, 
896; Monroe County Sanatorium, 
894; Montgomery Sanatorium, 895; 
Mount Sinai Hospital, 893; Munici- 
pal Sanitarium, 746; Oakmount 
Sanatorium, 896; Odell Memorial 
Sanatorium, 896; Onondaga Sana- 
torium, 897; Oswego County Sani- 
tarium, 891; Pawling Sanitarium, 
893; Rainbow Sanatorium, 892; Se- 
ton Hospital, 882; St. Joseph's Hos- 
pital, 881; Summit View Sanatori- 
um, 894; Sunny Crest Sanatorium, 
896; Trudeau Sanitarium, 887; Ul- 
ster County Hospital, 888; Yon- 
kers Municipal Hospital, 897. 
Hospitals, Utica: Faxton, iii-948; St. 
Elizabeth's, 946; St. Luke's, 947; 
Utica General, 946. 
Hughes, David; First Irish physician 
in America, i-24. 
Hosack, David; Quoted, i-149; Ex- 
perience in Edinburgh and London, 
150; Cared for Burr at duel with 958 
INDEX 
Hamilton, 151; Practice in New 
York, 151; Professor at Columbia 
University, 151. 
Influenza, 1-111; Dr. Currie, 112; Epi- 
demics, 112. 
Inoculation introduced, i-95. 
Insane, care of, i-227; First legal 
regulation, 227; Dr. Robert M. El- 
liott quoted, 227; First provision of 
quarters, 227; Lunatic Asylum in 
New York, 228; Dr. Pliny Earle, 
treatment of insane, 228, 229; Uti- 
ca State Hospital, 231; Providence 
Insane Asylum, 232; Cases of crim- 
inal insanity, 232; Psychiatry, 233. 
Insane, Hospitals for: State hospi- 
tals, iii-698; Private hospitals, 716. 
Jacobi, Abraham, i-218; Literature of 
pediatrics, 219; Co-authorship with 
Noeggerath, 219. 
Jacobi, Mary P., 1-317; Founder of 
Association for Advancement of 
Medical Education for Women, 318; 
Medical writer, 318. 
Jay, John Clarkson; Authority on 
conchology, ii-333. 
Jonas, Tryntje; Caretaker of sick; 
Sent by West India Company to 
Manhattan, i-18. 
Jones, John; Pioneer surgeon, i-40. 
Chair of surgery in New York's 
first medical school, 40; Author, 40; 
Mumford quoted, 42; Narrative of, 
162. 
Judson, Adoniram; President of 
American Orthopedic Association, 
1-196. 
Kerfbyle, Johannes, i-35; Member of 
Provincial Council, post mortem 
examination of body of Governor 
Sloughter, 35. 
Kierstede, Hans; Practice in New 
Netherlands for West India Com- 
pany, i-34. 
Kissam, Richard S., 1-167; Success in 
lithotomy and tapping of ovarian 
cysts, 167. 
Knight, James; Non-surgical ortho- 
pedics, 1-196. 
Krakowiczer, Surgeon, Pathologist, 
i-176. 
La Montagne, 1-19; Council of Gov- 
ernor Kieft, 19. 
Laryngology, i-182; Dr. Horace 
Green, founder, 182; Elsberg quot- 
ed, 182; First clinic, 188; Laryngo- 
logical 'Society of New York, 188; 
Thomas R. French, Dr. Joseph 
O'Dwyer, 189. 
Lederle, Ernest J., First commission- 
er of health, i-289. 
Legislation affecting medical prac- 
tice. 1-73; Smith's "History of New 
York" quoted, 75; Act to Regulate 
Practice of Physic in New York, 
76, 77; First law, 79, 80; Legal 
regulation development, 81-88. 
Letchworth Village, ill-122. 
Lister, Lord; Surgeon, i-163. 
Literary and Philosophical Society of 
New York, ii-339. 
Lithotomy, 1-209; Dr. Valentine Mott; 
Dr. J. W. S. Gouley quoted; Cases 
of Sir Henry Thompson and Gross 
tabulated, 209. 
Loring, Edward; Prominence in 
ophthalmology, 1-181. 
Lower, Richard, 1-12; Treatise on 
heart; Transfusion of blood, 12. 
Lozier, Clemence Sophia; Founder of 
Medical College for Women, ii-562. 
Lunatic Asylum; Suggestions of 
Thomas Eddy, i-230. 
Lusk, William Thompson; Manuscript 
Materials, 'War Letters," il-348. 
MacNaughton, James, 1-160; Efforts 
in cholera epidemic, 161. 
Macneven, William J., i-154; Chair of 
Midwifery in College of Physicians 
and Surgeons, 154; Publications, 
154. 
McKnight, Charles, i-198; Surgeon in 
Continental Army; Extraction of 
extra-uterine foetus of abdomen, 
ibid. 
McLane, James Woods, ii-436; Presi- 
dent of Columbia University Medi- 
cal College, 436. 
Manley, James R., ii-365. 
Medical Apprenticeships, 1-43; 
Abuses, 43, 44. 
Medical Associations: American Med- 
ical, i-157; Central New York Med- 
ical, ili-675; Corning Medical, 671; 
Hornell Medical and Surgical, 672; 
Jenkins Medical, 675; Lake Keuka 
Medical and Surgical, 676; Local, 
671; National Medical, i-142. 
Medical Colleges: Albany Medical, 
ii-622; Bellevue Hospital, 474; Phy- 
sicians and Surgeons, Fairfield, 351; 
Physicians and Surgeons, New 
York, 413; Cornell Medical, 611; 
Fordham University, 616; Geneva 
Medical, 358; Homoeopathic Medi- 
cal, 258; Kings, 1-48; Medical Col- 
lege for Women, ii-553; New York 
Medical, 374; New York University, 
453; Niagara University, 360; Poly- 
clinic, 594; Post-Graduate, 573; 
University of Buffalo, 489; Wom- 
en's Infirmary, i-319. 
Medical Education, outside of New 
York, 11-351; College of Physicians 
and Surgeons at Fairfield, 351; Ge- 
neva Medical College, 358; Niagara 
University Medical School, 360; 
Disturbing factors, 363; Failure to 
secure good medical school in New 
York, 363; Rivalry of Philadelphia, 
363; Rutgers College incidents, 366; 
Medical College of New York, 374. 
Medical Jurisprudence, i-219; James 
Stringham, 219; Theodoric R. Beck, 
John Beck, 220; Louis C. Beck, 221. 
Medical Society, the first, 1-57; Bard 
and Middleton quoted, 57; Minutes 
of, 59; authorized by law, 83. 
Medical Societies: American Neuro- 
logical, 1-222; Canandaigua, iii-671; 
County, 668; American Dermatolog- 
ical, 1-213; Dunkirk and Fredonia, 
iii-671; Eclectic, 666; Glens Falls, 
672; Homoeopathic, 665; Interna- 
tional Otological. 1-192; Jamestown 
Medical, lii-672; Laryngological, 
1-188; Local, iii-671; Medical So- 
ciety of New York, 653; Mount 
Vernon, 672; New York Neurology, 
1-222; Newburgh Bay Medical, iii- 
672; New Rochelle, 672; Ogdens- 
burg, 675: American Otological, 
i-192; Rochester, societies of, ill- INDEX 
959 
675; Societies of Borough of 
Bronx, iii-674; Societies of Brook- 
lyn, 675; Societies of Greater New 
York, 673; State Medical, i-144; 
Women's Medical, of New York 
State, iii-666. 
Medicine, practice of under Duke of 
York's Laws, 1-24. 
Megapolensis, Samuel, i-23; Seven- 
teenth century New York physi- 
cian, 1-23. 
Men Midwives; Ban lifted in New 
York; John Dupuy, i-122. 
Metropolitan Board of Health, 1-286. 
Michaelius, Rev. Jonas, clergyman 
and physician, 1-16. 
Middleton, Peter; Work with John 
Bard, 1-51. 
Milk Supply, regulation of, i-289; 
Ernest J. Lederle, seizure of milk 
of diseased animals, 289. 
Mitchell, Samuel Latham, li-329; In- 
terest in mineralogy, work in bot- 
any, 330; Interest in social prob- 
lems, 330; Publications, 341. 
Mott, Valentine, 1-167; Attending 
surgeon to New York Hospital, 
169; Operation of ligature of in- 
nominate artery, 169; Ties arteries, 
170. 
MundS, Paul, 1-207; Professional de- 
velopment of gynaecology and ob- 
stetrics, 207. 
Neurological Institute, New York 
City, iii-877. 
Neurology, i-221; Dr. Huntington, 
pioneer, 221; Dr. Brown-S6quard, 
223. 
New Brunswick, New Jersey, anato- 
my taught at, i-47. 
New York Pasteur Institute, iii-872. 
New York State Hospitals for In- 
sane, iii-698. 
Nursing, 1-295; Training of nurses 
in New York Hospital, 295; Dr. 
Valentine Seaman, instruction of 
nurses, 295; in Bellevue Hospital, 
297. 
O'Callaghan, Edmund Bailey, Physi- 
cian writer, ii-345; Publications, 
346. 
O'Dwyer, Joseph, 1-189; Inventor of 
Instruments for intubation and ex- 
tubation of larynx, 189. 
Ophthalmology, 1-177; Edward Dela- 
field, 178; Foundation of New York 
Eye Infirmary, 177; Operations of 
Wallace and Post, 178; American 
Ophthalmological Society, 180; Ag- 
new and H. Knapp, 180; Edward 
Loring, 181; John E. Weeks, dis- 
covery of "Pink Eye," 182. 
Orthopedics, 1-193; William Detmold, 
193; Lewis Albert Sayre, 194; 
Charles Fayette Taylor, 195; Adoni- 
ram Judson, 196; A. M. Phelps and 
Wisner R. Townsend, 197. 
Osborn, John Churchill; Physician 
writer, ii-340. 
Otis, Fessenden, 1-211. 
Otology, 1-190; New York Eye and 
Ear Infirmary, 190; Free Clinic for 
poor, 191; American Otological So- 
ciety, 192; Daniel B. St. John 
Roosa, 192; Trephining of skull for 
abscess on brain, 193. 
Parker, Willard, i-174; Lecturer; 
Ligature of arteries; Tied subcla- 
vian; Cystotomy for bladder; 
Opened perityphlitic abscess; Writ- 
ings, 174. • 
Peaslee, Edmund R., 1-204; Specialist 
in ovariotomy and ovarian tumors; 
Invented artificial serum, 204. 
Pediatrics, i-215; First professorship 
of, in New York, 215; Essays of J. 
Brodhead Beck, 216; First instruc- 
tion, 218; Dr. A. Jacobi, pioneer, 
218; Literature of, 219; Dr. J. 
O'Dwyer's invention of intubation, 
219. 
Pharmacopeia, establishment of, 1- 
135; National Committee on Phar- 
macopeia, 135. 
Phelps, A. M., i-197; Orthopedic 
teacher; Operation for club foot, 
197. 
Physical Society, the, 1-73. 
Physicians, early costumes of, 1-55; 
First use of carriage, 55; Code of 
charges: visits, 69; drugs, 69; con- 
sultations, operations, 70. 
Physician Scientists, ii-325; Cadwal- 
lader Colden, 325; Hugh William- 
son, 327; Archibald Bruce, 329; 
S. L. Mitchell, 329; J. C. Jay, John 
Torrey, 333; P. H. Vander Weyde, 
Dr. Asa Gray, 334; J. W. Draper, 
335. 
Physician Writers, ii-336; Thacher 
quoted, 336; C. Colden, J. R. Drake, 
338; E. H. Smith, J. C. Osborn, 
Alexander Anderson, 340; S. L. 
Mitchell, 341; Jo'hn Watson, John 
Draper, 342; J. W. Francis, 343; 
E. B. O'Callaghan, 345; W. A. Ham- 
mond, 346; W. T. Lusk, Mary P. 
Jacobi, 348; T. A. Emmet, 349; G. 
F. Shrady, 350. 
Poliomyelitis, i-112; Described by 
Heine, 113; Epidemic in New York, 
1907, 113; Epidemic in 1916, 113. 
Post-mortem, first form, i-35; First 
made, ii-380. 
Post, Wright, 1-164; Study under Dr. 
Bayley- Surgeon to New York Hos- 
pital; Operations, 164. 
Practitioners, irregular, i-79; Middle- 
ton quoted, 79; After revolution, 
147. 
Prize Essays, 1-116; Authors of, 116; 
Prizes, 118; Essays of merit, 119. 
Psychiatry, 1-233; Dr. Pliny Earle, 
John P. Gray, 234; Dr. Joseph Man- 
ning, 234. 
Psychism, see Spiritism and Psy- 
chism. 
Purple, S. S., i-267; Interest in medi- 
cal literature, 267; iii-680. 
Quackery, 1-75; Smith's "History of 
New York,'' 76; First legislation 
against, 78; Quack medicines, 88; 
Indian remedies, 89. 
Qualifications of practitioners, first 
general law, 1-82; Later acts, 84. 
"Rag Pickers' Row," i-245. 
Revolutionary Army Surgeons, Dr. 
Toner's list of, 1-37; Settled in New 
York 39. 
Rhinology, i-182; Mouth breathing, 
190; Dr. Bosworth, 190. 
Rockefeller Institute for Medical Re- 
search, iii-867. 960 
INDEX 
Rodgers, John K., 1-166. 
Rolantsen, helper to the sick, 1-17. 
Romayne, Nicholas; Organized first 
Medical school in New York, 1-148. 
Roosa, D. B. St. John, Otologist, 1- 
192; Address, "Medical New York, 
Old and New," 11-373. 
Sanitary Inspection, i-243. 
Sanitary Revolution, i-240; Spread of 
cholera and typhus fever, 240; 
Writings for reform, 241. 
Sanitation, evolution of, 1-281; Met- 
ropolitan Board of Health, 281. 
Sayre, Lewis A., i-194; Founder in 
orthopedia, Medical writings, 194. 
School Children, health of, 1-292; in- 
spection of schools, 293. 
Seaman, Valentine, 1-152; Medical 
education of midwives, 153; Author 
of first instruction for nurses, 295. 
Sea View Farms, Staten Island, iii- 
745. 
Seguin, Neurologist, 1-224; Treat- 
ment of syphilitic diseases, Writ- 
ings, 224. 
S^quard, Brown-, Neurologist, 1-223. 
Shrady, George F., Medical Journal- 
ist, ii-350. 
Shrady, John, Medical Writer, ii-350. 
Sims, J. Marion, 1-199. 
Skene, Alexander J. C., Dean of 
gynsecology in Long Island Medi- 
cal College; Gynsecological writer, 
1-208. 
Sloughter Autopsy, 1-35; Abstract of 
report, 37. 
Smith, Elihu Hubbard, li-340. 
Smith, John Augustine, ii-424. 
Smith, Stephen, quoted, i-242. 
Spalding, Lyman, 1-155; Small-pox 
inoculation tests, 156; President at 
Fairfield, 11-357. 
Spitzka, Edward, i-226; Established 
scientific basis in neurology and 
psychiatry, 227. 
Spiritism and Psychism, ii-393; 
"Rappings exposed," 393; Modern 
spiritualism, Fox sisters, 395; Re- 
port of Austin Flint, 396; Electral 
phenomena, 400; Daniel D. Home, 
403; Theosophy, 404; Davenport 
brothers, 405; Exposures, 405; 
Hypnotism, 405; "Cures," 406; An- 
drew Jackson Davis, 407. 
St. John's Guild, New York, iii-838. 
Staats, Abraham, 1-22; Colonial phy- 
sician at Fort Orange, 22; Medical 
aid to Indians, 23. 
Stearns, John, i-157; Introduces use 
of ergot, 185; President of New 
York Academy of Medicine, ii-357. 
Stevens, Alexander, 1-171; Aid in 
cholera epidemic, 172. 
Stevens, Hodgdon, ii-426. 
Stony Wold Sanatorium, Lake Kush- 
aqua, iii-889. 
Surgery, in the Colony, 1-31; Herman 
Van Boogaerdt, 31; Hans Kiers- 
tede, 34; Sloughter autopsy, 35; 
Army surgeons in Revolution and 
after, 39; John Jones, 40; After 
Lister, 273. 
Surgical Specialties, 1-177; Ophthal- 
mology, 177; Laryngology, 182; 
Otology, 190; Orthopedics, 193; 
Gynaecology, 197; Genito-urinary 
surgery, 208. 
Sydenham, Thomas, 1-13; Revolution- 
ized internal medicine, 14. 
Taylor, Charles F„ 1-195; Study and 
treatment of cripples, 196; Ortho- 
pedic writings, 196. 
Taylor, Robert, i-210; Collaborator of 
publications with Dr. Bumstead; 
Specialist in venereal diseases. 
Torrey, John, ii-333; Contributions to 
botany, 333, 334. 
Townsend, Wisner, i-197. 
Trudeau, Dr., 1-302; Fresh air for 
consumptives; Saranac Sanitarium, 
304. 
Tuberculosis, i-259; Germ theory of, 
259; Treatment of, Dr. Trudeau's 
experiment, 302. 
Tuberculosis Hospitals and Sanitar- 
iums, iii-885. 
Typhus Fever, i-104; Emmet quoted, 
105; Stephen Smith quoted, 106; 
The disease, 241. 
Vaccination introduced, 1-96. 
Van der Beek, Dutch physician in 
Brooklyn, 1-34. 
Van den Boogaerdt, first chirurgeon, 
1-31; Killed by Indians, 32. 
Vander Poel, S. Oakley, Interested in 
sanitary science, i-267. 
Vander Weyde, Peter H., ii-334; Ex- 
iled from Holland, 334; Professor- 
ships, 334; Scientific journalism, 
334. 
Van Roonhuyze, Hendrick, gynaecol- 
ogist, 1-33. 
Van Twiller, Wouter, Director of Col- 
ony, 1-17. 
Venereal Diseases, Solution by Board 
of Health, 1-292. 
Water Supply, i-283; Before Revolu- 
tion, Christopher Colles, 283; First 
work of New York Board of Health, 
284. 
Watson, John, ii-342. 
Watts, John, ii-424. 
White, James, i-206; Reduction of 
inversion of uterus, 206. 
Wiseman, Richard, on tumor albus, 
1-14. 
Women in Medicine, 1-310; First de- 
gree to Women, 310; Mrs. Putman, 
310; Elizabeth Blackwell, 310; Em- 
ily Blackwell, 315; Mary Jacobi, 
317. 
Wood, James R., Periosteal repro- 
duction of bone, 1-174. 
Wyeth, John Allan, Founder of Poly- 
clinic Medical School, 11-606. 
Wylie, Gill, 1-298; Visit to St. 
Thomas Hospital, 298. 
Yellow Fever, 1-101; Introduced by 
shipping, 101; Epidemic of, 102. 
Zieckentroosters, Sebastian Z. Crol 
and Jan Huyck, midwives, men and 
women, 1-16.